Skip to main content

Full text of "State record North Carolina"

See other formats


Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

NCSU Libraries 



http://www.archive.org/details/staterecordnorth1965nort 



NORTH 

CAROLINA 

STATE 

OF THE UNIVERSITY OF 
NORTH CAROLINA AT RALEIGH 

1964-1966 GENERAL CATALOG 



f 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE RECORD 
Published monthly by North Carolina State of the University of North Carolina at 
Raleigh, Office of Information Services, Holladay Hall, excepting in September and 
December. Second Class postage paid at the post office at Raleigh, North Carolina. 
VOLUME 64 NUMBER 2 NOVEMBER, 1964 






<^ 



fj>i 




NORTH CAROLINA STATE OF THE UNII 



m 'li 






L^- 



;iTY OF NORTH CAROLINA AT RALEIGH 



1964-1966 GENERAL CATALOG 

CATALOG ISSUE 1964-1966 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR SESSIONS 1964-1965, 1965-1966 



11 OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 

13 CAMPUS CALENDAR 

19 GENERAL INFORMATION 

19 UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA 

20 NORTH CAROLINA STATE 
23 ADMISSIONS 

26 GRADES AND SCHOLARSHIP 

30 GENERAL POLICIES 

30 TUITION AND FEES 

39 STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND SERVICES 

53 SCHOOLS AND PROGRAMS OF STUDY 

55 AGRICULTURE AND LIFE SCIENCES 

104 DESIGN 

113 EDUCATION 

129 ENGINEERING 

175 FORESTRY 

187 LIBERAL ARTS 

196 PHYSICAL SCIENCES AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS 

208 TEXTILES 

226 MILITARY TRAINING 

229 GRADUATE SCHOOL 

230 DIVISION OF GENERAL EXTENSION 
241 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 

437 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 

437 ADMINISTRATIVE COUNCIL 

437 BOARD OF TRUSTEES 

440 TEACHING AND PROFESSIONAL FACULTY 

496 EMERITUS FACULTY 

499 COLLEGE FOUNDATIONS 

500 ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 
502 INDEX 

506 CAMPUS MAP 



ADMINISTRATION 

SUPERIOR STUDENTS 

FINANCIAL AID 

MILITARY TRAINING 



CALENDAR 

GENERAL POLICIES 

SCHOOL, DEPARTMENT AND COURSE CODES 

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 



CONTENTS 



UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA 

RESIDENCE STATUS FOR TUITION PAYMENT 

SCHOOL OF AGRICULTURE AND LIFE SCIENCES 

DIVISION OF GENERAL EXTENSION 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE 

TUITION AND FEES 

SCHOOL OF DESIGN 

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 



LIBRARY 

ESTIMATED ANNUAL COST 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

ADMINISTRATIVE COUNCIL 



ADMISSIONS 

REFUNDS 

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

SCHOOL OF FORESTRY 

TEACHING AND PROFESSIONAL FACULTY 



GRADING SYSTEM 

STUDENT CENTERS 

SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 

EMERITUS FACULTY 



SCHOLASTIC LOADS 

STUDENT SERVICES 

SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS 

FOUNDATIONS AND ALUMNI 



SCHOLARSHIP STANDARDS 

ORIENTATION AND COUNSELING 

SCHOOL OF TEXTILES 

INDEX 



y 



'rn- 















NORTH CAROLINA STATE RECORD 

NORTH 

CAROLINA 

STATE 

OF THE UNIVERSITY OF 
NORTH CAROLINA AT RALEIGH 

1964-1966 GENERAL CATALOG 




HOLIADA'i HAIL, THE OLDEST BUILDING ON CAMTUS, WAS ONCE THE ENTIRE 
COLLEGE PLANT. ERECTED IN 1889 AND NAMED FOR COL. ALEXANDER Q. HOLLA- 
DAY, FIRST PRESIDENT OF THE SCHOOL, THE BUILDING NOW HOUSES THE MAIN 
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES. 



MEMORIAL TOWER IS RECOGNIZED 
AS THE TRADITIONAL SYMBOL OF 
NORTH CAROLINA STATE. THE 122 
FOOT TOWER, A MEMORIAL TO STATE 
ALUMNI LOST IN WORLD WAR I, IS 
EQUIPPED WTIH CARILLON BELLS 
WHICH RING OUT THE ALMA MATER 
THREE TIMES DAILY. 




THE D. H. HILL LIBRARY, IMPORTANT AMONG STATE'S RESEARCH FACILITIES, HOUSES 

A GROWING COLLECTION OF BOOKS. RECENT ACQUISITIONS REFLECT INCREASING CAMPUS 

INTEREST IN THE LIBER.\L ARTS AND STRONG RESEARCH PROGRAMS IN THE FIELDS OF 
SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING. 





THE GENERAL LABORATORIES BL ILDLNG, JOLNED TO HARRELSON HALL 
BY A RAMP, PROVIDES LABORATORY AND OFFICE SPACE FOR THE 
SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS. 




THE ERDAHL-CLOYD IMON IS A CENTER FOR CAMPl S ACTIVITIES AND A 
FAVORITE MEETING PLACE FOR STUDENTS. THE UNION SPONSORS A WIDE RANGE 
OF CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL EVENTS. 




HARRELSON HALL HOUSES STATE'S NEWEST SCHOOL, LIBERAL ARTS. THE 
Bl'H.DINr.'s CIRCULAR DESIGN MAKES IT A CAMPUS LANDMARK AS WELL 
AS A MOST FUNCTIONAL CLASSROOM BUILDING. 




WATAUGA HALL, RECENTLY REMODELED AND REDECORATED, IS 
NOW THE FIRST WOMEN'S DORM AT STATE. 



.\~ 




WITHIN THE STUDENT SUPPI.\ STORE A STUDENT WILL FIND A VARIETY OF BOOKS 
RAN(.1N(; FROM THE LATEST PAPERBACK TO THE MOST UP-TO-DATE SCIENTIFIC ENCYCLO- 
PEDIA. SCHOOL SUPPLIES, SPORTS EQUIPMENT, GIFT ITEMS AND OTHER STUDENT NEEDS ARE 
ALSO FOR SALE HERE. 




WILLIAM NEAL REYNOLDS COLISEUM, ONE OF AMERICA'S LARGEST INDOOR 
STADIUMS, IS THE HOME OF WOLFPACK BASKETBALL. THE "FRIENDS OF THE 
college" CONCERT SERIES ALSO TAKES ADVANTAGE OF THE 12,400 SEAT 
CAPACITY AUDITORIUM. 




eo;.- 



HARRIS CAFETERIA IS CONVENIENTLY LOCATED NEAR STATE'S NEW DORMS. THE AIR 
CONDITIONED CAFETERIA ACCOMMODATES 650 PERSONS IN COMFORTABLE, ATTRACTIVE 
SURROUNDINGS. 



THE BURLINGTON NUCLEAR REACTOR LABORATORIES HOUSES THE 
FIRST COLLEGE OWNED AND OPERATED NUCLEAR REACTOR. THE LABS 
ARE THE CENTER FOR RESEARCH ON PEACETIME APPLICATION OF 
ATOMIC ENERGY. 




I P I a I ■.:,». ^I 

■Ik 









^ 





LEE DORMITORY IS STATE'S FIRST HIGH-RISE RESIDENCE HALL. COMPLETED IN 1964, 
THE NINE STORY BUILDING HOUSES 840 MEN IN FUNCTIONAL EIGHT MAN SUITES. 





•«««»«MMI«iHi.£IMHIl||||liSll|iiiH:,„„si 

^ iiiiiiUMiiniinNiiiiiiinHniinnHKHiiti 

_jL ■iiiiiniiiiHNiinKHniinnRnnnniii.! 

^ ^S, BafalR^ISII Sl-ll '^llii: trim (IIM!::iii;. 

u.-_^^W__ ,^_ , 




BRAGAW DORMITORY, HOUSING MORE THAN 800 MEN, IS ONE OF STATE'S MOST MODERN 
RESIDENCES. THE DORM IS DESIGNED WITH OUTSIDE CORRIDORS AND SUITE LIVING AR- 
RANGEMENTS SIMILAR TO LEE. 




WILLIAM D. CARMICHAEL GYMNASIUM, HEADQUARTERS FOR STATE'S EXCELLENT INSTRUC- 
TIONAL PROGRAM OF PHYSICAL TRAINING, IS ALSO THE SCENE OF MANY INTRAMURAL COM- 
PETITIONS. THE GYM HOUSES BASKETBALL, HANDBALL, AND SQUASH COURTS, A SWIMMING 
POOL, CLASSROOMS, AND OTHER ATHLETIC FACILITIES. 



FRATERNITY ROW IS A UNIVERSITY OWNED FRATERNITY HOUSING CENTER. TWELVE 
INDIVIDUAL HOUSES, OPENED IN 1964, PROVIDE ATTRACTIVE LIVING ACCOMMODA- 
TIONS FOR FRATERNITY MEN. 




A 



DMINISTRATION 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE 

CHANCELLOR 

John Tyler Caldwell, b.s., m.a., ph.d., "A" Holladay Hall 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

Harry C. Kelly, b.s., m.s., ph.d., Dean of the Faculty, "A" Holladay Hall 

BUSINESS AFFAIRS 

W. L. Turner, Business Manager, Holladay Hall 

Charles W. Williams, Assistant Business Manager, Holladay Hall 

John D. Wright, Director of Budgeting and Accounting , Holladay Hall 

John C. Williams, Director of Purchasing, 107 1911 Building 

J. McCree Smith, Director of Physical Plant, Morris Building 

E. E. Durham, Director of Auxiliary Services, Holladay Hall 

J. R. Swiger, Director of Persoiinel Services, Primrose Hall 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 
James J. Stewart, Jr., Dean, 101 Holladay Hall 

Admissions and Registration 

Kenneth D. Raab, Director, 112 Peele Hall 

Student Activities 

Banks C. Talley, Jr., Director, 202 Peele Hall 

Religious Programs 

Oscar B. Wooldridge, Jr., Director, King Religious Center 

Music Activities 

J. Perry Watson, Director, 104 Pullen Hall 

College Union 

Henry Bowers, Director, Erdahl-Cloyd Union 

Student Housing 

Norbert B. Watts, Director, 203 Peele Hall 

James W. Fulghum, Jr., Housing Rental Officer, Leazer Hall 

Department of Counseling 

Lyle B. Rogers, Director, 205 Peele Hall 

Kingston Johns, Jr., Financial Aid Officer, 205 Peele Hall 

11 



Student Health Service 
Joseph J. Combs, University Physician, Clark Infirmary 

SCHOOLS OF INSTRUCTION 
Agriculture and Life Sciences 

H. Brooks James, Dean, 115 Patterson Hall 

E. W. Glazener, Director of Instruction, 111 Patterson Hall 

J. N. Young, Assistayit Director of Instruction, 109 Patterson Hall 

Design 

Henry L. Kamphoefner, Dean, 200 Brooks Hall 

Education 

J. Bryant Kirkland, Dean, 119 Tompkins Hall 

Engiyieering 

Ralph E. Fadum, Dean, 229 Riddick Building 

Robert G. Carson, Jr., Associate Dean, 232 Riddick Building 

Forestry 

Richard J. Preston, Dean, 160 Kilgore Hall 

Liberal Arts 

Fred V. Cahill, Jr., Dean, 162 Harrelson Hall 

Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics 

Arthur C. Menius, Jr., Dean, 104 General Laboratories Building 
Wesley O. Doggett, Assistant Dean, 105 General Laboratories Building 

Textiles 
Malcolm E. Campbell, Dean, 101 Nelson Building 

Graduate Sdhool 

Walter J. Peterson, Dean, 104 Peele Hall 

LIBRARY 

Isaac T. Littleton, Acting Director, 126 D. H. Hill Library 
Harlan C. Brown, Associate Director, 301 D. H. Hill Library 

GENERAL EXTENSION 

Edward W. Ruggles, Director, 118 1911 Building 

NEWS BUREAU 

Hardy D. Berry, Director, 202 Holladay Hall 



12 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



FALL SEMESTER, 1964 

September 7-8 Monday-Tuesday 

September 8 Tuesday 

September 9 Wednesday 



September 10-11 Thursday-Friday 



September 14 
September 16 
September 18 

September 25 

November 7 
November 24 

November 30 
December 17 



Monday 

Wednesday 

Friday 

Friday 

Saturday 
Tuesday 

Monday 
Thursday 



January 4, 1965 Monday 

January 13 Wednesday 

January 14 Thursday 

January 15-22 Friday-Friday 



New student orientation. 

General faculty meeting. 

Registration day for all new 
students and all other students 
not preregistered. Late registra- 
tion fee of $5 payable by all 
who register after Sept. 9. 

New student orientation con- 
tinued. 

First day of classes. 

Last day to register. 

Last day to withdraw with re- 
fund less $7 registration fee. 
Last day to add a course. 

Last day to drop courses with- 
out grades. 

Mid-term reports due. 

Thanksgiving holidays begin at 
6:00 p.m. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 



Christmas holidays begin 
6:00 p.m. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 

Last day of classes. 

Reading day. 

Final examinations. 



at 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1965 
January 26 Tuesday 

January 27 Wednesday 



February 1 


Monday 


February 3 


Wednesday 


February 5 


Friday 



New student orientation. 

Registration day for all new 
students and all other students 
not preregistered. Late registra- 
tion fee of $5 payable by all 
who register after Jan. 27. 

First day of classes. 

Last day to register. 

Last day to withdraw with re- 
fund less $7 registration fee. 
Last day to add a course. 



13 



February 12 Friday Last day to drop courses with- 

out grades. 

March 20 Saturday Mid-term reports due. 

April 14 Wednesday Easter holidays begin at 6:00 

p.m. 

April 20 Saturday Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 

May 19 Wednesday Last day of classes. 

May 20 Thursday Reading day. 

May 21-28 Friday-Friday Final examinations. 

May 29 Saturday Commencement. 



SUMMER 


SESSIONS, 1965 


First Session 




June 11 




Friday 


June 14 




Monday 


June 15 




Tuesday 


June 18 




Friday 



July 20 


Tuesday 


July 21 


Wednesday 


Second Session 




July 21 


Wednesday 


July 22 


Thursday 


July 23 


Friday 


July 29 


Thursday 



August 26 
August 27 



Thursday 
Friday 



New student orientation. 

Registration and payment of 
fees. Late registration fee of 
$5 payable by all who register 
after 1:00 p.m., June 14. 

First day of classes. 

Last day for registration. Last 
day to withdraw with refund 
less $7 registration fee, and last 
day to drop courses without 
grades. 

Last day of classes. 

Final examinations. 



New student orientation. 

Registration and payment of 
fees. Late registration fee of 
$5 payable by all who register 
after 12:00 noon, July 22. 

First day of classes. 

Last day for registration. Last 
day to withdraw with refund 
less $7 registration fee, and last 
day to drop courses without 
grades. 

Last day of classes. 

Final examinations. 



14 



FALL SEMESTER, 1965 
September 6-7 Monday-Tuesday 

September 7 Tuesday 

September 8 Wednesday 



September 9-10 


Thursday-F 


September 13 


Monday 


September 15 


Wednesday 


September 17 


Friday 


October 8 


Friday 


November 6 


Saturday 


November 15- 




December 1 


Monday-W( 


November 23 


Tuesday 


November 29 


Monday 


December 18 


Saturday 



January 3, 1966 Monday 

January 12 Wednesday 

January 13 Thursday 

January 14-21 Friday-Friday 



New student orientation. 

General faculty meeting. 

Registration for all students who 
did not preregister and for all 
preregistered students changing 
courses. Late registration fee of 
$5 payable by all who register 
after Sept. 8. 

New student orientation con- 
tinued. 

First day of classes. 

Last day to register. 

Last day to withdraw with re- 
fund less $7 registration fee. 
Last day to add a course. 

Last day to drop courses with- 
out grades. 

Mid-term reports due. 

Preregistration. All students 

continuing in the spring semes- 
ter must see advisors. 

Thanksgiving holidays begin at 
6:00 p.m. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 

Christmas holidays begin at 
1:00 p.m. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 

Last day of classes. 

Reading day. 

Final examinations. 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1966 



January 25 
January 26 



January 31 



Tuesday 
Wednesday 



Monday 



New student orientation. 

Registration for all students who 
did not preregister and for all 
preregistered students changing 
courses. Late registration fee 
of $5 payable by all who register 
after Jan. 26. 

First day of classes. 



15 



February 2 


Wednesday 


Last day to register. 


February 4 


Friday 


Last day to withdraw with re- 
fund less $7 registration fee. 
Last day to add a course. 


February 25 


Friday 


Last day to drop courses with- 
out grades. 


March 19 


Saturday 


Mid-term reports due. 


March 28- 
April 15 


Monday-Friday 


Preregistration. All students 
continuing in the fall semester 
must see advisors. 


April 6 


Wednesday 


Easter holidays begin at 6:00 
p.m. 


April 12 


Tuesday 


Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 


May 18 


Wednesday 


Last day of classes. 


May 19 


Thursday 


Reading day. 


May 20-27 


Friday-Friday 


Final examinations. 


May 28 


Saturday 


Commencement. 



SUMMER SESSIONS, 1966 
First Session 

June 6 Monday 

June 7 Tuesday 



June 8 
June 13 



Wednesday 
Monday 



July 4 


Monday 


July lA 


Thursday 


July 15 


Friday 


Second Session 




July 18 


Monday 


July 19 


Tuesday 



New student orientation. 

Registration and payment of 
fees. Late registration fee of 
$5 payable by all who register 
after 1:00 p.m., June 7. 

First day of classes. 

Last day for registration. Last 
day to withdraw with refund 
less $7 registration fee, and last 
day to drop courses without 
grades. 

Holiday. 

Last day of classes. 

Final examinations. 



New student orientation. 

Registration and payment of 
fees. Late registration fee of $5 
payable by all who register 
after 12:00 noon, July 19. 



16 



July 20 


Wednesday 


July 25 


Monday 


August 24 


Wednesday 


August 25 


Thursday 



First day of classes. 

Last day to register. Last day 
to withdraw with refund less 
$7 registration fee, and last day 
to withdraw without grades. 

Last day of classes. 

Final examinations. 



17 



G 



ENERAL INFORMATION 



THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA 

(Three Component Institutions) 

William Clyde Friday, b.s., ll.b., lld., President 

Donald Benton Anderson, ph.d., Vice-President for Academic Affairs 

Arnold Kimsey King, a.b., a.m., ph.d., Vice-President for Institutional 
Studies 

Frederick Henry Weaver, a.m., Vice-President for Administration 
Alexander Hurlbutt Shepard, Jr., m.s.. Business Officer and Treasurer 

By the act of the General Assembly of 1931 the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill, the North Carolina College for Women at 
Greensboro, and the North Carolina State College of Agriculture and 
Engineering at Raleigh were consolidated into The University of 
North Carolina. 

By the act of the General Assembly of 1963 effective July 1» 1963 
the University of North Carolina comprises: The University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill, The University of North Carolina at Greens- 
boro, and North Carolina State of The University of North Carohna 
at Raleigh. . 

Each institution has its own faculty and student body, and each is 
headed by a chancellor as its chief administrative officer^ Unified 
general policy and appropriate allocation of function are effected by 
a single Board of Trustees and by the President with other admims- 
trative officers of the consolidated University. Administrative offices 
are located in Chapel Hill. 

Members of the Board of Trustees are elected by the Legislature 
and the Governor of North Carolina is chairman ex officio. A current 
list of members of the Board of Trustees is given in the section on 
Administration and Faculty. 

The chancellors of the component institutions are responsible to 
the President as the principal executive officer of The University of 
North Carolina. 

19 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE 

North Carolina State is a land-grant institution, founded in 1887 in 
the tradition of the great public, state colleges and universities then 
being founded throughout the nation. These institutions were created 
under the federal Morrill Act of 1862 and were dedicated to expanding 
the opportunities for higher education. Once primarily "agricultural 
and mechanic arts" institutions, these schools now constitute the 
major public universities of the nation, pursuing all fields of knowledge 
and carrying out programs in every area of the world. 

HISTORY 

State began operations as the North Carolina College of Agriculture 
and Mechanic Arts in 1889 with 45 students enrolled. The present 
enrollment totals more than 8,000 men and women, with better than 
1,000 students engaged in graduate study. 

State's name has been changed three times in its history, in each 
instance the result of the expansion of the college's programs, or in 
connection with major legislation providing for the orderly develop- 
ment of higher education in North Carolina. In 1917 State was re- 
named North Carolina State College of Agriculture and Engineering, 
and in 1931 "of the University of North Carolina" was added when 
the North Carolina General Assembly established the Consolidated 
University of North Carolina. 

State's present title was adopted in 1963, a name change which 
officially recognized State's increasing educational role, while reaf- 
firming the concept of one consolidated state university composed of 
several campuses. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

The eight undergraduate academic divisions at State are the Schools 
of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Design, Education, Engineering, 
Forestry, Liberal Arts, Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics, 
and Textiles. 

In the three-quarters of a century since its founding, the institu- 
tion's research, extension and academic programs have grown to 
embrace the work of more than 1,000 professional staff members, 
eight undergraduate schools, the graduate school, 16 branch agricul- 
tural experiment stations, and agents in each of North Carolina's 100 
counties. The total annual budget for North Carolina State currently 
approaches $30 million. 

North Carolina State is accredited by the Southern Association of 
Colleges and Schools and the North Carolina College Conference. In 
addition, individual schools and departments are accredited by various 
associations in their respective fields. State holds memberships in the 

20 



Association of State Universities and Land-Grant Colleges, the Amer- 
ican Council on Education, the College Entrance Examination Board, 
the National Commission on Accrediting, the Oak Ridge Institute of 
Nuclear Studies, and the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. 

SERVICES 

As the programs for research and study at State have developed 
and become more complex, special institutes and curricula have been 
established, extending the school's educational effectiveness. Today the 
scope of State's educational responsibility reaches far beyond the 
program of formalized academic instruction. Among the major service 
agencies at North Carolina State is the Division of General Extension 
which annually sponsors more than 100 short courses, workshops, and 
conferences covering a wide variety of subjects. 

Of special service to the rural population of the State is the Agri- 
cultural Extension Service, which maintains offices in every North 
Carolina county, and is responsible for the administration of an effec- 
tive state-wide 4-H program. Sixteen agricultural experiment stations 
are also under the supervision of the University. Serving the indus- 
trial element of the State in a similar extension program, the Indus- 
trial Extension Service renders technical assistance throughout North 
Carolina. 

Current programs for fisheries research and tree improvement are 
illustrative of the University's work with problems of special concern 
to North Carolinians. 

On the international level. State is carrying out three separate 
programs of education and research, involving staff and faculty in 
international educational cooperation. 

Through its expanded operations. State has increased its services 
to the people of North Carolina; its diverse programs in teaching, 
research and extension have added to State's prestige throughout the 
State, the nation, and the world. 

CAMPUS 

North Carolina State is located in Raleigh, situated on the boundary 
separating the broad coastal plains on the East from the rolling ter- 
rain of the Piedmont on the West, about midway between the northern 
and southern boundaries of the State. 

The main campus covers 2,500 acres and is valued at more than $50 
million. The physical plant includes 75 major classroom, laboratory, 
and auxiliary facilities buildings. Construction programs are con- 
stantly in progress; new buildings provide well-equipped laboratories 
and classrooms for research and study, modern dormitory space, and 
excellent athletic facilities. 

Adjoining the central campus are the agricultural farms. In addi- 

21 



tion to these holdings in the Raleigh area, forest farms and extensive 
experimental woodlands are located in the three major geographical 
areas of the State. 

D. H. HILL LIBRARY 

Library facilities at North Carolina State include the main D. H. 
Hill Library and two special libraries for the Schools of Design and 
Textiles. The collections, totaling more than 300,000 volumes, have 
been carefully selected to serve the educational and research programs 
of the University. 

The D. H. Hill Library contains particularly strong research hold- 
ings in the biological and physical sciences, in all fields of engineering, 
agriculture and forestry. The 6,000 volume Friedrich F. Tippmann 
Collection in the field of entomology and related biological sciences is 
one of the outstanding collections in the country. A carefully selected 
collection of books and journals in the humanities and social sciences 
is especially helpful for undergraduate students. 

Emphasizing the major teaching and research interests at State is 
a comprehensive collection of scientific journals. Approximately 4,400 
journals are received regularly, and a large collection of state and 
federal government publications further strengthens the library's 
research holdings. The D. H. Hill Library is a depository for publica- 
tions of the Atomic Energy Commission and the Food and Agricul- 
tural Organization of the United Nations, and has been a depository 
for federal documents since 1923. 

The Textiles Library, located in Nelson Textile Building, contains 
outstanding holdings in textiles and textile chemistry. It is regarded 
as one of the best textile libraries in the country. The School of 
Design Library, in Brooks Hall, has a very fine collection of books, 
journals, and slides in the fields of architecture, landscape architecture 
and product design. 

In addition to its own resources, and as a further aid to graduate 
and faculty research and study, the library participates in an inter- 
library loan program with the University of North Carolina at Chapel 
Hill and Duke University, making the library resources of these two 
universities easily accessible to students and faculty of North Caro- 
lina State. 

The library offers a good selection of books for recreational reading. 
The open shelf arrangement for this collection allows students to 
browse at leisure. 

Besides housing the rapidly expanding book collection, the well- 
planned and equipped library building provides attractive reading 
rooms, conference rooms and private studies for students and faculty. 

The spacious, well-lighted West Reading Room extends a cheerful 
invitation to study. In addition to this room, a smaller study on the 
third floor is also open to undergraduates. For graduate students 

22 



there are desks and private lockers in the stacks, and a study room is 
available for graduate students and faculty. 

ADMISSIONS 

To be admitted to a regular session of North Carolina State, an 
applicant must be of good moral character and present evidence of 
acceptable preparation for work at the college level. Applicants from 
North Carolina must stand a reasonable chance for academic success; 
out-of-state applicants must generally stand an excellent chance for 
success before admission can be granted. 

Every applicant must complete an application form which may be 
obtained from: 

Director of Admissions 
Peele Hall 



reeie ±iau » " f 

North Carolina State ,-'^rM>*'-<^*^-*#' 
Raleigh, North Carolina 



The completed form should be returned to the above address by De- 
cember 1 for consideration for the spring semester and by May 1 
for consideration for the fall semester, A $10 fee should accompany 
all applications for admission. This fee will be refunded to those who 
are denied admission. It will be applied to the general fees of those 
who are cleared for admission and who subsequently register for the 
semester for which application was made. 

ADMISSION TO FRESHMAN STANDING 

To be admitted as a freshman, the applicant normally should be a 
graduate of an accredited secondary school and have the recommenda- 
tion of his principal or headmaster. Applications of non-graduates 
will be considered, provided there is evidence of maturity and ability 
to deal effectively with college work. 

Important considerations in determining admission to North Caro- 
lina State include: courses taken, grades, rank in class, aptitude test 
scores, and the program to which entrance is sought. Approximately ^ 
80 percent of the freshmen enrolling in September, 1963, were in the ' /^y 
top two-fifths of their high school graduating classes and over 90 J-^^'^^^ 
percent had Scholastic Aptitude Test mathematical scores above 450. •'•^* = 
However, meeting these scholastic levels alone does not guarantee 
admission; all factors related to academic success are considered when 
evaluating a prospective student's application for admission. 

An applicant's secondary school preparation should emphasize the 
traditional academic subjects. The most effective program would 
include: 

English — Four years study with wide reading and extensive oppor- 
tunity for writing is strongly recommended. 

23 



Mathematics — Two years of algebra and one year of geometry 
should be the minimum preparation. The course in geometry may be 
of the traditional type, or a one-year course devoted mainly to plane 
geometry but including some work in analytic or solid geometry. The 
inclusion of some topics from solid geometry is particularly recom- 
mended. Students who plan to enter agricultural engineering, mathe- 
matics education, architecture, product design, the School of Engineer- 
ing, or the School of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics are 
also urged to include advanced algebra and trigonometry in their 
preparation to avoid delay in their college program of study. 

Foreign Language — The study of a single modern foreign language 
(Spanish, French, German, or Russian) for at least two years is 
desirable and is recommended, particularly for students who plan to 
enter the School of Liberal Arts. The liberal arts student who begins 
his college work without this background in foreign language will be 
delayed in his normal progress. 

Science — At least two years are recommended, including biology 
and chemistry or physics. 

Social Studies — At least two years, including a year's course in 
United States history, are recommended. 

Applicants for admission as freshmen (except applicants from coun- 
tries whose native language is not English) must take the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board and request 
their scores be submitted to the Office of Admissions. This test should 
ordinarily be taken in December (preferred date) or January of the 
senior year. If not available at the local high school, application forms 
and information booklets may be obtained by writing to: 

College Entrance Examination Board 

Box 592 

Princeton, New Jersey 

North Carolina State does not have a specific early decision plan. 
However, all applications are considered and acted upon as soon as 
complete admissions credentials are received. Before an application 
normally can be considered, it is necessary for a student to have com- 
pleted his junior year, for his school record to reflect the courses 
being pursued in his senior year, and for his scores on the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test to have been received in the Office of Admissions. 

ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Transfer students with less than 29 semester hours of transferable 
credit must meet the admissions criteria for entering freshmen as 
outlined above. To be admitted as a nonfreshman transfer student, 
the applicant must have acquired a minimum of 29 semester hours of 
transferable college work (the equivalent of sophomore standing) at 
an accredited institution. The applications of transfer students from 

24 



non-accredited institutions will be reviewed by the Admissions Com- 
mittee. 

All applicants for transfer must have at least an overall "C" average 
on work taken at other institutions and must be eligible to return to 
the last institution regularly attended. A transfer applicant whose 
residence is outside North Carolina may be required to present a 
somewhat higher average. A student whose records show below "C" 
average work cannot be admitted unless such admission is approved 
by the Admissions Committee. 

If cleared for admission, the transfer student's record will be eval- 
uated by the dean or director of instruction of the school in which 
the student wishes to enroll. A $2 transcript evaluation fee, payable 
to North Carolina State, is charged for this service. Evaluation by 
the school will be final. No previously earned credit can be disregarded 
in evaluating a student's record. 

Students eligible to continue at other units of the University may 
transfer even though they do not have an overall "C" average. Stu- 
dents transferring between units of the University will receive credit 
and honor points for all courses taken at the other units. 

All transfer students must have ofl^icial transcripts sent to the 
Office of Admissions directly from each college attended. Failure of 
the student to submit a transcript from all colleges previously attend- 
ed may result in his dismissal. 

ADMISSION OF UNCLASSIFIED STUDENTS, 

An unclassified student is one who is earning college credit but is 
not working toward a degree at North Carolina State. Admission of 
an unclassified student requires the recommendation of the dean of 
the school in which the student wishes to enroll. Unclassified students 
must meet the same admissions requirements as regular students. 
If, at a later date, an unclassified student wishes to change to regular 
status, his credits must be evaluated for his major. Credits earned by 
the student while he is unclassified will be accepted only if he has 
completed the proper prerequisites. Where credit is allowed, the stu- 
dent will receive the grades he earned in the courses accepted. 



ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS 

Students desiring to take college credit courses for special reasons 
and who do not desire to work for a degree may enroll as special stu- 
dents. The usual college admission requirements may be waived for 
mature students, but regular rules of scholarship will apply after 
admission. If special students wish to change to regular status at a 
later date, they must meet the same admission requirements as regular 
students. The special student may not represent North Carolina State 
in any intercollegiate contest or become a member of any fraternity — 
professional or social. 

25 



ADMISSION AS AN AUDITOR 

Admission as an auditor requires the permission of the department 
head. The participation of auditors in class discussion and in tests or 
examinations is optional with the instructor. Auditors receive no 
college credit; they are expected, however, to attend classes regularly. 

READMISSION OF FORMER 

NORTH CAROLINA STATE STUDENTS 

To be readmitted after having withdrawn or having been out of 
school for one or more semesters, the student must be academically 
eligible to return and should apply to the Department of Admissions 
and Registration for readmission at least 30 days prior to the date 
of desired enrollment. 



ADMISSION OF GRADUATE STUDENTS 

All students working toward advanced degrees are enrolled in the 
Graduate School. Procedures and policies governing graduate admis- 
sion are outlined in a special catalog issued by the Graduate School. 
Any student interested in enrolling for graduate study may obtain 
a copy of the Graduate School Catalog from: 

Dean of the Graduate School 
Peele Hall 

North Carolina State 
Raleigh, North Carolina 



GRADES AND SCHOLARSHIP 

GRADING SYSTEM 

North Carolina State operates on a credit-point system. Semester 
credits represent the number of hours completed with a passing 
grade; quality points are determined by the grade earned. 

each credit hour, 

each credit hour, 

each credit hour, 

each credit hour, 

each credit hour. 

qunlity 'points. 
quality points. 



S Satisfactory (for graduate students) 



A 


Excellent 


h quality points for 


B 


Good 


3 quality points for 


C 


Average 


2 quality points for 


D 


Passing 


1 quality point for 


F, FA, FD, FI Failing 


quality points for 


W 


Withdrew from 






course passing 


credit hours and 


AB 


Absent from 






examination 


credit hours and 


AU 


Audit 




IN 


Incomplete 





26 



U Unsatisfactory (for graduate students) 

P Passed (for graduate students) 

D* Failure removed by re-examination (for seniors only) 

H Indicates work of outstanding quality (for Chapel Hill graduate 

students) 
P Indicates clearly satisfactory work (for Chapel Hill graduate 

students) 
L Indicates low passing work (for Chapel Hill graduate students) 

Explanations 

At the discretion of the teacher, a student who has at least a "C" 
average in a course may be given an "Incomplete" grade for work not 
completed because of a serious interruption in his work, not caused 
by the student's own negligence. An incomplete must be made up dur- 
ing the next semester the student is in residence, unless the depart- 
ment involved is not able to allow the make-up. In the latter case, the 
department will notify the student and the Office of Registration when 
the incomplete must be made up. Any incomplete not removed during 
the period specified by the department will automatically become a 
failure and will be recorded as "FI". 

A grade of "FA" is recorded for an unexcused absence from the 
final examination. If an absence from examination is excused, the stu- 
dent must arrange to take the examination during the next semester 
he is in residence or a grade of "FA" will be recorded. 

A grade of "FD" is posted if a student has unofficially dropped a 
course for which he has been scheduled, or if he has officially dropped 
the course after the final date for dropping courses without grades. 
A failure may be made up only by repeating the subject. Such a repeat 
course must be regularly scheduled on the student's roster. 

Any student who fails a course within two semesters of gradua- 
tion (Summer School counts as one semester), and who fails only 
one course during that semester, may apply to the Office of Regis- 
tration for permission to remove that failure by standing a re- 
examination on the total subject matter of the course. If a senior 
fails more than one course during the next to the last semester and 
removes all but one of these deficiencies by repeating the course or 
courses, and if he has not had another re-examination, he may apply 
at the end of his last semester in residence for permission to take 
a re-examination. When such a re-examination is taken to remove 
an "F", only the re-examination grade will be counted. A senior 
who has passed a re-examination will have his grade for this course 
changed from "F" to D*, which is equivalent in quality points to a 
grade of "D". A fee of $5.00 will be charged for administering such 
a re-examination. 

SCHOLASTIC LOADS 

A student may not carry more than 21 semester hours during a 
regular semester, without securing the written approval of the dean 

27 



or director of instruction of his school. For a six-week summer ses- 
sion a student must have the same approval, if he carries more than 
seven semester hours. Veterans or other students receiving federal 
educational benefits must meet the work load requirements of the 
appropriate federal agency. 

SCHOLARSHIP STANDARDS 

Semester Rule 

Any student carrying 12 or more semester hours must pass at least 
six hours of work each semester in which he is registered at North 
Carolina State. A student carrying less than 12 hours must pass at 
least half of the work rostered in order to continue. 

Grade-point Average Requirements 

The following table gives the cumulative grade-point average re- 
quirements for the various stages of advancement in terms of hours 
carried (effective September 1, 1964) : 



Hours Carried (passed and failed) 



less 


than 


20 




20- 


28 




29- 


62 




63- 


96 




97- 


119 




120 and over 



Grade-point Average 
to Continue 


Grade-point Average 

Below which Student is 

on Provisional Status 


0.50 


1.25 


1.00 


1.25 


1.25 


1.50 


1.50 


1.75 


1.75 


1.90 


1.90 


2.00 



Summer study will be open to students suspended for academic 
reasons at the end of the preceding fall or spring semester. Corre- 
spondence and extension courses may be used in the same manner 
as summer study. Any exceptions to these rules regarding continu- 
ation or readmission will be dealt with individually by the Admis- 
sions Committee. Provisional status gives warning that the student 
must make definite improvement in standing before he reaches the 
next level in terms of hours carried if he is to be permitted to remain 
at the University. Students on provisional status shall be limited 
to a maximum of 15 credit hours in a regular semester. 

A student in the School of Engineering must have earned a mini- 
mum grade of "C" on MA 102 to be eligible to roster courses taught 
by the School of Engineering above the freshman level. 

Graduation Requirements 

A student is scholastically eligible for graduation when he has 
satisfied all the specific requirements of his department, his school, 
and the University, and has earned at least a cumulative 2.0 average. 

Students who have satisfactorily completed the requirements for 
more than one bachelor's degree may, upon the recommendation of 

28 



their deans and payment of a double diploma fee, be awarded two 
bachelor's degrees at the same or at different commencement exer- 
cises. 

To be graduated with high honors, a student must have attained a 
3.5 quality point average on all semester hours of work taken at this 
institution (or at one or both of the other units of the University of 
North Carolina). 

To be graduated with honors, a student must have attained a 3.0 
quality point average on all semester hours of work taken at this 
institution (or at one or both of the other units of the University of 
North Carolina). 

Residence Requirement 

A candidate for the bachelor's degree who transfers from some 
other institution must spend at least one academic year in residence 
and earn a minimum of 24 semester hours of credit before being 
eligible for a degree. Residence at either of the other two units of the 
University of North Carolina satisfies the residence requirement at 
this institution. 

Classification Requirements 

Students progress from one class to a higher class after they have 
completed the required number of hours for the next classification. At 
the present time students are classified at the beginning of the fall 
semester and at no other time. The required number of hours for each 
classification is as follows: 

Freshman 1-28 semester hours of earned credit 

Sophomore 29-62 semester hours of earned credit 

Junior 63-96 semester hours of earned credit 

Senior 97 or more semester hours of earned credit 

Professional (School of Design) lAO or more semester hours 

OPPORTUNITIES FOR SUPERIOR STUDENTS 

Advanced placement is offered to those who, because of their dem- 
onstrated abilities, are qualified to accelerate their studies. To obtain 
advanced placement at least three options are available. The student 
may take a proficiency examination in any subject when he believes 
that he already has mastery of the course material; application for 
such an examination must be made to the head of the department in 
which the subject is offered. Secondly, advanced placement and credit 
is given for satisfactory performance on the subject matter profi- 
ciency tests of the College Entrance Examination Board's Advanced 
Placement Program. Finally, the entering student may be selected for 
an advanced section in English, mathematics, or chemistry on the 
basis of his previous academic record and/or an examination given 
prior to the beginning of classes. 

29 



Optional programs of advanced training for gifted underclassmen 
are offered by the departments of mathematics, physics, chemistry, and 
English. These superior student programs provide interested and 
capable students with the opportunity for enjoying more challenging 
and independent vi^ork. Honors programs for upperclassmen in engi- 
neering, physical sciences and applied mathematics, forestry, and 
agriculture, as well as a program in undergraduate research partici- 
pation, are available to selected students. 



GENERAL POLICIES 

REQUIRED FRESHMAN ENGLISH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Each student is expected to schedule the required course in fresh- 
man English and the required freshman and sophomore courses in 
physical education every semester until these courses are passed satis- 
factorily. 

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE UNIVERSITY 

Students who wish to leave school during a semester or summer 
session must withdraw officially, initiating the process at the Coun- 
seling Center in Peele Hall. A student who completes a semester or 
summer session and does not plan to return need not officially with- 
draw. 

CHANGES IN CURRICULA 

Students may change from one curriculum to another by filing with 
the Office of Registration (at the time of registration) a curriculum 
change card signed by the dean or director of instruction concerned. 
Such changes are effective only at the beginning of a semester or sum- 
mer session. 



TUITION AND FEES 

RESIDENCE STATUS FOR TUITION PAYMENT 

The tuition charge for legal residents of North Carolina is less 
than for nonresidents. A legal resident of North Carolina is one who 
has his domicile in this State. It is important that each applicant for 
admission and each enrolled student know his residence status for 
tuition payment and understand the regulations governing residence 
status. The following regulations cover most factual situations: 

1. A person 21 years of age or older is not deemed eligible for the 
lower tuition rate unless he has maintained his legal residence in 
North Carolina for at least the six months next preceding the date 
of his first enrollment in an institution of higher education in this 
State. 

30 



2. The legal residence of a person under 21 years of age at the time 
of his first enrollment in an institution of higher education in this 
State is that of his parents, surviving parent, or legal guardian. In 
cases where parents are divorced or legally separated, the legal resi- 
dence of the father will control unless custody of the minor has been 
awarded by court order to the mother or to a legal guardian other 
than a parent. No claim of residence in North Carolina based upon 
residence of a guardian in North Carolina will be considered if either 
parent is still living unless the action of the court appointing the 
guardian antedates the student's first enrollment in a North Carolina 
institution of higher education by at least 12 months. 

3. The residence status of any student is determined as of the time 
of his first enrollment in an institution of higher education in North 
Carolina and may not thereafter be changed except: (a) in the case 
of a non-resident minor student at the time of his first enrollment 
whose parents have subsequently established legal residence in North 
Carolina; and (b) in the case of a resident who abandons his legal 
residence in North Carolina. In either case, the appropriate tuition 
rate will become effective at the beginning of the semester or term 
next following the date of change of residence status. 

4. The legal residence of a wife follows that of her husband, except 
that a woman student currently enrolled in this institution as a resi- 
dent may continue as a resident even though she marry a nonresident. 

5. Military personnel attached to military posts or reservations in 
North Carolina are not considered eligible for the lower tuition rate 
unless they have maintained a legal residence in the State for at least 
the six months next preceding the date of first enrollment in an insti- 
tution of higher education in the State. 

6. Aliens lawfully admitted to the United States for permanent 
residence who have established a legal residence in North Carolina 
according to Paragraphs number 1, 2, or 4 above, are eligible for the 
lower tuition rate. 

7. Ownership of property in or payment of taxes to the State of 
North Carolina apart from legal residence will not qualify one for 
the lower tuition rate. 

Discretion to adjust individual '^ases within the spirit of these regu- 
lations is lodged in the vice president and finance officer of the Uni- 
versity. 

Any student or prospective student in doubt concerning his resi- 
dence status must bear the responsibility for securing a ruling by 
stating his case in writing to the director of admissions. 



TUITION AND FEES 

Charges for tuition and fees vary according to (1) the student's 
status as a resident or nonresident of North Carolina; (2) type of 
student (regular undergraduate, special or unclassified undergradu- 



31 



ate, auditor or graduate student) ; and (3) to a minor degree, the 
curriculum in which the student is enrolled. 

An application for admission must be accompanied by an appli- 
cation fee of $10. 

Tuition and fees are payable during the registration period. AH 
charges are subject to change without notice, but the charges in 
effect currently are as follows : 

Regular Undergraduate Students 



Schools 


In-state Students 


Out-of-Stat 


;e Students 




Fall 


Spring 


Fall 


Sprinc 




Semester 


Semester 


Semester 


Semester 


Agriculture and 










Life Sciences 


$169.00 


$168.00 


$381.59 


$380.50 


Design 


169.00 


168.00 


381.50 


380.50 


Education 


169.00 


168.00 


381.50 


380.50 


Engineering 


169.00 


168.00 


381.50 


380.50 


Forestry 


179.00 


168.00* 


391.50 


380.50 


Liberal Arts 


169.00 


168.00 


381.50 


380.50 


Physical Sciences and 










Applied Mathematics 


169.00 


168.00 


381.50 


380.50 


Textiles 


169.00 


168.00 


381.50 


380.50 



* Add $10.00 if not registered in fall semester. 

Late Registration 

Registration schedules are set for specific days, and certain definite 
procedures are outlined. A student has not completed registration until 
all of the required steps are taken. All students, graduate and under- 
graduate, who fail to register on dates scheduled must pay a $5.00 
late registration fee. 

Undergraduate Students Taking Less Than Seven Hours 

Undergraduate students taking one course of not more than four 
hours during a regular semester will be charged one-fourth tuition, 
one-fourth academic fees and no non-academic fees. These students 
will not be entitled to any of the services and privileges provided by 
the non-academic fees. Undergraduate students taking five or six 
hours during a regular semester will be charged one-half tuition, one- 
half academic fees and all non-academic fees. All other undergraduate 
students will pay full tuition and fees. 

Audits 

Subject to academic regulations, regularly enrolled graduate or 
undergraduate students may audit courses by registering for them. 
The first audit will be disregarded in determination of course load on 
which tuition and fee payments are based, but any additional audits 
are to be added to the course load at full credit hour value. Students 

32 



registered for audits only will pay the rates applicable to special un- 
classified students. 

Unclassified Students 

A student registering for course work as an unclassified student 
but requesting graduate credit will be charged the regular graduate 
student rate. 

Graduate Students 

Applicants interested in graduate work may receive a schedule of 
fees upon application to the Graduate School. 

Commencement Fee 

A fee of $9.00, covering cost of diploma and rental of cap and gown, 
is charged candidates for the baccalaureate degree during the last 
semester before the degree is awarded. 

Deposits 

(a) As partial security for library books, laboratory equipment, 
etc., a general deposit of $20 must be paid by regularly enrolled under- 
graduates and graduate students at the time of their first enrollment 
(see also under "Refunds"). 

(b) Certain departments are allowed to collect small deposits, in 
addition to the general deposit referred to above, for such things as 
lockers, etc. In such instances departmental regulations will apply. 

Professional Students in Engineering 

Students in the various fifth-year professional curricula will be 
charged on the same basis as undergraduate students. 

Thesis Preparation 

Graduate students who have completed course requirements and 
are in residence for thesis work only will be charged $15 per semester 
for tuition plus all fees. Graduate students not in residence who have 
completed all requirements for the degree sought, except for the 
thesis, will be required to register for the term in which final require- 
ments for the degree are to be completed and pay a tuition fee of $15 
and a $7.00 registration fee. 

Degree Only 

Graduate students who have completed all requirements for the 
degree sought are required to register for the term in which the 
degree will be awarded and pay a tuition fee of $10. 

33 



ROOM RENT 

Rooms in University residence halls rent for $100 per semester for 
men and $135 for women. Room assignments are for the period of a 
school year and the rent is payable in advance prior to the beginning 
of each semester as announced. When a new student is accepted by 
the University, a letter of clearance is mailed to the student together 
with a room reservation request form. If a room is desired, the student 
should fill out the reservation request and return it with remittance 
to the Office of Business Affairs. Rooms will be assigned as long as 
space is available, in the order in which payment of rent is received. 
Individual preferences as to location of room and/or choice of room- 
mate will be honored as far as possible. All reservations are subject 
to published residence hall rules and regulations. 

Male freshmen are required to live in the University residence halls 
unless they are married, veterans, or living with parents or relatives. 
Each of these freshmen must make a written application to the di- 
rector of student housing for permission to live outside the residence 
halls. 

Undergraduate single women students not living with parents must 
reside in Watauga Hall unless authorized to live elsewhere by the 
director of student housing. Authorization to live off-campus will not 
be granted unless recommended by the advisor to women students 
at North Carolina State and approved by a parent. 

Married Student Housing 

University-owned apartments for married students rent for the 
following amounts: 

Efficiency apartment $43.00 per month 

One-bedroom apartment 57.50 per month 

Two-bedroom apartment 69.00 per month 

For further information and application, write or visit the Housing 
Rental Office in Leazar Hall. 

LAUNDRY 

The University operates a modern laundry and dry cleaning facility 
on campus at reasonable prices. Branch offices are located in the resi- 
dence halls for the convenience of the students. 

LINEN AND BLANKET RENTAL SERVICE 

The linen service provides for the initial issue of two sheets, one 
pillow case, and three towels. The student may exchange his linen 
weekly at a cost of $20 per year. Pillows may be rented for $1.50 per 
year. A regular blanket rents for $3 per year, and the N. C. State 
monogrammed blanket rents for $5. These services are available to 

34 



both campus and off-campus students. Application forms for these 
services will be mailed to incoming freshmen. Upperclassmen should 
apply to the office of Auxiliary Services in Room 207 Holladay Hall or 
the Housing Rental Office in Leazar Hall. 

BOARD 

Food service is provided at three conveniently located facilities, 
Leazar Cafeteria, Harris Cafeteria, and the Erdahl-Cloyd Union. 

Cost depends on the individual's requirements and the selection of 
food. A typical student paying cash for each meal will spend approxi- 
mately $2.20 a day or $500 for the academic year. Meal tickets are 
available at a 10 percent reduction. The 7-day-a-week board plan is 
available at approximately a one-third reduction, and the 5-day board 
plan, Monday through Friday, at approximately a one-fifth reduction 
from the cash prices of food. Under the board plan, the student is per- 
mitted to select any items from the menu on the cafeteria line within 
the established meal allowances, which are 55 cents for breakfast, 80 
cents for lunch, and 85 cents for dinner. These plans provide for three 
wholesome, well-balanced meals per day and are available on a yearly, 
semester, or six weeks basis. 

BOOKS AND SUPPLIES 

The cost for books and supplies is variable, depending upon the 
curriculum in which the student is enrolled. A reasonable estimate is 
$100 per year, but students who require drawing supplies and slide 
rules have an additional original outlay. All books and supplies must 
be paid for in cash as purchased. 

ESTIMATED ANNUAL COST 

(Items such as tuition, fees, and room rent in residence halls are fixed 
costs. Other items are variable with the individual student.) 



Tuition (Non-resident 








students add $212.50 


Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Annual Total 


per semester 


$ 87.50 


$ 87.50 $ 


175.00 


Other University fees 


81.50 


80.50 


162.00 


General deposit (paid 








at first enrollment 








only) 


20.00 




20.00 


Residence hall 








room (men) 


100.00 


100.00 


200.00 


Residence hall 








room (women) 


135.00 


135.00 


270.00 


Linen service (optional) 


20.00 




20.00 


Board 


175.00-250.00 


175.00-250.00 


350.00-500.00 


Books and supplies 


50.00-100.00 


25.00 


75.00-125.00 


Personal expenses and 








incidentals 


100.00-150.00 


100.00-150.00 


200.00-300.00 



Total (N.C. residents) $634.00-809.00 $568.00-693.00 $1,202.00-1,502.00 
Total (non-residents) $846.50-1,021.50 $780,50-905.50 $1,627.00-1,927.00 

35 



REFUNDS 

Tuition and Fees 

A student who withdraws from school on or before the last day for 
registration will receive a refund of the full amount paid, less a $7.00 
registration fee. On withdrawal later than the period specified, no 
refund will be made. 

Room Rent 

Refund of room rent will be made as follows, if reservation is can- 
celled (subject to change as rates increase) : 

a. Prior to the first day of the registration period, the rent paid will 
be refunded less a $10 reservation fee. 

b. During the registration period, the rent paid will be refunded 
less a $10 reservation fee or a charge of $1.00 per day (whichever 
amount is greater) from the first day of the registration period (or 
date of reservation, whichever is later) to date of cancellation. 

c. After the last day for registration, no refund will be made for 
any reason other than withdrawal from school. 

Cancellation of reservations must be made in person or in writing 
to: 

Housing Rental Office 
Leazar Hall 
North Carolina State 
Raleigh, North Carolina 

Linen Rental 

Refunds under the linen rental plan are computed on a semester 
basis. During a semester refunds will be computed at a charge rate of 
65 cents for each week the plan has been in use, plus a $2 service 
charge until $10 is exhausted. Refunds are not available for the weeks 
a student fails to exchange linen. During the year withdrawals, turn-in 
of linen, and computation of refunds will be accomplished at the 
University Laundry. 

General Deposit 

Miscellaneous charges for laboratory breakage, traffic fines, resi- 
dence hall and property repair charges, military property charges, 
physical education equipment charges, and all other miscellaneous 
charges will be deducted from the general deposit of $20, as incurred 
throughout the year. The $20 general deposit must be rebuilt to the 
$20 level by the student whenever the deposit has been depleted to or 
below the $5 level. 

The general deposit of $20 or the remaining balance is refunded 
when a student has completed the requirements for a degree or has 

36 



permanently withdrawn from the University. The student must apply 
to the Office of Business Affairs for the refund, at which time a correct 
mailing address must be given. Refund will be made by check ap- 
proximately 30 days from the date the application is received. 

Refund Committee 

In some instances circumstances justify the waiving of rules re- 
garding refunds. An example might be withdrawal from the Univer- 
sity because of illness. Students have the privilege of appeal to the 
Refund Committee when they feel that special consideration is mer- 
ited. Applications for such appeals may be secured from the Division 
of Student Affairs. 



37 



s 



TUDENT ACTIVITIES AND SERVICES 



North Carolina State makes every effort to provide the student 
with surroundings which are pleasant and conducive to intellectual 
growth. Respecting the student as an individual, the University 
assures him the maximum of personal liberty within the limits 
necessary for orderly progression of class work. In return, he is 
expected to pay serious attention to his purpose in attending college 
and to observe rules of conduct consistent with maturity. Through 
the various services and activities identified with everyday life on 
the campus, as well as through the several extra-curricular organi- 
zations and functions, the student at State has an excellent oppor- 
tunity for acquiring experience in group leadership and community 
living which may serve him well in his professional career. 

As the student progresses in his development, especially after his 
freshman year, he will find many opportunities to increase his 
growth in citizenship by participating in the activities of his aca- 
demic class and of the student body in general. Following is a 
survey of the various activities at North Carolina State. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AND HONOR SYSTEM 

When a student enters North Carolina State, he becomes a member 
of a self-governing community. 

Legislative, executive, and judicial authority, insofar as student 
affairs are concerned, rest with the Student. Government which oper- 
ates within the framework of over-all University administration. 
The Student Government members and Judicial Department mem- 
bers are elected in campus-wide elections. The student has a voice 
in his own government by participating in these elections. Often in 
general elections he is asked to vote on proposed changes in regu- 
lations which affect the student body. 

The student also becomes part of the Honor System. He is expected 
to adhere to its general aims, which are honesty in class work and 
honor in general conduct. 

CLUBS AND SOCIETIES 

Through the various honorary, professional, technical, and social 
organizations at North Carolina State, the interested student finds 

39 



many opportunities to participate in activities that appeal to him, 
and to meet others who have similar interests. 

UNIVERSITY HONORARY 

Honorary societies and fraternities at North Carolina State are 
Golden Chain, senior leadership; Blue Key, junior leadership; Thirty 
and Three, sophomore leadership ; Phi Eta Sigma, freshman scholar- 
ship; and Phi Kappa Phi, junior, senior, and graduate student 
scholarship. 

PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL 

Each school at North Carolina State sponsors or supervises a 
large number of professional and technical societies and clubs. 
Students in every area of instruction are encouraged to join with 
their fellow students in pursuing their common interests. Many of 
these organizations contribute greatly to the student's professional 
and social growth. 

SOCIAL FRATERNITIES 

Seventeen national social fraternities have chapters at State. 
Each sends two representatives to the Interfraternity Council, which 
has as its objectives promoting the general interests and welfare of 
the associated fraternities and insuring cooperation among them 
and the faculty, the student body, and the general public. All frater- 
nities have resident housemothers who assist in preparing meals and 
planning social functions and act as hostesses. 

The social fraternities are Alpha Gamma -Rho, Delta Sigma Phi, 
FarmHouse, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Phi 
Kappa Tau, Pi Kappa Alpha, Pi Kappa Phi, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, 
Sigma Alpha Mu, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Sigma 
Pi, Tau Kappa Epsilon, and Theta Chi. 

State has one national social sorority, Sigma Kappa. 



STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

A variety of publications, both general and school-sponsored, are 
edited and managed by student officers, with faculty members serv- 
ing as advisors. A student may gain journalistic experience and 
training in writing, editing, or management by working on these 
publications. 

The three general publications. The Agromeck, The Student Broad- 
casting System, WKNC, and The Technician, are supported in large 
part by a publication fee included in each student's fees. 

THE AGROMECK 

The Agromeck is the University yearbook, providing a record of the 
senior class and of the principal events of the school year. The year- 

40 



book recalls in pictures the varied activities of the student body 
throughout the year, and is published for the entire student body. 

THE TECHNICIAN 

The Technician is the student newspaper issued three mornings a 
week and delivered to central locations on the campus, such as the 
Coliseum, cafeterias, classroom buildings, and the Student Supply 
Store. The Technician serves as a forum for student expression as 
well as a medium for campus news of particular interest to State 
students. 

THE STUDENT BROADCASTING SYSTEM— WKNC 

Although it is not a publication in the strictest sense of the word, 
WKNC (at 600 KC), a carrier-current station with coverage liniited 
to the campus, serves the same function through a different medium. 
It offers many opportunities for extra-curricular training in actual 
broadcasting techniques as well as training in administration and 
program planning. 

THE TOWER 

Each student receives a copy of The Tower, the University hand- 
book, which contains detailed information about student regulations, 
organizations, and activities. 

OTHER PUBLICATIONS 

Several o"f the schools have their own publications issued under the 
general supervision of the particular school and dealing with material 
of special interest to students in that school. These publications include 
The Ag Student, published by the School of Agriculture and Life Sci- 
ences, The Pi-ne-tum, published by the School of Forestry ; The South- 
ern Engineer, published by the School of Engineering; The Textile 
Forum, published by the School of Textiles; the Publications of the 
School of Design; and The Scientist, published by the School of 
Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics. 



ATHLETICS 

In addition to voluntary programs of intramural and intercollegiate 
sports. State requires freshmen and sophomores to enroll in credit 
courses in physical education. Juniors and seniors may take physical 
education as an elective. 

INTRAMURAL 

The University maintains an extensive program of intramural 
sports, administered by the Department of Physical Education. Par- 

41 



ticipation in these sports is purely voluntary and college credit is not 
given. Competition is divided into three divisions: Residence Halls, 
Fraternity, and Open. Thirteen sports are offered in the residence 
halls and fraternity divisions, and four sports plus special events in 
the open division. 

Sports offered in the intramural program are correlated with those 
taught in the required programs of physical education. Instruction in 
these sports is given in the classes and opportunity for competition is 
provided in the intramural program. An Intramural Advisory Board, 
composed of student representatives and one physical education staff 
member, determines the policies to be administered by the intramural 
director. 

The intramural facilities, both indoor and outdoor, are excellent. 
The intramural playing fields, adjacent to the gymnasium, provide 
space for ten softball or ten football games to be played simultane- 
ously. Tw^enty tennis courts are available, and construction of addi- 
tional courts is being considered. 

The gymnasium has ten four-wall handball courts, six squash courts, 
and separate rooms for boxing, wrestling, golf, correctives and weight- 
lifting. The main gymnasium floor provides seven basketball courts 
which may be adjusted to accommodate eight volleyball courts, twenty 
badminton courts, indoor tennis and various other sports. This space 
also includes a gymnastic area greater than the size of a regulation 
basketball court. 

The swimming pool, located in an adjoining building, is twenty-five 
meters by twenty-five yards and has two one-meter and one three- 
meter diving boards. 

INTERCOLLEGIATE 

Intercollegiate athletics at North Carolina State come under the 
supervision of a separate department of the institution. Policies gov- 
erning intercollegiate competition are recommended, however, by the 
Athletic Council which is composed of faculty, students, and alumni. 
The policies are in full accord with the Atlantic Coast Conference 
and N.C.A.A. rules of eligibility for intercollegiate contests. Member- 
ship of the Atlantic Coast Conference includes — in addition to State — 
Duke University, Wake Forest College, the University of North Caro- 
lina at Chapel Hill, the University of Maryland, Clemson University, 
the University of South Carolina, and the University of Virginia. 

The program in intercollegiate athletics consists of the organization 
and training of "Wolfpack" teams in football, basketball, baseball, 
track, cross country, wrestling, swimming, tennis, golf, soccer, and 
rifle competition. 

Facilities for intercollegiate athletics at State include Riddick Sta- 
dium, a 20,000-seat stadium for football; William Neal Reynolds 
Coliseum, a 12,500-seat arena for basketball; football practice fields; 
tennis courts; a swimming pool of Olympic dimensions; a gymnasium; 
a baseball field ; and facilities in the Coliseum for wrestling and other 
sports. 

42 



MUSIC 

Since the early days of North Carolina State, musical organizations 
have played an important part in the life of the campus. These groups 
present concerts, furnish music for official University functions, and 
perform at athletic events. Rehearsal schedules have been carefully 
arranged to avoid conflicts v^^ith other classes or vi^ith study time. The 
combined membership of these organizations constitutes the largest 
voluntary student organization on campus. 



THE MEN'S GLEE CLUB 

The Varsity Men's Glee Club and the Collegiate Men's Glee Club 
comprise the two sections of the North Carolina State Men's Glee 
Clubs. Placement in a glee club is made according to the interests and 
abilities of the individual student. Students not able to meet the re- 
quirements of the Varsity Men's Glee Club are eligible to try for the 
Collegiate Men's Glee Club. 

Both organizations present concerts on and off campus throughout 
the year and combine for special programs. Radio and television ap- 
pearances, recordings, tours and providing small ensembles for special 
occasions are additional activities. 



BANDS 

The Symphonic Band, the Fanfare Band, the Marching Band, and 
the ROTC Band make up the four divisions of the North Carolina 
State Bands. Each band serves a specific purpose in the musical life 
on the campus. Assignments to the various bands are made according 
to the interests and ability of the individual student. 

The Symphonic and Fanfare Bands are concert organizations. Stu- 
dents v^^ho are unable to meet the rigid requirements for the Sym- 
phonic Band are eligible to try for the Fanfare Band. 

The Marching Band operates primarily during football season and 
is widely known for its spectacular half-time performances. 

The ROTC Band consists of freshmen and sophmore ROTC and 
AFROTC students. Participation in band excuses the student from all 
ROTC drill on the field. 

THE WOMEN'S CHORUS 

The Women's Chorus presents several concerts each year both on 
and off campus. The performance of the best musical selections for 
women's voices, social, educational, and recreational advantages are 
among the chief objectives of the Chorus. Membership is open to all 
coeds on campus who are interested in singing. 

Additional information concerning musical activities may be ob- 
tained by writing or visiting the director of music in Pullen Hall. 

43 



STUDENT CENTERS 

Three important centers for the extra-curricular activities of State 
students are the Erdahl-Cloyd Union, the E. S. King Religious Cen- 
ter, and the International Student Center. 

ERDAHL-CLOYD UNION 

The Erdahl-Cloyd Union building is not only the center for an 
extensive social and cultural program, but also provides facilities for 
recreation and relaxation. In addition to a snack bar, dining room, 
barber shop and ballroom, there are meeting rooms, a library and 
lounge area, a gallery area for exhibits, music listening room, guest 
rooms and a games room. The offices of the Union and other organi- 
zations are located on the second floor. The Union operates a theatre 
and craft shop in the Frank Thompson building. 

The purpose of the Union is to provide a facility and a program 
which will complement the academic life of the student and offer him 
an opportunity to further already existing interests and to develop 
new ones. Many of the programs at the Union are organized and 
executed by students. Everyone is encouraged to participate in some 
aspect of the Union's activities. 

E. S. KING RELIGIOUS CENTER 

In addition to the functions and activities held in the Erdahl-Cloyd 
Union, many other activities — especially those of a religious, spiritual 
and devotional nature — are held within the E. S. King Religious 
Center. The Center has an attractive lobby equipped with writing and 
reading tables and chairs, a television room, and four conference 
rooms where student and faculty groups may meet. The coordinator 
of religious affairs and several denominational chaplains have their 
offices in this building. 

The Danforth Chapel, located in the Center, provides a place for 
religious services and meditation for students of all faiths. 

The E. S. King Religious Center plans social events and lectures 
on various topics related to student life in addition to, or in connec- 
tion with, its programs of religious emphasis. 

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT CENTER 

The International Student Center, located in the basement of the 
King Religious Building, is provided primarily for the relaxation and 
recreation of international students. The Center provides a television 
lounge and small kitchen for student use. The office of the director of 
the International Student Center is located on the same floor. The 
director serves as a counselor and advisor to international students. 

44 



HOUSING, FOOD, LAUNDRY AND 
LINEN SERVICES 

HOUSING 

North Carolina State began a residence hall building program some 
63 years ago, primarily to provide students with suitable University 
buildings in which to live and study. Today, however, the responsi- 
bilities of student housing are considered to be something more. 
Today the mission of the Department of Student Housing is to pro- 
vide the very best facilities possible for residents at the lowest cost. 
This includes the provision of adequate and satisfactory facilities, 
appropriate activities and programs, and residence supervision. Resi- 
dence halls are supervised by counselors employed by the Department 
of Student Housing to assist residents, develop and maintain satis- 
factory study conditions, enforce University regulations, and insure 
proper use of University facilities. 

University residence hall housing regulations are posted in each 
room. It is the occupant's responsibility to read and comply with 
these regulations. Failure to do so may result in extra charges and 
disciplinary action. 

Residence Hall Accommodations — Men 

In the eight larger residence halls, faculty or graduate couples 
serve as head residence counselors. They assist the occupants with 
their problems and provide a pleasant atmosphere in which parents 
and friends may visit the residence halls. Each residence hall has a 
residence counselor, an upperclassman with the qualifications for, and 
the responsibility of, helping the individual student — particularly 
freshmen — in any way that he can. Floor counselors and assistant 
floor counselors, chosen on the same basis, assist the residence coun- 
selor. Whenever these counselors cannot answer particular questions 
or give aid in solving special problems, they direct the student to the 
appropriate administrative official. 

A well organized residence hall program plays an important role 
in the student's all-round development. Each residence hall annually 
elects officers during the spring semester to serve for the next aca- 
demic year. The president and vice-president of each residence hall 
serve as representatives on the Inter-Dormitory Council, the student 
organization which coordinates inter-dormitory activities and pro- 
grams. 

Students are encouraged to participate in the athletic, social and 
recreational activities of the residence hall. Participation in these 
activities provides an opportunity for the student to meet and make 
friends with students of varied backgrounds, to use his leisure time 
pleasantly and profitably, and to grow in personality. Athletic directors 
are appointed by the Department of Student Housing to encourage 
and maintain participation in the athletic and recreational activities. 

45 



Residence Hall Accommodations — Women 

North Carolina State has one residence hall for 90 women students. 
Single undergraduate women are given priority for assignment to 
Watauga Hall. A head residence counselor (housemother) is employed 
in the women's residence hall. Available off-campus facilities are also 
listed in the Housing Rental Office in Leazar Hall for graduate and 
other women who cannot get an assignment in Watauga Hall. 

Married Student Housing 

For married students, the University has for rent 300 permanent 
efficiency, one and two-bedroom apartments. Priority for assignment 
goes to graduate students first, veterans eligible for government edu- 
cational benefits, second, and all other married students, third. 

Fraternities 

During 1963-64 approximately 600 students were housed in 12 new 
on-campus and 5 off-campus fraternity houses maintained by social 
fraternities having chapters at North Carolina State. Each fraternity 
is represented on the Inter-Fraternity Council which sponsors athletic 
events and social functions of particular interest to fraternity mem- 
bers. 

FOOD SERVICE 

The North Carolina State student does not have to travel far for 
food, whether for a full meal or a snack. 

Food service is provided in three conveniently located facilities. 
In addition to two campus cafeterias, the Erdahl-Cloyd Union offers 
regular meals and maintains an excellent snack bar. 

Cost depends a great deal upon the selection of food. The typical 
student, paying cash for each meal, will spend approximately $2.20 a 
day or $500 for the year. Meal tickets are available at a 10 percent 
reduction. The seven day per week board plan is available at approxi- 
mately one-third reduction and the five day plan is available at one- 
fifth reduction from the cash price of food. Under the seven day board 
plan the student may purchase meals regularly priced at $2.20 for 
$1.43 per day or $330 per year and may select any available items. 
This provides for three wholesome well balanced meals per day. These 
plans are available on yearly, semester, or six weeks basis. 

Snack Bars 

Each residence hall area has its own snack bar operated by the Stu- 
dent Supply Store system. 

LAUNDRY AND DRY CLEANING 

The University laundry provides on-campus laundry and dry clean- 
ing service on a cash-and-carry basis for students and staff. The rates 
are inexpensive. 

46 



BOOKS AND SUPPLIES 

STUDENT SUPPLY STORE 

North Carolina State's ultra-modern Student Supply Store, located 
on Dunn Avenue, houses an excellent book department, general stu- 
dent supplies, engineering equipment, and a fountain-snack bar. 

BOOK EXCHANGE 

Alpha Zeta, student honor fraternity, maintains a book exchange 
in the Erdahl-Cloyd Union where students may exchange or sell used 
books. 



HEALTH 

INFIRMARY 

North Carolina State seeks to safeguard the health of the student 
in every way possible. The University maintains a 76-bed infirmary 
which is open 24 hours a day. The seventeen staff members include 
physicians, a supervising nurse, a night supervisor, six general duty 
nurses, one full-time laboratory and X-ray technician, and five other 
employees. Among the many valuable features of the infirmary are 
an up-to-date first aid department and X-ray department. 

The University physicians observe regular daily office hours at 
the infirmary in the mornings and afternoons. In addition, they visit 
the infirmary more often when necessary. A graduate nurse is on duty 
day and night. Students have free access to the infirmary at all times. 

In case of accident or the serious illness of a student, parents or 
guardians will be notified immediately. No surgical operation will be 
performed without full consent of parents or guardians, except in 
cases of extreme emergency. 

The medical fee paid by each student provides for infirmary serv- 
ice, general medical treatment, and the services of nurses. It does not 
provide for surgical operations, outside hospital care, or the services 
of dentists or other specialists. 

Before the student enters North Carolina State he should have a 
complete, thorough examination by his family physician. Any abnor- 
mality should be noted and all defects corrected in order to prevent 
unnecessary loss of time while the student is in college. If the exam- 
ination is not made before he enters, the student will be given a 
physical examination at the University, for which a fee is charged. 
Blanks for the physical examination may be secured from the Office 
of Admissions and Registration. 

ACCIDENT AND HEALTH INSURANCE 

The University offers annually a plan of student accident and health 
insurance. The insurance is planned to cover the surgical, accident 

47 



I 



and hospital needs of the student, as a supplement to the services 
offered through the infirmary. Each year complete information will 
be made available to students before the opening of school. 

Foreign students are required to enroll in the sickness and accident 
insurance plan provided through the University or to have similar 
coverage' under other insurance plans or arrangements with their 
sponsors. 



ORIENTATION 

Several days before the registration of upperclassmen in the fall 
semester, new students arrive on the campus for a series of activities 
planned during Orientation Week. To help freshmen with the transi- 
tion from high school to college and to help new students become 
acquainted with the campus and with various regulations, the Univer- 
sity arranges during this period a series of meetings and conferences 
with faculty and student leaders. 

Throughout the first semester, there are other activities designed 
to continue orientation and to supplement orientation courses con- 
ducted by the individual schools. In addition, the individual schools 
provide for regular contact with faculty advisors in order that each 
student may have the opportunity of discussing matters connected 
with his adjustment to college life. 



COUNSELING: STUDENT QUESTIONS 
AND PROBLEMS 

The main source of general information for students is the Division 
of Student Affairs, which includes the various administrators handling 
admissions, registration, records, student activities, student housing, 
orientation and counseling, and student financial aid. 

ACADEMIC ADVISING 

Upon enrolling at State, each student is assigned a faculty advisor, 
usually a member of the department in which the student is taking 
his major work. This faculty advisor works with the student in plan- 
ning his program of studies and is available for assistance in solving 
problems of an academic nature. The deans, directors of instruction, 
and department heads are also available to the student to help provide 
information about the different curricula and to assist with long-range 
curricular or career planning. Teachers of courses in which the stu- 
dent is enrolled are the best sources of help with particular subjects. 
Members of the teaching staff maintain a schedule of office hours and 
expect the student to consult them individually whenever special help 
is needed. 

48 



DORMITORY COUNSELING 

As described in the section on Housing, student residents and floor 
counselors, and the head residents (faculty and graduate couples) 
assigned to the larger dormitories, provide assistance with various 
questions and problems. 

COUNSELING CENTER 

The Counseling Center has a staff of full-time counselors to help 
students with problems of vocational and curricular choice, and per- 
sonal adjustment. The Center is prepared to administer various apti- 
tude and interest tests and maintains a file of occupational information. 
Referral can be made for students desiring remedial work in speech, 
reading, and other special areas. Students may come to the Center on 
their own initiative or may be referred by teachers, advisors, or other 
members of the college staff. There is no cost to the student for con- 
ferences but a small materials fee is charged when tests are admin- 
istered. 

PLACEMENT 

Each of the degree-granting schools at North Carolina State pro- 
vides its students with assistance in obtaining employment during 
summer vacations and upon graduation. In some curricula a period 
of approved summer work is required for graduation. 



FINANCIAL AID 

Help in meeting college expenses is available to students in several 
forms. Financial aid is administered by the Financial Aid Officer 
under the general direction of the Committee on Scholarships and 
Student Aid. Students seeking information or counseling on financial 
matters, or wishing to apply for assistance, should write or visit the 
Financial Aid Office in Peele Hall. 

SCHOLARSHIPS, GRANTS-IN-AID, LOANS 

Entering freshmen seeking financial aid should so indicate on their 
applications for admission and thus participate in the annual Talent- 
For-Service Program. They should obtain Parents' Confidential State- 
ment forms from their respective high schools and have their parents 
complete the forms and submit them to the College Scholarship Serv- 
ice in Princeton, New Jersey, before February 1 of the year preceding 
expected fall enrollment. The Financial Aid Oflice at North Carolina 
State then receives from the College Scholarship Service a financial 
need analysis report for each applicant, which helps determine how 
much financial aid will be offered. 

Awards are made to freshmen, considered in need of help, who show 

49 






strong promise of academic success as indicated by their high school 
records and their entrance test scores. These awards usually offer 
combinations of scholarship and loan help, or loans only, depending 
upon the degree of need. Out-of-state candidates are usually offered 
only loans for the first year. Freshmen who do not meet the require- 
ments for aid on first enrollment will, if need is evident, become eli- 
gible for such help upon satisfactory completion of one semester or 
more of study at Noi'th Carolina State. 

Upperclassmen ordinarily must apply for financial aid each year. 
By one application each student receives consideration for all avail- 
able scholarships for which he is eligible, as well as for a loan to 
make up the total amount of help needed. Each recipient must have a 
satisfactory record of academic achievement and citizenship. 

North Carolina State participates in the National Defense Student 
Loan Program under which loans draw no interest until one year 
after the student leaves college. Most student loans are made from 
this source. Loans from other funds are made on slightly different 
terms. Repayments of all long-term loans begin after graduation or 
withdrawal from the University. 

Emergency loans are available to meet unforeseen expenses. These 
loans must be repaid in 30 to 60 days and are not extended beyond 
the end of a term or graduation. 

Another source of help, particularly for entering freshmen who do 
not qualify for direct help from the University, is the College Founda- 
tion, Inc., of Raleigh. Loans in approved amounts up to $500 a year 
for students recommended by the University bear interest at 5 per- 
cent from the date of execution of the note, but with no principal or 
interest payments expected while the student is enrolled in college. 
Application is initiated through the Financial Aid Office. 

GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS 

Graduate Fellowships are funds offered to graduate students to as- 
sist in the support of programs of advanced study. Holders of fellow- 
ships have no obligations to the University and may devote full time 
to the prosecution of their graduate programs. Funds for these 
fellowships are provided by various government agencies, professional 
groups, and business organizations. Applicants for fellowships should 
contact the head of the department in which they wish to pursue 
studies. 

GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS 

Graduate Assistantships are short-term staff appointments that 
carry stipends ranging from $1,200 to $4,800 depending upon the 
magnitude of the service obligation and the experience of the ap- 
pointee. Teaching assistants are customarily appointed annually for 
the nine-month academic year. Research assistants are often appointed 
on a calendar year basis and, accordingly, stipends may be 20 per 
cent larger than those for teaching assistants. Only graduate students 

50 



in good standing are eligible for appointment to graduate assistant- 
ships. The course loads permitted graduate assistants are adjusted in 
proportion to the service obligation. Graduate assistants giving half- 
time to their service obligation may register for 60 percent of a full 
course load. 

ATHLETIC AWARDS 

Athletic Avi^ards are made upon the recommendation of the Athletic 
Department to athletes vi^ho meet the established qualifications for 
such awards. 

PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT 

A Part-time Employment Service is provided to assist students in 
locating jobs both on and off campus. Students who desire part-time 
work should call at the Financial Aid Office when they arrive on the 
campus. 



51 



s 



CHOOLS AND PROGRAMS OF STUDY 



There are eight major undergraduate academic divisions at North 
Carolina State. These are the Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences, 
Design, Education, Engineering, Liberal Arts, Forestry, Physical 
Sciences and Applied Mathematics, and Textiles. Each of the schools 
is administered by a dean. The programs of study are outlined by 
school. Additional information concerning specific courses may be 
found in the section of the catalog on course descriptions. 

In addition to information on the schools, this section contains brief 
descriptions of the military training program (ROTC), the Graduate 
School, and the Division of General Extension. 

Throughout the programs of study given in this section, depart- 
mental codes, course numbers and course titles are used. The key to 
the departmental code is listed belov^. This key vi^ill also aid in locating 
individual course descriptions. 



CODE 

AG 

AC 

AGC 

AGE 

AL 

ANS 

ANT 

ARC 

ART 

AS 

BO 

BS 

CE 

CH 

CHE 

CS 

DN 

E 

EC 



NAME 

Agricultural Communications (see Agriculture) 

Agriculture 

Agricultural Economics 

Agricultural Engineering 

Agriculture and Life Sciences 

Animal Science 

Anthropology 

Architecture 

Art 

Air Science 

Botany and Bacteriology 

Biological Science 

Civil Engineering 

Chemistry 

Chemical Engineering 

Crop Science 

Design 

Engineering 

Economics 



53 



CODE NAME 

*ED Education (general courses) 

EE Electrical Engineering 

EH Engineering Honors 

EM Engineering Mechanics 

ENG English 

ENT Entomology 

EPD Extension Personnel Development 

FOR Forestry 

FS Food Science 

GN Genetics 

HI History 

HS Horticultural Science 

lA Industrial Arts 

IE Industrial Engineering 

ISO International Student Orientation 

LAR Landscape Architecture 

LBA Liberal Arts 

MA Mathematics 

ME Mechanical Engineering 

MIC Mineral Industries — Ceramic Engineering 

MIG Mineral Industries — Geological Engineering 

MIM Mineral Industries — Metallurgical Engineering 

ML Modern Languages (general courses) 

MLE Modern Languages (English for foreign students) 

MLF Modern Languages (French) 

MLG Modern Languages (German) 

MLI Modern Languages (Italian) 

MLR Modern Languages (Russian) 

MLS Modern Languages (Spanish) 

MS Military Science 

MUS Music 

NE Nuclear Engineering 

PD Product Design 

PE Physical Education 

PHI Philosophy 

PO Poultry Science 

PP Plant Pathology 

PS Political Science 



* Also, Agricultural Education courses, a few Industrial Arts courses. Industrial Educa- 
tion courses. Mathematics and Science courses, and Occupational Information and Guidance 
courses. 

54 



CODE NAME 

PSM Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics 

PSY Psychology 

PY Physics 

REL Religion 

RPA Recreation and Park Administration 

RS Rural Sociology 

SOC Sociology 

SS Social Studies 

SSC Soil Science 

ST Experimental Statistics 

TC Textile Chemistry 

TX Textiles, Textile Technology, Knitting Technology, 

and general courses 

ZO Zoology 



S 



CHOOL OF AGRICULTURE AND LIFE SCIENCES 



H. Brooks James, Dean 

Edward W. Glazener, Director of Instruction 

The agriculture of today's world consists of much more than the 
growing of food and fiber. Encompassed within the broad concept 
of agriculture are the technical, professional and business occupa- 
tions related to the processing and distributing of farm goods. In 
addition, increasing our knowledge of the life processes of plants 
and animals constitutes a major concern of the School of Agricul- 
ture and Life Sciences. 

Today, approximately one third of all the gainfully employed 
persons in the United States are in occupations that are directly or 
indirectly related to agriculture. For example, these would include 
those persons who produce and supply the many complex needs 
which the farmer has, the farmer himself, those to whom he sells, 
the processor of these products as well as the retailer. There are 
more than 500 distinct occupations in today's agriculture — jobs 
that each year need more than twice the number of people trained 
to fill them. 

FACILITIES 

A sound teaching and research program is based on taking ad- 
vantage of the most modern equipment available in each field. North 

55 



Carolina State is fortunate to have at its disposal the newest equip- 
ment and facilities in many fields. 

Laboratories are well equipped with the necessary materials for 
learning and practicing the basic and applied sciences. Machinery 
and equipment, in some cases provided by private industry, keep 
students abreast of the latest technological advances. Extensive 
plant, animal and insect collections are available for use in teach- 
ing and for research. 

The D. H. Hill Library at North Carolina State has a large collec- 
tion of scientific books and periodicals which provides excellent 
source material for many courses. In addition, students may draw 
from the specialized periodicals and textbooks located in the de- 
partment libraries. 

The University's 16 outlying research farms provide a practical 
classroom for many courses, as well as a place where researchers 
can carry on basic and applied research. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Students in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences have 
ample opportunities to take part in many broadening extra-curricu- 
lar activities, both within the School and in the University itself. 

Most departments have student organizations which provide pro- 
fessional as well as social experience. Student tours provide an 
opportunity to see first-hand the application of classroom principles. 

In addition, judging teams representing animal science, horticul- 
tural science, food science, poultry science and soil science com- 
pete regionally and nationally, providing student members a chance 
to travel while learning more about their field. 

CURRICULAR OFFERINGS AND REQUIREMENTS 

The modern concept in agriculture and biology has given North 
Carolina State's oldest school its newest look. 

A freshman enrolling in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
now chooses from four curricula — agricultural business, agricultural 
science, agricultural technology or biological sciences — devised to 
more closely parallel the new concept. 

After completing the first two years, consisting largely of basic 
courses in the biological, physical and social sciences, the student can 
choose his major from among the 15 departments. 

The student's needs for learning "how to make a living" and for 
learning "how to live" are both given consideration in the four cur- 
ricula. Not only does each student get the solid background in science 
so necessary for the technical age in agriculture and biology, but he 
also has a chance to develop a program to fit his individual needs. 

Although requirements vary in the curricula, students in all four 
have requirements in English, the social sciences and humanities, and 
the physical and biological sciences. In addition, electives can be 
chosen from several specified areas (see curricula listing below), 

56 



depending on the curriculum. The student also has departmental re- 
quirements and electives in his major field. 

In general, requirements are similar no matter which broad area 
of specialization the student chooses. However, the program in science 
places more emphasis on the physical and biological sciences, while 
that in business emphasizes economics and business management, 
and the course in technology is stronger in the applied science and 
technology courses. The biological sciences curriculum places stress 
on the life processes as they relate to plants and animals. 

The majors offered in the four curricula are as follows: 

Agricultural Business — agricultural economics, animal science, crop 
science, food science, horticultural science, poultry science and soil 
science. 

Agricultural Science — agricultural economics, agricultural engi- 
neering (joint program with the School of Engineering), animal sci- 
ence, botany, crop science, food science, entomology, horticultural 
science, plant protection, poultry science, rural sociology, soil science, 
wildlife biology and zoology. Pre-veterinary work also is taken in this 
curriculum. 

Agricultural Technology — agricultural engineering, animal science, 
crop science, food science, horticultural science, poultry science and 
soil science. 

Biological Sciences — This curriculum emphasizes the basic biologi- 
cal and physical sciences on a non-departmental, broad spectrum, es- 
pecially designed as preparatory for graduate study or educational or 
teaching careers in biology. 

DEGREES 

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred upon the satisfac- 
tory completion of one of the curricula in this school. 

The degrees of Master of Science, Master of Agriculture and pro- 
fessional degrees are offered in the various departments of the School 
of Agriculture and Life Sciences after the satisfactory completion of 
at least one year of graduate study in residence. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered by the following de- 
partments: Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Engineering, Ani- 
mal Science, Crop Science, Botany and Bacteriology, Entomology, 
Food Science, Genetics, Plant Pathology, Rural Sociology, Soil Science 
and Zoology. 

Further information on graduate offerings may be found in the 
Graduate School Catalog. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Agriculture is a broad field with fascinating new opportunities. It 
needs trained persons to process and distribute agricultural products, 
to give special services to people who actually produce these products, 
and to do research and teaching that will make our agricultural pro- 
duction and distribution even more efficient. 

57 



The eight major fields of agriculture — research, industry, business, 
education, communications, conservation, service areas, and farming 
and ranching — provide many distinct opportunities. Graduates are in 
much demand. 

In North Carolina there is a great need for college-trained special- 
ists in the fertilizer, dairy, feed, insecticide, farm implement and 
distribution industries. These industries use graduates in key posi- 
tions. 

Some of the opportunities in the broad areas of agriculture are as 
follows : 

Research — production, marketing, engineering processing, conserva- 
tion, reclamation. 

Industry — machinery and equipment, chemicals, fertilizer, feed man- 
ufacturing, seed processing, food processing, meat and poultry packing. 

Business — banking and credit, insurance, farm management, coop- 
eratives, land appraisal, marketing, transportation. 

Education — vocational agriculture, agricultural extension, college in- 
struction, governmental agencies. 

Communications — v^riting, reporting, radio, television, nevi^spapers, 
magazines, advertising, publications. 

Conservation — soil, water, range, forest, fish, wildlife, parks, turf. 

Services — inspection and regulation, production field service, quality 
control and grading, agricultural technology and consulting. 

Farming and ranching — general, dairy, swine, beef, sheep, poultry, 
cotton, forage, grain, fruits, tobacco, vegetables. 

Opportunities for the biological sciences: 

Preparation for graduate and medical schools and for educational 
careers in biology. 

INTERNATIONAL OPTION 

Recognizing the increasing importance of training students to work 
in countries outside the United States, the School has selected a series 
of courses designed to aid those students desiring an appreciation or 
an orientation for foreign assignments. These courses may be chosen 
from electives within the major curriculum of the student, thereby 
not increasing the number of required course credits. In addition to 
appropriate foreign language courses, the student may take 12 or more 
hours in such courses as comparative governmental systems, cultural 
anthropology, economic development in emerging countries and the 
like. Such courses, besides the training in some phase of agriculture, 
prepare the student on a very broad basis for immediate or future 
consideration of a foreign assignment. 

Also, an exchange program has been established between North 
Carolina State and the University of Puerto Rico, providing an oppor- 
tunity for one year of study for the student interested in tropical 
agriculture. 

Practically all types of occupations, more than 500 of them, are 
available to a graduate in this School. There are many opportunities 
in biology, technology, agricultural science, business and life processes, 

58 



The School of Agriculture and Life Sciences stands ready to help 
meet the challenge of modern concepts with forward-looking curricula. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

(The departments in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences have 
a common freshman year with the exception of the science program in the 
Department of Agricultural Engineering. For the agricultural science, 
agricultural engineering freshman year see Department of Agricultural 
Engineering.) 



Fall Semester Credits 

AG 103 Orientation 1 

ENG 111 Composition 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

HI 261 U. S. in Western Civilization .3 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Physical Education 1 

Military Science 
or 

Air Science 1 



17 



Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 112 Composition 3 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 

or 
MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 
PS 201 American Governmental System . . 3 

Elective 4 

Physical Education 1 

Military Science 

or 
Air Science 1 



16 



CURRICULA IN THE SCHOOL OF AGRICULTURE 
AND LIFE SCIENCES 

Curriculum in Agricultural Business 



Credits 

AG 103 Orientation 1 

Languages ( IZ Credits) 

ENG 111, 112 English Composition 6 

ENG 231 Basic Speaking Skills 3 

Elective (English or Modern Language) 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

EC 201 Economics 3 

AGC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 
HI 261 The United States in 

Western Civilization 3 

PS 201 The American Governmental 

System 3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

RS 301 Sociology of Rural Life 3 

Elective from Group D 3 



Physical and Biological Sciences 
(25 Credits) 
MA 111, 112 Algebra and Trigonometry, 

Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 8 
CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Biological Sciences Elective 4 

Electives (67 Credits) * 

Restricted electives from Group B 24 

Restricted electives from Groups 

A and C 5 

Departmental requirements and electives 26 
Free electives 12 

Sub-total 126 

Physical Education 4 

Military Science 

or 
Air Science 4 

Total 134 



* Group A includes the physical and biological sciences; Group B, economics and business 
humaST "^ applied science and technology; Group D, social sciences and 



59 



Curriculum in Agricultural Science 



Credits 

AG 103 Orientation 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 
Eng 111, 112 English Composition 6 

Electives (English or Modern Languages) 6 
Social Sciences and Humanities (21 Credits) 
Electives from Group D 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(29 Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 

or 
MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 
CH 101. 103 General Chemistry I and II . 8 



PY 221 College Physics 6 

or 

PY 211, 212 General Physics 8 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Biological Sciences Elective 4 

Electives (63 Credits) * 
Restricted electives from Group A**.... 25 
Departmental requirements and electives 26 
Free electives 12 

Sub-total 126 

Physical Education 4 

Military Science 

or 
Air Science 4 

Total 134 



• Group A includes the physical and biological sciences; Group B, economics and business 
management; Group C, applied science and technology; Group D, social sciences and humani- 
ties. 

** Six credits may be elected from GTroups B and C. Social Science majors may select from 
Group D. 



Curriculum in Agricultural Technology 



Credits 

AG 103 Orientation 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111, 112 English Composition 6 

ENG 231 Basic Speaking Skills 3 

Elective (English or Modern Language) 3 
Social Sciences and Humanities (21 Credits) 

EC 201 Economics 3 

AGC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

HI 261 The United States in 

Western Civilization 3 

PS 201 The American Governmental 

System 3 

RS 301 Sociology of Rural Life 3 

Electives from Group D 6 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(33 Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 



MA 102 Analytic (geometry and Calculus I 4 
CH 101, 103 General Chemistry I and II 8 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Biological Sciences Elective 4 

SSC 200 Soils** 4 

Electives (59 Credits) * 
Restricted electives from Groups 

A and B 8-11 

Restricted electives from GTroup C 9-12 

Departmental requirements and electives. .27 
Free electives 12 

Sub-total 126 

Physical Education 4 

Military Science 

or 
Air Science 4 

Total 134 



* Group A includes the physical and biological sciences; Group B, economics and business 
management; Group C, applied science and technology; Group D, social sciences and 
humanities. 

•* Upon approval by the Director of Instruction, Geology 120 may be substituted for Soils. 



60 



Curriculum in Biological Sciences 



Credits 

AG 103 Orientetion 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111, 112 English Composition 6 

Modern Foreign i^anguage (j 

Social Sciences and Humanities (21 Credits) 
Electives 21 

Physical Sciences and Mathematics 
(36 Credits) 
MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 
MA 201, 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus 11, III 8 

CH 105, 107 General Chemistry and 

Qualitative Analysis 8 

CH 221, 223 Organic Chemistry I, II 8 

PY 211, 212 General Physics 8 

Biological Sciences (28 Credits) 



BS 100 General Biology 4 

BO 301 General Morphology 4 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

BO 421 or ZO 301 Plant or 

Animal Physiology 4 

BO 412 Microbiology 4 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 4 

BS 450 Senior Biology 4 

Electives (28 Credits) 
Restricted electives from 

Groups A,B,C and D* 16 

Free electives 12 



Sub-total 126 

Physical Education 4 

Military Science 

or 
Air Science 4 

Total 134 



* Group A includes the physical and biological sciences; Group B, economics and business 
management; Group C, applied science and technology; Group D, social sciences and 
humanities. 



PHYSICAL SCIENCES; 

Chemistry : 

CH 107 
CH 108 
CH 215 
CH 220 
CH 221 
CH 223 
CH 351 

Mathematics : 

MA 201 

MA 202 

MA 211, 212 

MA 215 

Mineral Industries: 

MIG 120 
MIG 220 

Physics : 

PY 208 
PY 223 

Soil Science: 

SSC 220 
SSC 302 
SSC 452 
SSC 511 
SSC 522 



GROUP ELECTIVES 
GROUP A 



General and Qualitative Chemistry 
General and Quantitative Chemistry Lab 
Quantitative Analysis 
Introductory Organic Chemistry 
Organic Chemistry I 
Organic Chemistry II 
Introductory Biochemistry 



Analytic Geometry and Calculus II 
Analytic Geometry and Calculus III 
Analytic Geometry and Caluculus B and C 
Finite Mathematics 



Physical Geology 
Physical-Historical Geology 



General Physics 
Astronomy and Astrophysics 



Soils 

Soils and Plant Growth 

Soil Classification 

Soil Physics 

Soil Chemistry 



61 



Statistics 


; 


ST 


302 


ST 


311 


ST 


361, 362 
/-"AT cn 


tSl\jLd\Jyjl\j.n.xj tjyj. 

Agricultural Engi 


AGE 303 


Animal Science: 


ANS 312 


ANS 408 


Bacteriology : 


BO 


412 


^otany: 




BO 


214 


BO 


301 


BO 


403 


BO 


421 


BO 


442 


Entomology : 


ENT 301 


ENT 312 


Food Science: 


FS 


502 


FS 


505 


FS 


506 


Genetics: 




GN 


301 


GN 


411 


GN 


512 


GN 


513 


Plant Pathology : 


PP 


315 


PP 


318 


PP 


500 


PP 


501 


PP 


502 


Poultry Science: 


PO 


401 


PO 


521 


PO 


524 


Zoology 


1 : 


ZO 


201 


ZO 


212 


ZO 


213 


ZO 


223 


ZO 


315 


ZO 


345 


ZO 


421 


ZO 


442 



Machine Techniques for Data Processing 

Introduction to Statistics 

Introduction to Statistics for Engineers 



Energy Conversion for Agricultural 
Production 

Principles of Livestock Nutrition 
Reproduction and Lactation 



General Microbiology 

Dendrology 
General Morphology 
Systematic Botany 
Plant Physiology 
General Ecology 

Introduction to Forest Insects 
Introduction to Economic Insects 



Food Chemistry 
Food Microbiology 
Advanced Food Microbiology 

Genetics in Human Affairs 
Principles of Genetics 
Genetics 
Cytogenetics 

Plant Diseases 

Diseases of Forest Trees 
Advanced Plant Pathology 
Advanced Plant Pathology Lab, Field 

Crop Diseases 
Advanced Plant Pathology Lab, Horticulture 

Crop Diseases 

Poultry Diseases 
Poultry Nutrition 
Comparative Endocrinology 

Animal Life 

Human Anatomy 

Human Physiology 

Comparative Anatomy 

Animal Parasitology 

Histology 

Animal Physiology 

General Ecology 

Other courses in the Physical and Biological Sciences not presently listed 
may be elected upon approval of the Director of Instruction. 



62 



GROUP B 

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 

Students in the Agricultural Business curriculum will select one course 
each in the areas of accounting, macro-economics, marketing and manage- 
ment. In addition, two courses will be selected in the area of general busi- 
ness and two courses in general economics. It is suggested that students in 
Agricultural Science and Agricultural Technolog:y choose Group B elec- 
tives from the first four areas. 



1. Accounting: 

2. Macro-economics : 

3. Marketing: 



4. Management: 



5. General Business: 



EC 


313 


EC 


407 


EC 


409 


EC 


414 


EC 


417 


EC 


420 


EC 


426 


EC 


431 


EC 


432 


EC 


525 


AGC 413 


AGC 523 


General Economics 


EC 


310 


EC 


410 


EC 


413 


EC 


440 


EC 


446 


EC 


448 


EC 


450 


AGC 431 


AGC 521 


AGC 533 


AGC 551 


AGC 552 



EC 312 Accounting I 

EC 302 National Income and Economic 
Welfare 

EC 411 Marketing Methods 

or 
AGC 311 Organization and Business Man- 
agement of Marketing Firms 

EC 425 Industrial Management 

or 
AGC 303 Organization and Business Man- 
agement of Farms 

(select two courses) 
Accounting II 
Business Law I 

Introduction to Production Costs 
Tax Accounting 
Economic Dynamics 
Corporation F'inance 
Personnel Management 
Labor Problems 
Industrial Relations 

Management Policy and Decision Making 
Farm Appraisal and Finance 
Planning Farm and Area Adjustments 

: (select two courses) 

Economics of the Firm 

Industry Studies 

Competition, Monolopy and Public Policy 

Economics of Growth 

Economic Forecasting 

International Economics 

Economic Decision Processes 

Agricultural Price Analysis 

Procurement, Processing and Distribution of 
Agricultural Products 

Agricultural Policy 

Agricultural Production Economics 

Consumption, Distribution and Prices in Agri- 
culture 



GROUP C 
APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY; 

Agricultural Communications : 



AC 311 



Agricultural Communications Methods and 
Media 



63 



Agricultural Engineering; 

AGE 211 
AGE 321 
AGE 331 
AGE 332 
AGE 341 
AGE 411 
AGE 433 



Farm Machinery 

Irrigation, Terracing and Erosion Control 

Food Engineering 

Farm Structures 

Farm Electrification and Utilities 

Farm Power and Machinery 

Crop Preservation and Processing 



Animal Science: 

ANS 201 

ANS 202 

ANS 302 

ANS 303 

ANS 308 

ANS 309 

ANS 404 

ANS 407 

ANS 503 

ANS 505 



Elements of Dairy Science 

Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 

Selecting Dairy and Meat Animals 

Meat and Meat Products 

Advanced Selecting Dairy and Meat Animals 

Meat Selection 

Dairy Farm Problems 

Advanced Livestock Production 

Genetic Improvement of Livestock 

Diseases of Farm Animals 



Crop Science: 
CS 211 
CS 311 
CS 312 
CS 315 
CS 413 
CS 414 
CS 511 

Food Science: 

FS 303 
FS 309 
FS 331 
FS 401 

FS 404 

Horticultural Science: 
HS 201 
HS 301 
HS 342 
HS 421 
HS 432 
HS 441, 442 
HS 481 

Poultry Science: 
PO 201 
PO 301 
PO 351 
PO 402 
PO 404 
PO 520 

Soil Science: 
SSC 341 
SSC 461 
SSC 472 



Crop Science I 

Field Crops II 

Pastures and Forage Crops 

Turf Management 

Plant Breeding 

Weeds and Their Control 

Tobacco Technology 



Meat and Meat Products 

Meat Selection 

Food Engineering 

Market Milk and Related Products 

Poultry Products 



Principles of Horticulture 

Plant Propagation 

Landscape Gardening 

Fruit Production 

Vegetable Production 

Floriculture I and II 

Breeding of Horticultural Plants 



Poultry Production 

Poultry Quality Evaluations 

Poultry Grading 

Commercial Poultry Enterprises 

Poultry Products 

Poultry Breeding 



Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 

Soil Conservation and Management 

Forest Soils 



64 



Zoology : 
ZO 221 
ZO 551, 552 



Conservation of Natural Resources 
Wildlife Science 



Other courses in Applied Science and Technology and Group C electives 
from other schools not presently listed may be elected upon approval of the 
Director of Instruction. 



GROUP D 



SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES: 



Art: 

ART 200 

Agricultural Economics: 
AGC 212 
AGC 441 
AGC 512 

Anthropology : 
ANT 252 
ANT 305 

Economics : 
EC 201, 202 
EC 301 
EC 442 
EC 501 
EC 502 
EC 541 

History : 

HI 201 
HI 202 
HI 205 
HI 245, 246 
HI 251 
HI 252 
HI 261 

Literature : 

American, English and 
Modern Language 



Music : 
MU 200 

Political Science. 

PS 201 
PS 202 
PS 301 
PS 302 
PS 376 



Visual Art, Contemporary Life 



Economics of Agriculture 

Agricultural Development in Foreign Countries 

Economic Analysis of Factor Markets 



Cultural Anthropology 
Peoples of the World 



Economics 

Production and Prices 
Evolution of Economic Ideas 
Intermediate Economic Theory 
Money, Income and Employment 
Origins of the United States Economy 



The Ancient World 

The Medieval World 

The Modern Western World 

History of European Civilization 

The United States through Reconstruction 

The United States since Reconstruction 

The United States in Western Civilization 



May be used as a Group D elective if not used 
to complete the 12 required hours in the lan- 
guage area. 



Music Appreciation 



The American Governmental System 
County and Municipal Government 
Comparative Government: Democracies 
Comparative Government: Totalitarian States 
Latin American Government and Politics 



66 



Philosophy : 
PHI 201 
PHI 203 
PHI 205 
PHI 305 
PHI 306 
PHI 307 
PHI 309 
PHI 311 
PHI 395 



Logic 

Introduction to Philosophy 

Problems and Types of Philosophy 

Philosophy of Religion 

Philosophy of Art 

Ethics 

Marriage and Family Living 

Parent-Child Relationships 

Philosophical Analysis 



Psychology : 
PSY 200 
PSY 302 
PSY 304 



Introduction to Psychology 

Psychology of Personality and Adjustment 

Educational Psychology 



Religion : 

REL 301 
REL 302 
REL 303 
REL 403 



Religious Groups and Trends in the U.S. 
Bible and Its Background 

Christian Ethics 
Religions of the World 



Rural Sociology, 
RS 301 
RS 321 
RS 322 
RS 441 
RS 442 



Sociology of Rural Life 
Introduction to Social Research 
Introduction to Rural Social Work 
Rural Social Pathology 
Rural Social Structure 



Sociology: 

SOC 202 
SOC 301 
SOC 302 
SOC 303 
SOC 304 
SOC 305 
SOC 306 

Social Studies: 
SS 301, 302 
SS 491, 492 



Principles of Sociology 

Human Behavior 

Public Relations and Modern Society 

Current Social Problems 

Contemporary Family Life 

Race Relations 

Criminology 



Science and Civilization 
Contemporary Issues 



Other courses in Social Sciences and Humanities not presently listed may 
be elected upon approval of the Director of Instruction. 



66 



AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 

Professor Charles E. Bishop, Head of the Department 
TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors : 

A. J. CouTu, H. B. James, R. A. King, J. G. Maddox, W. H. Pierce, 
G. S. ToLLEY, W. D. ToussAiNT, J. C. Williamson, Jr. 

USD A Professor : 
J. G. Sutherland 

Associate Professors : 

W, R. Henry, D. M. Hoover, P. R. Johnson, J. A. Seagraves, R. L. 
Simmons, T, D. Wallace 

Assistant Professors: 

J. S. Chappell, L. A. Ihnen, C. Y. Liu, D. F. Neuman, E. C. Pasour, 
Jr., R. J. Peeler, Jr., D. A. West 

Instructors : 

D. J. BiGGAR, J. E. Berry, W. E. Boyet, G. L. Bradford, A. B. Carroll, 
J. D. Coffey, J. O. Frye, F. M. Goode, R. N. S. Harris, E. F. Jansen, 
Jr., G. K. Kripalani, J. C. Matthews, Jr., D. D. Osburn, G. S. San- 
ford, R. A. Schrimper, Yi Wang, T. K. White, Jr. 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor Charles R. Pugh, In Charge of Farm Management 
and Public Affairs 

Professor: 

W. L. Turner 

Associate Professor : 
C. R. Weathers 

Assistant Professors: 

J. G. Allgood, E. W. Jones, D. G. Harwood 

Instructors : 

H. L. Liner, P. S. Stone 

Professor George L. Capel, In Charge of Marketing 

Associate Professors: 

R. S. BoAL, G. R. Cassell, L. H. Hammond, H. A. Homme, T. E. Nich- 
ols, Jr., E. a. Proctor 

Assistant Professor: 
Ruby P. Uzzle 

Instructors : 

R. C. Brooks, R. D. Dahle 

The Department of Agricultural Economics offers programs of 
study leading to the Bachelor of Science, Master of Agricultural Eco- 
nomics, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

Two options are available to undergraduate students majoring in 
agricultural economics. These options include agricultural business 
and agricultural science. Students are given training in all aspects of 
organizing and operating agricultural business firms. A sound founda- 
tion in basic economic principles in production and marketing is pro- 

67 



vided in order that graduates will be able to deal with problems asso- 
ciated with the rapid changes in technical and economic conditions. 

The general objectives of the department are as follows: 

(1) To train students in the fundamentals of business organization 
and to make sound decisions in organizing and managing farms 
and other agricultural businesses. 

(2) To instruct students in economic theory which may be used as 
a basis for understanding the relationship of agriculture to 
other parts of the economy and for the evaluation of agricul- 
tural policy and economic changes which affect agriculture. 

(3) To train graduate students in advanced economic theory and 
research techniques. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Training in agricultural economics qualifies a student for a wide 
range of opportunities. Many graduates of the department are em- 
ployed in research and educational work by various agencies of the 
federal and state governments. These agencies include the Agricul- 
tural Extension Service, the Agricultural Experiment Station, the 
State Department of Agriculture and other agencies of the United 
States Department of Agriculture. 

The growing number of companies processing and manufacturing 
agricultural products has created an increasing demand for people 
trained in agricultural economics. Opportunities include employment 
by companies handling farm supplies such as feed, fertilizer, and 
equipment; general marketing and processing firms; agricultural 
cooperatives; professional farm management agencies and various 
credit agencies. 

Openings in all of these areas greatly exceed the number of grad- 
uates trained to fill them. As industrial and agricultural development 
of the region continues, employment opportunities are expected to 
increase. 

FACILITIES 

The department has a modern and well-equipped library, including 
all of the major professional journals and USDA publications. Experi- 
ment station publications from other institutions throughout the 
United States are kept on file. Modern computational and reproduction 
equipment is available. Computational facilities are ideal for students 
whose research problems involve extensive manipulation of data as 
well as for those students who want to learn to do their own program- 
ming. The department has a well-trained clerical staiT and maintains 
a one-half interest in an IBM 1620 computer. In addition, the depart- 
ment has access to an IBM 1410 and a Rand 1105. The department is 
housed in Patterson Hall. 

68 



UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in Agricultural 
Economics may be earned under the agricultural business and agri- 
cultural science curricula in the School of Agriculture and Life Sci- 
ences. In addition to the courses listed below, students must meet all 
of the basic requirements of the- University and the School of Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences. 

For .the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 59-66. 

Agricultural Business — The requirements for the agricultural busi- 
ness curriculum are as follows: 



Group B Courses (21, Credits) 

Credits 
AGO 303 Organization and Business 

Management of Farms 3 

AGC 311 Organization and Business 

Management of Marketing Firms 3 
AGC 551 Agricultural Production 

Economics 3 

AGC 552 Consumption, Distribution and 

Prices in Agriculture 3 

EC 302 National Income and 

Economic Welfare 3 

EC 312 Accounting I 3 

Electives 6 

Group A and C Courses (6 Credits) 

Credits 
Electives 6 



Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(26 Credits) 

Credits 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

AGC 533 Agricultural Policy 3 

AGC 413 Farm Appraisal and Finance 

or 
AGC 431 Agricultural Price Analysis 3 

AGC 521 Procurement, Processing and 

Distribution of Agricultural Products 
or 
AGC 523 Planning Farm and 

Area Adjustments 3 

Electives 14 



Agricultural Science — The requirements of the agricultural science 
curriculum are as follows: 



Group A Courses (26 Credits) 

MA 211 and 212, Analytic Geometry 
and Calculus B, C 



Credits 



MA 201 and 202, Analytic Geometry 

and Calculus II and III . 6 or 8 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

Electives 15 or 17 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(26 Credits) 

Credits 
AGC 303 Organization and Business 

Management of Farms 3 



AGC 311 Organization and Business 

Management of Marketing Firms . 3 

AGC 533 Agricultural Policy 3 

AGC 551 Agricultural Production 

Economics 3 

AGC 552 Consumption, Distribution 

and Prices in Agriculture 3 

EC 312 Accounting I 3 

EC 302 National Income and 

Economic Welfare 3 

Electives 5 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Agricultural Economics offers programs of 
study leading to the Master of Agricultural Economics, the Master of 
Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

Special emphasis is placed on the economics of agricultural pro- 
duction and marketing, analysis of programs and policies affecting 
agriculture and statistical techniques which can be used in solving 
agricultural problems. 



69 



AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professor F. J. Hassler, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors : 

H. D. BowEN, J. M. Fore, W. E. Splinter, J. W. Weaver, Jr. 

Associate Professors: 

E. L. Howell, K. A. Jordan, C. W. Suggs 

Assistant Professors : 

G. B. Blum, Jr., B. K. Huang, E. G. Humphries, W. H. Johnson, 
D. A. Link 

Instructors : 

W. F. McClure, E. H. Wiser, F. S. Wright 

Head Mechanic: 
R. B. Greene 

EXTENSION 

Professor H. M. Ellis, In Charge 

Associate Professors : 

J. C. Ferguson, R. M. Ritchie, W. C. Warrick 

Assistant Professors : 

J. W. Glover, R. W. Watkins 

Instructors : 

R. E. Sneed, E. M. Stallings 

Students in agricultural engineering are educated and trained to 
deal with problems of agriculture that are engineering in nature. 
Involved are the application of scientific and engineering principles 
to the conservation and utilization of water and soil, the development 
of power and labor-saving devices for all phases of agricultural pro- 
duction, the design of structures and equipment for housing and 
handling livestock and field products and the processing and market- 
ing of farm products. 

The need for men to carry out the technical aspects such as develop- 
ment and research as well as less technical work, such as sales and 
service of farm equipment, requires the offering of two distinct cur- 
ricula as described below. 

The Department of Agricultural Engineering is housed in the Agri- 
cultural Engineering Building. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Men trained in agricultural engineering under the science curricu- 
lum are qualified for positions in design, development and research 
in public institutions and in industry, and for teaching and extension 
work in institutions of higher education. The curriculum also pro- 
vides adequate training for postgraduate work leading to advanced 
degrees. 

70 



Men trained in the field of agricultural engineering technology are 
qualified for positions in sales and service of agricultural equipment 
such as farm machinery, irrigation systems, etc.; as county agents 
or farmers; and for farm advisory work with such organizations as 
electric power companies. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

Agricultural Science — This curriculum, offered in conjunction with 
the School of Engineering, is designed to develop young men capable 
of engineering leadership in agriculture. Emphasis is placed on basic 
science courses such as mathematics, physics, mechanics, biology, soils 
and thermodynamics, which provide a sound background for engineer- 
ing and agricultural technology. Courses in agricultural engineering 
are directed to those methods of thought and techniques whereby 
science can be applied with understanding and judgment to engineer- 
ing situations in agricultural operations. General agriculture courses 
are provided in order that the student can better understand the 
agricultural industry with which he deals. 

Since agricultural engineering involves two distinct technical fields 
— agriculture and engineering — this curriculum is a joint responsi- 
bility of the two schools and is so administered. Graduates in the 
program receive the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agricultural 
Engineering. 

For the freshman year program in Agricultural Engineering Sci- 
ence, refer to the common freshman year in the School of Engineering 
on page 59. 



SOPHOMORE 



JUNIOR 



Credits 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

MA 301 Differential Equations I 3 

■PY 208 General Physics 5 

AGE 251 Tools and Materials 3 

EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

AG 103 Orienlation 1 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

MS 201, 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221, 222 Air Science II 2 

Physical Education 2 

37 



Credits 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 

EM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

AGE 361 Analytical MeLhods 3 

ME 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I . . 3 
AGE 303 Energy Conversion for 

Agricultural Production 2 

SS 301, 302 Science and Civilization 6 
EE 331, 332 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering I, II 8 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics 

for Engineers 3 

AGE 352 Control of Environment 2 

Humanities Elective 3 

36 



71 



SENIOR 

Credits 

CE 201 Engineering Measurements 3 

AGE 461 Analysis of Agricultural 

Production Systems 3 

AGE 453 Bioengineering Parameters ... 2 
AGE 491 Electrotechnology for 

Agricultural Production 3 

SS 491 or 492 Contemporary Issues 3 
AGE 471 Soil and Water 

Conservation Engineering 3 
AGE 462 Functional Design of 

Field Machines 3 

AGE 481 Design of Farmstead 

Engineering Systems 3 

PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 

Free Elective 6 

32 

Agricultural Engineering Technology — This curriculum is designed 
for those who are working on a practical level with farm people. 
Graduates are equipped to apply to the farm the new technology as 
developed and revealed by the research engineer. The courses are 
presented and directed toward the solution of consumer problems with 
emphasis on the techniques employed. 

Graduates from this program will receive the degree of Bachelor 
of Science. 

For the freshman year program in agricultural engineering tech- 
nology see pages 59-60. 

The requirements of the agricultural engineering technology cur- 
riculum are as follows: 

Group A and B Courses (10-18 Credits) 

Credits 

*PY 211, 212 General Physics 

(8 credits total) 3 

Electives 7-9 

Group C Courses (9-11 Credits) 

Credits 

Electives 9-11 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(26 Credits) 

AGE 211 Farm Machinery 4 

AGE 303 Energy Conversion for 

Agricultural Production 2 

AGE 321 Irrigation, Drainage and 

Erosion Control 3 

AGE 411 Farm Power and Machinery ... 8 

AGTE 332 Farm Buildings 3 

AGE 341 Farm Electrification 

and Utilities 3 

AGE 433 Crop Preservation 

and Processing 3 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

AGE 331 Food Engineering 8 



• PY 211 and 212 will be taken in place of PY 221 as shown in the Agricultural Tech- 
nology Curriculum. These 3 additional credits are Group A electives required by the 
department. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Agricultural Engineering offers programs of 
study for the Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy and Master of 

72 



Agricultural Engineering degrees. A bachelor's degree in Agricultural 
Engineering from an accredited curriculum or its equivalent entitles 
an individual to one of two approaches to graduate study. For those 
interested primarily in existing technologies, the Master of Agricul- 
tural Engineering program permits selections from a variety of 
advanced technical courses. Such study is appropriate to certain 
supervisory and managerial positions, technical sales, service and 
promotional work. 

The Master of Science program takes into account the increasing 
rigor of modern engineering. Emphasis here is placed on mathematics 
and theory as the unifying link between otherwise widely divergent 
fields of knowledge, which are prerequisite to effective engineering 
advances in agricultural productions. As the student acquires compe- 
tence in the advanced methods of science, he derives mathematical 
models for reduction of observational knowledge to engineering appli- 
cations. 

Study for the Doctor of Philosophy degree builds on the above 
Master of Science program by an additional year of formal study 
followed by a period of independent research to satisfy dissertation 
requirements. 

Unusual opportunities are available for graduate student partici- 
pation in departmental research programs. Current projects include: 
Animal Environment; Watershed Hydrology, Drainage and Irrigation; 
Crop Processing and Materials Handling; Field Production Opera- 
tions; Fruit and Vegetable Mechanization; Pesticide Applications; 
Human Engireering; Systems Engineering. The systems approach to 
operations in crop and animal productions provides a variety of areas 
within which to define timely investigations. 

Graduate students have access to a research shop which is manned 
by competent mechanics. 



AGRONOMY 

See Crop Science and Soil Science. 



ANIMAL SCIENCE 

Professor I. D. Porterfield, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors : 

E. R. Barrick, E. G. Batte, George Hyatt, J. G. Lecce, J. E. Legates, 
G. Matrone, W. R. Murley, H. A. Ramsey, F. H. Smith, H. A. Stew- 
art, S. B. Tove, L. C. Ulberg, G. H. Wise, M. B. Wise 

Associate Professors : 

A. J. Clawson, E. U. Dillard, Lemuel Goode, R. D. Mochrie, W. W. G. 
Smart, Jr. 

73 



Assistant Professors : 

E. V. Caruolo, D. G. Davenport, E. J. Eisen, J. M. Leatherwood, 
J. J. McNeill, D. J. Mongol, J. L. Moore, R. M. Myers, A. H. Rakes, 

O. W. ROBISON 

Instructors : 

J. H. Gregory, W. A. Wilder, Jr. 

EXTENSION 

Professors : 

A. V. Allen, T. C. Blalock, J. S. Buchanan, J. D. George, Jack 
Kelley, M. E. Senger 

Associate Professors: 

G. S. Parsons, J. W. Patterson, J. R. Woodard 

Assistant Professors : 

J. R. Jones, F. N. Knott, V. H. Lytton, R. L. McGuire, R. R. Rich, 
D. G. Spruill 

Instructors : 

D. C. Pardue, F. D. Sargent 



Undergraduate students in the Department of Animal Science are 
instructed in the basic principles of subjects relating to various phases 
of dairy and livestock production. The program of course work is 
sufficiently flexible to permit specialization in any one of several areas: 
animal husbandry, dairy husbandry, nutrition and animal breeding. 
Thus, the purpose of these offerings is to present challenges and to 
provide preparation of students from various backgrounds for con- 
structive and progressive participation in the ever-expanding fields of 
animal agriculture. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

There are many and varied opportunities for students who major in 
animal science. These vocational opportunities include farm operations, 
dairy herd and livestock management, fieldmen for breed associations 
and livestock organizations, agricultural extension, educational work 
in business and industries serving agriculture, meat grading, agricul- 
tural communications in animal industry, feed manufacturing, sales 
work in feeds and equipment, marketing dairy cattle and dairy prod- 
ucts, livestock buying, livestock and farm loans with banks and 
lending agencies. In addition, students may pursue further study at 
the graduate level, after which they will find opportunities in teaching 
as well as research and development. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM— ANIMAL SCIENCE 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in animal science 
may be obtained under any of the three curricula offered by the School 
of Agriculture and Life Sciences. For the basic requirements in orien- 
tation, language, social science and humanities, physical education, 
military and air science, and free electives, see pages 59-66. 

74 



Agricultural Business — The requirements of the agricultural business 
curriculum are as follows: 



Physical ond Biological Sciences (SS Credits) A. 

Credits 

MA 111 Algrebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

PY 221 CoUege Physics 6 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ZO 421 Animal Physiology 4 

Group A Courses (7 Credits) 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 8 

Group B Courses (Si Credits) 
Electives 24 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 

(ti Credits) B. 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 

or 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

ANS 201 Elements of Dairy Science 

or 
ANS 202 Fundamentals of Animal 

Husbandry 4 

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 

Credits remaining to be elected IB 



Minimum of 11 credits must be 
elected from the following courses in 
the Department of Animal Science: 
ANS 302 Selecting Dairy and 

Meat Animals 2 

ANS 312 Principles of 

Livestock Nutrition 8 

ANS 404 Dairy Farm Problems . . 8 
ANS 407 Advanced Livestock 

Production 4 

ANS 408 Reproduction and 

Lactation 8 

ANS 503 Genetic Improvement 

of Livestock 8 

ANS 505 Diseases of 

Farm Animals 8 

Remaining credits must be elected 
from courses in Group A (Physical 
and Biological Sciences) and GTroup 
C (Applied Science and Technology) . 



Agricultural Science — The requirements of the agricultural science 
curriculum are as follows: 



Physical and Biological Sciences (t9 Credits) 

Credits 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

PY 221 College Physics t 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ZO 421 Animal Physiology 4 

Group A Courses (iS Credits) 
CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 

or 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 

BO 412 General Microbiology 4 

Electives, 6 credits of vyhich may be 

selected from Groups B and C 14 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(26 Credits) 
ANS 201 Elements of Dairy Science 

or 
ANS 202 Fundamentals of Animal 

Husbandry 4 

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 

Credits remaining to be elected 21 



A. Minimum of 9 credits must be elected 
from the following courses in the 
Department of Animal Science: 

ANS 312 Principles of 

Livestock Nutrition 8 

ANS 404 Dairy Farm Problems . . 3 
ANS 407 Advanced Livestock 

Production 4 

ANS 408 Reproduction and 

Lactation 3 

ANS 503 Genetic Improvement 

of Livestock S 

ANS 505 Diseases of Farm 

Animals 8 

B. Remaining credits must be elected 
from courses in Group A (Physical 
and Biological Sciences) and Group 
C (Applied Science and Technology). 



75 



AgricKltural Technology — The requirements of the agricultural tech- 
nology curriculum are as follows: 

Physical and Biological Sciences (33 Credits) ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 

Credits Credits remaining to be elected 23 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 A. Minimum of 11 credits must be 

MA 112 Analytical Geometry and fle<=ted from the followmg courses m 

Calculus A 4 Department of Animal Science: 

CH 101 General Chemistry I ".'.'. '.'.'.'.'.'.'. 4 ^NS 302 Selecting Dairy and 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 ^ ^i^o-,^""^"^^^^- , * ^ 

PY 221 College Physics 5 ^NS 312 Principles of 

BS 100 General Biology 4 , ii''?„*?'=l^ Nutrition ^ . 3 



ANS 404 Dairy Farm Problems 
ANS 407 Advanced Livestock 

Production 4 

Group A and B Courses (10 Credits) ANS 408 Reproduction and 



ZO 421 Animal Physiology 4 

SSC 200 Soils 4 



CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 



Lactation 3 

ANS 503 Genetic Improvement 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 «* Livestock 3 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 •'^NS 505 Diseases of Farm 

Elective 3 Animals 3 

B. Remaining credits must be elected 
Group C Courses (9 Credits) from courses in Group A (Physical 

E!ective3 9 and Biological Sciences) and Group 

„ , „ C (Applied Science and Technology). 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(28 Credits) 

ANS 201 Elements of Dairy Science 

or 
ANS 202 Fundamentals of Animal 

Husbandry 4 



GRADUATE STUDY— ANIMAL SCIENCE 

The department offers both the Master of Science and the Doctor 
of Philosophy degrees in the areas of animal husbandry, dairy hus- 
bandry, animal biochemistry and nutrition, animal diseases, animal 
physiology and animal breeding, 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

The biological sciences curriculum emphasizes the basic biological 
and physical sciences. It is designed as preparatory for advanced study 
at the graduate or professional level and for educational careers in 
biology. 

For details of this interdepartmental curriculum see page 61. 

BOTANY AND BACTERIOLOGY 

Professor G. R. Noggle, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professor Emeritus: 
B. W. Wells 

Professors : 

p. B. Anderson, E. A. Ball, E. O. Beal, J. B. Evans,* H. T. Scofield. 
L. A. Whitford 

Associate Professors : 

^ W. Cooper, G. H. Elkan, J. W. Hardin, J. R. Troyer 

* On leave until Sept. 1, 1965. 

76 



Assistant Professors : 

F. B. Armstrong, W. J. Dobrogosz, J. S. Kahn, H. E, Pattee, J. J. 
Perry, H. Seltmann, R. E. Williamson 

Visiting Assistant Professor : 
E. F. Carell 

The course program in the department has the objective of providing 
undergraduate and graduate instruction in the various specialized 
phases of basic plant science including microbiology. Undergraduates 
majoring in the department are usually oriented toward graduate work 
in this or other fields of science. Courses are supplemented by super- 
vised programs of research for graduate students studying for mas- 
ter's or doctor's degrees. Course work in the department also is 
designed to provide a basis for study in the applied sciences in agri- 
culture and forestry. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Majors in botany and bacteriology may choose to continue graduate 
work leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy de- 
grees in one of the several specialized fields. Majors specializing in 
botany are qualified for many technological positions with various 
government institutions or private industries concerned with agricul- 
ture. Majors specializing in bacteriology find employment opportuni- 
ties in medical and agricultural industry or in the field of public 
health. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM— BOTANY 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in the agricultural 
science curriculum from the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
can be obtained in botany. For the freshman year and basic require- 
ments see pages 59-60. The departmental requirements are as follows: 

Group A Courses (25 Credits) 

It is recommended that CH 105 and CH 107 be taken in place of CH 
101 and 103. 

Course work in organic chemistry is required which would consist 
of either CH 220 or CH 221-223. 

Electives may be selected from basic science areas to complete the 
total of 25 credit hours. No more than 6 credits in Group A electives 
may be in the Department of Botany and Bacteriology. Six credits 
may be selected from Groups B and C. 

Departmental Requirements (26 Credits) 

Credits 

BO 301 General Morphology 4 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 3 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

BO 442 General Ecology 4 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 

PP 315 or 318 Plant Diseases, 

Disease of Forest Trees 3 

BO 412 General Microbiology 4 

Elective 1 

77 



UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM— BACTERIOLOGY 

The department does not offer an undergraduate major program in 
bacteriology. Students interested in this discipline are advised to 
take the biological sciences curriculum and to select electives in micro- 
biology. This will provide excellent preparation for either graduate 
work or for employment as a microbiologist. Anyone interested in 
undergraduate work emphasizing bacteriology should see a depart- 
mental advisor for guidance in choosing appropriate electives. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The department offers work leading to the Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the special fields of anatomy, bac- 
teriology, ecology, morphology, phycology, physiology and systematic 
botany. 



CROP SCIENCE 

Professor P. H. Harvey, Head of the Department 
TEACHING AND RESEARCH 
Professor Emeritus: 

G. K. MiDDLETON 

Professors : 

C. A. Brim, D. S. Chamblee, D. U. Gerstel, W. C. Gregory, G. L. 
Jones, K. R. Keller, G. C. Klingman, R. L. Loworn, T. J. Mann, 
P. A. Miller, R. P. Moore, L. L. Phillips, J. C. Rice, D. L. Thomp- 
son, R. P. Upchurch, J. A. Weybrew 

Associate Professors: 

W. A. Cope, J. W. Dudley, D. A. Emery, W. B. Gilbert, H. D. Gross, 
J. A. Lee, W. M. Lewis, F. W. McLaughlin, J. R. Mauney, D. E. 
Moreland, Luther Shaw, E. C. Sisler, D. H. Timothy 

Assistant Professors : 

W. T. Fike, G. R. Gwynn, J. L. Hall, D. A. Miller, C. F. Murphy, 
J. B. Weber, E. A. Wernsman, D. C. Whitenberg 

Instructors : 

M. R. Godfrey, A. J. Kapplemann, Jr., P. W. Perry, F. L. Selman 

EXTENSION 

Professor E. R. Collins, In Charge of Agronomy Extension 

Professors : 

R. R. Bennett, S. H. Dodson, A. D. Stuart 

Associate Professors : 

C. T. Blake, S. N. Hawkes, Astor Perry, A. D. Worsham 

Assistant Professors : 

D. M. GossETT, H. G. Small 

Instructors: 

J. G. Clapp, T. R. Terrill, W. G. Toomey 

78 



The curriculum in crop science has as its objectives training the 
student in the fundamental principles of the plant sciences, along 
with the application of these principles to the problems of crop pro- 
duction. . ^, /^ 1- -1 

The importance of agronomic training in North Carolina agricul- 
ture is shown by the fact that the State ranks third among the states 
in cash income from farm crops. Yet the maximum potential produc- 
tion of farm crops has by no means been reached. With continued 
improvement in varieties, cultural practices and cropping methods, 
further advances will be made. In carrying out this broad program 
there is, and will continue to be, a real need in North Carolina for 
men well trained in plant breeding, weed control, crop production and 
management and related fields. 

The Department of Crop Science is housed in Williams Hall. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates in crop science are trained to fill positions as county 
extension agents; farm operators and managers; s^l^^^^^^^^J^i//^^^; 
fertilizer and agricultural chemical companies and similar commercial 
concerns; seed analysts; and as leaders in various ^^'"^tf.^^^'T^: 
tural development work. The crop science programs also offer training 
for those students who might want to continue their education with 
graduate study in preparation for extension, teaching or research 
positions with state or federal institutions or private industry. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in crop science is 
offered under the agricultural business and agricultural science cur- 
ricula of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Students may 
also earn the degree of Bachelor of Science under the agricultural 
technology curriculum with a major in agronomy. The agronomy 
option is administered jointly by the Departments of Crop Science 
and Soil Science. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 59-60. 

Agricultural Business— The requirements of the agricultural busi- 
ness curriculum are as follows: 

Group B Courses (2 J, Credits) 

Credits 



Credits 



FC 407 Business Law I 3 BO 421 Plant Physiology * 

Electives .15 ENT 312 Economic Insecta 3 

Group A and C Courses (6 Credits) SSC 200 Soils r,„^>, 

^11 TV,. Prinoinl« of Genetics 3 SSC 302 Soils and Plant Growth 



ON 411 The Principles of Genetics 

)iseases 

Requirements and 1 
(25 Credits) Elective 



^IS^rS^'u'S^merU. and Electives' SSC^41 SoU Fertility and FertUizers 3 

79 



Agricultural Science — The requirements of the agricultural science 
curriculum are as follows: 



Group A Courses (25 Credits) 

Credits 

BO 412 General Microbiology 4 

CH 220, CH 351 Introduction to Organic 

Chemistry and Introduction 

to Biochemistry 
or 
CH 221, CH 223 Organic Chemistry I and 

Organic Chemistry II 7 or 8 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 
or 
MA 211 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus B 4 or 3 

*Electives 3-5 



Departmental Requirements and Electivea 
(26 Credits) 

Credits 

CS 211 Crop Science I 3 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 3 

CS 414 Weeds and Their Control 3 

CS 490 Senior Seminar 1 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

ENT 312 Economic Insects 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

SSC 302 Soils and Plant Growth 
or 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 

Elective 2 



* Five credits may be elected from Groups B and C. 



Agricultural Technology (Agronomy)* — The requirements of the 
agricultural technology curriculum with a major in agronomy are as 
follows : 



Physical and Biological Sciences 

Credits 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

Group A and B Courses (10 Credits) 

Credits 
CH 220 Introduction to Organic Chemistry 4 
GN 411 The Principlei of Genetics 3 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

Group C Courses (10 Credits) 

Credits 
Electives 10 



Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(27 Credits) 

Credits 

CS 211 Crop Science I 3 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 3 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 3 

CS 414 Weeds and Their Control 3 

CS 490 Senior Seminar 1 

SSC 302 Soils and Plant Growth 

or 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers ... 3 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 3 

SSC 461 Soil Conservation and 

Management 3 

Electives 6 



* The agronomy major is administered by the Departments of Crop Science and Soil 
Science and is listed jointly. 



The Departments of Crop Science, Entomology and Plant Pathology 
offer a joint major in plant protection. See section on plant protection 
for details. 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Crop Science offers training leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following 
fields: plant breeding, crop production, forage crop ecology and weed 
control. 



80 



DAIRY HUSBANDRY 

See Animal Science. 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Professor Edward H. Smith, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professor Emeritus: 
T. B. Mitchell 

Professors : 

C. H. Brett, F. E. Guthrie, R. L. Rabb, C. F. Smith, D. A. Young, Jr. 

Associate Professors: 

W. V. Campbell, W. C. Dauterman, M. H. Farrier, E. Hodgson, 
A. R. Main, W. J. Mistric, Jr., H, H. Neunzig 

Assistant Professors : 

R. C. AxTELL, C. G. Wright 

Instructors : 

M. D. Jackson, H. B. Moore, D. A. Mount 

RESEARCH 

Assistayit Professors: 

R. B. Chalfant, G. F. Turnipseed 

EXTENSION 

Professor : 

G. D. Jones 

Associate Professor: 
R. L. Robertson 

Assistant Professor: 
J. M. Falter 

Visiting Professor: 
W. G. Bruce 

Adjunct Assistant Professor : 
E. W. Clark 

The entomology faculty offers instruction at both the undergraduate 
and graduate levels and provides students in this field with broad 
fundamental training necessary in this profession. Undergraduate 
instruction also is designed to provide introductory and terminal 
courses in insect control technology for students majoring in other 
areas of agriculture and forestry. 

The Department of Entomology is housed in Gardner Hall. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities for employment of well-trained entomologists are 

81 



plentiful and varied. Research and teaching opportunities exist in 
many state institutions. Federal agencies offer many positions in re- 
search and regulatory work. Private industry is using more and more 
entomologists in the development, production, control, testing and sale 
of agricultural chemicals. Other opportunities in entomology as con- 
sultants in domestic or foreign service, as well as in private business 
and sales, are available. One can go into business for himself as a pest 
control operator or an insecticide formulator. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in entomology is 
offered under the agricultural science curriculum of the School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 59-60. 

Agricultural Science — The requirements of the agricultural science 
curriculum are as follows: 

Group A Courses (26 or 28 Credits) Departmental Requirements and Electives 

(20 Credits) 



Credits 
SSC 200 Soils 4 



Credits 

or ENT 301 Introduction to Forest Insects . 3 

MIG 120 Physical Geology 3 or 

BO 412 General Microbiology 4 ENT 312 Introduction to Economic Insects 3 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 ENT 502 Fundamentals of Entomology . 5 

CH 351 Introductory Biochemistry, or ENT 503 Fundamentals of Entomology . . 5 

Equivalent 3 Advised Electives 10 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

or 

ZO 421 Animal Physiology 4 

*Electives 3 



* May be taken from Groups B and C 

Agricultural Technology — The Departments of Crop Science, Ento- 
mology and Plant Pathology offer a joint major in plant protection. 
See section on plant protection for details. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered 
in entomology. The work in entomology is well supported by strong 
departments in chemistry, statistics, and the plant and animal sciences. 



82 



EXTENSION PERSONNEL 
DEVELOPMENT 

Professor E. J. Boone, Head of the Department 
TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors : 

E, S. CoFER, F. S. Sloan 

Visiting Professor: 

C. M. Ferguson 

Associate Professors : 

R. J. DoLAN, C. P. Marsh, E. H. Quinn 

Cooperating with the following associate members of the faculty: 
Agricultural Economics : 

D. M. Hoover, J. G. Maddox 

Agricultural Education : 

H. E. Beam, C. C. Scarborough 

Experimental Statistics : 
C. H. Proctor 

History and Political Science: 
W. J. Block, P. W. Edsall 

Psychology : 

Thomas Baldwin 

Rural Sociology: 

C. H. Hamilton, S. C. Mayo 

The Department of Extension Personnel Development faculty offers 
instruction at advanced undergraduate and graduate levels. The ad- 
vanced undergraduate courses are designed to support the other 
departments of the institution, giving students a background in ex- 
tension education. The graduate program is designed to increase the 
professional competence of extension workers and other adult edu- 
cators in effecting change among people and in conducting scholarly 
research in the field. 

The Department of Extension Personnel Development is housed in 
Ricks Hall. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The department does not have a program leading to a Bachelor of 
Science degree. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

Graduate study is carried out under the direction of the faculty of 
the Department of Extension Personnel Development. Students may 
qualify for the Master of Science or Master of Extension Education 
degree with a major in extension education. 

The program is based upon an interdisciplinary approach and is 
designed to provide graduate students the opportunity to develop a 
broad and comprehensive understanding of adult education and a 

83 



high level of professional competence in conducting research. Bolster- 
ing the interdisciplinary base of the graduate program is a Graduate 
Institute of Extension Education which includes the deans of the 
Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Education, Liberal Arts, 
and the Graduate School at North Carolina State and the dean of the 
School of Home Economics at the University of North Carolina at 
Greensboro. 

A candidate for the master's degree must acquire a comprehensive 
understanding of the adult and society, and the theories of learning, 
social action, group processes, communication and planning requisite 
to effecting change among people. While a basic comprehension of 
these relevant theories is the first essential, the candidate must also 
understand their interrelationships and how they apply to adult 
education. The degree candidate must present a thesis based upon 
his own research. 

The basic aspects of the behavioral sciences as related to extension 
and adult education is the central theme of the Department of Exten- 
sion Personnel Development's graduate program. The varied but co- 
ordinated interests of the department's faculty with their research 
programs offer a variety of opportunities for graduate student train- 
ing that is found at few institutions. 



FOOD SCIENCE 

Professor W. M. Roberts, Head of the Department 
TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors : 

L. W. AuRAND, T. N. Blumer, Eloise Cofer, J. L. Etchells, M. W. 
Hoover, I. D. Jones, M. L. Speck, F. G. Warren, J. C. Williamson, Jr. 

Associate Professors: 

T. A. Bell, H. B. Craig, D. Fromm, A. E. Purcell 

Assistant Professors: 

R. J. Bingham, F. F. Busta, H. P. Fleming, V. A. Jones, H. E. Swais- 
GOOD, W. A. B. Thomson 

EXTENSION 

Professor : 

J. A. Christian 

Associate Professors : 

F. R. Tarver, Jr., F. B. Thomas 

Assistant Professors : 

M. E. Gregory, N. C. Miller, Jr. 

Instructor : 

J. F. Wiles 

The Department of Food Science has the objectives of providing 
undergraduate and graduate programs for the application and coor- 

84 



dination of basic training in the physical and biological sciences, eco- 
nomics and engineering to the development, processing, packaging, 
quality control, distribution and utilization of foods. 

The department maintains modern and fully-equipped laboratories 
for teaching and research programs in dairy, fruit, meat, poultry, 
seafood and vegetable products. 

The department head and several staff members of the Department 
of Food Science are housed in Polk Hall. Other staff members and 
teaching and research facilities are housed in Kilgore and Scott Halls. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The increasing consumer demands for greater varieties and quanti- 
ties of highly nutritious and convenience foods of uniformly high 
quality create many and varied career opportunities in the food and 
allied industries for qualified personnel. 

Specific job opportunities in the food industries are procurement, 
processing, management, quality control, research and development, 
distribution, sales and merchandising. Some of the job opportunities 
in allied industries include sales and service representatives of com- 
panies manufacturing equipment and supplies for the food industries, 
consulting activities and trade association promotional and educational 
services. 

Food scientists hold educational and regulatory positions in exten- 
sion service, inspection, grading, research and development and quality 
control of foods with various state and federal governmental agencies. 
Food scientists are in demand for teaching and research positions 
with colleges and universities. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in food science and 
processing can be earned under any of the three curricula in the 
School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 59-60. 

Agricultural Business — The requirements of the Agricultural Busi- 
ness curriculum are as follows: 

Group A Courses (8 Credits) Departmental Requirements and Electives 

„ .., (23 Credits) 

Credits 

BO 412 General Microbiology 4 pS 301 Food Composition 3 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 pS 331 Food Engineering 3 

Group B Courses (2i Credits) pg 505 Food Microbiology 3 



Electives 24 



FS 590 Food Science Seminar 1 

E.ectives 13 



85 



Agricultural Science — The requirements of the Agricultural Science 
curriculum are as follows: 



Group A Courses (25 Credits) 

Credits 

BO 412 General Microbiology 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 215 Quantitative Analysis 4 

CH 351 Introductory Biochemistry 3 

Electives 10 



Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(26 Credits) 



FS 331 Food Engineering 3 

FS 502 Food Chemistry 3 

FS 505 Food Microbiology 3 

FS 590 Food Science Seminar J 

Electives 16 



Agricultural Technology — The requirements of the Agricultural 
Technology curriculum are as follows: 



Group A Courses (12 Credits) 

Credits 

BO 412 General Microbio'ogy . . . 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 215 Quantitative Analysis 4 

Group C Courses (9 Credits) 

Electives 9 



Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(26 Credits) 

CH 351 Introductory Biochemistry 3 

FS 331 Food Engineering 3 

PS 502 Food Chemistry 3 

FS 505 Food Microbiology 3 

FS 590 Food Science Seminar 1 

Electives 13 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Food Science offers graduate programs of study 
leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 
Corollary instruction is provided in the biological and physical sci- 
ences. Areas of study and research include: (1) food chemistry, (2) 
food microbiology, and (3) food process and product development. 
These areas comprise all foods including dairy, fruit, meat, poultry, 
seafood and vegetable products. 



GENETICS 



Professor T. J. Mann, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

C. H. BosTiAN, D. S. Grosch, W. D. Hanson, K. Kojima, D. F. Mat- 
ziNGER, H. F. Robinson, B. W. Smith, S. G. Stephens 

Associate Professors: 

F. B. Armstrong, L. E. Mettler, R. H. Moll, A. C. Triantaphyllou 

Assistant Professors : 

Gene Namkoong, L. C. Saylor, W. M. Schutz 

Associate Geneticist: 
M. P. Gregory 

Assistant Geneticist: S. E. MOYER 

Cooperating with the following associate members of the faculty: 
Animal Science: 

E. U. DiLLARD, J. E. Legates, O. W. Robison, H. A. Stewart 

86 



Botany : 

E. O. Beal, J. W. Hardin 

p. H. Harvey, C. A. Brim, W. A. Cope, J. W. Dudley, D. A. Emery, 
D. U. Gerstel, W. C. Gregory, Richard Gywnn, G. L. Jones, K. R. 
Keller, J. A. Lee, W. M. Lewis, P. A. Miller, L. L. Phillips, D. L. 
Thompson, D. H. Timothy, E. Wernsman 

Horticulture Science: 

F. D. Cochran, G. J. Galletta, F. L. Haynes, W. R. Henderson, 

D. T. Pope 

Plant Pathology : 

J. L. Apple*, T. T. Hebert, R. R. Nelson, N. T. Powell, N. N. Win- 
stead 

Poultry Science: 

E. W. Glazener, W. L. Blow, G. A. Martin 

Forestry : 

T. O. Perry, B. J. Zobel, J. W. Duffield 

Statistics: 

C. C. Cockerham, J. 0. Rawlings 

OBJECTIVES 

The genetics faculty offers instruction at advanced undergraduate 
and graduate levels. The undergraduate courses are designed to sup- 
port the other departments of the institution, giving students a 
background in the science of genetics. The graduate program is de- 
signed to train scientists for research and teaching careers in basic 
genetics and in its applications in plant and animal breeding. 

The Department of Genetics is housed in Gardner Hall. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The faculty does not have a program leading to the Bachelor of 
Science degree. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

Graduate study is carried out under the direction of any of the 
members of the genetics faculty and enables the student to qualify 
for the Master of Science or the Doctor of Philosophy degree. A 
candidate for the master's degree must acquire a thorough under- 
standing of genetics and its relation to other biological disciplines 
and must present a thesis based upon his own research. In addi- 
tion to a comprehensive knowledge of his field, a candidate for the 
doctorate must demonstrate his capacity for independent investigation 
and scholarship in genetics. 

The basic aspects of quantitative genetics, cytogenetics, physio- 
logical genetics and mutation genetics as related to past and future 
evolution of organisms is the central theme of the training program 
and research. Programs of research in biochemical genetics utilize 
microorganisms in the basic studies of genetic phenomena and gene 
action. The varied but coordinated interests of the genetics faculty 

• On leave. 

87 



with their research programs offer a variety of opportunities for grad- 
uate student training that is found at few other institutions. Experi- 
mental studies utilize organisms ranging from microbes, mice and dro- 
sophila to trees and economic farm animals. 



HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

Professor Fred D. Cochran, Head of the Department 
TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors : 

M. E. Gardner, F. L. Haynes, Jr., J. M. Jenkins, Jr., C. L. McCombs, 

D. T. Pope 

Associate Professors: 

W. E. Ballinger, T. F. Cannon, G. J. Galletta, L. J. Kushman, 
C. H. Miller 

Assistant Professors : 

E. E. Chambers, F. E. Correll, A. S. Fish, Jr., W. R. Henderson, 
T. R. Konsler, R. a. Larson, D. C. Zeiger 

Instructor : 

V. H. Underwood 

EXTENSION 

Professor J. H. Harris, hi Charge 

Professors : 

A. A. Banadyga, H. M. Covington, M. H. Kolbe 

Assistant Professors : 

J. W. Love, W. A. Skroch, R. J. Stadtherr 

Instructors : 

J. F. Brooks, G. R. Hughes, W. W. Reid 

The undergraduate programs in horticultural science offer broad 
training in the physical and biological sciences and business, as well 
as a sound cultural background, to prepare students for graduate study 
or for diverse professional services in the fruit and vegetable crops 
field, in floriculture and in nursery management and landscape horti- 
culture. 

The varied climatic conditions in North Carolina make possible the 
production of a wide variety of horticultural crops commercially, as 
well as in parks and gardens. While these crops now represent an 
important segment of agriculture in North Carolina, further expan- 
sion will be realized with the development of adapted varieties, mech- 
anization and intensification of cultural practices, improvement of 
handling and marketing methods and development of the food process- 
ing industry. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates in horticulture will find numerous opportunities in a wide 



variety of positions in production, processing, sales and service. Among 
these are county extension agents; landscaping and landscape con- 
tracting; farm operators; orchard, nursery, greenhouse and flower 
shop managers; research, production and promotional specialists with 
commercial seed, floral, fertilizer, chemical, and food companies; in- 
spectors and quality control technologists; USD A specialists; and as 
leaders in other phases of agricultural and industrial developments. 
In addition, the student may prepare himself for one of the many 
opportunities for graduate study. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in horticultural 
science can be earned in one of the three curricula: business, science, 
or technology, offered by the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 
Under these curricula, specialized training is offered for horticultural 
science majors in fruit and vegetable crops, and in floriculture, nur- 
sery management and landscape horticulture. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 59-60. 

Agricultural Business — The requirements of the Agricultural Business 
curriculum are as follows: 



Group B Courses (2U Credits) 

Credits 

EC 302 National Income and 

Economic Welfare 3 

EC 401 Principles of Accounting 3 

Elfctives 18 

Group A and C Courses (6 Credits) 

ENT 312 Economic Insects 3 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 



Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(25 Credits) 

Credits 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

HS 491 Senior Seminar 1 

For Majors in Fruit and Vegetable Crops: 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

HS 421 Fruit Production 3 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 3 

HS 562 Post Harvest Physiology 3 

Restricted Electives 7 

VoT Majors in Floriculture, Nursery Man- 
agement and Landscape Horticulture: 

HS 211, 212 Ornamental Plants 6 

HS 301 Plant Propagation 3 

HS 441, 442 Floriculture I and II 6 

or 
HS 342, 411, 471 Landscape Gardening, 
Nursery Management, and 

Arboriculture 9 

Restricted Electives 2 or 5 



Agricultural Science — The requirements of the Agricultural Science 
curriculum are as follows for specialization in fruit and vegetable 
crops and ornamental crops: 



Group A Courses (25 Credits) 

Credits 

BO 412 General Microbiology 4 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry. 4 

ENT 312 Economic Insects 3 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 



Departmental Requirem.ents and Electives 
(26 Credits) 

Credits 

HS 491 Senior Seminar 1 

For Majors in Fruit and Vegetable Crops: 

HS 421 Fruit Production 3 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 3 

HS 562 Post Harvest Physiology 3 

Restricted Electives 16 

For Majors in Floriculture, Nursery Man- 
agement and Landscape Horticulture: 

HS 211, 212 Ornamental Plants 6 

HS 301 Plant Propagation 3 

SSC 341 SoU Fertility and Fertilizers . 3 

HS 441, 442 Floriculture I and II 6 

or 
HS 411, 471 Nursery Management, 

Arboriculture 6 

Restricted Electives 7 



89 



Agricultural Technology — The requirements of the Agricultural 
Technology curriculum are as follows: 

Group A and B Courses (10 Credits) Departmental Requirements and Electivea 

„ , (29 Credits) 

Credits „ 

Credits 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 g^x 312 Economic Insects 3 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 hS 491 Senior Seminar 1 

PP 315 Plant Diseases . . 3 Yox Majors in Fruit and Vegetable Crops: 

Group C Courses (9 Credits) hs 421 Fruit Production 3 

?c?^^o}, ^}.^?} Propagation 3 HS 432 Vegetable Production 3 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 HS 562 Post Harvest Physiology 3 



Electives 3 



Restricted Electives 16 

For Majors in Floriculture, Nursery Man- 
agement and Landscape Horticulture: 

HS 211, 212 Ornamental Plants 6 

HS 441. 442 Floriculture I and II 6 

or 
HS 342, 411, 471 Landscape Gardening, 
Nursery Management, and 

Arboriculture 9 

Restricted Electives 10 or 13 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Horticultural Science offers the Master of 
Science degree and the professional degree, Master of Horticulture. 

The professional degree is designed for those interested in applica- 
tion of current knowledge, while the Master of Science degree places 
emphasis on research and provides a basis for later study on the Doc- 
tor of Philosophy degree. 



PLANT PATHOLOGY 

Professor D. E. Ellis, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors : 

J. L. Apple, Robert Aycock, C. N. Clayton, F. A. Haasis, T. T. 
Hebert, a. Kelman, G. B. Lucas, R. R. Nelson, L. W. Nielsen, 
C. J. NUSBAUM, J. N. Sasser, N. N. Winstead 

Visiting Professor: 

F. L. Wellman 

W. E. Cooper, C. S. Hodges, D. M. Kline, L. H. Person, N. T. Powell, 
J. P. Ross, R. T. Sherwood, D. L. Strider, Hedwig Triantaphyllou 

Adjunct Assistant Professor : 

G. V. Gooding 

EXTENSION 

Professor HOWARD R. Garriss, In Charge 

Professors : 

F. A. TODD, J. C. Wells 

Assistant Professor: 
R. D. Milholland 

90 



Undergraduate instruction in plant pathology is designed to provide 
introductory and advanced courses on the nature and control of plant 
diseases to students majoring in crop science, horticultural science, 
plant protection, agricultural education, and forestry, and to provide 
students with the fundamental training necessary for graduate study 
in plant pathology. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Many opportunities for employment in research, extension and 
teaching are available to men with advanced degrees in the field of 
plant pathology. Openings are available for qualified men in research 
in the USDA, state experiment stations and in industry. The rapid 
development of agricultural chemicals and other methods for disease 
control offers numerous opportunities. See plant protection curriculum. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The Department of Plant Pathology cooperates in the training of 
plant protection majors, but does not offer a major in plant pathology 
at the undergraduate level. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Plant Pathology offers graduate training in all 
phases of plant pathology leading to the degrees of Master of Science 
and Doctor of Philosophy. 



PLANT PROTECTION MAJOR 

The major in plant protection is a joint major in the Departments 
of Entomology, Crop Science and Plant Pathology. 

Students in plant protection will be trained in the application of 
chemical and biological principles for the control of plant diseases, 
insects, and weeds. Crop losses from insects, weeds, and diseases for 
the past several years have been estimated in excess of 10 billion dol- 
lars annually in the United States. A knowledge of the organisms to 
be controlled, the products to be used and the crops to be grown is 
basic to any control or regulatory program. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities in plant protection basically involve improving farm 
efficiency to meet our ever-growing need for food and fiber. About 340 
chemical companies are concerned with manufacturing and formulat- 
ing products for pest control. Technically trained men are needed for 
sales development and promotion of agricultural chemicals. Graduates 
are also trained to fill positions as county extension agents or as state 
and federal regulatory agents. This major is primarily intended for 

91 



the Bachelor of Science degree. However, qualified students can go 
on to graduate school from this curriculum. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in plant protection 
is offered under the agricultural science curriculum of the School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 59 and 60. 

Agricultural Science — The requirements of the Plant Protection 
curriculum are as follows: 

Restricted Electives from Group A Major Requirements and Electives 

(26 Credits) (26 Credits) 

Credits Credits 

CH 221 and 223 Organic Chemistry I, BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

Organic Chemistry II 8 ENT 312 Economic Insects 3 

or ENT 551 Fundamentals of Insect Control 3 

CH 220 and 351 Introductory Organic CS 211 Crop Science I 3 

Chemistry, Introductory CS 414 Weeds and Their Control 3 

Biochemistry 7 PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

BO 301 Plant Morphology PP 500 Advanced Plant Pathology 2 

or PP 501 or 502 Advanced Plant 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 Pathology Lab 1 

BO 412 General Microbiology 4 Electives 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

Electives from Group A, B or C 3 or 4 



POULTRY SCIENCE 

Professor H. W. Garren, Head of the Department 
TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors : 

C. W. Barber, F. R. Craig, E. W. Glazener, C. H. Hill, M. R. Kare, 
J. W. Kelly 

Associate Professors : 

W. L. Blow, T. T. Brown, F. W. Cook, W. E. Donaldson 

Assistant Professors: 

G. A. Martin, D. D. Pate 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor W. C. Mills, Jr., In Charge 

Professor Emeritus : C. F. Parrish 

Professors : 

W. G. Andrews, J. R. Harris 

Associate Professors : 

H. L. Bumgardner, T. B. Morris 

Assistant Professor: 
M. L. Jones 

The Department of Poultry Science provides training in the prin- 
ciples of poultry husbandry and in such related scientific fields as 
nutrition, physiology, genetics and environmental response. 

92 



Through teaching, research and extension the department serves 
students, poultrymen and allied industries. The production of poultry 
has expanded rapidly in recent years to become one of the most im- 
portant commodities in North Carolina. The climatic and economic 
conditions in North Carolina provide a sound base for the continuing 
expansion of poultry enterprises. 

The Department of Poultry Science is located in Scott Hall. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The expanding poultry industry in North Carolina and elsewhere 
has created more specialized positions than can be filled with the 
available poultry graduates. Job opportunities are varied, enabling 
the student to select the type of position having greatest appeal to 
him. Graduates hold positions as managers and field representatives 
for feed manufacturers, processors, hatcheries, equipment companies, 
biological supply houses, banks and other allied industries. They also 
work in communications and public relations and as teaching, exten- 
sion and research specialists. A number of graduates have established 
their own successful poultry businesses. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in poultry science 
can be obtained in any of the three curricula offered by the School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 59-60. 

Agricultural Business — The requirements of the Agricultural Busi- 
ness curriculum are as follows : 

Group A and C Courses (8 Credits) Departmental Requirements (26 Credits) 

Credits Credits 

ZO 421 Animal Physiology 4 PC 201 Poultry Production 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 PC 301 Poultry Quality Evaluation 2 

Group B Courses (2i Credits) PC 401 Poultry Diseases 4 

Restricted Electives 24 PC 402 Commercial Poultry Enterprises 4 

PC 490 Poultry Seminar 1 + 1 

PC 404 (FS 404) Poultry Products 3 

PO 521 Poultry Nutrition 3 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 

or 
CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

Agricultural Science — The requirements of the Agricultural Science 
curriculum are as follows: 

Group A Courses (25 Credits) Departmental Requirements (26 Credits) 

Credits Credits 

BO 412 General Microbiology 4 PO 201 Poultry Production 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 PO 401 Poultry Diseases 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1 + 1 

ZO 421 Animal Physiology 4 PO 404 (FS 404) Poultry Products 3 

•Electives 10 PO 520 Poultry Breeding 3 

PO 521 Poultry Nutrition 3 

PO 524 (ZO 524) Comparative 

Endocrinology 3 

ZO 561 Animal Embryology 4 



• Six credits may be elected from groups B and C. 

93 



Agricultural Technology — The requirements of the Agricultural 
Technology curriculum are as follows: 

Group A and B Courses (15 Credits) Departmental Requirementg (25 Credits) 

Credits Credits 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry po 201 Poultry Production 4 

„„ °^ ^ , ^ PO 301 Poultry Quality Evaluations 2 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 pQ 401 Poultry Diseases 4 

ZO 421 Animal Physiology 4 PO 402 Commercial Poultry Enterprises 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1 + 1 



BO 412 General Microbiology 4 PO 404 (FS 404) Poultry Products . . 3 

Group C Courses (9 Credits) 

Electives 9 



Group C Courses (9 Credits) ^O ^20 Poultry Breeding 3 

PO 521 Poultry Nutrition 



GRADUATE STUDY 

An extensive research program is established in the Department of 
Poultry Science. Graduate training is provided in nutrition, physiology 
and genetics. If the student desires, a research problem can be devel- 
oped in one of these areas with disease as an additional consideration. 
This department has one of the foremost laboratories in the country 
for researching the nutritional aspects of disease resistance and sus- 
ceptibility. The leading laboratory in this country for studying the 
mechanism of taste in domestic animals is a part of the physiological 
research facility of this department. The genetics area enjoys a na- 
tional reputation for its outstanding contributions to the science of 
poultry genetics. Graduate study can be developed in either physio- 
logical or population genetics. 



PRE-VETERINARY 

A pre-veterinary curriculum is offered as part of a working agree- 
ment with two Southern veterinary colleges. After the completion of 
the prescribed work, eight North Carolina students are selected each 
year to attend the University of Georgia and six to attend the Veter- 
inary College at Oklahoma State University at in-state rather than 
out-of-state tuition rates. 

If three years are spent in the pre-veterinary curriculum at North 
Carolina State, some course credits may be transferred from the 
veterinary program toward the completion of a Bachelor of Science 
degree from North Carolina State with a major in animal science, 
poultry science or zoology. Arrangements for this procedure are made 
prior to entrance into the veterinary school. 

CURRICULUM 

The pre-veterinary program is offered under the agricultural science 
curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Agricultural Science — The courses listed below are minimum re- 
quirements for all students applying for entrance to veterinary school 

94 



under the Southern Regional Education Board contract. Only those 
students who complete the required courses successfully (grade C or 
better on each) will be considered eligible to apply. A 2.5 grade point 
average on required courses is the minimum that the North Carolina 
Veterinary Selection Committee will recommend for attending any 
veterinary school. 

Languages (9 Credits) Physical and Biological Sciences 

Credits (J,0 to US Credits) 

f^^-l"?.,^^!-^"^"'*' Composition 6 ^A 111, 112 Algebra and TrigonometryT '*' 

English Elective 3 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A. . 8 

CH 101, 103 General Chemistry I and 



Social Sciences and Humanities (6 Credits) 



General Chemistry II 8 



HI 261 U. S. in Western Civilization .... 3 CH 221, 223 Organic Chemistry I and II 8 

PS 201 American Governmental System .3 PY 211. 212 General Physics 8 
' or 

PY 221 College Physics 6 

ZO 223 Comparative Anatomy 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

GN 411 Principals of Genetics 3 

Applied Science and Technology Courses 
(12 Credits) 
ANS 201 Elements of Dairy Science 4 

ANS 202 Fundamentals of Animal 

Husbandry 4 

PO 201 Poultry Production 4 



RURAL SOCIOLOGY 

Professor Selz C. Mayo, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Reynolds Professor: 
C. H. Hamilton 

Professor : 

E. J. Boone 

Associate Professors : 

L. W. Drabick, G. C. McCann, J. N. Young 

Visiting Assistant Professor : 
S. G. Moon 

Assistant Professor : 
A. C. Davis 

EXTENSION 

Professor JOHN W. CRAWFORD, In Charge of Community Development 

Associate Professor : 
C. P. Marsh 

Assistant Professors : 

T. N. HOBGOOD, R, W. Long 

Instructors : 

J. N. Collins, J. U. Norwood 

The major aim of this department is to teach students the princi- 
ples and techniques for understanding human group behavior. More 

96 



specifically the department seeks: (1) to train students to become 
leaders in organizing rural groups and communities and in adminis- 
tering their programs; (2) to qualify exceptional students on the 
undergraduate and graduate levels for rural sociological research, 
teaching and extension work; (3) to solve problems in human group 
relations through scientific research, and (4) to extend research re- 
sults to the people of the State. 

The Department of Rural Sociology is housed in the 1911 Building, 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates of this department may obtain employment as commu- 
nity organization specialists, county agents, social w^elfare workers, 
social statisticians, administrators and managers of both public and 
private social agencies, college teachers, research workers and many 
other capacities. 

Among the institutions offering employment to graduates are Land- 
Grant colleges, agricultural experiment stations, and extension serv- 
ices ; the United States Departments of Agriculture, State, and Health, 
Education and Welfare; state departments of welfare, health and edu- 
cation; farm journals and newspapers; voluntary social agencies, 
such as Red Cross, Community Chest and Boy Scouts; and rural 
fraternal organizations and cooperatives. The range of vocational 
pursuits open to rural sociology graduates is constantly widening. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in rural sociology 
is offered under the agricultural science curriculum of the School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 59 and 60. 

Agricultural Science — The requirements of the agricultural science 
curriculum are as follows: 

Group A Courses (26 Credits) Departmental Requirements and Electives 

Credits (^^ Credits) 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 Credits 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics, RS 301 Sociology of Rural Life, 

or or 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs 3 SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

MIG 120 Physical Geology 3 SOC 301 Human Behavior 3 

♦Electives 17 ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 3 

SOC 315 Social Thought 3 

RS 321 Introduction to Social Research, 
or 

SOC 416 Research Methods 3 

RS 422 Rural Social Structure, 
or 

SOC 511 Social Theory 3 

Electives 8 



• Six credits may be elected from Groups B and C. Additional electives from Group D. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees are 
offered by this department. Graduate students studying for the Doc- 

96 



tor of Philosophy degree usually take approximately one semester of 
course work in the Department of Sociology at the University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Students seeking the Master of Science 
degree may take courses at Chapel Hill. However, they will be able to 
complete their entire programs at North Carolina State. 



SOIL SCIENCE 

Professor Ralph Joseph McCracken, Head of the Department 
TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors : 

W. V. Bartholomew, J. W. Fitts, W. A. Jackson, E. J. Kamprath, 
J. F. LuTZ, C. B. McCants, W. G. Woltz, W. W. Woodhouse, Jr. 

Associate Professors: 

C. B. Davey, J. R. PiLAND, p. H. Reid, J. M. Spain, R. J. Volk, S. B. 

Weed 

Assistant Professors: 

M. G. Cook, F. R. Cox, D. L. Craig, G. A. Cummings, E. F. Goldston, 
R. E. McCoLLUM, R. J. Miller, J. E. Shelton 

Instructors : 

C. P. BiCKFORD, C. B. England, R. E. Hanes, R. A. Leonard, D. L. 
Terry 

EXTENSION 

Professor Emerson R, Collins, In Charge of Agronomy 

Associate Professor : 
J. V. Baird 

Assistant Professors : 

J. F, Doggett, C. K. Martin 

Instructor : 

J. R. Woodruff 

The primary objective of the Department of Soil Science is to train 
students in the fundamentals of soils and principles of their utiliza- 
tion and management. Soils constitute one of the largest capital in- 
vestments in farming and proper soil management is essential for 
efficient production. Therefore, the demand by educational, research 
and service agencies and by industry for men trained in soils should 
continue to be great. 

The Department of Soil Science is housed in Williams Hall. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Soil science graduates are trained to fill positions of leadership in 
many areas of agricultural work, such as county extension agents; 
farm operators and managers; Soil Conservation Service representa- 
tives; technicians or salesmen in fertilizer companies. Provision is 
also made for those students who wish to obtain a more thorough 

97 



training in mathematics, chemistry, physics, and biological sciences 
in anticipation of graduate study. Students with advanced degrees 
have unlimited opportunities in teaching, research, and extension with 
state and federal institutions as well as increasing opportunities with 
commercial concerns. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in soil science is 
offered under the agricultural business and agricultural science cur- 
ricula of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Students may 
also earn the degree of Bachelor of Science under the agricultural 
technology curriculum with a major in agronomy. The agronomy 
option is administered jointly by the Departments of Crop Science 
and Soil Science. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 59-60. 

Agricultural business — The requirements of the Agricultural Busi- 
ness curriculum are as follows: 



Group B Courses (2Jt Credits) 



Electives 



Credits 
24 



Group A and C Courses (6 Credits) 
Electives 



Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(26 Credits) 

Credits 

MIG 120 Physical Geology 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

SSC 302 Soils and Plant Growth 3 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers ... 3 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 3 

SSC 461 Soil Conservation and 

Management 3 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar '.'. 1 

Elective g 



Agricultural science— The requirements of the Agricultural Science 
curriculum are as follows: 



Group A Courses (26 Credits) 

Credits 
MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 4 

MIG 120 Physical Geology ',[', 3 

BO 412 General Microbiology 4 

BO 421 Plant Physiology . . 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

•Elective a 



Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(26 Credits) 

Credits 
Chemistry 12 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

SSC 302 Soils and Plant Growth ...'.'.'..'. 3 
SSC 34] Soil Fertility and Fertilizers .3 
SSC 492 Senior Seminar 1 

Select one of the following courses: 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 3 

SSC 461 Soil Conservation and 

Management 3 

SSC 472 Forest Soils 3 



* May be elected from Groups B and C. 



98 



Agricultural Technology (Agronomy)* — The requirements of the 
Agricultural Technology curriculum with a major in agronomy are 
as follows: 

Physical and Biological Sciences Departmental Requirements and Electivea 

Credits (^^ Credits) 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 Credits 

CS 211 Crop Science I 3 

Group A and B Courses (10 Credits) CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 3 

Credits CS 413 Plant Breeding 3 

r^TT ooA Tiji- ^/-. •/-.!. -i J CS 414 Weeds and Their Control 3 

CH 220 Introduction to Organic Chemistry 4 ocn ono c;„-i j r>i *. /-■ ^.i. 

^XT J1-1 rri. T. • • 1 e !-• 4.- o "^SC 302 Soils and Plant Growth 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 



Group C Courses (10 Credits) 



SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 3 

SSC 461 Soil Conservation and 



Credits Management 

Elective3 10 SSC 492 Senior Seminar 1 

Electives 5 



* The agronomy major is administered by the Departments of Crop Science and Soil 
Science, and is listed jointly. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Soil Science offers training leading to the degrees 
of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following fields : 
soil chemistry, soil fertility, soil physics, soil genesis, soil microbiol- 
ogy, soil mineralogy, forest soils and soil management. 



ZOOLOGY 

Professor B. S. Martof, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors : 

F. S. Barkalow, Jr., D. S. Grosch, R. Harkema, D. W. Hayne, M. R. 
Kare, R. W. Stacy, T. L. Quay 

Adjunct Professor: 
T. R. Rice 

Professor Emeritus : 

B. B. Brandt 

Associate Professors : 

W. W. Hassler, F. E. Hester, L. E. Mettler, G. C. Miller, J. A, 
Santolucito 

Assistant Professors : 

C. W. Alliston, J. Berger, D. B. Horton, R. E. Lubow 

Visiting Assistant Professor : 
O. Maller 

The Department of Zoology provides undergraduate and graduate 
instruction in many specialized areas of the biological sciences. Under- 
graduates are encouraged to study all levels of biological organization 
from the molecular to the community. Students majoring in the de- 

99 



partment are adequately prepared for graduate work in zoology and 
related fields of science. Participation in supervised programs of re- 
search is strongly encouraged. Basic training is also available for 
students planning to enter dentistry, medicine and veterinary medi- 
cine. 

The Department of Zoology is housed in Gardner Hall. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Students may choose to continue graduate w^ork leading to the Mas- 
ter of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in zoology. Numerous 
employment opportunities are available. Majors are qualified for 
many positions in the paramedical sciences, various government in- 
stitutions and private industries. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in the zoology depart- 
ment is offered under the science curriculum of the School of Agricul- 
ture and Life Sciences. For the freshman year and basic requirements 
see pages 59 and 60. 

The requirements for admission to medical, dental and veterinary 
schools vary slightly from those given below in the zoology curricu- 
lum. For specific requirements you are urged to consult the catalog of 
those schools where you plan to apply for admission. Students major- 
ing in fisheries can meet the requirements of either the zoology cur- 
riculum or the fishery biology curriculum. 

The requirements of each curriculum are as follows: 

ZOOLOGY FISHERY BIOLOGY AND 

Credits WILDLIFE BIOLOGY 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 Credits 

ZO 223 Comparative Anatomy 4 

ZO 421 Animal Physiology 4 ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 ZO 221 Conservation of Natural Resources 3 

CH 221, 223 Organic Chemistry 8 ZO 223 Comparative Anatomy 4 

One year of General Physics 8 ZO 421 Animal Physiology 4 

Advised electives (3 courses must ZO 442 General Ecology 4 



be in Zoology) 29 ZO 480 Fishery Science 

PRE-MEDICAL AND PRE-DENTAL 



ZO 551 Wildlife Science 3 

ZO 541 Ichthyology or 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 ZO 552 Wildlife Science ... 3 

ZO 223 Comparative Anatomy 4 CH 221, 223 Organic Chemistry 8 

ZO 421 Animal Physiology 4 PY 221 or PY 211 and 212 Physics 5 or 8 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 Electives — One course in botany, and one 

CH 221, 223 Organic Chemistry 8 in entomology. The others in botany, 

CH 215 Quantitative Analysis 4 chemistry, entomology, genetics, mathe- 

One year of General Physics 8 matics or statistics . 12 

Advised Electives (3 courses must 

be in Zoology) 20 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Zoology offers to qualified students the oppor- 
tunity to earn the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees. Students may specialize in many areas; these are indicated 
by the research interests of staff members: behavior, general ecology, 

100 



population dynamics, radiobiology, limnology, fisheries biology, wild- 
life biology, the taxonomy and ecology of parasites, comparative 
morphology and systematics of vertebrates, comparative physiology, 
endocrinology, sensory physiology and the dynamics of respiration 
and circulation. 



THE NORTH CAROLINA AGRICULTURAL 
INSTITUTE 

H. Brooks James, Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
Edward W. Glazener, Director of Instruction 

James N. Young, Assistant Director of Instruction and Director of the 
Agricultural Institute 

A two-year program in agriculture was approved and money was 
appropriated for this purpose by the 1959 General Assembly. Through 
action of the Board of Trustees of the Greater University, this two- 
year program was named the North Carolina Agricultural Institute 
and was approved for operation on the North Carolina State campus. 

The major objective of the Agricultural Institute is to provide tech- 
nical training to the individual so that he may become more productive 
in our agricultural society. Specifically, instruction offered by the 
Agricultural Institute is designed to train men and women for those 
jobs in agriculture and related occupations that require technicians 
with education beyond the high school level. An individual with this 
type of training should have a better income, assume a more promi- 
nent role of leadership, and become an asset to agriculture and to his 
community. 

The instructional programs of the Agricultural Institute are organ- 
ized and conducted as part of the School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences' over-all resident instruction program. The Institute is an 
addition to, and not a substitute for, the regular degree-granting pro- 
gram of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. However, in 
order to provide students enrolled in the Institute with the best pos- 
sible technical training, the faculty in residence for the four-year 
program is responsible for organizing and teaching courses offered 
by the Institute. 

People who have training similar to that which can be obtained in 
the courses offered in the Agricultural Institute are in great demand 
by agricultural industries. As this demand changes, new courses of 
study will be organized. Also, programs no longer needed will be 
dropped. Only through such a system of addition and deletion can the 
Agricultural Institute meet the needs for technically-trained people 
in North Carolina. 

OPPORTUNITIES FOR GRADUATES 

Rapid technical advancement has been extremely important in 

101 



changing agriculture from a small production industry to one of the 
largest industries in the nation. Today the farmer uses scientifically 
developed seed, feed, fertilizer ; does most of his work with machinery 
and has scientific testing to back up his management decisions. In- 
creased production has allowed him to sell much of his production 
rather than just the surplus above home consumption. Farms have 
become larger due to these technological advances and large amounts 
of capital are needed to operate successfully. All of these factors 
bring about dependence on outside sources of information and capital 
for success in a modern agricultural business. 

Not only the person who farms, but the hundreds of related busi- 
nesses that are a vital part of agriculture today cannot operate suc- 
cessfully without men trained in technical skills. 

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS 

Any individual who has received a diploma from an accredited high 
school or has passed the high school equivalency examination admin- 
istered by the State Department of Public Instruction is eligible for 
entry into the Agricultural Institute. Each application will be re- 
viewed and evaluated by the Institute director before an applicant 
will be accepted. 

PROGRAM OF STUDY 

The six programs of study offered are farm machinery sales and 
service, general agriculture, livestock management and technology, 
pest control, ornamental crops technology and field crops technology. 



THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 

H. Brooks James, Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
R. L. LovvoRN, Director of Research 

The Agricultural Experiment Station was established in accordance 
with an act of the General Assembly of 1877 and amended in 1955. 
The North Carolina General Assembly has allocated to the Station, 
annually, certain funds from the General Fund. 

The purpose of the Agricultural Experiment Station is to study 
the basic laws of nature underlying agricultural enterprises and to 
develop methods for economic production of the highest grades of 
livestock, poultry, and plants on the many soil types and under the 
varied conditions existing in North Carolina; to study methods for 
the control of parasitic insects and organisms that cause serious 
economic losses of animals, poultry, and plants; to find and develop 
varieties of animals, poultry, and plants new and resistant to diseases 
and the changeable conditions prevailing in the State; and to perfect 
better marketing for all agricultural products. 

102 



The staff of the Experiment Station conducts experiments in the 
greenhouse and laboratories of the University and throughout the 
State on areas owned by farmers on 16 strategically located experi- 
mental farms and on farms rented for short periods. 

The agricultural research aims, through the discovery of new facts, 
to improve the well-being of farmers throughout the State ; to strength- 
en the regulatory work of the State Department of Agriculture; to 
develop new and necessary facts for the teaching of sound agricul- 
tural principles by vocational agricultural instructors, agricultural 
extension agents and agricultural instructors in the University. 

The Agricultural Experiment Station staff brings to the 
University many experts, whose teaching in many specialized fields 
of agriculture assures the maintenance of curricula of high standards. 
It contributes much to the advanced training of students who are 
destined to become the leaders, teachers and investigators necessary 
in the maintenance of agriculture on sound and economic planes, 

PUBLICATIONS 

The Agricultural Experiment Station publishes many bulletins and 
scientific papers on results of research conducted by the staff. These 
are free and are sent upon request to anyone in the State. 

SERVICES 

The staff diagnoses and interprets many problems for the farmers 
of North Carolina. It holds council with farmers and others inter- 
ested in the agricultural industry, presents radio programs devoted 
to the discussion of farming procedures, and writes many letters on 
more specific problems of agriculture at the request of farmers, 
members of garden clubs, and manufacturers of fertilizer, fungicides 
and insecticides. It also takes part in many of the administrative 
functions of the University. 



COOPERATIVE AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION 
WORK 

H. Brooks James, Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
George Hyatt, Jr., Director of Extension 
I. O. SCHAUB, Director Emeritus of Extension 
David S. Weaver, Director Emeritus of Extension 

The Agricultural Extension Service of North Carolina State of the 
University of North Carolina at Raleigh is a cooperative undertaking 
between the U. S. Department of Agriculture, the State of North Caro- 
lina and the one hundred counties. Its work is supported by federal 
funds made available under the Smith-Lever Act of 1914, as amended, 
and by state and county appropriations. 

103 



The federal and state appropriations are used to maintain an ad- 
ministrative and specialist staff and to pay a portion of the salary 
and the travel expenses of the county extension agents who are locat- 
ed in each of the one hundred counties. Under this cooperative 
arrangement, the Agricultural Extension Service serves as the 
"educational arm" of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, and as 
the "field faculty" of the institution in the areas of agriculture and 
home economics. 

OBJECTIVES 

The primary purpose of the North Carolina Agricultural Extension 
Service is to take to the people of the state the latest and best infor- 
mation obtainable, particularly that which is related to agriculture 
and home economics, and help them to interpret and use this informa- 
tion in building a more prosperous and satisfying life. 

To accomplish this purpose, the institution maintains a staff of 
trained specialists in each of the major subject-matter areas. These 
specialists work primarily with and through the county agricultural 
and home economics agents and their assistants in the conduct of a 
state-wide educational program. 

This program, however, has sufficient flexibility to permit special 
attention to the problems, needs and interests of the people in each 
of the individual counties. Educational assistance is given to individ- 
uals, families, industrial processing and marketing firms, other 
businesses and certain organizations. This includes work with both 
adult men and women and with boys and girls. 

In carrying out this educational program, a variety of methods 
and devices are employed. These include method and result demon- 
strations, meetings, visits to farms, homes and businesses, organized 
groups of men and women and youth, tours, leaflets, pamphlets and 
other printed materials. 

The basic source of information to be taught through this educa- 
tional program is the findings and recommendations resulting from 
research conducted by the Experiment Stations in this and other 
states and by the U. S. Department of Agriculture. 



s 



CHOOL OF DESIGN 



Henry L. Kamphoefner, Dean 

The School of Design in its teaching recognizes the dangers inher- 
ent in a materialist-mechanistic civilization where there may be an 
over-reliance on the machine and the mechanical devices available 
for use in the construction of shelter. Therefore, the School gives 

104 



attention to the larger responsibility of architecture, the art of hu- 
manizing the environment. Also, the School seeks to integrate the 
architect as a social human being and the architect as scientist- 
engineer, and encourages and nurtures the architect-engineer as the 
coordinator of the structural dynamics in the over-all pattern of life. 

While the School of Design's first aim is to serve North Carolina 
and the regions of the South, the students are well equipped, through 
the teaching of the School, to work in any region. 

Because character, a profound devotion, and an absolute professional 
commitment are prime ingredients of any creative activity where the 
social responsibilities are as vital as in architecture and design, the 
School fosters and cultivates the integrity of the individual. 

I'he School of Design emphasizes individual creative expression and 
at the same time teamwork is encouraged and developed. 

The faculty members of the School of Design have been selected 
for their individual and diverse personal philosophies and their indi- 
vidual yet divergent professional qualifications. The School has 
brought together creative personalities willing in their teaching to 
subordinate their own professional interests to the interests of their 
students. Each School of Design faculty member gives the young 
student the benefit of his professional knowledge, his technical train- 
ing, and his experience as a citizen. 

To combat the dangers of over-specialization the school seeks to 
develop the personality and character of the student as a whole. The 
goal in the growth of the student is not only the mastery of the archi- 
tectural techniques of the profession; but through the stimulation 
and development of the intellectual and emotional capacities together, 
a readiness is developed to meet the challenge of any environment. 

The School of Design is intended to act as an educational center 
which unifies different design professions in the fundamental knowl- 
edge and methods which they share; its further intention is the edu- 
cation of men who will be competent within the specific demands and 
limitations of a particular field of design. The existence of contem- 
porary design is considered to be a requirement of contemporary 
man, and the greatest purpose of contemporary design is considered 
to be the solution of those requirements through full use of the in- 
genuity and knowledge of contemporary man. Through this point of 
view the technical and factual aspects of design present no conflict 
with its philosophical and aesthetic standards. 

The School of Design is comprised of the Departments of Archi- 
tecture, Landscape Architecture, and Product Design. 

The three professional fields have been grouped under one broad 
and unified study of the methods and values which are common to 
all designers, and they are separated only in the study of their ap- 
plication in the work of a single profession. Many classes through- 
out the curricula will include students in these professional fields; 
and for all students the course of study is similar during the first 
year in order that, having become more familiar with the whole 

105 



scope of activity in design, they may then select the design profes- 
sion in which they are most interested. 

Training in drawing, painting, sculpture and other visual arts is 
conducted by specialists within the staff of the School of Design; 
the essential knowledge of techniques and materials is taught by 
this faculty and other departments of the University; and the past 
and present of the professions are taught by this faculty. These in- 
gredients of design training are assimilated through their applica- 
tion in the design courses. Thus the student is required to 
increasingly combine these studies as he advances through the 
course so that he may achieve that comprehensive combination 
which is a necessity in the designer. Much of the student's work 
will be done in laboratory courses since design is a matter of the 
application of knowledge rather than its mere accumulation. From 
his first day in class to his last the student is asked to design, and 
he is counseled so that he may become a responsible professional 
in the broadest sense. 

CURRICULA 

The School of Design offers professional instruction to the under- 
graduate in architecture, landscape architecture, and product de- 
sign. A graduate program in all three departments is projected for 
the future. 

DEGREES 

The five-year curricula offer courses of study leading to the 
Bachelor of Architecture, Bachelor of Landscape Architecture, and 
the Bachelor of Product Design. 

FACILITIES 

The School of Design moved to Brooks Hall, the former Hill 
Library, in January 1956. The new Brooks Hall is a remodeling of 
28,000 square feet of floor space with a modern addition of 20,000 
square feet. Construction will begin during the winter of 1964-65 on 
a second addition of 17,000 square feet, keeping the expanded facili- 
ties, designed to accommodate 450 students, all under one roof. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

State law now requires the graduate architect to work not less 
than three years in the offices of registered architects and to pass 
the four day written examination given by the North Carolina 
Board of Architecture before he is ready to begin his own practice. 
The great national boom in building construction since World War II 
has brought a tremendous volume of work into the offices of the 
South, offering many attractive positions for the architectural 
graduate. The architectural graduate is also qualified for positions 

106 



in certain branches of engineering, building research and teaching. 

The accelerated urban growth of the twentieth century has 
created an unprecedented demand for landscape architects that far 
exceeds the production of schools. These positions exist in both 
public and private organizations, encompassing a range of interests 
from city and regional planning to residential developments. For 
the competent graduate advancement is rapid, and remuneration 
above average. 

Evidence of the soundness of the course of study and the pro- 
grams in design at North Carolina State is reflected by two of the 
School's recent graduates who have been awarded the Fellowship 
in Landscape Architecture to the American Academy in Rome — a 
prize awarded annually to any design graduate in the United States 
and affording two years of advanced study in Europe, providing all 
expenses and residence at the American Academy in Rome, Four 
graduates of the school have won the top academic award in Archi- 
tecture, the Paris Prize, which is a scholarship worth $5,000 for a 
year's study in Europe. 

The Department of Product Design, which took its nrst students 
in September 1958, prepares graduates to work as resident designers 
with the furniture manufacturers and other essential and important 
industries of the State. Graduates of the department are also 
qualified to establish offices as professional industrial designers 
in the major cities of the State. 



ARCHITECTURE 

Professors : 

J. H. Cox, H. H. Harris, D. R. Stuart 

Associate Professors : 

G. L. Bireline, J. N. BoAZ, Jerzy Glowczewski, C. H. Kahn, Brian 
Shawcroft 

Assistant Professors : 

John Hertzman, J. R. Hix, Raymond Musselwhite, Vernon Sho- 
GREN, E. W. Taylor, W. R. Taylor, Lawrence Wodehouse 

Instructors : 

L. B. Flynn, W. C. Nichols 

Librarian : 

Mrs. James A. Lyons 

Architecture demands a fusion of the artist's decision with compe- 
tent technical judgments. If it is good architecture, the design must 
be the product of creative insight into the meaning of the building as 
an object defining spaces, and must also embody an artistic declaration 
of the building's meaning to men and to their advancement. At the 
same time architecture must be technologically feasible and econom- 
ically sound, and the form and spirit of the design must survive and 
be strengthened by the lengthy and complicated methods by which it 

107 



is transformed into a building. Good architecture does not acknowl- 
edge that the conception of a design and its execution are opposed to 
each other. Instead, it joins the two so that they are realized in a 
single act, and subjective and conceptual choices are based on a clear 
and complete understanding of reality. 

The training of architects must stir in them the realization that 
technical skill is meaningless without a guiding purpose and that 
practical problems they face need not be opposed to their dreams and 
ambitions. In arts and letters the student must learn and value the 
purpose of architecture; in science and engineering he must learn 
the principles that challenge or limit him; and in his study of archi- 
tecture he must learn the fusion of science and art in buildings. Four 
parallel programs (architecture, art, humanities and social sciences, 
and science and engineering) occupy the student throughout his pro- 
gram of study. After its completion the student is not merely ready 
for the apprenticeship that precedes his becoming a qualified archi- 
tect. He is prepared to ponder and evaluate the things he learns 
during his apprenticeship and the things he learns as his self-educa- 
tion continues. Thus, he can combine the practical requirements of 
the working profession of architecture with the even more practical 
desire to realize the full meaning of his profession. 

ARCHITECTURE CURRICULUM 

FIRST YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits Spring Semester 



DN 101 Design I 4 

DN 111 Descriptive Drawing I 2 

DN 121 Technical Drawing I 2 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

MS 101 Military Science I 
or 

AS 121 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 



Credits 



DN 1 02 Design II 4 

DN 112 Descriptive Drawing II 2 

DN 122 Technical Drawing II 2 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 4 

MS 102 Military Science I 



AS 122 Air Science I 
Physical Education 



SECOND YEAR 



17 



Fall Semester 



Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



ARC 201 Architectural Design I 4 

DN 211 Descriptive Drawing III 2 

HI 245 History of European Civilization 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 

♦Elective 3 



18 



DN 212 Descriptive Drawing IV 2 

EM 211 Introduction to Applied Mechanics 3 

HI 246 History of European Civilization 3 

LAR 201 Landscape Design I 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



18 



108 



SUMMER REQUIREMENT 
Two weeks on Historic Architecture Research. 



Fall Semester 



THIRD YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



ARC 301 Architectural Design II 5 

CE 338 Structures I 4 

DN 311 Advanced Descriptive Drawing 1.2 

DN 321 History of Design I 3 

EM 212 Mechanics of Engineering 

Materials 3 



17 



Credits 



ARC 300 Historic Architecture Research.. 2 

ARC 302 Architectural Design III 5 

CE 339 Structures II 4 

DN 312 Advanced Descriptive Drawing II 2 

DN 322 History of Design II 3 

♦Elective 8 



19 



SUMMER REQUIREMENT 
Eight weeks on approved construction, office experience, or foreign travel. 



Fall Sem.ester 

ARC 401 Architectural Design IV 6 

ARC 421 Structural Design I 3 

ARC 431 Environmental Factors 3 

DN 411 Advanced Descriptive 

Drawing III 2 

DN 421 History of Design III 3 

LAR 311 Landscape Technology I 4 

21 



FOURTH YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 

ARC 402 Architectural Design V 6 

ARC 422 Structural Design II 3 

ARC 432 Environmental Factors 3 

DN 412 Advanced Descriptive Drawing IV 2 

DN 422 History of Design IV 3 

•Elective 3 



20 



Fall Semester 

ARC 501 Architectural Design VI 6 

ARC 511 Professional Practice I 2 

ARC 531 Structural Design III 2 

DN 541 Seminar on Ideas in Design ... 2 

♦Elective 3 



15 



FIFTH YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



ARC 502 Architectural Design 8 

ARC 512 Professional Practice 2 

ARC 532 Structural Design IV 2 

♦Electives 6 



18 



• Six credits of elective will be required in the literature of English or the literature of a 
modern foreign language, three in the social sciences; the remaining nine, free electives. 
(Total credits for the Bachelor of Architecture — 180.) 



LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 

Associate Professor Richard A. Moore, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

L. J. Clarke, J. H. Cox, D. R. Stuart, E. G. Thurlow 

Associate Professor: 
G. L. Bireline 

Assistant Professors: 

John Hertzman, Raymond Musselwhite, R. L. Phillips, Jr. 

Landscape architecture, beginning in ancient times, is now defined 
as the design of outdoor space for the benefit, protection, use and 



109 



enjoyment of people. Never before have the challenges to this pro- 
fession been so great, diverse, and complex. It is to their solutions 
that this department is directed. One such challenge is the designed 
development of the earth's resources in landscapes of varying charac- 
ter, from coast to mountain, from desert to pasture. Unlike many art 
forms time is an essence of the design, and long periods are often 
necessary before it has grown to completion. Architectural and engi- 
neering materials are used together with plants and trees. These 
latter materials have a continuous cycle of growth and movement, 
closely coupled with the forces of nature. The profession is both an 
art and a science, depending at the same time upon logic and tech- 
nology. 

A student in the department is associated with allied fields such 
as architecture, engineering, painting, sculpture, horticulture, botany, 
geology, and ecology. In spite of the necessity for assimilation of such 
specialized requirements, he must possess a background from which 
to design. For this reason he is given a sound and thorough analysis 
of the past through the study of historical examples. With the rapid 
growth of the world's population and the increasingly intensive use 
of land, it is imperative that the student have both ability and clarity 
of purpose if he is to develop and design landscape solutions that are 
beautiful, useful, productive, and of continuing value. 

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE CURRICULUM 



Fall Semester 



FIRST YEAR 



Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



DN 101 Design I 4 

DN 111 Descriptive Drawing I 2 

DN 121 Technical Drawing I 2 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MS 101 Military Science I 
or 

AS 121 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 



17 



DN 102 Design II 4 

DN 112 Descriptive Drawing II 2 

DN 122 Technical Drawing II 2 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

MS 102 Military Science I 
or 

AS 122 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 



17 



SECOND YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



ARC 201 Architectural Design I . . . 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

DN 211 Descriptive Drawing III 2 

HI 245 History of European Civilization 3 
MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 

♦Elective 3 



18 



DN 212 Descriptive Drawing IV 2 

HI 246 History of European Civilization . . 3 

LAR 201 Landscape Design I 4 

MIG 120 Physical Geology 3 

PY 221 Coi:ege Physics 6 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



19 



110 



Fall Semester 



THIRD YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



BO 442 General Ecology 4 DN 312 Advanced Descriptive Drawing II 2 



DN 311 Advanced Descriptive Drawing I. . 2 

DN 321 History of Design I 3 

LAR 301 Landscape Design II 5 

LAR 311 Landscape Technology I 4 

18 



DN 322 History of Design II 

LAR 302 Landscape Design III 6 

LAR 312 Landscape Technology II 4 

♦Electives 6 



20 



SUMMER REQUIREMENT 
Eight weeks on approved construction, office experience, or foreig^n travel. 

FOURTH YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ARC 431 Environmental Factors 3 DN 412 Advanced Descriptive Drawing IV 2 

DN 411 Advanced Descriptive Drawing III 2 DN 422 History of Design IV 3 

DN 421 History of Design III 3 LAR 402 Advanced Landscape Design II . 6 

LAR 401 Advanced Landscape Design I . 6 LAR 422 Landscape Technology IV 4 

LAR 421 Landscape Technology III .4 •Elective 3 

18 18 



FIFTH YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Fall Semester 

DN 511 Advanced Descriptive Drawing V 2 
DN 541 Seminar on Ideas in Design ... 2 
LAR 501 Urban and Regional Design 18 
LAR 511 Advanced Landscape 

Technology I 4 

•Elective 3 



19 



Credits 

DN 512 Advanced Descriptive Drawing VI 2 
LAR 502 Urban and Regional Design II. . 8 
LAR 612 Advanced Landscape 

Technology II 3 

♦Elective 3 



16 



• Six credits of elective will be required in the literature of English or the literature of a 
modern foreign language; three in the social sciences; the remaining nine free elec- 
tives electives. (Total credits for the Bachelor of Landscape Architecture — 180.) 



PRODUCT DESIGN 

Professors : 

W. P. Baermann, Joseph Cox, D. R. Stuart 

Associate Professor: 

G. L. BiRELINE 

Assistant Professors : 

Fred Eichenberger, John Hertzman, Raymond Musselwhite 

Product design is an ancient art. The history of civilization can 
be traced by man's skill to shape his environment. Under the influence 
of mechanization and automation, the simple craftsman-patron rela- 
tionship has evolved into a vast complex production and distribution 
system. Today the product or industrial designer must be cognizant 
of this tradition and prepared to understand all phases of our econ- 



111 



omy. The objects he designs are used in every facet of daily life, 
whether by housewife or computer specialist. His clients are the 
industries of mass production. With creative imagination, he must 
integrate the forces playing upon product development into a design 
that fulfills human needs — aesthetically, functionally, psychologically. 

In preparation, product design students must acquire understand- 
ing of materials, both natural and man-made; techniques; technology 
and its relationship to the sciences; problems of human engineering; 
fulfillment of the consumer's emotional needs. Students are introduced 
to research methods and comparative cost problems and go on factory 
field trips. In studio and laboratory, they develop new products or 
seek improvements in old ones. Case studies enable them intuitively 
and creatively to apply their academic knowledge in the form of 
sketches, engineering drawings, models and formal reports. Emphasis 
is placed upon ability to communicate, visually and verbally. 

The department aims to prepare graduates to undertake their pro- 
fession with a sense of integrity, responsibility and dedication. 

PRODUCT DESIGN CURRICULUM 

FIRST YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

DN 101 Design I 4 

DN 111 Descriptive Drawing I 2 

DN 121 Technical Drawing I 2 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

MS 101 Military Science I 
or 

AS 121 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 



Spring Semester Credits 

DN 102 Design II 4 

DN 112 Descriptive Drawing II 2 

DN 122 Technical Drawing II 2 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 4 

MS 102 Military Science I 
or 

AS 122 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 



17 



17 



SECOND YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

DN 211 Descriptive Drawing III 2 

EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

HI 341 History of Technology 3 

PD 201 Product Design 4 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



Spring Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

DN 212 Descriptive Drawing IV 2 

PD 202 Product Design 4 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



19 



THIRD YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

DN 311 Advanced Descriptive Drawing I 2 
EM 211 Introduction to Applied 

Mechanics 3 

MIM 201 Structure and Property of 

Engineering Materials 3 

PD 301 Product Design 6 



18 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

DN 312 Advanced Descriptive Drawing II 2 
EM 212 Mechanics of Engineering 

Materials 3 

MIM 202 Structure and Property of 

Engineering Materials 3 

PD 302 Product Design 6 

PD 322 Design Graphics and Packaging . 3 



21 



112 



FOURTH YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DN 411 Advanced Descriptive Drawing III 2 DN 412 Advanced Descriptive Drawing IV 2 

PD 401 Advanced Product Design 6 PD 402 Advanced Product Design G 

PD 441 Design Analysis 2 PD 442 Design Analysis 2 

PSY 300 Sensation and Perception 3 PSY 441 Human Factors in 

*ElectiveS 6 Equipment Design 3 

— *Electives 6 



19 



18 



FIFTH YEAR 

Fall Semestei Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DN 511 Advanced Descriptive Drawing V 2 DN 512 Advanced Descriptive Drawing VI 2 

DN 541 Seminar on Ideas in Design 2 PD 422 Office and Industrial Practice .2 

PD 501 Advanced Product Design 7 PD 502 Product Design Thesis 9 

♦Electives 6 *Elective 3 

17 16 

* Six credits of elective will be required in the literature of English or the literature of 
a modern foreign language, three in the social sciences, and the remaining eleven free 
electives. (Total credits for the Bachelor of Product Design — 180.) 



s 



CHOOL OF EDUCATION 



J. Bryant Kirkland, Dean 

With the current and anticipated increase in the number of sec- 
ondary school age boys and girls in North Carolina, it is necessary 
for the educational institutions of the State to prepare a greater 
number of students to be teachers in the public schools. There is a 
particular need for teachers in the areas of vocational agriculture, 
industrial arts, industrial education, mathematics and science. The 
School of Education graduates students who are qualified for teaching 
positions in these areas. 

The School includes the Departments of Agricultural Education, 
Industrial Arts, Industrial Education, Mathematics and Science Edu- 
cation, Occupational Information and Guidance, Psychology, and 
Recreation and Park Administration. 

OBJECTIVES 

The primary purpose of the Departments of Agricultural Educa- 
tion, Industrial Arts, Industrial Education, Mathematics and Science 
Education is to prepare students to become teachers in the North 
Carolina public schools. The School of Education also offers profes- 
sional education courses for students enrolled in the School of Liberal 
Arts who wish to become teachers of English and social studies. Sat- 

113 



isfactory completion of the curriculum requirements in any of these 
departments qualifies a graduate to receive an A-Grade Certificate to 
teach in his chosen area. The curriculum in the Department of Rec- 
reation and Park Administration is designed primarily to prepare 
students to become leaders of recreation programs in industry, insti- 
tutions, and municipalities. 

The Department of Psychology offers an undergraduate major in 
psychology in cooperation with the School of Liberal Arts. Courses 
in psychology are required in all teacher education curricula. The 
department also offers graduate programs in industrial psychology, 
experimental psychology, school psychology and human factors. 

The Department of Occupational Information and Guidance pro- 
vides courses for undergraduate prospective teachers and a graduate 
program for students preparing to become school counselors and 
specialists in student personnel services in institutions of higher 
education. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Agricultural education graduates find jobs as teachers of vocational 
agriculture in v^^hich they conduct organized instructional programs 
of vocational agriculture for rural young people and adults. 

Public schools employ competent industrial arts and industrial 
education teachers whose job is to familiarize the young people of 
the State, particularly those in the non-farm areas, with the available 
occupational opportunities which accompany an industrial expansion 
and to prepare these young people for entrance into the industrial 
occupations of their choice. 

Graduates from the Department of Recreation and Park Adminis- 
tration secure positions as recreational leaders for municipalities, 
industries and institutions, while Department of Mathematics and 
Science graduates find jobs in public schools and industry. 

Graduates from the psychology liberal arts program may continue 
their education in graduate school in preparing for a variety of posi- 
tions in professional psychology. The department also conducts re- 
search and service activities which are of direct benefit to education, 
industry and government. Majors in the Department of Occupational 
Information and Guidance are in great demand as counselors in 
public schools, community colleges, industrial education centers and 
non-school agencies. 

DEGREES 

The Bachelor of Science in education is awarded to the students 
who complete the curricula in agricultural education, industrial arts 
education, industrial education, mathematics education and science 
education. 

The School of Education also offers the Bachelor of Science in 
recreation and park administration. 

114 



The degree of Master of Education or the Master of Science is 
offered to students majoring in agricultural education, industrial arts 
education, industrial education, mathematics education, science edu- 
cation and guidance. The degree of Master of Science is also offered 
for psychology majors. 



AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 

Professor C. C. SCARBOROUGH, Head of the Department 

professors Emeritus : 

L. O. Armstrong, J. K. Coggin 

Professor : 

J. B. KiRKLAND 

Adjunct Professor: 
G. B. James 

Associate Professor: 
H. E. Beam 

Research Associate Professor: 
L. W. Drabick 

Assistant Professors : 

C. D. Bryant, T. R. Miller, C. H. Rogers 

The program in agricultural education is concerned with two large 
areas of study — education and agriculture. It is imperative that the 
objectives which give major direction to the program be clearly un- 
derstood. People who produce, market, and/or process agricultural 
commodities are in a highly technical field. Emphasis is placed upon 
agriculture, agricultural products and processes. The education of 
people who plan to educate others in the area of agriculture is some- 
what different. The objectives here are educational objectives. Agri- 
cultural objectives deal with agriculture — the improvement of crops, 
livestock, soils, and the like. Educational objectives relate to people — 
bringing about growth development, and desirable change in people. 
The primary concern of agricultural education is with educational 
objectives. 

Agricultural education in its broad sense, should encompass those 
areas of study and pursuit which would enable one to participate 
effectively in planning, promoting, and initiating educational pro- 
grams in agriculture. Therefore, the description of a graduate in 
agricultural education would be more nearly an "educational leader" 
than an "agricultural specialist." 

Every educational leader as a person is a member of a family, a 
member of a community, a citizen (local, state, national, and inter- 
national), and a professional worker. The experiences, understandings, 
and abilities needed by an educational leader are not gained through 
class work only. His home life, community life, dormitory and social 

115 



life on the campus, all make contributions to his preparation for his 
work as an educational leader. 



UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM 

The program in agricultural education includes education for per- 
sonal development, for community living, for citizenship, for home 
living, and for educational leadership. These areas in the program 
are divided into three groups: 

(1) general education 

(2) technical or special education 

(3) professional education 

General education includes the education which everyone should 
have: namely, preparation for living effectively (1) with one's self, 
(2) with one's family, (3) in a community, (4) as a local, state, na- 
tional, and world citizen, and (5) bringing to bear the knowledge of 
man in solving problems. The education of people should not differ 
fundamentally and widely in these areas. 

Special, or technical education, consists of securing an understand- 
ing and ability to solve agricultural problems, with emphasis upon 
managerial aspects. Particular attention is given to a consideration 
of the impact of these problems upon the people of North Carolina. 
That is, "facts and figures about agriculture" will not suffice as tech- 
nical education for the educational leader. A knowledge and under- 
standing of agriculture and the ability to identify agricultural 
problems, make decisions, and solve problems is essential. 

Professional education includes an understanding of human beha- 
vior and development. Particular attention is given to an understand- 
ing of the learning process — as it occurs and how it can be accelerated. 
Consideration is also given to understanding how people work together 
in groups, particularly in rural communities. Ability to do research 
in the community is essential. 

GRADUATE PROGRAM 

Qualified graduate students may secure a Master of Science or 
Master of Education degree. Interested persons should see the Grad- 
uate Catalog or write to the Department of Agricultural Education. 

FACILITIES AND RESOURCES 

In addition to the University facilities and resources, the adminis- 
trative personnel of most of the agricultural agencies and programs 
have offices in Raleigh. These people often serve as valuable resource 
people to students in agricultural education. 



116 



AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

AG 103 Intro, to Agri. 1 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ED 102 Obj. in Ag. Ed 1 

MA 111 Alg. and Trig 4 

MS 101 Military Science 1 
or 

AS 121 Air Science 1 1 

Physical Education 1 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

Elective in Plant Sc 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 112 Analyt. Geom. and Calc. A 4 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

MS 102 Military Science I 
or 

AS 122 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 

16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 101 Chemistry I 4 

Agriculture Elective 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

EC 201 Economics 3 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

AGC 212 Econ. of Agriculture 3 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

AGE 211 Farm Machinery 4 

PSY 200 Intro, to Psychology 3 

History elective 3 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 

19 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

AGC 311 Org. & Bus. Mgt. of Mkt. Firms 3 

ED 344 Secondary Education 3 

ENG. Elective in Writing 3 

RS 301 Soc. of Rural Life 3 

AGE 332 Farm Structures 3 

Free Elective 3 



18 



Spring Semester Credits 

Agri. Elective 3 

AGC 303 Org. and Bus. Mgt. of Farms 3 

ENG Elective in Speech 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psy 3 

SOI 200 Soils 4 

Free Elective 3 

19 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



•ED 411 Student Teaching 6 

ED 412 Teaching Adults 2 

ED 413 Plan. Prog, in Ag. Ed. 2 

RS 321 Intro, to Soc. Research 3 

ED 420 Prin. of Guidance 2 

PSY 476 Psy. of Adolescence 2 Free Elective 

17 

TOTAL SEMESTER HOURS 139 



Spring Semester 

ENG Elective in Literature** . 

Biolog. Sci. Elective 

Political Sci. Elect. 

Elective in Fine or Applied Arts 
Elective in Phil, or Religion 



Credits 
3 



18 



* Summer Field Experience is required prior to student teaching. 
•• American and English Literature. 



117 



INDUSTRIAL ARTS 

Professor Ivan Hostetler, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor: 
T. B. Young 

Assistant Professors : 

C. A. MOELLER, R. T. Troxler 

Instructor: 

J. B. Finch 

Industrial arts comprises that area of education which concerns 
itself with materials, processes, and products of industry. It is con- 
cerned with a study of changes made in materials to make them more 
useful and with problems related to these changes. 

The Department of Industrial Arts at North Carolina State per- 
forms the function of preparing teachers and supervisors of indus- 
trial arts for secondary schools. 

FACILITIES 

The offices of the industrial arts department are located on the first 
floor of Tompkins Hall; the drafting room and the various labora- 
tories are located on the ground floor. The laboratories include test 
and machine tool equipment for student activities involving wood, 
metals, plastics, ceramics, electricity and electronics, and graphic 
arts. A separate experimental laboratory is provided for the purpose 
of encouraging experimentation and applied research in all of the 
industrial arts areas at the advanced undergraduate and graduate 
levels. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The graduates of the industrial arts program find excellent oppor- 
tunities for employment in the public schools. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

Opportunities are provided for qualified students in industrial arts 
education to do graduate work leading to the degree of Master of 
Education or Master of Science. For additional information regard- 
ing graduate study, consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 



CH 101 General Chemistry I 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 

lA 100 Introduction to Industrial Aris 
lA 102 Fundamentals of Materials 

& Processes 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 
MS 101 MiliUry Science 



AS 121 Air Science 
Physical Education 



118 



ENG 112 Composition & Reading S 

lA 105 Drafting 4 

lA 109 Wood Processing 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry 

and Calculus 4 

MS 102 Military Science 

or 

AS 122 Air Science I 

Physical Education 1 

17 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

lA 210 Metal Technology 4 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 
MS 201 Military Science 
or 

AS 221 Air Science 1 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

ENG Elective in Speech 3 

lA 205 Industrial Arts Design 3 

PS 201 The American Governmental 

System 3 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

MS 202 Military Science 
or 

AS 222 Air Science 1 

Physical Education 1 

18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 344 Secondary Education 3 

lA 312 Electricity-Electronics 4 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

ENG Elective in Writing 3 

Free Electives 6 

19 



Spring Semester Credits 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching 

Industrial Subjects 3 

ENG Elective in Literature 3 

lA 315 General Ceramics 3 

lA 304 General Shop Organization 2 

lA 306 Graphic Arts 4 

PSY 476 Psychology of Adolescence 2 

17 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Fall Semester 

ED 444 Student Teaching in 

Industrial Subjects 6 

ED 482 Curriculum Problems in 

Industrial Arts 2 

ED 483 Instructional Aids and Devices 2 

lA 465 Independent Study in 

Industrial Arts 3 

lA 484 School Shop Planning and 

Equipment Selection 3 



16 
TOTAL SEMESTER HOURS 



Credits 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance 2 

HI History Elective 3 

I A 4 80 Modern Industries 3 

♦Technical Electives 9 



17 



* To provide depth of experience in two areas of industrial arts, six additional hours are 
required in one area and three in another. 



INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

Professor Durwin M. Hanson, Head of the Department 

Professor: 

J. T. Nerden 

Assistant Professors : 

K. S. Oleson, T. C. Shore, F. S. Smith 

The Department of Industrial Education offers the only curriculum 
in the State that prepares teachers of industrial education for the 
public schools. The main goal is to provide public schools with ade- 
quately trained personnel who can, in turn, help to develop a vitally 
needed reservoir of skilled workers and technical personnel to man 



119 



established industries as well as prepare for new industries. The cur- 
riculum is planned to provide students with broad cultural and pro- 
fessional backgrounds to parallel occupational experience. 

Candidates for a degree must have had at least two years of suc- 
cessful trade or technical experience in the occupational area they 
wish to teach. The student who has not had this experience when he 
enters must fulfill the requirement before graduation either by work- 
ing part of the school year or by completing the work experience 
after finishing the required resident courses. 

CURRICULA 

The Department of Industrial Education offers two four-year un- 
dergraduate curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
education. One is designed for majors in industrial education; the 
other for students majoring in industrial education — applied tech- 
nology teaching option. Admission to applied technology teaching 
option is limited to students capable of demonstrating proficiency in 
a given applied technology, i.e., electrical, electronics, chemical, etc. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Students completing the requirements of the industrial education 
curriculum will be prepared to teach trade and/or technical subjects 
in the secondary schools and area vocational technical schools. Stu- 
dents may also prepare for positions as industrial cooperative training 
coordinators in secondary schools. 

The applied technology teaching option graduates are qualified to 
become instructors of technical subjects in post-high school industrial 
technical curricula which may be offered by technical institutes, com- 
munity colleges, area vocational schools and similar institutions. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

General and specialized professional courses are available to qual- 
ified students who wish to pursue graduate study as industrial educa- 
tion teachers, supervisors or coordinators of industrial cooperative 
training. The completion of the Master of Education or Master of 
Science degree with a major in industrial education will also qualify 
one for a graduate certificate in North Carolina. 

* INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 100 Introduction to Industrial History E ective 3 

Education 2 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhe.oric 3 MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 or 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 MA 122 Mathematics of Finance and 

MS 101 Military Science I Elementary Statistics 4 

o>" I A 105 Drafting 4 

AS 121 Air Science I 1 MS 102 Military Science I 

Physical Education 1 or 

— AS 122 Air Science I 1 

15 Physical Education 1 



16 



120 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits Spring Semester 



Credita 



PY 211 General Physics 4 

ENG English Elective 3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology .3 
PS 201 American Government System .3 
MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 

•Elective 3 

18 



PY 212 General Physics 4 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

EC 205 Economic Process 3 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 

♦Elective 6 



18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 344 Secondary Education 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 
SOC 401 Human Relations in 

Industrial Society 3 

IE 3X0 Industrial Safety 2 

ED 327 History and Philosophy of 

Industrial-Technical Education 3 

•Elective 4 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



PSY 476 Psychology of Adolescence 2 
ED 305 Analysis of Technical Education 

Programs and Course Construction 3 

RPA 333 First Aid and Safety 2 
ED 422 Methods of Teaching 

Industrial Subjects 4 

English Elective 3 

♦Elective 3 



IS 



17 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits Spring Semester 



ED 440 Vocational Education 2 

ED 483 Instructional Aids and Devices 2 
ED 405 Industrial and Technical Education 

Shop and Laboratory Planning 3 
ED 444 Student Teaching in 

Industrial Subjects 6 

•Elective 4 



Credits 



EC 425 Industrial Management 3 

EC 432 Industrial Relations 3 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance 2 

^Elective 9 



17 



17 
TOTAL SEMESTER HOURS 136 



• Eighteen hours of elective courses must be selected in accordance with the student': 
area of specialization and with approval of the advisor. Remaining hours may be takei 
from free electives. 



INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION- 
TEACHING OPTION 



-APPLIED TECHNOLOGY 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 100 Introduction to Industrial 

Education 2 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 
MS 101 Military Science I 
or 

AS 121 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 



Spring Semester Credita 

PS 201 American Governmental System 3 

EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 
MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 
MS 102 Military Science I 
or 

AS 122 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 



121 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 

PY 205 General Physics 

or 
PY 211 General Physics 
MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 
ENG . English Elective 
MS 201 Military Science II 

or 

AS 221 Air Science II 

Physical Education 

ME 101 Engineering Graphics I 



Credits Spring Semester 

PY 208 General Physics 



Credits 
. 5 or 4 



PY 212 General Physics 
PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 
MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 

Physical Education 

ME 102 Engineering Graphics II 

**Electives 



.1 

.1 

1 

5 or 4 

16 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 
ED 327 History and Philosophy of 

Industrial-Technical Education 
PSY 304 Educational Psychology 
••Electives 



Credits 



3 SOC 401 Human Relations in 

Industrial Society 3 

3 ED 305 Analysis of Technical Education 
3 Programs and Course Construction 3 
6 ■"♦Electives 9 

16 15 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



ED 405 Industrial-Technical Education 

Shop and Laboratory Planning 3 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching 

Industrial Subjects 3 

♦♦Electives 9 



ED 444 Student Teaching in 

Industrial Subjects 
**Electives 



Credits 



16 



* Minimum of 120 semester hours required for graduation. Student will be expected to 
demonstrate proficiency in the applied technology of his choice — may be fulfilled by technical 
institute training or selected courses in addition to those required for the degree. 

** Minimum of twenty-seven hours of elective courses must be selected from engineerinrr, 
engineering sciences, physical sciences, etc. in accordance with the student's area of 
specialization and with approval of the advisor. Remaining hours may be taken from free 
electives. 



MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Professor Herbert E. Speece, Head of the Department 

Assistant Professors: 

N. D. Anderson, H. A. Shannon 

The Department of Mathematics and Science Education offers a 
program for preparing undergraduate students as teachers of mathe- 
matics and science. The program is designed to provide a broad 
background in the natural sciences, social sciences, and humanities; 
depth of specialization in mathematics or an area of science; and the 
development of professional competencies needed by a teacher. There 



122 



is sufficient flexibility in the program to allow students to meet cer- 
tification requirements in more than one teaching field and to qualify 
for employment in scientific and technological positions. The depth of 
preparation in the area of specialization will enable students to pursue 
a program of graduate studies. 

GRADUATE PROGRAM 

The graduate program in mathematics and science education, lead- 
ing to the degree of Master of Science or Master of Education, is 
designed to provide in-service teachers with opportunity to up-date 
and extend their preparation in subject matter and professional edu- 
cation. Graduate students also may qualify for positions in supervision 
and as teachers in community colleges, industrial education centers, 
and four-year colleges. Interested persons should see the Graduate 
School Catalog or write to the Department of Mathematics and Science 
Education. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The demand for well-qualified mathematics and science teachers in 
our schools and colleges results in excellent opportunities for gradu- 
ates of the Department of Mathematics and Science Education. The 
rapid scientific, technological, and educational developments during 
the past few years have accentuated the importance of mathematics 
and science teaching. These recent developments have resulted in im- 
proved working conditions, salaries, and new opportunities for grad- 
uate study and professional advancement. 

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 BS 101 General Biology 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

History Elective 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry* .4 MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

MS 101 Military Science I Calculus I 4 

or MS 102 Military Science I 

AS 121 Air Science I 1 or 

Physical Education 1 AS 122 Air Science I 1 

— Physical Education 1 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

English Elective 3 EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and ED 203 Introduction to Teaching 2 

Calculus II 4 MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

PS 201 The Amer. Gov'tal. Systems 3 Calculus III 4 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 PY 212 General Physics 4 

PY 211 General Physics** 4 ST 361 Introduction to Stetistics 

MS 201 Military Science II for Engineers I 



AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 AS 222 Air Science II 1 



MS 202 Military Science II 

or 
AS 222 Air Science II 
Physical Education 1 



123 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 344 Secondary Education 3 

ENG 231 Basic Speaking Skills 3 

MA 403 Fund. Concepts of Algebra 3 

Math Elective 3 

MU 200 Music in Cent. Life 
or 

ART 200 Visual Arts in Cont. Life 3 

PHI 201 Logic 3 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

ENG Literature Elective 3 

MA 404 Fund. Concepts of Geometry .... 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Electives 6 



18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fail Semester Credits 

ED 420 Principles of G^iidance 2 

ED 470 Methods of Teaching Math 3 

ED 471 Student Teaching in Math 6 

ED 472 Dev. and Selecting Teaching 

Materials in Math 2 

PSY 476 Psychology of Adolescence 2 



Spring Semester Credits 

MA 408 Advanced Geometry 3 

PY 223 Astronomy and Astrophysics .... 3 

MA 433 History of Mathematics 3 

Electives 8 



17 



15 
TOTAL SEMESTER HOURS 138 



• Students who shovsr proficiency in Algebra and Trigonometry do not have to take MA 111. 
** Students may schedule PY 205, 208 or PY 205, 206, 207 in place of the PY 211, 212 
sequence. 



SCIENCE EDUCATION CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 

OH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

History Elective 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MS 101 Military Science I 
or 

AS 121 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 



Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 102 Anal. Geom. and Calc. I 

or 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. and Calc. A 4 

MS 102 Military Science I 

or 

AS 122 Air Science I 1 

16 Physical Education 1 



17 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

MIG 120 Physical Geology 3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology .3 

PY 211 General Physics** 4 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

Req. Science or Elective* 3 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



18 



Spring Semester Credits 

ED 203 Introduction to Teaching 2 

PS 201 Amer. Gov'tal. Systems 3 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

Req. Science or Electives* 7 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



18 



124 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



EC 205 Economic Process 3 

ED 344 Secondary Education 3 

ENG 231 Basic Speaking Skills 3 

MU 200 Music in Cont. Life 
or 

ART 200 Visual Arts in Cont. Life 3 

Req. Science or Electives* 6 



18 



ENG Literature Elective 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Req. Science or Electives* 12 



18 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



ED 420 Principles of Guidance 2 

ED 475 Methods of Teaching Science ... 3 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Science*** 6 
ED 477 Dev. and Selecting Teaching 

Materials in Science 2 

PSY 476 Psychology of Adolescence 2 



15 



ENG Elective 3 

PHI 405 Foundations of Science 3 

Req. Science or Electives* 12 



18 



TOTAL SEMESTER HOURS 138 



* In addition to required sciences, electives are to be selected for a minimum of 24 semester 
hours in the area of specialization. 

** Students may elect to schedule PY 205, 208 or PY 205, 206, 207 in place of PY 211, 
212 sequence. 

*** During the fall semester of the senior year 10 weeks will be devoted to fulltime off- 
campus work at an approved Student Training Center and approximately 6 weeks to 
concentrated courses. 



SCIENCE EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

Requirements in Areas of Specialization 



Specialization in Biology 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 

ZO 301 Animal Physiology 4 

Organic Chemistry 4 

Biological Science Electives 9 

Specialization in Chemistry 

Organic Chemistry 4 

Analytical Chemistry 4 

Physical Chemistry 4 

MA 201 Anal. Geom. and Calculus 11 ... 4 
MA 202 Anal. Geom. and Calculus III .4 
Chemistry Elective 4 



Specialization in Earth Science 

MIG 222 Historical Geology 3 

MIG 208 Physical Geography and 

Meterology 3 

PY 223 Astronomy and Astrophysics .... 3 
Earth Science Electives 12 

Specialization in Physics 

PY 223 Astronomy and Astrophysics .... 3 
PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics . 3 
MA 201 Anal. Geom. and Calculus II ... 4 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. and Calculus III 4 

Physics Electives 10 



OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE 

Professor ROY Nels Anderson, Head of the Department 
Associate Professor: 

C. G. MOREHEAD 

The Department of Occupational Information and Guidance has 
been training guidance and personnel workers for more than four 
decades. The first master's degree was awarded in 1926. The programs 



125 



of graduate study are planned to develop a broad understanding of 
guidance and personnel services to be applied in various settings. It 
is most desirable for an applicant who wishes to specialize in guidance 
and personnel services to have had undergraduate course work in eco- 
nomics, education, psychology, sociology, or social work. Students 
accepted into the program are those who anticipate devoting full or 
part time to guidance and personnel work. Teachers, administrators 
and others who wish to increase their knowledge of guidance and 
personnel may enroll for courses as a graduate minor or for certifi- 
cation renewal. 

Professional opportunities for placement in this field are on the 
increase. The department prepares students for positions as counselors 
in secondary schools, industrial education centers, colleges, community 
agencies, school or county guidance directors, rehabilitation counse- 
lors, employment counselors, placement interviewers, and personnel 
workers in higher education, business or industry, and state and 
federal government agencies. The student may specialize in one of 
several areas depending upon his career goals. 

The Master of Education or Master of Science program includes a 
core of guidance and personnel courses to be selected according to the 
student's vocational goals. Students may select their minor from the 
following areas: economics, psychology, sociology and anthropology. 
The master's degree program of the department meets the require- 
ments for the Counselor's Certificate issued by the North Carolina 
State Department of Public Instruction, as well as counselor certifi- 
cation in many other states. 

The Department of Occupational Information and Guidance has 
had a contract with the Office of Vocational Rehabilitation for the 
training of Rehabilitation Counselors, and has been awarded five 
Counseling and Guidance Training Institutes under contract with the 
United States Office of Education as authorized by the National De- 
fense Education Act of 1958. 



PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor Howard G. Miller, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

K. L. Barkley, J. O. Cook, H. M, Corter, S. E. Newman 

Associate Professors : 

N. M. Chansky, J. C. Johnson, P. J. Rust 

Assistant Professors : 

T. S. Baldwin, E. E. Bernard, D. W. Drewes 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: 
Gilbert Gottlieb 

The department offers a major in psychology as a part of the 
liberal arts undergraduate program. Information concerning that pro- 

126 



gram may be found in the School of Liberal Arts portion of this 
catalog. 

In general, the courses in psychology are designed to promote a 
broad understanding of behavior as a science and to cultivate the 
skills which may be useful in dealing with human beings in social, 
educational, industrial or other situations. The department offers 
courses of interest to students in all schools of the University. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

Graduate work is offered in the Department of Psychology leading 
to the degree of Master of Science with options in industrial psychol- 
ogy, experimental psychology, school psychology, and human factors. 



RECREATION AND PARK ADMINISTRATION 

Professor Thomas I. HiNES, Head of the Department 

Adjunct Professor: 
R. J. Andrews 

Associate Professor : 
L. L. Miller 

Adjunct Associate Professor: 
J. S. Stevens, Jr. 

Assistant Professors : 

Albert Crawford, C. C. Stott 

histructors: 

Herbert Brantley, J. H. Moses 

The Department of Recreation and Park Administration provides 
training for students who plan to become recreation leaders in indus- 
try, municipalities, institutions and rural communities. The recreation 
and park profession recognizes the importance of leaders who possess 
the competence needed to plan and supervise effective programs. Com- 
petent leadership is the major factor affecting the scope, intensity 
and success of a program of organized recreation. 

All students pursue the same program for the first year after which 
they declare an option (employee, education, public, institutional 
recreation or park administration) and take courses designed to meet 
the needs in their respective area of interest. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The demand for properly trained recreation leadership has increased 
rapidly in recent years. The number of graduates has not been suffi- 
cient to meet the demand. 



127 



RECREATION AND PARK ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

RPA 152 Intro, to Recreation 3 

MS 101 Military Science I 
or 

AS 121 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Spring Semester Creditu 

ENG 121 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 122 Mathematics of Finance 

and Elementary Statistics 4 

RPA 153 The Aquatic Program 2 

SOC 202 Prin. of Sociology 3 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

MS 102 Military Science I 
or 

AS 122 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 



18 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 

BO 214 Dendrology 



Credits 



ZO 212 Human Anatomy 3 

EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

History Elective 3 

RPA 201 Playground Leadership 3 

RPA 255 Social Recreation 4 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 215 Principles of News Writing ... 3 
PS 201 American Government System ... 3 

PSY 200 Intro, to Psychology 3 

RPA 253 Principles of Physical Education 3 
ZO 221 Conservation of Natural Resources 

or 

ZO 213 Human Physiology 3 

MS 202 Military Science II 

or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



18 



17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ENG 231 Basic Speaking Skills 3 

RPA 333 First Aid and Safety 2 

RPA 354 Personal and Community 

Hygiene 3 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 3 

*Electives within Interest Area 3 

Free Electives 3 



17 



Spring Semester Credits 

HS 342 Landscape Gardening 3 

LAR 211 Intro, to Landscape Architecture 3 
RPA 353 Camp Organization and 

Leadership 3 

RPA 355 Sports in Recreation 4 

*Electives within Interest Area 3 



16 



SUMMER SESSION (9 weeks) 

RPA 470 Supervised Practice 6 

SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

RPA 415 Park Maintenance and 

Operation 3 

RPA 471 Organizing the Recreation 

Program 2 

RPA 472 Observation and Field 

Experience 2 

SOC 416 Research Methods 3 

*Electives within Interest Area 3 

Free Electives 3 



Spring Sem-cster 



Credits 



RPA 451 Facility and Site Planning 3 

RPA 452 Recreation Administration .... 3 

RPA 591 Special Problems in Recreation 3 

*Electives within Interest Area 3 

Free Electives 3 



15 



16 
TOTAL SEMESTER HOURS 139 



* At the end of the sophomore year, a student must select an area of special interest. At 
least 12 semester hours of course work must be taken from the list of elective courses in 
the interest area. 



128 



s 



CHOOL OF ENGINEERING 



Ralph E. Fadum, Dean 

Robert G. Carson, Associate Dean 

W. E. Adams, Coordinator of Student Affairs 

The engineer has the responsibility and the obligation to use all 
newly discovered knowledge in his field for the benefit of mankind. 
Today, a new sense of responsibility has been imposed upon the 
engineer by the impact of science and technology. 

Engineering studies are of the utmost interest and importance to 
those young men and women who look to industry, engineering edu- 
cation, or research and development for a career. These ambitions 
can well be furthered by the School of Engineering through its under- 
graduate or graduate programs, whereby students are offered tech- 
nical instruction and leadership guidance by an experienced staff of 
qualified engineers and educators. 

The School of Engineering is organized into nine engineering de- 
partments: Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Industrial, Mechanical, Mineral 
Industries, Nuclear, Mechanics, and Research. Undergraduate degree 
programs are offered in the first eight departments listed. In addition, 
a new degree in Engineering Operations has been established. All 
the teaching departments offer advanced studies leading to a pro- 
fessional degree or to the master's degree. The Doctor of Philosophy 
program is offered in ceramic, chemical, civil, electrical, mechanical 
and nuclear engineering. 

A Placement Ofllice is maintained to assist graduating seniors and 
alumni with career development and associated problems. 

It is the policy of the School of Engineering to have its curricula 
more than meet the standards of the Engineers' Council for Profes- 
sional Development. It is the ambition of the school that these curricula 
and programs meet the needs of the people and industries of the State 
and region through effective instruction, competent research and 
development, and worthwhile contributions to engineering knowledge. 

CURRICULA AND DEGREES 

The curricula representing the study program in all the departments 
are so arranged that the freshman year is common to all. All entering 
students are assigned to the Freshman Engineering Division where 
each student is given advice in planning an appropriate program of 
study Although the entering student may indicate a curriculum choice 
if he has one, he may wait until the end of his first year when he is 
in a better position to judge which engineering branch of study is 
most suited to his own interests and talents. 

Bachelor of Science in Engineering 

The four-year program provides education and training to meet the 

129 



needs of young people who will take their places in industry and indus- 
trial life in the fields of production, sales, application, planning and 
the operation of small industrial units. 

The four-year curricula offer programs of study leading to a bache- 
lor's degree in agricultural, ceramic, chemical, civil, electrical, engi- 
neering mechanics, engineering operations, geological, industrial, 
mechanical, metallurgical, and nuclear engineering. Aerospace engi- 
neering is an option in mechanical engineering, and construction 
engineering is an option in civil engineering. Graduation requirements 
are the satisfactory completion of all the required courses in any one 
curriculum and other courses which amount to approximately 140 
semester credit hours. A minimum scholastic record of a "C" average 
is also required. 

Specialized Degree 

A specialized Bachelor of Science degree is also offered through a 
program of study in Furniture Manufacturing and Management. This 
four-year curriculum is offered through the Department of Industrial 
Engineering. 

Professional Degree in a Specialized Branch of Engineering 

The professional degree in a specialized branch of engineering is an 
earned degree which can be obtained only after the bachelor's degree. 

The fifth-year curricula are especially designed to meet the needs of 
students desiring intensive specialization in a particular field or addi- 
tional course work not ordinarily covered in the normal four-year 
undergraduate curricula. This professional program of study is offered 
in ceramic, chemical, civil, electrical, geological, industrial, mechan- 
ical, and metallurgical engineering. 

For detailed information concerning the requirements for the pro- 
fessional degree, turn to page 174. 

Master of Science in a Specialized Branch of Engineering 

The Master of Science in a specialized branch of engineering is an 
earned graduate degree which can be obtained only after the bachelor's 
degree. It requires at least one year of graduate work, a reading 
knowledge of at least one foreign language and a thesis showing 
ability to pursue independent research. The core of graduate courses 
taken must emphasize a scientific objective. Further information con- 
cerning the requirements for this degree may be obtained by writing 
the dean of the Graduate School at North Carolina State of the Uni- 
versity of North Carolina at Raleigh. 

Doctor of Philosophy Degree 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is an earned graduate degree 
offered in ceramic, chemical, civil, electrical, mechanical, and nuclear 
engineering. Admission requirements are the same as for the master's 
degree. It requires at least two years of graduate work in one of these 

130 



listed major programs and a minor either in some field of engineering 
or in an allied science. The dissertation will deal with some problem 
in the field of the student's major interest. Further information con- 
cerning the degree may be obtained from the dean of the Graduate 
School at North Carolina State of the University of North Carolina 
at Raleigh. 

RESEARCH 

Research activities in the School of Engineering are based on a 
program correlated with graduate study in engineering. It is the 
purpose of this program not only to train future research workers, 
but also to carry out a program that assures both sound investigations 
of a fundamental nature in engineering sciences and work devoted to 
greater uses of the State's natural resources. Through publications, 
cooperative activity with industry and the operation of our own inves- 
tigational projects, it is intended that the engineering research activ- 
ities will be a part of and work effectively with the industrial 
development of North Carolina. 

As part of its services to industry, the Engineering Research 
Department administers the Industrial Extension Service and the 
Minerals Research Laboratory in Asheville. Both of these operations 
provide technical assistance of many kinds to the industries of the 
State. 

SHORT COURSES AND INSTITUTES 

The School of Engineering offers short courses and institutes both 
on the campus and at various centers throughout the State for adults 
and graduate engineers. Such courses vary in length from one day to 
twelve weeks; each year the courses offered are different and vary 
according to the public demand. The faculty of the School of Engi- 
neering usually furnish a large portion of the instruction offered in 
these courses. 

These short courses offer real opportunity to practicing engineering 
personnel to follow a refresher program in their field of interest, as 
well as to become acquainted with the latest and most modern engi- 
neering procedures and equipment. 

Another educational services activity is that being carried out at 
the Gaston Technical Institute, Gastonia, North Carolina, where a 
two-year post-high school terminal technician program is sponsored 
by the School of Engineering and operated by the Division of General 
Extension. A separate full-time staff is employed for this educa- 
tional program which provides an integrated curriculum in English, 
mathematics, engineering drawing, machine shop, welding, electrical 
maintenance, and economics. Graduates of this program are trained 
for industry with the opportunity for rapid acceleration towards 
positions as foremen, maintenance supervisors, etc. (This Institute 
will become a part of the Gaston Community College about July, 1965.) 

131 



HUMANITIES 

Social Studies Programs for Engineering Students — A specially- 
designed sequence of courses comprising 21 credit hours is required 
of all engineering students and is incorporated in each curriculum. 
Its primary objective is to broaden the student in the humanities and 
social sciences and to instill good habits in the use of the English 
language. Following a broad yet basic consideration of history, eco- 
nomics, and literature, the student progresses to an advanced and 
integrated study of contemporary civilization and of contemporary 
problems. The electives in the last year may be chosen from a group 
of approved courses which are built upon and closely related to the 
subject matter of the previous three years. 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits 

HI 205 The Modern Western World 3 



* SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 

or or 
EC 205 The Economic Process 3 EC 205 The Economic Process 3 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 
SS 3U1 Science and Civilization 3 SS 302 Science and Civilization 3 



** SENIOR YEAR 

The student must take two courses from the following list, one of which 
must be SS491 or SS492. 

Credits 

SS 491 Contemporary Issues I 3 SOC 401 Human Relations in Industrial 

SS 492 Contemporary Issues II 3 Society 3 

HI 412 Recent United States History 3 PHI 395 Philosophy Analysis 3 

ENG 468 Major American Writers 3 EC 450 Economics Decision Processes 3 

PS 401 American Parties and Pressure GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs 3 

Groups 3 

Courses from the approved list of senior electives will not be credited to 
the humanities sequence unless taken during the senior year. 

* History, economics, and literature may be scheduled in any order except that ENG 
111, 112, Composition, are prerequisites for ENG 205. Only one course can be scheduled in 
a given semester without special permission. 

** The student must take either SS 491, Contemporary Issues I, or SS 492, Contemporary 
Issues II. He must select an elective from the senior electives list for the other senior 
semester. 

132 



FRESHMAN ENGINEERING DIVISION 

Professor Karl P. Hanson, Director 

Instructors : 

D. G. Bassett, J. L. Crow, K. R. Crump, G. K. Hilliard, III, P. S. Nye, 

E. H. Stinson, B. D. Webb 

All students in their first year in the Engineering School are re- 
quired to take the same courses. The courses are listed below. This 
division of the School of Engineering advises all freshman students 
on academic affairs and arranges a program of study for each student 
which best suits his individual talents and permits him the greatest 
possibility of academic success. Although an entering student may 
designate the department he proposes for his major, it is not necessary 
for him to decide his major department until the end of his freshman 
year. Each September a student having earned 29 or more credits is 
transferred to the department of his choice. 

The Freshman Engineering Division offers assistance to high 
schools on any problems involving engineering as a career, but its 
major function is that of guiding and counseling each student through- 
out his freshman year in the School of Engineering. 



FRESHMAN YEAR IN ALL ENGINEERING CURRICULA 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I CH 103 General Chemistry II 

or or 

CH 105 Principles of Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry II 4 

•ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric ... 3 *ENG 112 Composition and Reading .... 3 

E 100 Introduction to Engineering MA 201 Analytic Geometry 

♦*MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II 4 

and Calculus I 4 E 102 Engineering Graphics II 1 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 PY 205 General Physics 4 

HI 205 The Modern Western World 3 ***MS 102 Military Science I 

***MS 101 Military Science I or 

or ***AS 122 Air Science I 1 

»**AS 121 Air Science I 1 ***Physical Education 1 



***Physical Education 1 

18 



18 



* A minimum grade of "C" must be earned on either ENG 111 or 112, otherwise ENG 
111 must be repeated. Only one of these courses may be taken in a summer session; the 
other must be taken in a regular semester. 

** To be eligible to roster courses taught by the School of Engineering above the freshman 
level, an engineering student must have earned a minimum grade of "C" on MA 102. 

**• Students excused from military science or air science and 'or physical education will 
schedule equivalent credits in courses outside their department. Each freshman must take 
two 100 level courses in physical education. Refer to the physical education section in the 
description of courses in this catalog. 



133 



AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professor F. J. Hassler, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors : 

H. D. BowEN, J. M. Fore, W. E. Splinter, J. W. Weaver, Jr. 

Associate Professors: 

E. L. Howell, K. A. Jordan, C. W. Suggs 

Assistant Professors: 

G. B. Blum, Jr., B. K. Huang, E. G. Humphries, W. H. Johnson, 
D. A. Link 

IttSt'WiCt'OVS ' 

W. F. McClure, E. H. Wiser, F. S. Wright 

Head Mechanic: 
R. B. Greene 

EXTENSION 

Professor H. M. Ellis, In Charge 

Associate Professors : 

J. C. Ferguson, R. M. Ritchie, W. C. Warrick 

Assistant Professors : 

J. W. Glover, R. W. Watkins 

Instructors : 

R. E. Sneed, E. M. Stallings 

Students in agricultural engineering are educated and trained to 
deal vv^ith the problems of agriculture that are engineering in nature. 
Involved are the application of scientific and engineering principles 
to the conservation and utilization of water and soil, the development 
of power and labor-saving devices for all phases of agricultural pro- 
duction, the design of structures and equipment for housing and 
handling livestock and field products, and the processing and market- 
ing of farm products. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

This curriculum, offered in conjunction with the School of Agri- 
culture, is designed to develop young men capable of engineering 
leadership in agriculture. Emphasis is placed on basic science courses 
such as mathematics, physics, mechanics, biology, soils, and thermo- 
dynamics, which provide a sound background for engineering and 
agricultural technology. Courses in agricultural engineering are 
directed to those methods of thought and techniques whereby science 
can be applied with understanding and judgment to engineering situ- 
ations in agricultural operations. General agriculture courses are 
provided in order that the student can better understand the agri- 
cultural industry with which he deals. 

134 



Since agricultural engineering involves two distinct technical fields 
— agriculture and engineering — this curriculum is a joint responsi- 
bility of the two schools and is so administered. 

FACILITIES 

The Department of Agricultural Engineering is housed in the Agri- 
cultural Engineering Building. This building, completed in 1960, 
embodies the most advanced facilities for education and research in 
the application of engineering to the production and processing of 
biological material for food and fiber. Included are offices, classrooms, 
laboratories, shop facilities, and space for the Agricultural Engineer- 
ing Extension Service. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Men trained in agricultural engineering are qualified for positions 
in design, development and research in public institutions and in 
industry, and for teaching and extension work in institutions of 
higher education. The curriculum also provides adequate training 
for postgraduate work leading to advanced degrees. Graduates in this 
program receive the degree of Bachelor of Science in agricultural 
engineering. 



AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 133. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and MA 301 Differential Equations 3 

Calculus III 4 EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

PY 208 General Physics 5 ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

AGE 251 Tools and Materials 3 SSC 200 Soils 4 

EG 205 The Economic Process 3 BS 100 General Biology 4 

AG 103 Introduction to Agriculture 1 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 MS 202 Military Science II 

MS 201 Military Science II or 

or AS 222 Air Science II 1 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 — 

— 19 
18 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Sem.ester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 EM 303 Fluid Mechanics 3 

AGE 361 Analytical Methods 3 ST 361 Introduction to Statistics 

ME 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I 3 for Engineers 3 

AGE 303 Energy Conversion for AGE 352 Control of Environment 2 

Agricultural Production 2 SS 302 Science and Civilization 3 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 3 EE 332 Principles of E'ectrical 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical Engineering II 4 

Engineering I 4 Humanities Elective 3 

18 18 

135 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 201 Engineering Measurements 3 AGE 471 Soil and Water 

AGE 461 Analysis of Agricultural Conservation Engineering 3 

Production Systems 3 AGE 462 Functional Design of 

AGE 453 Bioengineering Parameters 2 Field Machines 3 

AGE 491 Electrotechnology for AGE 481 Design of Farmstead 

Agricultural Production 3 Engineering Systems 3 

SS 491 or 492 Contemporary Issues . 3 PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics . 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

17 15 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Agricultural Engineering offers programs of 
study for the Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy and Master of 
Agricultural Engineering degrees. A bachelor's degree in agricultural 
engineering from an accredited curriculum or its equivalent entitles 
an individual to one of two approaches to graduate study. For those 
interested primarily in existing technologies, the Master of Agricul- 
tural Engineering program permits selections from a variety of 
advanced technical courses. Such study is appropriate to certain 
supervisory and managerial positions, technical sales, service and 
promotional work. 

The Master of Science program takes into account the increasing 
rigor of modern engineering. Emphasis here is placed on mathematics 
and theory as the unifying link between otherwise widely divergent 
fields of knowledge, which are prerequisite to effective engineering 
advances in agricultural productions. As the student acquires compe- 
tence in the advanced methods of science, he derives mathematical 
models for reduction of observational knowledge to engineering appli- 
cations. 

Study for the Doctor of Philosophy degree builds on the above 
Master of Science program by an additional year of formal study 
followed by a period of independent research to satisfy dissertation 
requirements. 

Unusual opportunities are available for graduate student participa- 
tion in departmental research programs. Current projects include: 
Animal Environment; Watershed Hydrology, Drainage and Irrigation; 
Crop Processing and Materials Handling; Field Production Opera- 
tions; Fruit and Vegetable Mechanization; Pesticide Applications; 
Human Engineering; Systems Engineering. The systems approach 
to operations in crop and animal productions provides a variety of 
areas within which to define timely investigations. 

Graduate students have access to a research shop which is manned 
by competent mechanics. 

Information concerning fellowships and assistantships in Agricul- 
tural Engineering may be obtained from the head of the department. 



136 



CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Professor E. M. Schoenborn, Head of the Department 

Reynolds Professor: 
K. 0. Beatty, Jr. 

Professors : 

R. Bright, J. K. Ferrell 

Visiting Professor: 
W. L. McCabe 

Associate Professors : 

D. B. Marsland, J. F. Seely 

Assistant Professors : 

D. C. Martin, E. P. Stahel 

Instructors : 

J. H. CosGROVE, J. C. McGee 

Chemical engineering is concerned with the design of processes, 
equipment and plants in which chemical and physical transformations 
of matter are carried out. Typical industries relying heavily upon 
chemical engineering include those producing chemicals, polymers, 
metals, drugs, glass, food, gasoline, rocket fuels, paper, soap and 
cement; those producing energy from nuclear fuels; and those proc- 
essing materials by methods involving chemical reactions. The prep- 
aration of men qualified to pursue careers in such industries as these 
is the purpose of the curriculum in chemical engineering. 

CURRICULUM 

The work of the chemical engineer is extremely diversified and 
consequently his education must be along broad and basic lines. The 
spirit of research and experimentation is a vital part of the chemical 
industry and even those in the undergraduate curriculum need to 
acquire the sound scientific background essential to original thought 
and independent accomplishment. The undergraduate curriculum em- 
phasizes the engineering, the chemical, and the economic principles 
involved in chemical processes and operations. The work in chemistry 
including inorganic, analytical, physical, and organic chemistry is 
comparable to that usually given to chemists with the exception of a 
reduction of time devoted to laboratory work. The subjects m elec- 
trical engineering, in mechanics and materials are designed to supply 
the fundamentals of these branches. The work in the chemical engi- 
neering subjects, although distinctly professional in application, is 
nevertheless basic in character. Since it depends upon a thorough 
background in mathematics and the sciences, it is postponed until the 
third and fourth years. It is designed to develop initiative, sound 
habits of thought and intellectual curiosity in the student. 

Chemical engineers have played a major role in the atomic energy 
field. The future of production of nuclear fuels, the operation and 
design of reactors, and the processing of irradiated materials present 

137 



a multitude of chemical engineering problems. New demands of the 
space age will require increasing application of chemical engineering 
principles to the development of rocket fuels, propellants, heat shields, 
fuel cells, and materials for unique environments. 

FACILITIES 

The Chemical Engineering Laboratories are provided with pilot 
plant-type equipment for studying the principles of fluid flow, heat 
transfer, distillation, absorption, drying, crushing and grinding, filtra- 
tion, agitation, etc. Much new equipment has been installed, and new 
and special apparatus is added from time to time to keep the facilities 
abreast of recent developments in the field. Emphasis is placed on the 
use of both digital and analog computers in the solution of typical 
chemical engineering problems. Special equipment for research and 
instructional purposes is designed and built in the departmental 
laboratories. In this way students are given first hand acquaintance 
with problems relating to the actual design, construction, and opera- 
tion of typical equipment used in industry. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities for employment in the chemical, atomic energy, and 
allied fields upon graduation are numerous and varied. Graduates 
find employment in such fields as research and development; produc- 
tion, operation, and maintenance; management and administration; 
inspection, testing, and process control; technical service and sales; 
estimation and specification writing; consulting and teaching, and 
many others. Students desiring to pursue careers in research and 
development or in teaching and consulting work are strongly advised 
to consider graduate training. In fact, the need for persons who have 
had advanced training in the field beyond the regular four-year pro- 
gram is continually increasing. 



CHEMICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 
For the freshman year see page 133. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry III 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and MA 301 Differential Equations I 3 

Calculus III 4 CHE 205 Chemical Process Principles .4 

PY 208 General Physics 5 EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

•EC 205 The Economic Process 3 *ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

MS 201 Military Science II MS 202 Military Science II 

or or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

18 19 

138 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry Lab. 1 CHE 315 Chemical Process 

CHE 311 Transport Processes I 3 Thermodynamics 3 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 CHE 312 Transport Processes II 3 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 3 CHE 431 Chemical Engineering Lab. I . . 2 

MIM 201 Structure and Properties of SS 302 Science and Civilization 3 

Engineering Materials 3 EE 331 Principles of Electrical 

Elective 3 Engineering 4 

19 18 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credita Spring Semester Credits 

CHE 427 Separation Processes I 3 CHE 428 Separation Processes II 3 

CHE 432 Chemical Engineering Lab. II 2 CHE 433 Chemical Engineering Lab. Ill 2 

CHE 495 Seminar 1 CH 411 Analytic Chemistry I 4 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics 3 CHE 425 Process Measurement 

SS 491 Contemporary Issues 3 and Control 3 

E:ective 3 -Humanities Electives 3 

15 15 



* See page 132 for information concerning the Humanities Sequence. 



CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Professor C. R. Bramer, Acting Head of the Department 

Professors : 

C. Smallwood, Jr., M. E. Uyanik 

Visiting Professor: 
A. I. Kashef 

Associate Professors : 

P. D. Cribbins, C. p. Fisher, J. W. Horn, H. E. Wahls, Paul Zia* 

Assistant Professors : 

A. C. Alberga, Michael Amein, E. P. Brantly*, J. F. Ely, W. S. 
Galler, L. J. Langfelder, Donald McDonald, J. B. Shuler 

Instructors : 

J. E. Clark, Jr., J. H. Lane, H. D. McDonald, D. B. Stafford 

Civil engineering is one of the broadest of the various fields of 
engineering. It deals v^^ith the planning, design and construction of 
buildings, bridges, dams, harbor works, water works, water power 
facilities, sewage disposal works, nuclear waste facilities, missile 
launch facilities, and transportation facilities including highways, 
railways, waterways, airports and pipe lines. The civil engineer's 
services are in demand by public agencies as well as by private enter- 
prise. The activities of the civil engineer are such that opportunities 
are available for office-type as well as field-type employment and for 
employment in small communities as well as in large industrial cen- 
ters. The breadth in scope of civil engineering and the variety of 



On leave 1964-65. 

139 



types of employment open to the civil engineer are such that a student 
who does not have a strong predilection for some special branch of 
engineering may be safely advised to study civil engineering. 

OBJECTIVES 

It is the primary mission of the Department of Civil Engineering 
to offer programs of study designed to provide adequate academic 
preparation to those contemplating a career in the civil engineering 
profession. To this end, course work at both the baccalaureate and 
graduate levels is offered. The undergraduate program is designed to 
provide a sound general education and at the same time to prepare 
the student for advanced study in engineering either by the continu- 
ation of formal education at the graduate level or by self-study. 

FACILITIES 

The Department of Civil Engineering is located in Mann Hall. This 
building provides offices, drafting rooms and classrooms, as well as 
laboratory facilities for testing structural materials, soils and bitu- 
minous products, for hydraulic experiments, for studies in airphoto 
interpretation and photogrammetry, for analysis of structural models, 
for chemical and biological tests pertaining to sanitary engineering, 
and for the investigation of transportation problems. In addition, the 
facilities of Mann Hall include a student lounge and a departmental 
library. All of these facilities have been designed to provide for 
effective teaching and laboratory instruction and to create a scholarly 
environment. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers two four-year under- 
graduate curricula: the one, leading to the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in civil engineering; the other, to the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in civil engineering, construction option. Both of these 
curricula have been accredited by the Engineers' Council for Profes- 
sional Development. 

The civil engineering curriculum is a well-balanced program of 
study providing academic discipline in the pure and applied physical 
sciences, the humanities and social sciences, and the professional 
aspects of civil engineering including structural, transportation and 
sanitary engineering, and soil mechanics and foundations. 

The curriculum in civil engineering construction option is designed 
to suit the needs of students who are especially interested in the 
construction phases of civil engineering. It includes the core course 
requirements in the physical sciences and the social sciences and 
humanities as established for all engineering curricula at North Caro- 
lina State. It differs from the civil engineering curriculum in that 
special emphasis is given to the construction aspects of civil engi- 
neering. To this end, the curriculum includes a four-semester sequence 

140 



of courses in estimates and costs and construction planning and or- 
ganization. The courses unique to this curriculum are designed to 
provide academic discipline in the engineering, planning and man- 
agement aspects of construction. 

CIVIL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 
For the freshman year see page 133. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Credits 



Fall Semester 

CE 201 Engineering Measurements 

in Surveying 3 

ENGT 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 5 

Air or Military Science 1 

Physical Education 1 



17 



Spring Semester Credits 

EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

MA 301 Diflferential Equations I 3 

MIG 120 Physical Geology 3 

Air or Military Science 1 

Physical Education 1 

Elective (Free) 3 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CE 331 Structural Materials I 3 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 4 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 

EM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

ME 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I. 3 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 3 



19 



Spring Semester Credits 

CE 324 Structural Analysis I 3 

CE 332 Structural Materials II 3 

CE 342 Soil Mechanics 4 

CE 382 Hydraulics 3 

SS 302 Science and Civilization 3 

Elective ( PSAM ) 3 



19 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CE 405 Transportation Engineering I ... 4 

CE 421 Structural Design I 3 

CE 425 Structural Analysis II 3 

CE 483 Water Resources Engineering 13 
SS 491 Contemporary Issues I 

or 
SS 492 Contemporary Issues II 3 



Spring Semester 

CE 406 Transportation Engineering II 4 

CE 422 Structural Design II 3 

CE 484 Water Resources Engineering II. . 3 

Elective in Humanities 3 

Elective ( Free) 3 



16 



CONSTRUCTION OPTION CURRICULUM 
For the freshman year see page 133. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Credits 



Fall Semester 

CE 201 Engineering Measurements 

in Surveying 3 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 5 

Air or Military Science 1 

Physical Education 1 



17 



Spring Semetder Credits 

EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

MA 301 Diflferential Equations I 3 

MIG 120 Physical Geology 3 

Air or Military Science 1 

Physical Education 1 

Elective (Free) 3 



17 



141 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



CE 331 Structural Materials I 3 

CE 361 Estimates and Costs I 3 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 4 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 

EM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 3 



19 



CE 324 Structural Analysis I 3 

CE 332 Structural Materials II 3 

CE 362 Estimates and Costs II 3 

EC 312 Accounting for Engineers 3 

SS 302 Science and Civilization 3 

Elective (Technical) 3 



18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CE 421 Structural Design I 3 

CE 461 Project Planning and Control 13 

CE 485 Applied Hydraulics 3 

ME 301 Engineering Thermodynamics 13 
SS 491 Contemporary Issues I 
or 

SS 492 Contemporary Issues II 3 

Elective ( Free) 3 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

CE 429 Structural Design III 3 

CE 443 Foundations 3 

CE 462 Project Planning and Control II.. 3 

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting ... 3 

Elective in Humanities 3 

15 



PROFESSIONAL STUDY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Fifth-year programs of study leading to the professional degree of 
Civil Engineer are offered in the following specialty fields; sanitary 
engineering, soil mechanics and foundation engineering, structural 
engineering and transportation engineering. The fifth-year curricula, 
which are made up of advanced course work, are offered as a contin- 
uation of the four-year undergraduate program and are designed for 
students who are desirous of becoming technically proficient in one 
of the specialty fields of civil engineering. The following curricula are 
illustrative of the fifth-year programs of study. It is to be understood, 
however, that a curriculum for a given student is designed in con- 
sultation with his advisor to suit his particular interests. 

Regulations governing the professional program are shown on 
pages 174 and 175. 



SANITARY ENGINEERING 



Fall Semester Credits 

CE 571 Theory of Water and 

Sewage Treatment 3 

CE 573 Analysis of Water and Sewage 3 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 2 

CE 671 Advanced Water Supply 

and Sewerage 4 

Elective 3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

CE 572 Unit Operations and Processes 

in Sanitary Engineering 3 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 2 

CE 672 Advanced Water and 

Sewage Treatment 4 

Electives 6 

15 



142 



SOIL MECHANICS AND FOUNDATION ENGINEERING 



Fall Semester Credits 

CE 524 Analysis and Design of 

Masonry Structures 3 

CE 525 Advanced Structural Analysis I . 3 
CE 548 Engineering Properties of 

Soils I 3 

CE 641 Advanced Soil Mechanics 3 

Elective 3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

CE 544 Foundation Engineering 3 

CE 549 Engineering Properties of 

Soils II 3 

CE 642 Advanced Soil Mechanics 3 

MA 405 Introduction to Determinants 

and Matrices 3 

Elective 3 

15 



STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 525 Advanced Structural Analysis 1.3 CE 526 Advanced Structural Analysis II. . 3 

CE 625 Advanced Structural Design I ... 3 CE 544 Foundation Engineering 3 

EM 551 Advanced Strength of Materials 3 CE 626 Advanced Structural Design II... 3 

MA 405 Introduction to Determinants EM 552 Elastic Stability 3 

and Matrices 3 Elective 3 

Elective 3 — 

— 15 

15 



TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING 

fail Semester Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



CE 515 Transportation Operations 3 

CE 516 Transportation Design 3 

CE 603 Airport Planning and Design .3 
Electives 6 



15 



CE 601 Transportation Planning 3 

CE 602 Advanced Transportation 

Design 3 

CE 604 Urban Transportation Planning . 3 

Electives 6 



15 



GRADUATE STUDY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 

The graduate degrees offered by the civil engineering department 
are the Master of Science in civil engineering and the Doctor of 
Philosophy. Facilities for research and graduate instruction are avail- 
able in the areas of sanitary engineering, soil mechanics and founda- 
tion engineering, structural engineering and transportation engi- 
neering. For additional information concerning graduate study oppor- 
tunities in civil engineering, the current issue of the Graduate School 
Catalog should be consulted. 

POST-BACCALAUREATE STUDY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 
RELATED TO OTHER FIELDS 

Transportation Engineering and City and Regional Planning 

There exists a growing need for the coordination of transportation 
facilities and land planning and for individuals with competence in 
both fields. To fulfill this need, an advanced program leading to a 
post-baccalaureate degree in engineering, majoring in transportation 
engineering, and to the degree of Master of Regional Planning is 
offered through the combined resources of the Department of Civil 



143 



Engineering at North Carolina State and the Department of City 
and Regional Planning at the University of North Carolina at Chapel 
Hill. Qualified students have the opportunity to schedule their courses 
of instruction to enable them to qualify for both advanced degrees. 

The program is designed for students w^ho are desirous of becoming 
technically proficient in both the fields of transportation engineering 
and city and regional planning. The minimum residence requirements 
include two academic years plus a summer internship. The curriculum 
includes the major core courses for both the advanced transportation 
engineering program and the city and regional planning program, 
plus supplementary courses important to both endeavors and a thesis. 
A bachelor's degree in engineering, including a knovi^ledge of trans- 
portation engineering, from an institution of recognized standing is 
required for admission to the program. Applicants M^ho do not meet 
these requirements in full may submit their credentials for examina- 
tion and consideration. 

Further information concerning the joint program may be obtained 
from the Department of Civil Engineering at North Carolina State 
or from the Department of City and Regional Planning at the Uni- 
versity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Water Supply and Waste Treatment 

In recognition of the need by industry for personnel v^ith training 
in water supply and the abatement of water pollution, the civil en- 
gineering department suggests that students in the many curricula 
leading to positions in industry (food processing, textile chemistry, 
pulp and paper technology, chemical engineering, zoology and others) 
consider courses of instruction in sanitary engineering for advanced 
undergraduate electives and for minor sequences for advanced degrees. 
Among the courses appropriate for such students are the following: 
CE 484, Water Resources Engineering II ; CE 571, Theory of Water 
and Sewage Treatment; CE 573, Analysis of Water and Sewage; 
CE 673, Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal; and CE 674, 
Stream Sanitation. 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Professor G. B. Hoadley, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

W. J. Barclay, A. R. Eckels, W. D. Stevenson, Jr. 

Visiting Professor : 
M. Itch 

Associate Professors : 

N. R. Bell, A. J. Goetze, E. G. Manning, W. C. Peterson, E. W. 
Winkler 

Assistant Professors : 

R. W. Lade, N. F. J. Matthews, W. P. Seagraves 

144 



Adjunct Professors : 

A. K. Hampikian, G. K. Megla, G. E. Schafer, P. G. Smith 

Adjunct Associate Professor : 
E. Christian 

Instructors : 

R. P. Connelly, W. T. Easter, D. I. Fairbanks, L. R. Herman, E. F. 
Hill, G. W. Hoyle, F. S. Keblawi, G. G. Reeves, A. T. Shankle 

B. J. Sloan, T. B. Smiley 

The purpose of the undergraduate curriculum is to train young 
people, either for active work in a challenging and diversified field, or 
for further study on the graduate level. To achieve this a thorough 
grounding is given in engineering science, followed by a solid founda- 
tion in fundamental electrical theory, and by advanced subject matter 
of sufficient breadth to insure adequate preparation for a dynamic 
profession. This background is essential for success, whether the par- 
ticular field be automatic control, computers, communications, tele- 
metering, electronics, the design of electrical equipment, the 
manufacture of electrical equipment, electric power production, the 
utilization of electric power, electronics in medicine, instrumentation 
or any other one of the vital, fast developing fields using electricity 
as either muscles or nerves. 

CURRICULUM 

The curriculum in electrical engineering includes comprehensive 
training in mathematics and physics — the fundamental sciences — and 
adequate training in allied branches of engineering. Most courses are 
accompanied by coordinated work in the laboratory and drill in the 
application of theory by means of carefully planned problems. 

Each student has a choice of three courses from any of the offerings 
at State, and also has a choice of at least two out of nine senior 
elective courses in the department. Students who may be qualified for 
graduate study have a much wider choice and may coordinate their 
senior year with a plan for graduate study later. Near the end of the 
sophomore year, each student is asked to consider his electives and 
to plan a coordinated program of courses suited to his particular 
needs and interests. 

Examinations are given each week to sophomore students in the 
electrical engineering course. In the junior year, examinations are 
given every three weeks; and in the senior year, they are given about 
every five weeks. This decreasing frequency of examinations is in- 
tended to encourage the student to assume more and more responsi- 
bility for the success of his own program. 

FACILITIES 

The Department of Electrical Engineering is housed in Daniels 
Hall. In addition to offices and classrooms this building provides 
laboratories for the study of servomechanisms and control, electronics 

145 



and communications, circuits, instrumentation, illumination, computers, 
and electrical machinery. There are also a student study room, a shop, 
and a number of research laboratories, especially in semiconductor 
materials and devices. 

Also available to the student are the services of a digital computer 
for research. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Requirements for graduation are passing grades in the courses 
listed in the electrical engineering curriculum, passing of 140 credit 
hours, a grade point average of 2.00 or better, demonstration of pro- 
ficiency in written English, tested in the junior year. Students receiv- 
ing D grades in both ENG 111 and ENG 112 will be required to 
repeat ENG 111. 

Attendance at two professional electrical engineering society meet- 
ings, one in the spring of the junior year and one in the fall of the 
senior year, is required. 

Also a minimum of six continuous weeks of gainful employment 
is required. This employment may be as laborer, sub-professional, or 
professional assistant in any of the following fields: industrial manu- 
facturing, repair service, or sales; industrial engineering or scientific 
research; engineering or architectural design and drafting; engineer- 
ing exploration, surveying, or reconnaissance; construction of engi- 
neering works. Technical work while in military service or for a school 
does not satisfy this requirement. The student is responsible for ob- 
taining his employment and supplying satisfactory evidence thereof 
to the department. This evidence will consist of a letter from the 
employer to the head of the department setting forth inclusive dates 
of employment; character of work performed; and an evaluation of 
the student's work. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Close coordination with the work of the professional electrical engi- 
neering societies is maintained through the IEEE Student Branch 
which meets twice a month. Faculty advisors assist the students in 
bringing to these meetings practicing engineers. The Student Branch 
also sponsors departmental activities such as picnics for new students 
and departmental participation in the Engineers' Fair. 

An active chapter of Eta Kappa Nu, the national honorary electrical 
engineering fraternity, undertakes numerous important projects in 
addition to holding two initiation banquets yearly. 



146 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 133, 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

EE 201 Elementary Circuits 

and Fields 4 

**EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

PY 208 General Physics II 5 

•MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

*AS 221 Air Science II 1 

♦Physical Education 1 



Spring Semester Credits 

MA 301 Differential Equations I 3 

EE 202 Elementary Circuits and Fields . . 4 

**ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

MIM 201 Structure and Property of 

Engineering Materials I 3 

*MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

*AS 222 Air Science II 1 

♦Physical Education 1 



18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 

**SS 301 Contemporary Civilization 3 

EE 301 Intermediate Circuits and Fields.. 4 

EE 305 Electrical Machinery 4 

•♦♦Elective 3 



Spring Semester Credits 

EM 303 FiUid Mechanics I 3 

*^SS 302 Contemporary Civilization 3 

EE 302 Intermediate Circuits and Fields. . 4 

EE 314 Electronics 4 

♦♦♦Elective 3 



17 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EE 401 Advanced Circuits and Fields .3 

♦ ■ ♦♦EE 4XY Departmental Elective 3 

ME 301 Thermodynamics I 3 

♦'■'Senior Humanities 3 

EE 491 EE Senior Seminar . . . . 1 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

EE 402 Advanced Circuits and Fields 3 

♦♦♦♦EE 4XZ Departmental Elective 3 

ME 303 Thermodynamics III 3 

♦♦Senior Humanities 3 

•♦♦Electives 6 



18 



♦ Students excused from military or air science and/or physical education will schedule 
equivalent credits outside their departments. 

** See page 132 for information about the Humanities Sequence. 
*♦* One of these electives must be from the following list: 
PY 407, PY 552. 

Another of these electives must be from the following list- 
MA 302, 401. 405, 421, 511 or ST 361. 
»*♦* Selected from EE courses of 400 or 500 level. 

PROFESSIONAL DEGREE 

A fifth, or professional, year of study is offered in electrical engi- 
neering as a continuation of the four-year undergraduate program. 
This fifth year of study offers specialized and advanced course work 
leading to the degree of electrical engineer. Each student taking this 
fifth year work has his program of courses planned to meet his indi- 
vidual needs. Regulations governing the professional degree are shown 
on pages 174 and 175. 



147 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Electrical Engineering offers the Master of 
Science, the Master of Electrical Engineering, and the Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. Graduate students in electrical engineering at 
first-year or master's level choose one or two areas of specialization. 
In the more advanced study for the doctorate a comprehensive under- 
standing of all fields of electrical engineering is required, and special- 
ization appears in the research problem undertaken. 

Advanced courses of a general and fundamental nature, such as 
electric network synthesis and electromagnetic waves, are recommend- 
ed for all graduate students in electrical engineering, and are required 
of those who plan to carry their advanced studies to the level of the 
doctorate. Minor sequences of study in advanced mathematics or 
physics are planned to fit the needs of individual students. 

Recipients of graduate degrees in electrical engineering at North 
Carolina State are in continual demand. Alumni hold important posi- 
tions in the research laboratories of industry, government, and uni- 
versities; in the teaching profession; and in the administrative and 
engineering departments of manufacturing corporations, utility com- 
panies, and government agencies. 

For further information concerning graduate study in electrical 
engineering, the current Graduate School Catalog should be consulted. 



ENGINEERING MECHANICS 

Professor P. H. McDonald, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

R. A. Douglas, A. Mitchell 

Associate Professors : 

M. H. Clayton, J. A. Edwards 

Visiting Associate Professor : 
Shou-ling Wang 

Assistant Professors : 

W. L. Bingham, J. F. Ely, E. D. Gurley, V. E. Holt, C. J. Maday, 
J. B. Walker 

Instructors : 

Can Akkoc, H. W. Blake, J. U. Crowder, Jr., J. H. Heinbockel, 
G. A. Myers, Jr. 

In a large portion of the contemporary engineering world there is a 
distinct demand for persons whose educational background encom- 
passes concentrated study within the broad domain of engineering 
science, persons with the ability to analyze as well as synthesize 
across-the-board modern-age complexes. Such a diversified background 
— which demands vigorous preparation in those disciplines concerned 
with macroscopic as well as microscopic behavior of matter — is pro- 
vided in the curriculum administered by the Department of Engineer- 
ing Mechanics. 

148 



Graduates of this interdisciplinary engineering sciences program 
will discover wide vistas of professional opportunity including teach- 
ing, fundamental engineering research, and applied research-develop- 
ment. In addition, those who desire to pursue their formal education 
to the master and doctoral level will find that the engineering mechan- 
ics program provides a very sound foundation for graduate study in 
engineering. 

Aside from its own undergraduate program the department fulfills 
an important service function in the engineering school as a whole by 
providing a core of fundamental courses — in solid and fluid mechanics 
— for other undergraduate engineering curricula. 

On the graduate level the department offers a full slate of courses 
covering the basic principles of generalized continuum mechanics 
along with the more specialized areas of solid and fluid mechanics. 
These courses have been designed to be useful to those who desire to 
concentrate in mechanics as well as those whose primary field of study 
requires a rigorous background in some phase of mechanics. 

CURRICULUM 

The undergraduate program in engineering mechanics provides 
concentration in solid and fluid mechanics, microscopic behavior of 
materials, thermodynamics and transport phenomena, electric-magnetic 
circuits and fields in addition to a foundation of classical and modern 
physics, mathematics, chemistry, and humanities-social studies. 

In the senior year these diverse studies are brought to bear on 
typical contemporary engineering systems in which interactions of 
many physical phenomena must be considered. Senior elective sequences 
in space mechanics and systems analysis-synthesis are also available. 

FACILITIES 

The Department of Engineering Mechanics is housed in Riddick 
Laboratories Building. A well-equipped instrument shop and labora- 
tories are available for both undergraduate and graduate studies. The 
department's laboratories contain instruments and apparatus which 
are used to demonstrate and explain the prime variables of mechanics 
and the phenomena in which they occur. Adequate facilities are avail- 
able for individual student research projects. Special emphasis is 
placed on the theory of instrumentation and the use of transducers 
and sensors, such as accelerometers, hot wire anemometers, load cells, 
pressure probes, electric resistance gauges, and associated recording 
apparatus, to study the behavior of solids and fluids. The facility also 
houses a dynamics laboratory. 



149 



ENGINEERING MECHANICS CURRICULUM 
For the freshman year see page 133. 



Fall Semester 

EE 201 Elementary Circuits and Fields 4 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 5 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 

EE 202 Elementary Circuits and Fields 4 

EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

MA 301 Differential Equations 3 

MIM 201 Structure and Properties of 

Engineering Materials 3 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

MS 202 Military Science II 



AS 222 Air Science II 
Physical Education . . 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EE 414 Electronics 3 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 

EM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

MA 401 Intermediate Differential 

Equations 
or 
ST 421 Introduction to Mathematical 

Statistics 3 

ME 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I 3 
SS 301 Contemporary Civilization 3 

18 



Spring Sem.ester Credits 

EM 302 Solid Mechanics II 3 

EM 304 Fluid Mechanics II 3 

MA 402 Topics from Advanced Calculus 

or 
ST 422 Introduction to Mathematical 

Statistics 3 

ME 302 Engineering Thermodynamics II . 3 

SS 302 Contemporary Civilization 3 

Elective 3 

18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EM 401 Experimental Mechanics I 3 

Curricula Elective (Mechanics) 3 

MA 405 Introduction to Determinants 

and Matrices 3 

ME 402 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 

Elective 3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

EM 402 Experimental Mechanics II 3 

Curricula Elective (Mechanics) 3 

SS 491 Contemporary Issues 3 

Electives 6 

15 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Engineering Mechanics offers graduate studies 
leading to the Master of Science degree. 

Graduate studies in mechanics include basic introductory courses 
in solids, fluids, and continuum mechanics. These fundamental offer- 
ings serve as the background for subsequent specialization and depth 
in such fields as elasticity, viscoelasticity, plasticity, vibrations, dy- 
namics, space mechanics, and ideal, viscous, or compressible fluid flow. 
Additional course vv^ork in advanced topics of continuum mechanics 
and rheology is also available. Graduate students find supporting 



150 



courses in mathematics, physics and related engineering departments 
well-suited for complementing their mechanics programs. 

Contemporary technical demands for mechanics graduates with 
advanced degrees is high in both public and private institutions, with 
emphasis on research and development. Strong mechanics sections are 
emerging in mechanical, chemical, electrical and space-related indus- 
tries. 



CURRICULUM IN ENGINEERING OPERATIONS 

Professor R. G. Carson, Jr., Coordinator 

Advisory Committee made up of representatives from, m,ajor engineering 
departments concerned. 

The Bachelor of Science program in Engineering Operations has 
been designed for students with talents and motivations in the direc- 
tions of the engineering functions of production, plant operations, 
technical sales and the other activities needed to support the modern- 
day economy in an industrial society. The program has essentially 
the same freshman year as other engineering curricula, the same 
humanities-social studies stem included in other engineering programs, 
a grounding in the basic engineering sciences and a specialization 
sequence. The specialization sequence consists of eighteen semester 
hours spread over the junior and senior years. The student need not 
make a choice of his specialization sequence until his junior year. 
Three sequences — industrial metallurgy, industrial ceramics and pro- 
duction control — are available. Additional sequences may be developed 
in other areas from time to time. 

Since this program is directed more toward industrial production 
than some of the other engineering programs, it includes more courses 
on economics, materials, processes and manufacturing controls. The 
junior year is offered in 1964-65 for the first time and the senior year 
in 1965-66. The student is to choose one of the technical elective se- 
quences listed on page 152. 

ENGINEERING OPERATIONS CURRICULUM 
For the freshman year see page 133. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 205 Economic Process 3 ENGT 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

PY 212 or 208 General Physics 4(5) EC 310 Economics of the Firm 3 

MIM 201 Introduction to Engineering E 207 Graphical Communications 2 

Materials 3 EM 212 Mechanics of Engineering 

EM 211 Introduction to Applied Materials 3 

Mechanics 3 MS 202 Military Science II 

MS 201 MiliUry Science II or 

or AS 222 Air Science II 1 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 — 

— 13 
15 

151 



Proficiency in written expression is to be demonstrated at the beginning 
of the junior year. Students who fail this test will be required to take 
additional work in the English department and to repeat the tests. 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ME 307 Energy and Energy Transform . 3 

EE 350 Electrical Applications 3 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 3 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics 

for Engineers I 3 

EC 312 Accounting for Engineers 3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

IE 328 Manufacturing Processes 3 

SS 302 Science and Civilization 3 

EC 426 Personnel Management 

or 
EC 431 Labor Problems 3 

9 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester 

IE 301 Engineering Economy 3 IE 420 Manufacturing Controls 

SS 491 or 492 Contemporary Issues 3 Humanities Elective 

EC 425 Industrial Management 3 

9 



Credits 



ELECTIVES 

Free Electives 9 credits 

Technical Electives 18 credits 

(one of the sequences listed below) 
Total credits required 130 



TECHNICAL ELECTIVE SEQUENCE 



Junior Year 



Senior Year 



1. Industrial Metallurgy; 

MIM 331, 332 Physical Metallurgy .3 3 
MIM 423 Metallurgy Lab 1 



MIM 401, 402 Metallurgical 

Operations 4 4 

Technical Elective 3 



2. Industrial Ceramics: 

MIC 218 Introduction to 
Ceramic Engineering 



MIC 305 Ceramic Forming and 

Fabrication Processes 4 

MIC 306 Thermal Processing 4 

MIC 415 Ceramic Engineering Design 3 

Technical Elective 3 



3. Production Control: 

IE 332 Motion and Time Study .0 4 
IE 310 Industrial Safety 2 



IE 443 Quality Control 3 

EC 432 Industrial Relations 3 

IE 343 Plant Layout and Materials 

Handling 

Technical Electives 



152 



ENGINEERING RESEARCH 

Professor N. W. Conner, Director 

Research Professors: 

R. F. Stoops, H. H. Stadelmaier 

Research Associate Professors : 

F. M. Richardson, Hayne Palmour, III 

Research Associates: 

K. R. Brose, S. W. Derbyshire, A. C. Fraker, A. E. Lucier 

Visiting Research Associate Professor: 
J. D. SCHOBEL 

Research Assistants: 

M. P. Davis, G. E. Scott, Ernest Harrison, Jr., G. L. Winchester, Jr. 

INDUSTRIAL EXTENSION SERVICE 

Research Professor and Head: 
W. C. Bell 

Associate Professor: 
R. L. Jewett 

Research Associates : 

S. D. Coward, J. R. Hart 

Chemical Engineer: 
J. A. Macon 

Industrial Specialists : 

F. L. Eargle, J. B. Travis 

MINERALS RESEARCH LABORATORY 

Chief Engineer: 

W. T. McDaniel 

Ore Dressing Engineers : 

R. M. Lewis, I. Redeker, D. F. Van Dyk 

Chemical Engineer : 
P. N. Sales 

The Department of Engineering Research gives strong support and 
encouragement to the many research programs conducted within the 
School of Engineering. The establishment and maintenance of the top- 
rate Department of Engineering Research is a true sign that the 
University and the School of Engineering are fully aware of the 
contributions research makes to effective teaching. 

The School of Engineering, a part of North Carolina's land-grant 
University, serves the industrial life of the State by offering a broad 
program of service and experimental aid through its Department of 
Engineering Research. Many State industries bring problems to the 
School and the association between the department and the State 
industries is being strengthened constantly. The department's service 
is further strengthened through its close cooperation with the North 
Carolina Department of Conservation and Development. Particular 
encouragement and assistance are granted investigations that give 
promise to new North Carolina industry. 

153 



FACILITIES 

The Department of Engineering Research, established originally in 
1923 as the Engineering Experiment Station, maintains laboratories 
and a full-time staff which devotes its time exclusively to experimental 
work. The department's operations are carried out in close cooperation 
with the administration and faculties of the teaching departments. 
The abilities of the various departments of engineering are combined 
through the department so that the complete research capacity of the 
School of Engineering is available for experimental work in any field. 
The department also acts as the administrator for the School in nego- 
tiations involving research programs done for private industry and 
for governmental agencies. 

The Minerals Research Laboratory in Asheville is engaged in the 
expansion of North Carolina mineral production through facilities for 
the development of improved processes of mineral concentrations, or 
examination and appraisal, and chemical analysis. - 

The Industrial Extension Service was created by the 1955 General 
Assembly. Its objective is to provide technical assistance to the State's 
small industry and to promote utilization of its natural resources. 

RESEARCH PROGRAMS 

The faculty of the School of Engineering is engaged in a wide 
variety of research. Many sponsored programs have been in progress 
for several years and the School's potential for growth is large. 

Research currently undertaken includes projects supported by the 
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, The Atomic Energy 
Commission, the State Highway Commission, the U. S. Army, Air 
Force and Navy. Work is also being conducted for a number of North 
Carolina companies on a contractural basis. 

Some of the areas of research activity are ceramic materials, metal- 
lurgy, propulsion, magnetohydrodynamics, solid state devices, and 
heat transfer, to mention only a few. 

Upon their conclusions, results of the engineering investigations 
are published as bulletins or reports so that the information obtained 
is available to the public and is contributed to the total field of tech- 
nical knowledge. A complete list of the bulletins published to date, or 
any other information pertaining to the operation or availability of 
the facilities of the department, will be furnished upon request. 



INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Clifton A. Anderson, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

R. G. Carson, Jr., J. Goldman, R. W. Llewellyn 

Visiting Professor : 

R. WiLLARD 

154 



Associate Professor : 
R. E. Alvarez 

Assistant Professors : 

R. L. Cope, J. J. Harder, G. E. Tucker 

Instructors : 

H. A. Knappenberger, A. L. Prak 

Industrial engineering is a relatively new branch of the engineering 
profession. It has seen its greatest grov^^th beginning w^ith the indus- 
trial expansion in the w^ar years. As a college curriculum, industrial 
engineering is the result of a demand by industry for graduates M^ho 
are trained in the fundamentals of engineering and who have acquired 
a knowledge of the principles involved in planning, operating, and 
controlling the operation of an industrial enterprise. 

CURRICULUM 

It is the industrial engineer's job to transform plans, specifications 
and blueprints into plant, equipment and personnel to create the prod- 
uct. He is concerned also with controls and plans for the profitable 
and continued operation of an existing plant. 

The industrial engineering program at North Carolina State has 
been planned with these objectives in mind. After the first year, which 
is common with all other accredited branches of engineering, the 
curriculum develops three main areas in industrial engineering. Func- 
tions relating to the planning and production of the product itself are 
treated in product and process design, methods study, work measure- 
ment, operation planning and plant layout. Quantitative methods for 
managerial controls are studied in basic statistics, engineer economic 
analyses, quality control and in data processing. The third category 
covers the use of mathematical models of operations research which 
are used in decision making. 

The industrial engineering curriculum has been inspected and 
accredited by the Engineers' Council for Professional Development. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

A minimum of six weeks of continuous, gainful employment is re- 
quired. This employment may be any level from laborer to supervisor. 
The work performed should be related to industrial activities con- 
cerned primarily with production and manufacturing, maintenance, 
or management control functions. The student assumes responsibility 
for obtaining his own employment and making arrangements with his 
employer to provide evidence thereof to the head of the Department of 
Industrial Engineering. A letter from the employer stating the extent 
and dates of employment, a description of work performed, and an 
evaluation of the student's performance is suitable evidence. In gen- 
eral the student should plan to take such employment between his 
junior and senior years. 

155 



STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Student organizations within tlie department include a chapter of 
the American Institute of Industrial Engineers. This student function 
has demonstrated its calibre by ranking high in the Annual Student 
Award every year in competition with the AIIE chapters at other 
institutions. Departmental and student activities of a professional 
and a social character are sponsored by the organization. 

An active chapter of Alpha Pi Mu, the industrial engineering honor 
society, gives recognition to the outstanding students in the junior 
and senior classes. The membership annually undertakes projects of 
value to industrial engineering students and the department. 

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 
For the freshman year see page 133. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

*EC 205 Economic Process 3 

IE 351 Product and Process Engineering 3 
MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 5 
MS 201 Military Science II 

or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

*ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

IE 352 Work Analysis and Design 4 

MA 301 Differential Equations I 3 

MIM 201 Slruc. Prop, of Engr. Materials 3 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 

18 



See page 132 for information about the Humanities Sequence. 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

MA 335 Programming for Digital 

Computer 1 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 

IE 311 Engineering Project Analysis .3 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 4 

ST 371 Introduction to Probability 

and Statistics 4 

SS 301 Contemporary Civilization 3 

X8 



Spring Semester Credits 

EC 312 Accounting for Engineers 3 

IE 353 Statistical Quality Control 3 

Advised Elective 4 

MA 405 Introduction to Determinants 

and Matrices 3 

EE 332 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 4 

SS 302 Contemporary Civilization 3 

20 



** Proficiency in written expression to be demonstrated at the beginning of the junior 
year. Students who fail this test are required to take additional work in the English depart- 
ment as recommended by the industrial engineering department head. 



156 



Fall Semester 

IE 401 Industrial Engineering 

Analysis I 3 

IE 421 Data Processing and Production 

Control Systems 3 

IE 491 Senior Seminar 1 

IE 453 Operation Planning and 

Plant Layout 3 

ME 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I 3 
*SS 491 Contemporary Issues 

or 
•SS 492 Contemporary Issues 3 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 
IE 402 Industrial Engineering 

Analysis II 3 

IE 403 Industrial Engineering 

Analysis III 3 

Electives g 

Humanities Elective a 



15 



* See page 132 for information about the Humanities Sequenc 



PROFESSIONAL STUDY 

A fifth, or professional year of study is offered in industrial engi- 
neering by means of specialized and advanced course work. A student 
may elect a speciality area in consultation with his advisor and then 
develop a program of study which suits his interests. A student may 
specialize in production engineering, in decision-making processes as 
related to industrial engineering, or in administrative engineering. 
Typical programs in each of these areas are presented below. This fifth 
year of study leads to the professional degree in industrial engineering. 
Regulations concerning the professional program are shown on pages 
174 and 175. 



PRODUCTION ENGINEERING 



Fall Semester Credits 

EC 409 Introduction to Production Costs 3 

IE 515 Process Engineering . 3 

IE 591 Project Work 3 
ST 515 Experimental Statistics for 

Engineers I 3 

Elective 3 

ITi 



Spring Semester Credits 

IE 517 Automatic Processes 3 

ST 516 Experimental Statistics for 

Engineers II 3 

IE 543 Standard Data 3 

IE 546 Advanced Quality Control 3 

Elective 3 

15 



INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 



Fail Semester Credits 

IE 505 Mathematical Programming I 3 

IE 521 Control Systems and 

Data Processing 3 

ST 421 Introduction to Mathematical 

Statistics 3 

ST 515 Experimental Statistics for 

Engineers I 3 

Elective 3 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

IE 522 Dynamics of Industrial Systems 3 

IE 546 Advanced Quality Control 3 

IE 607 Special Topics in Mathematical 

Programming 3 

ST 516 Experimental Statistics for 

Engineers II a 

Elective 3 

16 



157 



ADMINISTRATIVE ENGINEERING 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 504 Principles of Cost Accounting .3 EC 505 Principles of Cost Accounting 3 

EC 525 Management Policy and EC 531 Management of Industrial 

Decision Making 3 Relations 3 

IE 521 Control Systems and IE 522 Dynamics of Industrial Systems . 3 

Data Processing 3 IE 546 Advanced Quality Control 3 

IE 591 Project Work 3 ST 516 Experimental Statistics for 

ST 515 Experimental Statistics Engineers II 3 

for Engineers I 3 — 

— 15 
15 

GRADUATE STUDY 

For general regulations, the Graduate School Catalog should be 
consulted. Graduate work is offered in industrial engineering leading 
to the degree of Master of Science in industrial engineering. 

FURNITURE MANUFACTURING 
AND MANAGEMENT 

Any curriculum in the School of Engineering has as an aim the 
preparation of men capable of handling the technical problems arising 
in the jobs which they undertake. Where industry is already equipped 
with qualified engineers, the new employee with a basic engineering 
education can be given on-the-job training in analyzing and solving 
the special problems peculiar to the particular plant or industry. 

In the case of the furniture industry, practically no experienced 
engineers exist. To be of service, the University must emphasize to 
a greater extent the application of engineering principles to the prob- 
lems of the furniture industry. This can be done effectively only if 
the instructional staff is aware of the problems of the industry from 
direct contact and not merely from the academic discussion and the 
available literature. Consequently, the program has been worked out 
in conjunction with representatives of the manufacturers. Their view- 
point is based on a survey made among the entire membership of the 
Southern Furniture Manufacturers' Association. Results of the survey 
indicate an overwhelming interest in college training to prepare men 
for work in this industry. 

CURRICULUM 

It is the purpose of the curriculum offering the degree of Bachelor 
of Science in furniture manufacturing to prepare graduates for tech- 
nical and, eventually, executive positions in the furniture industry. 
The curriculum emphasizes the application of engineering to furniture 
manufacturing. Related subjects covering management, labor rela- 
tions, accounting, marketing and sales stress the technical as well as 
the human side of modern production methods and techniques. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

A minimum of six weeks of continuous, gainful employment is re- 
quired. This employment may be at any level from laborer to super- 

158 



visor. The work performed should be related to industrial activities 
concerned primarily -with production and manufacturing, maintenance, 
or management control functions in a furniture manufacturing plant. 
The student assumes responsibility for obtaining his own employment 
and making arrangements with his employer to provide evidence 
thereof to the head of the industrial engineering department or the 
professor in charge of the furniture manufacturing and management 
curriculum. A letter from the employer stating the extent and dates 
of employment, a description of work performed, and an evaluation of 
the student's performance is suitable evidence. In general the student 
should plan to take such employment between his junior and senior 
years. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The industrial engineering department sponsors the Furniture 
Club, which is operated by the students. All students in the curriculum 
are eligible for membership in the organization. The club brings in 
speakers from industry and holds social gatherings for the students. 

FURNITURE MANUFACTURING AND 
MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 133. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 220 Introduction to Organic EC 312 Accounting for Engineers 3 

Chemistry 4 ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

EC 205 The Economic Process 3 FOR 201 Wood Properties 3 

ENG 231 Basic Speaking Skills 3 lA 203 Technical Sketching 2 

PY 212 General Physics 4 IE 224 Woodworking Equipment 2 

or MS 202 Military Science II 

PY 208 General Physics 5 or 

MS 201 Military Science II AS 222 Air Science II 1 

or Physical Education 1 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 . 



SUMMER PRACTICUM 

FOR 205-s, 206-s, 207-s, 208-3, and 209-s 5 Credits 

* JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 310 Economics of the Firm 3 IE 301 Engineering Economy 3 

FOJl 301 Wood Processes 1 4 IE 326 Furniture Manufacture and 

IE 322 Furniture Design and Processing 4 

Construction I 2 SS 302 Science and Civilization 3 

IE 332 Motion and Time Study 4 ST 361 Introduction to Statistics 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 3 for Engineers 3 

— TX 271 Upholstery Fabrics .2 

16 — 



159 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

IE 341 Furniture Plant Layout l< EC 432 Industrial Relations 

IE 420 Manufacturing Controls 3 or 

IE 491 Seminar 1 EC 431 Labor Problems 3 

•*SS 491 Contemporary Issues 3 IE 443 Quality Control 3 

Advised Elective 4 IE 492 Seminar 1 

Elective 3 Elective 6 

Humanities Elective 3 



17 



16 



* Proficiency in written expression to be demonstrated at the beginning of the junior 
year. Students who fail this test are required to take additional work in the English 
department as recommended by the industrial engineering department head. 

** See page 132 for information about the Humanities Sequence. 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

Professor R. W. Truitt, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

N. W. Conner, J. S. Doolittle, K. P. Hanson, H. A. Hassan, R. B. 
Knight, R. M. Pinkerton, J. Woodburn, C. F. Zorowski 

Associate Professors : 

M. R. El-Saden, B. H. Garcia, M. N. Ozisik, F. O. Smetana, J. K. 
Whitfield, J. C. Williams, III, J. T. Yen* 

Assistant Professors : 

E. M. Afify, F. D. Hart, T. B. Ledbetter, H. C. Topakoglu 

Instructors : 

R. F. Barrett, J. P. Hartman, R. J. Parekh, L. J. Pavagadhi, C. S. 
RUDISILL, D. W. Stallings 

Engineers are motivated by a desire to satisfy human needs through 
the application of scientific principles in such a manner as to place 
the fruits of their work within the economic reach of vast segments 
of humanity. To identify and evaluate human needs, modern engineers 
must have a sound education in the basic sciences, mathematics, and 
the humanities. The gap between the discoveries of basic science and 
their application in the satisfaction of human needs is provided by 
an area of science known as the engineering sciences. It is with edu- 
cation in the engineering sciences and the development of talent in 
applying the principles of the engineering sciences that departments 
of engineering are principally concerned. 

Mechanical engineering covers a broad spectrum of engineering 
responsibility in such areas as nuclear and conventional power gen- 
eration, missiles, rockets, jet engines, propulsion systems for land, 
sea, and air vehicles, refrigeration, air conditioning, combustion of 
fuels, instrumentation of industrial processes, solar energy, and the 
design of a wide variety of technical systems. Aerospace engineering 
shares responsibility with mechanical engineering for many of the 
areas described above but is principally concerned with the analysis 

* On leave. 

160 



and design of modern aircraft and space vehicles and with the phe- 
nomena of air and space flight. 

Because of the close relationship between mechanical and aerospace 
engineering, both curricula are administered by the Department of 
Mechanical Engineering at North Carolina State. There is close co- 
operation between the faculties of the two disciplines in which respon- 
sibility for such engineering sciences as thermodynamics, heat and 
mass transfer, gas dynamics, aeroelasticity, vibrations, fluid mechan- 
ics, magnetohydrodynamics, plasmagasdynamics, aerodynamics, and 
instrumentation theory are shared. 

CURRICULUM 

The curriculum in mechanical engineering is based on a firm foun- 
dation in mathematics, physics, chemistry, humanities and social 
sciences. The student's knowledge in the basic engineering sciences 
germane to mechanical engineering is carefully developed in the 
courses offered in this department and other departments of the 
School of Engineering. Finally, the curriculum provides an active 
experience in which the student's creative talents and imagination 
are challenged in several areas of application. This experience is 
gained through a choice of courses in the senior year and required 
courses in experimental mechanical engineering. 

The curriculum in aerospace engineering is administered as an 
option in mechanical engineering. Generally speaking, the curricula 
in mechanical and aerospace engineering differ slightly in the first 
three years. The point of departure occurs in the fourth year where 
the emphasis in the aerospace engineering curriculum is placed on 
the basic aerospace engineering sciences and the analysis and design 
of flight vehicles. 

The four-year undergraduate curricula in both mechanical and 
aerospace engineering prepare graduates who are equipped to profit 
from their experiences in the practice of engineering and to become 
early contributors in the solution of engineering problems of scientific 
and economic complexity. Both curricula offer a firm basis for further 
advanced study in graduate schools. 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 
For the freshman year see page 133. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

*EC 205 The Economic Process *ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 
or or 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

MA 202 Analytical Geometry and EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

Calculus III 4 MA 301 Differential Equations 3 

ME 211 Introduction to Mechanical ME 212 Mechanical Analysis 3 

Engineering 3 MS 202 Military Science II 

PY 208 General Physics 5 or 

MS 201 Military Science II AS 222 Air Science II 1 

or Physical Education 1 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 — 

— 17 

17 

161 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 4 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 

MA 401 Intermediate Differential 

Equations 
or 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 3 

ME 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I 3 
ME 305 Mechanical Engineering 

Laboratory I 1 

ME 315 Dynamics of Machines 3 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 3 



20 



Spring Semester Credits 

:EE 332 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 4 

EM 303 Fluid Mechanics I . . . 3 

ME 302 Engineering Thermodynamics II.. 3 
ME 306 Mechanical Engineering 

Laboratory II 1 

MIM 201 Structure and Properties 

of Engineering Materials 3 

SS 302 Science and Civilization 3 



17 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ME 401 Energy Conversion 3 

ME 405 Mechanical Engineering 

Laboratory III 1 

ME 411 Mechanical Design I 3 

ME 431 Thermo of Fluid Flow 3 

SS 491 Contemporary Issues I 3 

Departmental Elective 3 

Elective 3 



19 



Spring Semester Credits 

ME 402 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 

ME 406 Mechanical Engineering 

Laboratory IV 1 

ME 412 Mechanical Design II 3 

ME 441 Technical Seminar 1 

*SS 492 Contemporary Issues II 
or 

Elective in Humanities 3 

Departmental Elective 3 



14 



* See page 132 for information about the Humanities Sequence. 

AEROSPACE ENGINEERING OPTION CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 133. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 

*EC 205 The Economic Process 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

*ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 



Credits 



ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

EE 201 Elementary Circuits and Fields . 4 
MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 5 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



18 



ECC 205 The Economic Process 3 

EE 202 Elementary Circuits and Fields . . 4 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

MA 301 Differential Equations 3 

MIM 201 Struc'ures and Properties of 

Engineering Materials 3 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Credits 
3 



Fall Semester 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 

MA 401 Intermediate Differential 

Equations 
or 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I . 3 

ME 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I. . 3 
ME 305 Mechanical Engineering 

Laboratory I 1 

ME 352 Aerodynamics 3 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 3 

Advised Elective 1 



17 



18 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

ME 306 Mechanical Engineering 

Laboratory II 1 

ME 353 Introduction to 

Aerothermodynamics 3 

ME 369 Aircraft and Missile Structures.. 3 

PY 4 07 Modern Physics 3 

SS 302 Science and Civilization 3 

Elective 3 



16 



162 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ME 421 Aerospace Propulsion Systems . . 3 ME 432 Boundary Layer Theory 

ME 447 Performance, Stability and and Heat Transfer 3 

Control of Flight Vehicles 3 ME 441 Technical Seminar 1 

ME 461 Aerospace Technology 3 ME 466 Aerospace Engineering 

ME 465 Aerospace Engineering Laboratory II 1 

Laboratory I 1 ME 481 Flight Vehicle Design 5 

ME 468 Spacecraft Structures 3 *SS 492 Contemporary Issues II 

SS 491 Contemporary Issues I 3 or 

Elective 3 Elective in Humanities 3 

— Departmental Elective 3 

16 



19 



* See page 132 for information about the Humanities Sequence. 

PROFESSIONAL STUDY 

A fifth, or professional year of study is offered in mechanical engi- 
neering for graduates who desire to return to the University for a 
program of concentrated study in a selected area. This program is 
intended primarily for practitioners and is, in no sense, a graduate 
program leading to the usual advanced degrees. The degree of 
mechanical engineer is conferred upon graduates of the fifth-year 
program. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The purpose of graduate study in mechanical engineering is to pre- 
pare students for a career in research, development, and teaching. 
Hence, in addition to advanced study, research is an essential part 
of the graduate program. At present the Department of Mechanical 
Engineering offers the Master of Science degree in mechanical engi- 
neering and aerospace engineering and the Doctor of Philosophy de- 
gree in mechanical engineering. Since all graduate programs are 
administered by the Graduate School, prospective applicants should 
consult the Graduate School Catalog. 



MINERAL INDUSTRIES 

Professor W. W. Austin, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

W. C. Bell, W. C. Hackler, W. W. Kbiegel, J. M. Parker, III, H. H. 
Stadelmaier, R. F. Stoops 

Adjunct Professor : 
H. M. Davis 

Associate Professors : 

H. S. Brown, J. V. Hamme, C. J. Leith, Hayne Palmour, III 

Visiting Research Associate : 

J. D. SCHOBEL 

Assistant Professors: 

G. O. Harrell*, W. C. Hood 

Instructors : 

L. T. Jordan, L. E. Poteat, J. M. Waller 

* Leave of absence 1963-65. 

163 



The primary objectives of the Department of Mineral Industries 
are the training and professional development of qualified technical 
and administrative leaders for those industries concerned with the 
location and utilization of mineral resources. Included within this 
scope of operation are the fields of geological, ceramic, and metal- 
lurgical engineering. 

CURRICULA 

Complete four-year undergraduate curricula in geological, ceramic, 
and metallurgical engineering are available in the department. Fifth 
year professional programs also are available for advanced work and 
specialization in each of these fields, and graduate programs leading 
to the master's and doctor's degree in ceramic engineering, and to the 
master's degree in geological engineering and metallurgical engineer- 
ing are offered. 

FACILITIES 

The facilities of the Department of Mineral Industries are housed 
in Page Hall and the Ceramic Building. Located in Page Hall are 
departmental offices, drawing rooms, classrooms and extensive labora- 
tory facilities for instructional work and research in the three areas 
of study covered by the department. Typical of the numerous well 
equipped laboratories in the building are those established for instruc- 
tion in the following areas of study : ceramic operations and processes, 
dielectric measurements, ceramic microscopy, physical geology, min- 
eralogy, mineral dressing, petrology, geochemistry, geophysics, physi- 
cal metallurgy, metallography, and X-ray analysis. Other laboratory 
facilities, particularly kilns and furnaces, are housed in the Ceramic 
Building next door. Important additional facilities for instruction and 
research are located in the engineering research department's 
Ceramic and Metallurgical Research Laboratories. Here equipment and 
instrumentation are available for advanced work in high temperature 
technology. X-ray diffraction, differential thermal analysis, thermo- 
gravimetric analysis, radiography, electron microscopy, and photo- 
micrography. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The student branches of the American Ceramic Society, American 
Society for Metals, and the American Institute of Mining, Metallurgi- 
cal and Petroleum Engineers through their monthly meetings provide 
an effective medium for the professional growth of the student engi- 
neers. Programs include presentation of student papers, guest speak- 
ers and social contact between student and staff. Participation 
acquaints the student with parliamentary and organizational proce- 
dures which are of great importance to professional, industrial and 
civic life. Students are encouraged to attend local section and national 
meetings of their respective societies. Keramos, the oldest profes- 

164 



sional engineering fraternity and Alpha Sigma Mu, honorary metal- 
lurgical fraternity, have active chapters in the department. These 
fraternities are dedicated to the promotion of scholarship, mental 
achievement and general service to ceramic and metallurgical engi- 
neering students. 

CERAMIC ENGINEERING 

The undergraduate curriculum in ceramic engineering is the result 
of years of study and development and is designed to meet the chal- 
lenges of modern civilization. The program of study encompasses a 
thorough grounding in the basic physical sciences and the fundamental 
disciplines of engineering. Processes and operations peculiar to ceram- 
ic engineering are developed from the viewpoint of interpreting and 
applying the underlying scientific laws, rather than empirical methods 
of procedure. The ceramic studies include the characterization of raw 
materials, comminution and associated phenomena, forming and fabri- 
cation processes, reaction kinetics in ceramic systems, introductions 
to research and control techniques, studies of the vitreous state, 
microstructure and properties of ceramics, and design of ceramic 
systems and processes. Attitudes of research, experimentation and 
originality of thought are fostered. 

Because the department is dedicated to training young men for 
leadership, and because of the recognition that responsible leadership 
should be vested in thinking, well-oriented men, the curriculum in- 
cludes a planned program of social and humanistic studies. This 
program is designed to prepare the student for an understanding and 
appreciation of his responsibilities to society, his profession, and 
himself, to the end that he will lead a fuller, more productive and 
satisfying life. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Professional training in ceramic engineering provides opportunities 
for employment in an industry producing a wide variety of essential 
products including glass in all its forms, enamels and protective coat- 
ings for metals, structural clay products such as brick and tile, 
refractories for furnace linings, thermal insulators, electrical insu- 
lators, dielectric components, Portland cement, gypsum products, abra- 
sives, pottery products, and hundreds of other items. In addition to 
these "end products" ceramics are finding ever increasing applica- 
tions in the electronic, aerospace, automotive and atomic energy fields. 
A continuing shortage of qualified personnel in ceramic engineering 
has resulted in far more employment offers than there are graduates. 
Initial employment upon graduation may be in the fields of research 
and development, in-plant operation and control, and in technical 
sales and service. Such employment may lead to positions as directors 
of research, consulting and design engineers, sales directors, plant 
superintendents, production managers, and finally, administrative 
officers. 

165 



CERAMIC ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 
For the freshman year see page 133. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fail Semester Credits 

MA 202 Anal. Geometry and Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 5 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

MIM 201 Structures and Properties of 

Engr. Materials 3 

Military or Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 

Advised Elective 1 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

MA 301 Difif. Equations I 3 

EC 205 Economic Processes 3 

MIG 120 Physical Geology 3 

MIC 218 Intro, to Ceram. Engineering . 4 

Military or Air Science II ... 1 

Physical Education 1 

Advised Elective 3 

18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 3 

MIG 331 Crystal, and Opt. Micro 4 

MIC 305 Ceramic Form, and Fab. 

Processes 4 



17 



Credits Spring Semester 



EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 
SS 302 Science and Civilization 
MIC 306 Thermal Processing . 
MIC 431 Reaction Kinetics in 

Ceramic Systems 



Credits 

3 

3 

3 

4 



Six Weeks Summer Employment 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



EE 331 Principles of Elec. Engineering 
MIC 430 Research and Control Methods 
MIC 432 Principles of the Glassy Phase 
MIC 415 Ceramic Engineering Design 
SS 491 Contemporary Issues 



4 MIC 433 Ceram. Microstructure and 

3 Properties 4 

4 MIC 416 Ceramic Engineering Design 3 

3 MIC 491 Seminar 1 

3 Humanities or Social Science Elective .... 3 

— Free Electives 6 



17 



TOTAL REQUIREMENTS 140 credits 



PROFESSIONAL YEAR 

A fifth, or professional year of study is offered in ceramic engineer- 
ing as a continuation of the four-year undergraduate program. This 
professional year of study offers specialized advanced course work 
leading to the degree of Ceramic Engineer, and is especially designed 
for those planning careers in industrial production activities and 
technical service and sales. Each program of study is designed to 
suit the needs of the individual student. The curriculum shown below 
is typical of these programs. Regulations covering professional study 
are shown on pages 174 and 175. 



166 



TYPICAL PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM 
IN CERAMIC ENGINEERING 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

IE 408 Production Control 3 IE 332 Motion and Time Study 4 

MIC 597 Advanced Ceramic MIC 534 Advanced Ceramic 

Experiments 3 Engineering Design 3 

MIC 533 Advanced Ceramic MIC 527 Refractories in Service 3 

Engineering Design 3 Electives 6 

Eleetives 6 — 

— 15 
15 



GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING 

Geological engineering is a technical field in which geological facts 
are combined with engineering techniques for the solution of prob- 
lems concerned mainly with mineral raw material supply and with 
engineering projects. Many major engineering undertakings, such as 
construction of large dams and reservoirs, tunnels, and large build- 
ings, depend for success in part on an exact knowledge of their geo- 
logical setting. On the other hand, such geological problems as the 
economical development of mineral resources require the use of the 
precise methods of engineering. In the field of geological engineering, 
then, geology contributes data concerning the constitution, structure 
and history of the earth; engineering supplies quantitative, analytical 
methods through which physical and chemical laws may be controlled 
for mankind's benefit. The geological engineering curriculum com- 
bines those fundamental disciplines regarded as basic to all engineer- 
ing with training in the aspects of geology that are of most practical 
application to human affairs. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

A graduate in this curriculum may follow one of two broad fields 
of engineering, either in the United States or in foreign countries: 
one, the application of geology to engineering work; the other, the 
application of geology in the mineral industries. Geological engineers 
are currently employed by oil companies and quarrying concerns; 
exploration companies; construction firms; railroads, public utilities, 
banks and insurance companies; iron, steel and other metal producers; 
manufacturers using non-metallic raw materials, as for ceramics, 
cement, and abrasives; municipal, state and federal government agen- 
cies; schools, colleges, museums and research institutes. The south- 
eastern United States offers excellent opportunities for geological 
engineers. There is a growing need for the application of geological 
science to engineering construction in connection with highways, 
foundations, excavations, and in water supply problems. The mineral 
industry of the Southeast has expanded substantially in the last 



167 



decade; known deposits in the region, as yet only partially developed, 
include iron, nickel, copper, chromite, molybdenite, feldspar, mica, 
kaolin, kyanite, sillimanite, pyrophyllite, talc, barite, spodumene, sul- 
phur (pyrite), coal, phosphate, granite, limestone, and marl. 

GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 
For the freshman year see page 133. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 5 

MIG 120 Physical Geology 3 

EC 205 Economic Process 3 

Physical Education 1 

MS 201 Military Science II 

or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

MA 301 Differential Equations 3 

CH 231 Introduction to 

Physical Chemistry 4 

MIG 222 Historical Geology 3 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

Physical Education 1 

MS 202 Military Science II 

or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

15 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

SS 301 Contemporary Civilization 3 
MIG 331 Crystallogrraphy and 

Optical Microscopy 4 

CE 201 Engineering Measurements 

in Surveying 3 

Advised Elective 3 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 

SS 302 Contemporary Civilization 3 

EE 320 Elements of Electrical Engr. .4 
MIG 440 Endogenic Materials and 

Processes 4 

MIG 462 Geological Surveying 3 

17 



SUMMER SESSION 

MIG 465 Geological Field Procedures 

SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Fall Semester 

EM 303 Fluid Mechanics 3 

SS 491 Contemporary Issues 3 

MIG 351 Tectonic Structures 3 

MIG 452 Exogenic Materials and 

Processes 4 

Electives 3 



16 



Credits 
5 



Advised Electives . . . 

MIG 415 Mineral Exploration 

and Evaluation* 3 

MIG 552 Exploratory Geophysics* 3 

Electives 6 



17 



TOTAL (including summer) 140 



• Specialization in engineering geology or in geology of mineral deposits may be achieved 
by approved substitution of the follovvring course: CE 547, Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics; 
MIG 461, Engineering Geology; MIG 472, Elements of Mining Engineering. 



168 



PROFESSIONAL STUDY 

A fifth or professional year of study is offered in geological engi- 
neering as a continuation of the fourth-year undergraduate program. 
This fifth year of study offers specialized and advanced work leading 
to the degree of geological engineer. The program requirements are 
arranged individually for each student. Regulations covering profes- 
sional study are shown on pages 174 and 175. 

TYPICAL PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM 
IN GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

■Mir Afii Fno-itiPPrin? GeoloKV 3 MIG 522 Petroleum Geology 3 

S G til SS and^ M^af Dressing .3 MIG 552 Exploratory geophysics 3 

Mir ^81 Geomorphology 3 MIG 572 Mining and Mineral Dressing 3 

m\g In A^Tnced Economic Geology .3 MIG 612 Advanced Economic Geology 3 



Elective 
15 



Elective 

"" 15 



METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 

The undergraduate curriculum in metallurgical engineering is a 
standard four-year program designed to produce technically trained 
leaders for those industries and agencies associated with the develop- 
ment production, and fabrication of metals and alloys. The major 
emphasis is on the application of the principles of physical and 
mechanical metallurgy to engineering problems encountered in these 
industries. Major sequence courses for the development of this em- 
phasis are offered during the third and fourth years of the curriculum 
and are preceded by a well rounded program of basic and engineering 
sciences, and humanities. Because of this arrangement it is possible 
for a student to complete the first two years of his training at a 
suitably qualified liberal arts college and to transfer to North Carolina 
State for the final two years. While such an arrangement is encour- 
aged it is nevertheless advisable for the prospective transfer student 
to seek the guidance and counsel of the School of Engineering admm- 
istration at the beginning of his college career in order to minimize 
difficulties associated with the transfer of credits. The metallurgical 
engineering curriculum is unique in the School of Engineering in 
that it provides a minor sequence of 12 credits in a related field of 
engineering or science to be elected by the student with his advisor. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities open to graduates in metallurgical engineering are 
virtually unlimited. Each year the demand for men with metallurgical 
training becomes more urgent, and the number of positions presently 
available is several times greater than the number of graduates. A 
graduate metallurgical engineer may thus choose from a wide selection 

169 



of companies, locations, and types of work. Among the more important 
job opportunities open to metallurgical engineers are those in research 
and development of new alloys so desperately needed as materials of 
construction in the rapidly expanding fields of chemical, mechanical, 
aero-space, electronic, and nuclear technology. With the rapid indus- 
trialization of the South and particularly the State of North Carolina, 
new opportunities are constantly developing for metallurgical engi- 
neers who will play a vital role in maintaining the forward progress 
of the State and region. 

METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 133. 



Fall Semester 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

MA 202 Calculus II 4 

PY 208 General Physics 5 

IE 217 Machine Tools 1 
MIM 201 Structure and Properties of 

Engineering Materials* 3 

MS 201 Military Science II 

or 

AS 211 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 

EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

MA 301 Differential Equations 3 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

IE 218 Metal Forming 1 

EE 201 Electrical Engineering 4 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 212 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



18 



Fall Semester 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 
CH 431 Physical Chemistry 
M^IM 331 Physical Metallurgy I 
SS 301 Contemporary Civilization 
Minor Sequence 
Electives 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



3 EM 303 Fluid Mechanics 3 

3 CH 433 Physical Chemistry 3 

3 MIM 332 Physical Metallurgy II 3 

3 SS 302 Contemporary Civilization 3 

3 Minor Sequence 3 

3 Electives 3 



18 
Six weeks summer employment 



IS 



Fall Semester 

MIM 401 Metallurgical Operations 4 

MIM 431 Metallography 3 

MIM 451 Seminar 1 

SS 491 Contemporary Issues 3 

Minor Sequence 3 

Electives 3 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



MIM 402 Metallurgical Operations 

MIM 432 Metallography 

MIM 452 Seminar , . . 

Advised Elective 
Minor Sequence 



Credits 

4 
3 

. 1 

3 

3 



1" 



TOTAL CREDITS 



* Transfer students who have satisfactorily completed the equivalent of all first and second 
year courses except MIM 201, and who can present acceptable electives in lieu of this 
course, will be admitted as third year students in metallurgical engineering. They will be 
permitted to take this course in addition to the regular third year program, substituting it 
for three credits of electives permitted in the third year. 



170 



PROFESSIONAL STUDY 

A fifth, or professional year of study is offered in metallurgical 
engineering as a continuation of the four-year undergraduate pro- 
gram. This professional year of study offers specialized advanced 
course work leading to the professional degree of metallurgical en- 
gineer. It is especially designed for students planning careers in 
industrial production activities, or in technical service and sales. Each 
program of study is designed to suit the needs of the individual 
student. The curriculum shown below is typical of these programs. 

Regulations covering professional study are shown on pages 174-175. 

TYPICAL PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM 
IN METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MIM 521 Advanced Physical Metallurgy 3 MIM 522 Advanced Physical Metallurgy.. 3 

MIM 523 Metallurgical Factors MIM 524 Metallurgical Factors in Design 3 

in Design 3 MIM 446 Experimental Engineering 3 

MIM 445 Experimental Engineering 3 CHE 502 Electrochemical Engineering . . 3 

PY 407 Modern Physics 3 ME 515 Experimental Stress Analysis .3 

ME 502 Heat Transfer 3 — 

— 15 
15 



NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 

Burlington Professor RAYMOND L. MURRAY, Head of the Department 

Professor : 

R. F. Saxe 

Adjunct Professor: 
R. L. Ely 

Associate Professor: 
T. S. Elleman 

Assistant Professors : 

KURUVILLA Verghese; M. A. Welt, Director of the Nuclear Reactor 
Project 

Instructors : 

Albert Carnesale, B. E. Leonard 

Reactor Engineers : 

J. C. Batchelor, W. B. Bowman, J. F. Torrence 

Affiliated Graduate Faculty: 

Professors : 

W. O. DOGGETT, J. K. Ferrell, A. W. Waltner 

Associate Professors: 

A. F. Coots, M. R. El-Saden, E. G. Manning, M. N, Ozisik 

Assistant Professors : 

L. H. BowEN, R. W. Lade 

The field of nuclear engineering is concerned with the engineering 
aspects of the control, release, and utilization of nuclear energy. Nu- 

171 



clear reactors serve many functions — they serve as heat sources for 
economical electric power plants, are the basis of modern propulsion 
systems for ships and submarines, and produce fissionable and radio- 
active isotopes for a variety of peaceful applications. Nuclear devices 
supply auxiliary power and propulsion energy for space vehicles in 
operation and being developed. The purpose of the nuclear engi- 
neering department is to educate the individual in those scientific 
and engineering principles essential for effective and productive con- 
tributions in industrial, university, and government service. 

CURRICULUM 

Nuclear engineers have the opportunity to work in the areas of 
nuclear system research, design, development, testing, operation, and 
marketing. The Bachelor of Science degree program is designed to 
prepare graduates for positions in industry or government labora- 
tories or for graduate study in the field. The curriculum incorporates 
basic sciences and engineering, with special emphasis on mathematics 
and physics, followed by coursework in nuclear science and technology. 
Attention is given to the engineering design of nuclear reactors and 
associated systems. Among the courses taken in the junior and senior 
years is a sequence in an elected area of technical emphasis such as 
nuclear energy conversion, nuclear instrumentation, nuclear materials, 
radiological safety, or radiochemistry. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Nuclear Engineering provides a full program 
of courses leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees. Thesis direction is provided by the staff of the department 
and affiliated graduate faculty members. Areas of research speciali- 
zation include radiation effects and utilization, nuclear reactor theory 
and design methods, and reactor statics and kinetic measurements. 
For additional information consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

FACILITIES 

Facilities available on campus for nuclear training at the under- 
graduate level as well as the graduate level include: 
A 500 kw heterogeneous reactor 
Analog and digital computers 
A sub-critical assembly 

Single- and multi-channel pulse height analyzers 
A slow chopper 

Radiation counting laboratories 
Neutron diffraction apparatus 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Although the nuclear industry is relatively young, it already repre- 
sents a major national effort. Reactor development and construction 

172 



have proceeded at a remarkable pace and will continue to grow as we 
become increasingly dependent upon nuclear energy as a substitute 
for energy from fossil fuels. Industrial applications of radiation will 
accelerate as the economic potential of such methods becomes even 
more firmly established. There is at present a substantial need for 
nuclear engineers, and prospects for the future are promising. 



NUCLEAR ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 133. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 206 General Physics 4 

MIM 201 Structures and Properties of 

Engineering Materials 3 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

Advised Elective . 1 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



17 



Spring Semester Credits 

MA 301 Differential Equations 3 

PY 207 General Physics 4 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

ST 361 Introduction to Stetistics 

for Engineers 3 

EC 205 The Economic Process 3 

MS 202 MiliUry Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

MA 401 Intermediate Differential 
Equations 
or 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 3 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 

CHE 421 Reactor Energy Transfer I 3 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering I 4 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 3 

Free Elective 3 



19 



Spring Semester Credits 

PY 410 Nuclear Physics I 4 

CHE 422 Reactor Energy Transfer II 3 
EE 332 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering II 4 

SS 302 Science and Civilization 3 

Technical Emphasis 4 



18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

NE 501 Nuc'.ear Reactor Theory I 3 

SS 491 Contemporary Issues 3 

Technical Emphasis 3 

Advised Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



Spring Semester Credits 

NE 502 Nuclear Reactor Theory II 3 

NE 503 Nuclear Engineering Systems .3 
NE 531 Nuclear Reactor Laboratory .2 

Technical Emphasis 3 

Senior Humanities Elective* 3 

Advised Elective 3 



17 



* See page 132 for information about the Senior Humanities Elective. 



173 



PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING 

The School of Engineering offers fifth-year professional curricula 
leading to the degrees Ceramic Engineer, Civil Engineer, Chemical 
Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Geological Engineer, Industrial En- 
gineer, Mechanical Engineer, and Metallurgical Engineer. These cur- 
ricula are tailor-made to fit the particular needs of each student with 
a view that upon completion of a program the student will be prepared 
to pursue a professional career in engineering. 

It is the intent of the fifth-year program to emphasize professional 
course work rather than research. To this end, a curriculum is com- 
prised of 30 semester credits of course work requiring of the student 
a minimum of one academic year in residence. Neither a thesis nor 
a reading knowledge of a foreign language is required. Samples of 
curricula that meet the requirements of the fifth-year program may 
be found under the appropriate departmental curricula. These cur- 
ricula are to be considered illustrative; the actual program of study 
will be especially designed to fit the needs of the individual student. 

ADMISSION 

Applicants who hold the bachelor's degree in engineering from 
recognized colleges will be admitted to the professional program of 
the School of Engineering upon presentation of official credentials. 
For unconditional admission, these credentials must show the com- 
pletion, with a minimum grade point average of 2.5 (C+), of an 
amount of undergraduate work in the proposed field of professional 
study corresponding to that normally required for a bachelor's degree 
in that field. 

Admission on a provisional basis may be granted applicants who do 
not meet the formal requirements. In case of insufficient preparation, 
prerequisite courses will be prescribed in addition to the normal fifth- 
year course requirements. 

A letter of application, accompanied by full credentials in the form 
of transcripts of academic records, should be filed in the office of the 
dean of the School of Engineering at least 30 days in advance of the 
semester in which admission is sought. 

GENERAL REGULATIONS 

The following regulations of the School of Engineering will be 
observed : 

1. An undergraduate enrolled at North Carolina State, who plans 
to undertake a professional program and who has fulfilled all require- 
ments for the bachelor's degree except one or two courses, may be 
permitted to enroll in certain courses and later obtain credit toward 
the professional degree provided the student gives notice of his pur- 
pose to the dean of the School of Engineering. The maximum credit 
to be obtained in this way is six semester course credits. 

174 



2. Credit for professional work to be applied toward the require- 
ments for the professional degree, not to exceed six semester credits, 
may be transferred to North Carolina State from recognized institu- 
tions of university grade offering advanced work in engineering and 
related fields. Such a transfer of credit must be recommended by the 
head of the department in which the student does his major work 
and it must be approved by the dean of the School of Engineering. 

3. Fifth-year students are classified as post-baccalaureate students 
and are subject to rules and regulations as established and adminis- 
tered by the dean of the School of Engineering. 

4. Grades for each completed course are reported to the dean of the 
School of Engineering and to the Office of Registration. A minimum 
grade of "C" must be made in each course to obtain credit. A quality 
point average of 2.5 (C + ) in all course work must be attained to 
satisfy requirements for a professional degree. 

5. Work completed more than six years prior to the date on which 
the professional degree is to be granted may not be used as credit 
toward the professional degree, unless approved by the head of the 
department concerned and the dean of the School of Engineering. 

6. Each fifth-year student will be assigned to a committee consisting 
of his department head and the professor in charge of the work in 
which he is majoring. The function of this committee is to assist the 
student in preparing a program of study and to counsel him in his 
academic work. The student will be required, with the assistance of 
his committee, to prepare a complete plan of study before mid- 
semester of his first semester in residence. This program of study is 
subject to the approval of the dean of the School of Engineering. 



S 



CHOOL OF FORESTRY 



Richard J. Preston, Dean 

While forestry has been recognized and practiced for centuries in 
Europe, this profession is relatively new in the United States, dating 
from about the beginning of the 20th Century. During the period of 
rapid expansion and development of the United States, the forests 
were badly neglected and abused. Now, however, with the timber sup- 
plies depleted and the value of timber products increasing, sound 
forest practices have been accepted as economically desirable and 
feasible. Increasing the productivity and quality of our forests is 
basic to the welfare of the Southeast. The importance of the forest 
resource in the economy of North Carolina is brought out by the fact 
that 62 percent of the land area is in forest, with wood products 

176 



industries ranking next to textiles as a source of industrial employ- 
ment. 

Through a program which offers a broad training in the physical 
and biological sciences, as well as a sound cultural background, the 
School of Forestry prepares students for service in the professional 
fields of forest management, pulp and paper technology, and wood 
technology. 

CURRICULA 

The School, through its departments of forest management and 
wood science and technology, offers undergraduate instruction leading 
to the degree of Bachelor of Science in the professional fields of forest 
management, wood technology, and pulp and paper technology. All 
curricula have a common freshman year thus enabling the student to 
postpone selection of a major field until he has had an opportunity to 
become acquainted with its scope and possibilities. 

Forest management deals with all phases of the management of 
wild lands and includes such related subjects as water-shed protec- 
tion, wildlife management and recreation. In order that the student 
may be adequately prepared for work of such diverse nature, the 
curriculum provides training in such subjects as silviculture, timber 
estimating, management, fire prevention and control, forest pathology, 
insect control, forest soils, economics, and other aspects of land use. 

The course of study in wood technology, which is concerned with 
the technical aspects of utilization, includes training in all types of 
wood using and wood manufacturing industries. It incorporates tech- 
nical and practical principles of logging, milling, seasoning, gluing, 
preserving, finishing, fabricating, and machining, and includes the 
fundamentals of sound business administration. 

Pulp and paper technology trains men for work in pulp and paper 
mills. Students are given thorough training in chemistry, mathe- 
matics, physics, wood structure and properties, pulping processes and 
engineering subjects related to pulp and paper manufacturing. 

DEGREES 

The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred upon the satisfactory 
completion of any of the four-year curricula in the areas mentioned 
above. 

Professional preparation beyond the four-year curricula is desir- 
able, and qualified students are urged to plan a five-year program 
leading to the master's degree. The degree of Master of Science is 
offered for those desiring specialization in the fields of scientific 
research. For students desiring a thorough professional background, 
the School offers the degree of Master of Forestry or Master of Wood 
Technology. 

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is offered in several fields of 
forestry and wood technology. 

176 



Further information regarding graduate study is contained in the 
Graduate School Catalog which may be obtained from the dean of the 
Graduate School. 

FACILITIES AND LABORATORIES 

The School of Forestry is now housed in three modernly equipped 
buildings on the west side of the campus. Faculty offices, classrooms, 
and laboratories are located in Kilgore Hall, the main forestry build- 
ing. In addition, two buildings house specialized programs which are 
unique in the South. 

Wood Products Laboratory 

The Brandon P. Hodges Wood Products Laboratory is one of the 
largest and best equipped laboratories in existence for the conduct of 
research and training in wood technology. Staff offices, research facil- 
ities, wood structure, chemistry and physical properties laboratories 
are located in the forestry building. In addition, the Brandon P. 
Hodges Laboratory building houses the wood machining, finishing, 
gluing and preserving laboratories, as well as the sawmill, dry kilns, 
and veneer plant. The laboratory provides service to the wood using 
industries in the development of methods of quality control, production 
control, operations analysis, and market analysis. Graduate students 
in wood technology participate in the laboratory's research program 
as a part of their advanced training. 

Reuben B. Robertson Laboratory of Pidp and Paper Technology 

The curriculum in pulp and paper technology is approved as the 
regional program to serve the Southeast. The Robertson Laboratory 
provides unique and outstanding facilities for instruction and research. 
Located in the building are wood preparation, chemical, pulping, pulp 
and paper testing, and coloring laboratories, as well as digesters, and 
a small paper machine. 

School Forests 

The School of Forestry, with more than 80,000 acres of forest land 
and three permanent field camps, has facilities unexcelled in many 
respects for field instruction and research. 

The Hofmann Forest, owned and operated by the North Carolina 
Forestry Foundation for the benefit of the School of Forestry, consists 
of approximately 78,000 acres located in Jones and Onslow counties 
in the southeastern portion of the State. Pine and loblolly pine to- 
gether with hardwood and cypress swamps characterize this tract. 

The George Watts Hill Demonstration Forest is a tract of 1,500 
acres located 16 miles north of Durham. This typically Piedmont for- 
est of rolling terrain contains stands of loblolly, shortleaf, and Virginia 
pines along with numerous hardwoods. The permanent summer camp 
for sophomores is located in this area. This Piedmont area is supple- 
mented by the 1,750 acre Hope Valley Forest near Chapel Hill. 

177 



The Wayah Recreational Area on the North Carolina National 
Forest near Franklin is located in a typical mountain forest. Facili- 
ties at this area have been leased from the government and portions 
of the sophomore summer camp are held in permanent quarters of 
this mountain tract. 

The Carl Alwin Schenck Memorial Forest of 250 acres located four 
miles northwest of the campus is being developed into a model farm 
forest and is used for field instruction near the campus. 

The School nursery is equipped for instructional purposes and the 
production of planting stock. 

FIELD INSTRUCTION AND EXPERIENCE 

All students are required to present a minimum of one summer of 
acceptable work experience in order to meet the graduation require- 
ments. Students are required to consult with their advisors as to 
what type of employment will be acceptable. 

The sophomore summer camp is a requirement for students in 
forest management. This camp is prerequisite for junior standing. 
Permanent, well equipped camps are maintained on these coastal, 
Piedmont, and mountain forests. A "C" average is required for ad- 
mission to these camps. 

Wood technology students are required to attend a 10-week prac- 
ticum following the sophomore year. This practicum is prerequisite 
for junior standing. The first half of this period is devoted to labora- 
tory exercises in machining, gluing, drying and finishing wood; prep- 
aration of particle board; operation safety and maintenance of equip- 
ment; and plant inspections. The second half covers experience in 
logging, milling, cruising, and graphic methods. 

Additional field instruction and scheduled trips to representative 
wood industries are required of all students as a part of their class 
assignments. To cover the costs of chemical supplies and off-campus 
training all students enrolled in the School of Forestry pay a field 
laboratory fee of $10 each year at the time they first register during 
a school year. A maintenance and supply fee of $20 is charged for 
both the summer camp and practicum. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

A wide and rapidly expanding field of employment possibilities is 
available in the Southeast to young men trained in forestry. Until 
recent years most job opportunities were with government agencies 
in managing public forests, and this still constitutes a major source 
of employment. These agencies include state and federal forest serv- 
ices, extension services, and other groups such as the Soil Conserva- 
tion Service and the Tennessee Valley Authority. 

In recent years job opportunities with private industries have ex- 
panded greatly. Increasing numbers of technically trained young men 
are entering a wide variety of professional positions in the fields of 
forest land management, water-shed management, logging, sawmilling, 

178 



veneer and plywood manufacturing, pulp and paper making, kiln 
drying, wood preservation and the manufacture of wood products 
such as furniture, dimension stock and various prefabricated items. 

The merchandising of lumber and lumber products offers numerous 
opportunities for students qualified for sales, business administration 
or small building construction. Sawmills and lumber yards, plywood 
and paper manufacturers, and flooring, wallboard, and other forest 
products plants need trained men. 

Exceptional students will find opportunities for employment in re- 
search or teaching. This type of work ordinarily requires a graduate 
degree. There has been an increasing demand for well-trained wood- 
lands managers and wood technologists, as well as for research work- 
ers in government experiment stations and laboratories. 

More than 80 percent of the graduates of the School of Forestry 
are now employed in some field of forest or wood products work. The 
few students who have not followed the forestry profession have found 
their college education sufficiently broad to provide a sound basis for 
a wide variety of work. 

EXTENSION PROGRAMS 

The Forestry Extension Program of the Agricultural Extension 
Service is a vital part of the School's forestry activities. This program 
serves the landowners and wood industries of the State. It is respon- 
sible for their understanding, acceptance, and application of new ideas 
and techniques developed through research and experience. The two 
major fields of program emphasis are forest management, where ex- 
tension specialists train and work through the county agents; and 
wood products, where the specialists work more or less directly with 
wood industry owners and managers. 

In cooperation with the General Extension Division, short courses 
are offered in a number of fields to provide men in industry an oppor- 
tunity to keep abreast of modern developments in techniques and 
equipment. 

FELLOWSHIPS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND LOAN FUNDS 

A number of undergraduate scholarships, research assistantships 
and training fellowships are available to qualified students. Students 
interested in applying should write to the dean of the School of For- 
estry. 

The Hofmann Loan Fund was established by alumni of the School 
of Forestry to honor Dr. J. V. Hofmann, the first director of the 
Division. Loans to worthy students who can demonstrate financial 
need are available through several loan funds. 

Many students help pay their expenses through part-time work at 
the University or in town. The Financial Aid Office assists in locating 
employment. 

179 



HONORS PROGRAM 

Students making exceptional academic records during their fresh- 
man and sophomore years may, with the approval of the faculty, elect 
to follow an honors program. These students are required to enroll 
in the core courses in the several curricula but are otherwise free to 
utilize their electives to develop individual courses of study designed 
to meet their needs and satisfy their interests, subject only to the 
approval of the honors advisor. 

FRESHMAN YEAR IN ALL FORESTRY CURRICULA 

F'all Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biology 4 *BO 214 Dendrology 4 

**CH 101 General Inorganic Chemistry or 

or *EC 201 General Economics S 

**CH 105 General Inorganic Chemistry . . 4 and 

ENG 111 Composition 3 *ME 101 Engineering Graphics 2 

FOR 101 Introduction to Forestry 1 **CH 103 General and Qualitative 

***MA 111 Algebra, Trigonometry 4 Chemistry 

MS 101 Military Science I or 

or **CH 107 General and Qualitative 

AS 121 Air Science I 1 Chemistry 4 

Physical Education 1 ENG 112 Composition 3 

— *"*MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

18 Calculus A 4 

MS 102 Military Science I 
or 

AS 122 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 



17 or 18 



* Forest Management and Wood Technology students take BO 214; Pulp and Paper 
students take ME 101 and EC 201. 

•'* Forest Management and Wood Technology students take CH 101 and 103; Pulp and 
Paper students take CH 105 and 107. 

*** Students with adequate backgrounds should take MA 101, 102. 



FOREST MANAGEMENT 

Professor T. E. Maki, Head of the Department 
Professors : 

R. C. Bryant, J. W. Duffield, Arthur Kelman, J. 0. Lammi, R. J. 

Preston, B. J. Zobel 

Associate Professors : 

A. W. Cooper, C. B. Davey, M. H. Farrier, J. W. Hardin, T. O. Perry 
Assistant Professors : 

P. J. Dyson, C. S. Hodges, S. J. Maddock, Gene Namkoong, L. C. 

Saylor 

Instructors: — 

R. C. Kellison, R. L. McElwee 

Forest management is the application of business methods and 
technical forestry principles to the operation of forest properties. 
This field requires a knowledge of individual trees and timber stands, 
of different forest types and entire forest areas, as well as of the 
basic biological relationships within the forests. It also requires a 

180 



knowledge of land surveying, timber cruising, measurement of forest 
products, and of the economic factors involved in the business of 
growing wood crops. 

CURRICULUM 

The curriculum in the field of forest management is structured to 
provide a foundation of basic subjects in science, mathematics, and 
humanities, a core of general forestry subjects, and enough electives 
to permit limited specialization. Twenty-four elective credits are in- 
cluded to provide the opportunity for the desired specialization. At 
the beginning of his junior year, the student chooses one of several 
areas of specialization and selects appropriate courses under that field 
for his elective credits. 

The curriculum leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in the 
broad field of forest management. A minimum of 152 credits is re- 
quired for graduation. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Students who complete the curriculum are trained for positions 
with pulp companies, lumber companies, and other private landown- 
ers; federal and state forest services; agricultural extension; and for 
private enterprise as consultants, forest landowners or sawmill oper- 
ators. 

FOREST MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM 
For the freshman year see page 180. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 201 General Economics 3 OH 220 Organic Chemistry 4 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 FOR 219 Forest Economy and 

FOR 202 Wood Structure and Its Operation 3 

Properties 3 PY 212 General Physics 4 

MA 211 Analytic Geometry SSC 200 Soils 4 

and Calculus 3 MS 202 Military Science II 

PY 211 General Physics 4 or 

MS 201 Military Science II AS 222 Air Science II 1 

or Physical Education 1 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 — 

Physical Education 1 17 

18 



SUMMER CAMP 

Credits 

FOR s204 Silviculture 3 

FOR s264 Protection 3 

FOR s274 Mapping and Mensuration .3 
FOR s284 Utilization 1 

10 



181 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

FOR 361 Silvics 3 FOR 362 Silvics 3 

ST 311 Statistics 3 FOR 372 Mensuration 3 

*ENT 301 Forest Insects 3 *PP 318 Forest Tree Diseases 3 

•♦English Elective 3 ••English Elective 3 

•**Option Requirement and Electives 9 ***Option Requirement and Electives 9 

18 18 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

FOR 531 Forest Management 3 FOR 511 Silviculture 3 

***Option Requirement and Electives 15 FOR 532 Forest Management 3 

— •••Option Requirement and Elective 12 

18 — 

18 



FOREST MANAGEMENT FIELDS OF SPECIALIZATION 

The fields of specialization in forest management include (a) gen- 
eral forestry, (b) forest management science, (c) forest mensura- 
tion, (d) watershed management, (e) forest biology, (f) forest rec- 
reation and parks, and (g) forest wildlife management. 

A student selects one of the above fields and schedules the approved 
courses in that specialization. 



• Either ENT 301 or PP 318 is required of all students. English elective is scheduled 
for alternate semeiter. 

** Students not making better than "C" average in ENG 111, 112, or presenting transfer 
credits for ENG 111, 112 will schedule ENG 321, Scientific Writing. 
•** Electives must include at least 9 credits in humanities or social sciences. 



WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

Professor E. L. Ellwood, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

R. M. Carter, B. A. Jayne, A. J. Stamm 

Associate Professors: 

A. C. Barefoot, C. A. Hart, R. G. Hitchings 

Assistant Professors : 

H. D. Cook, P. J. Dyson, C. G. Landes, J. T. Rice, R. J. Thomas 

Instructor: 

R. C. Gilmore 

The wood industries have been a vital part of the economy of North 
Carolina for over 300 years. North Carolina ranks first in the nation 
in the manufacture of hardwood, plywood and wooden furniture, first 

182 



in the South in lumber production and among the leaders in the manu- 
facture of pulp and paper. The value of forest products produced 
annually in the State exceeds $1,125,000,000. Seventeen percent of 
the State's labor force is employed in the wood industries. 

The Department of Wood Science and Technology offers two cur- 
ricula, wood technology and pulp and paper technology, to train men 
for careers in the wood industries. 



WOOD TECHNOLOGY 

Professor E. L. Ell WOOD, In Charge 

CURRICULUM 

The great wood industries which convert wood into thousands of 
commercial products offer many opportunities for wood technology 
majors. 

The curriculum has been designed to give sound coverage in mathe- 
matics and the sciences and to permit sufficient flexibility to enable 
students to specialize along lines of major interest. At the end of the 
sophomore year, wood technology students attend a lO-week practicum 
which is prerequisite to junior standing. At the beginning of the 
junior year students select a field of concentration. 

The technical elective concentration in Wood Manufacturing and 
Management together with prescribed course work trains men for 
supervisory, production, merchandising and eventual management 
positions in the manufacture, processing and distribution of such 
products as lumber, veneer, plywood particle board, dimension stock, 
furniture, cabinets, millwork and flooring. 

Provision is also made to enable students to undertake natural sci- 
ence oriented electives leading to research and development oppor- 
tunities in the wood manufacturing industries and their suppliers. 

This curriculum leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in wood 
technology. A minimum of 151 credits is required for graduation. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

A career with wood industries offers a variety of opportunities for 
young men trained in wood properties, manufacturing operations 
and business methods. The application of new processes and materials 
in the conversion of timber into the thousands of wood products has 
created a demand for technically trained men. Companies manufac- 
turing lumber, veneer and plywood, hardwood dimension stock, furni- 
ture, millwork, flooring, pianos, caskets, wood turnings, adhesives, 
preservatives, finishing materials, and composition boards are types 
of industries interested in employing graduates. 

183 



WOOD TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



EC 201 General Economics 3 

ENG 231 Basic Speaking Skills 3 

FOR 202 Wood Structure and Properties 3 

*MA 211 Calculus 3 

*PY 211 General Physics 4 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



CH 220 Organic Chemistry 4 

FOR 203 Wood Structure and 

Properties II 3 

*MA 212 Calculus 3 

ME 101 Engineering Graphics 2 

*PY 212 General Physics 4 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



SUMMER PRACTICUM 



First Session Wood Products 

Practicum (Five Weeks) 

FOR 205-S Wood Machining Practicum 1 

FOR 206-S Wood Drying Practicum 1 

FOR 207-S Gluing Practicum 1 

FOR 208-S Wood Finishing Practicum 1 

FOR 209-S Plant Inspections 1 



Credits Second Session Wood 



Credits 

Practicum (Five Weeks) 

FOR 210-S Mensuration Practicum 2 

FOR 211-S Logging and Milling Practicum 2 
FOR 212-S Graphic Methods 1 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



EM 211 Introduction to Applied 

Mechanics 3 

ENG 321 Scientific Writing 3 

FOR 301 Wood Processes I 4 

ST 361 Statistics for Engineers 3 

Technical Electives 3 



16 



FOR 219 Forest Economy and 

Its Operation 3 

FOR 302 Wood Processes II 4 

FOR 444 Intro, to Quality Control 3 

Technical Electives 3 

Electives 6 



18 



Students who have completed MA 101. 102, should take MA 201, 202, and PY 201, 202. 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

FOR 434 Wood Operations I 3 FOR 435 Wood Operations II 3 

FOR 521 Wood Chemistry 3 FOR 441 Design of Wood Structures 3 

Technical Electives 3 Technical Electives 3 

Electives 9 Electives 6 

18 18 

FIELDS OF SPECIALIZATION 

At the beginning of the junior year, students with outstanding rec- 
ords may, with the approval of the faculty, elect the Honors Program 
which will stress course work in the natural sciences and mathematics 
in relation to wood. Other students will select their technical electives 
from areas of emphasis chosen to stress Wood Manufacturing and 
Management. 



184 



students concentrating in Wood Manufacturing and Management 
will select at least two courses from one of the areas of emphasis 
listed below. The remaining technical elective courses will be selected 
from the listed areas of emphasis by the student in consultation with 
his advisor to best fit his particular interests. 

TECHNICAL ELECTIVES IN WOOD MANUFACTURING 
AND MANAGEMENT 

Credits 

Economics Operations Analysis 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 EC 450 Economic Decision Processes .3 

EC 302 National Income and EC 555 Linear Programming 3 

r-^ ,1 n Economic Welfare 3 g„^.„^^^ Administration 

^^-nLT^""'"^ * ll^^r.^ «T,H " EC 312 Accounting for Engineers 3 

^""^ '' Dfs^ribur^^lf ^^igrruZraT' EC 425 Industrial Management 

Products 3 Industrial Engineering 

AGC 551 Agricultural Production IE 332 Motion and Time Study 4 

Economics 3 jg 420 Manufacturing Controls 3 



PULP AND 

PAPER TECHNOLOGY 

Professor R. G. Hitchings, In Charge 

CURRICULUM 

The curriculum in pulp and paper technology trains men for tech- 
nical work in the rapidly growing pulp and paper industry. Graduates 
are prepared for careers as pulp technologists, paper mill chemists, 
quality control specialists, and mill superintendents. After a thorough 
background in basic sciences, the program offers special work in wood 
pulping processes, chemical and by-products recovery, pulp bleaching, 
and the various papermaking operations such as refining, sizing, fill- 
ing, coloring, coating and converting. 

The pulp and paper industry ranks fifth among all American indus- 
tries. In 1960 pulp and paper products were valued at 10.7 billions of 
dollars and the industry employed more than 562,000 skilled workers. 
This is primarily a Southern industry with 60 percent of the nation's 
pulpwood produced in the South. 

Financially supported by 55 major companies, this program was 
created to meet the critical need for trained men. It is a regional 
program and has been approved by the Southern Regional Education 
Board as the undergraduate program to serve the Southeast in this 
field. A number of scholarships are available. The new Robertson 
Laboratory of Pulp and Paper Technology provides this program with 
outstanding facilities. 

All students majoring in this curriculum are required to spend at 
least one summer working in a pulp or paper mill where arrangements 
have been made by the University for such employment. Three hours 
of academic credit are granted the student after completion of 12 
weeks of mill work and presentation of a satisfactory report covering 

185 



this work experience. In addition to this minimum summer work re- 
quirement, students are urged to work in mills the two remaining 
summers between academic years because of the great value of prac- 
tical experience in this industry. 

This curriculum leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in pulp 
and paper technology. A minimum of 147 credits is required for 
graduation. A fifth year leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science 
in chemical engineering is available for interested students. 

PULP AND PAPER TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 
For the freshman year see page 180. 



Fall Semester 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry 4 

*MA 211 Calculus B 3 

*PY 211 General Physics 4 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 

English Elective 3 

Electives 3 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry 4 

FOR 342 Fiber Analysis 3 

*MA 212 Calculus C 3 

•PY 212 General Physics 4 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



19 



* Students who have completed MA 101, 102 should take MA 201, 202, and PY 201, 202. 



SUMMER 



FOR 491 Forestry Problems, 
Mill Experience 



Credits 
3 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



CHE 301 Elements of Chemical 

Engineering 3 

CH 215 Quantitative Analysis 4 

FOR 321 Pulp and Paper Technology 3 

ME 304 Fundamentals of Heat Power 3 

Social Science Elective 3 

English Elective 3 



19 



Credits 



CHE 302 Elements of Chemical 

Engineering 3 

CH 231 Physical Chemistry 4 

FOR 322 Pulp and Paper Technology 3 

PSY 200 General Psychology 3 

Social Science Elective 3 

Elective 3 



19 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 
3 



FOR 411 Pulp and Paper Unit Processes 
FOR 413 Paper Properties and 

Additives 4 

FOR 471 Pulping Process Analysis 4 

FOR 491 Senior Research Problem 1 

FOR 521 Wood Chemistry 3 

Electives 3 



18 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



FOR 403 Paper Process Analysis 3 

FOR 412 Pulp and Paper Unit Processes 3 

FOR 461 Paper Converting 1 

FOR 463 Plant Inspections 1 

FOR 482 Pulp and Paper Mill 

Management 2 

FOR 522 Wood Chemistry 3 

Electives 4 



17 



186 



s 



CHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 



Fred V. Cahill, Dean 

The School of Liberal Arts exists to serve the people of the State 
of North Carolina in two principal ways. First, the School, in cooper- 
ation with other schools and departments on the campus, offers 
programs leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of 
Science. Second, the School offers work in the humanities and social 
sciences which forms a part of the program of all students. 

The advantages of a broad college education are too numerous and 
too familiar to require repetition. We need only to indicate that the 
circumstances of living in our rapidly evolving society place a heavy 
premium on the ability to communicate, the capacity for adjustment, 
and the compassion and tolerance which, in the future as in the past, 
must always characterize the educated man. 

The programs in the School attempt to provide both breadth and 
depth. They are designed to acquaint the student with the complexities 
and opportunities in our modern society and to prepare him to assume 
the position and undertake the responsibilities of an enlightened 
citizen in the contemporary world. 

Nine departments are included in the School of Liberal Arts. They 
are Economics, English, History and Political Science, Modern Lan- 
guages, Philosophy and Religion, Physical Education, Psychology 
(also a department in the School of Education), Social Studies, and 
Sociology and Anthropology. With the cooperation of the School of 
Engineering, a program of undergraduate studies in geology is offered. 

The School of Liberal Arts offers two degree programs, a Bachelor 
of Arts and a Bachelor of Science. The coursework for these degrees 
provides the basis for graduate work, if desired, and leads to a wide 
variety of professions and occupations. In all major programs an 
average of at least "C" in the major field is required. It will be greatly 
to the advantage of the student to present two units of a modern for- 
eign language upon entrance. 



CURRICULA 

Bachelor of Arts 

The program of studies leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts, 
with majors in economics, English, geology, history, philosophy, po- 
litical science, psychology, and sociology, is as follows: 



187 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

♦Modern Language 3 Modern Language 3 

HI 245 European Civilization 3 HI 246 European Civilization 3 

♦•Social Science 3 Social Science 3 

♦♦♦Mathematics 4 Mathematics 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

MS 101 Military Science I MS 102 Military Science I 

or or 

AS 121 Air Science I 1 AS 122 Air Science I 1 

18 18 



* At the intermediate level. 

♦♦ Economics 201, 202; Political Science 201, 202, 301, 322; Psychology 200, 210; Sociology 
202, 301; Anthropology 252, 305. Two of the required four courses must be in departmental 
sequence. 

♦♦♦ The student will normally start with Mathematics 115. Certain programs may require 
other courses as determined in consultation with the advisor. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

'■'Literature 3 Literature 3 

Social Science 3 Social Science 3 

♦♦Natural Science 3 or 4 Natural Science 3 or 4 

Philosophy 205 Elective 3 

Problems and Types of Philosophy 3 Elective 3 

Elective 3 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 MS 202 Military Science II 



MS 201 Military Science II 

or 
AS 221 Air Science II 1 



AS 222 Air Science II 1 



17 or 18 



♦ English 261, 262, 265, 266, English 468 may be substituted for English 265; Modern 
Language 301, 302. 

♦♦ Biological Science 100, followed by an appropriate course in biology; Physics 211, 212, 
221; Chemistry 101, 103; or Geology, (MIG) 120, 220, 222. 



JUNIOR AND SENIOR YEAR 

Aside from one semester of the History of Science or the Philosophy 
of Science (History 422; Philosophy 405), the work of the last two 
years is divided between the major, of not to exceed 30 credits in 
advanced courses, and electives, 12 credits of which must be outside 
the major department. These courses are selected in consultation with 
the advisor. The total graduation requirement is 128 credits. 

Bachelor of Science 

The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science fea- 
tures a double concentration: one in the liberal arts and another in a 
basic science, mathematics or technology. It will be to the advantage 
of the student entering this program to present at least four units of 
mathematics upon entrance, as well as two units of a modern foreign 
language. 

188 



ECONOMICS 

Professor Ernst W. Swanson, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

E. A. Fails, B. M. Olsen, T. W. Wood 

Associate Professors: 

A. J. Bartley, L. a. Dow, Gerald Garb, Cleon Harrell 

Assistant Professors : 

M. M. El-Kammash, W. R. Hendley, W. J. Stober, O. G. Thompson, 

C. H. Ufen, J. Wilson 

Special Lecturers: 

Coy Burchfield, J. R. Drummy, George Marsh, R. L. Shaw 

Instructors : 

W. E. Cullison, M. a. Hunt, T. C. Taylor, C. B. Turner 

Adjunct Professor : 

D. R. Dixon 

The subject of economics is the nature of economic processes and 
the economic and social structure within which they develop. The 
candidate for the Bachelor of Arts degree in economics is taught 
to deal with the changing problems of the times. The objectives of the 
program set before him are: a) to impart to him a grasp of human 
behavior under economic change; b) to teach him how to analyze 
changing economic structure through economic models and equations; 
and c) to confront him with solutions to contemporary issues and 
with the foundations of socioeconomic policy. 

Programs leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science with con- 
centrations in economics are also offered. 

Finally, several courses have been designed primarily for students 
engaged upon a program for advanced degrees in the technical schools. 

The variety of courses in the Department of Economics is such that 
any student may find concentrations in several possible areas. 

a) A concentration in economic theory and analysis. Suggested 
courses are: Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy; Labor 
Problems; Evolution of Economic Ideas; and Economic Dynamics. 

b) A concentration in quantitative economics. Suggested courses 
are: Economic Decision Processes; Economic Dynamics; Econo- 
metrics; Linear Programming; and Industry Studies. 

c) A concentration in industrial economics: Accounting Analysis, I 
and II; Marketing Methods; Introduction to Production Costs; 
Industrial Management; Personnel Management; Corporation 
Finance. 

d) A concentration in economic development and growth: Economic 
Decision Processes; Economics of Growth; Economic Forecast- 
ing; International Economics; and Economic Dynamics. 



189 



ENGLISH 

Professor LODWICK Hartley, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

A. M. Fountain, H. G. Kincheloe, J. Suberman, R. G. Walser 

Associate Professors : 

E. Dandridge, p. H. Davis, H. Eldridge, B. G. Koonce, F. Moore, 
G. Owen, E. H. Paget, D. J. Rules, A. B. R. Shelley, L. H. Swain, 
P. Williams, R. B. Wynne 

Assistant Professors : 

L. Champion, J. Easley, R. Goldsmith, M. Halperen, S. J. Harmon, 
A. S. Knowles, C. W. Martin, J. Porter, W. Toole, R. B. White 

Instructors : 

L. Betts, P. Blank, H. Griffin (Special Lecturer), H. Hargrave, 
M. Hawthorne, E. Hollahan, D. Kesterson, H. Pearce, N. Rich, 
R. Sanderlin, M. Upchurch, T. Walters, M. Williams (Special 
Lecturer) 

The Department of English offers both basic and advanced courses 
in three areas: composition, speech, and literature. The freshman 
course, which is common to all curricula and prerequisite to all ad- 
vanced courses in English, is designed to give intensive training and 
practice in written communication, plus an introduction to literary 
types. Courses in business, scientific, and creative writing and in speech 
are offered both to meet course requirements in special curricula and to 
provide electives for interested students. Advanced courses are avail- 
able for a major in literature in the Bachelor of Arts program, as well 
as for areas of concentration in literature and in communications in 
the Bachelor of Science program. 

For the English major in the Bachelor of Arts program the student 
must schedule 30 semester hours beyond the usual 6 hours in fresh- 
man composition. Basic requirements include the sophomore survey 
of English literature, a course in Shakespeare, and at least one course 
in American writers. Beyond these courses, the student may pursue 
his special interests within the limits of two recommended categories. 
In the final semester, a special seminar will serve as a capstone to his 
study. For a teaching certificate, 18 hours in professional courses 
and practicum must be included. 

For students electing the Bachelor of Science program with English 
as an area of concentration, eight courses and seminars above the 
basic freshman and sophomore courses will be selected with the aid 
of departmental advisors. 



GEOLOGY 

Instruction in geology is provided by the Department of Mineral 
Industries in the School of Engineering. Introductory courses may be 
elected to give the student an appreciation of his natural environment 

190 



and of the dynamic processes by which present conditions have been 
reached. They supply a background for understanding the biologic 
world and the distribution of mineral wealth. 

Geology may be selected as a major field of study for the Bachelor 
of Arts degree. In addition to the school-wide requirements, this pro- 
gram comprises 30 semester hours credit in geology. Supporting 
courses in chemistry, mathematics, and physics are also stipulated; 
introductory biological science is recommended. 



HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professor P. W. Edsall, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

W. J. Block, M. L. Brown, F. V. Cahill, J. T. Caldwell, A. Holtz- 
MAN, Stuart Noblin, L. W. Seegers 

Associate Professors: 

L. W. Barnhardt, B. F. Beers, R. W. Greenlaw 

Assistant Professors: 

M. S. Downs, C. F. Kolb, O. H. Orr, Jr., Stanley Suval 

Instructors : 

L. E. Bennett, J. C. Farrell, J. H. Gilbert 

An understanding of the historical background of our times and of 
political principles, systems, processes, and behavior is expected of the 
educated man. The Department of History and Political Science makes 
it possible to gain this understanding by offering students in the 
School of Liberal Arts the opportunity to major or concentrate in 
either discipline, by giving some specially designed courses required 
in the curricula of other schools, and by providing a considerable 
range of courses open to election by all students in the University. 
While most of the offerings in history and political science are intend- 
ed for undergraduates, the department gives some graduate courses 
which may be built into the programs of students working for advanced 
degrees. It also participates in the Fort Bragg program and cooper- 
ates with the Division of General Extension by making selected 
courses available to adults who do not reside on the North Carolina 
State campus. 

MAJOR IN HISTORY 

B.A. Program 

A major in history involves thirty hours beyond HI 245-246, which 
is required for all B.A. students in the School of Liberal Arts. All 
history majors will be required to take two semesters of United States 
history and the senior seminar, HI 491-492. The United States history 
requirement will usually be satisfied by taking HI 251-252, but more 
advanced courses in the American field may be substituted by special 

191 



permission of the department. All other major courses must be at the 
300 level or above. 

CONCENTRATION IN HISTORY 
B.S. Program 

A concentration in history will involve eighteen additional hours of 
course work beyond HI 245-246 plus the senior seminar, HI 491-492. 
Of the eighteen hours, six must be in United States history, normally 
HI 251-252 unless special departmental permission is given to sub- 
stitute more advanced courses in the American field. 

MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

B.A. Program 

A major in political science will involve thirty hours. Required in 
the major are PS 201, The American Governmental System; PS 491- 
492, Seminar in Political Science; and a course in political theory. 
Except for PS 202, County and Municipal Government, all elective 
major courses must be at the 300-level or above. The department re- 
serves the right to require its major students to take supporting work 
in other social sciences, including psychology, and in statistics. 

CONCENTRATION IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

B.S. Program 

A concentration in political science will involve eighteen hours of 
course work in the discipline plus the senior seminar, PS 491-492. 
PS 201, American Government System, is required. Except for PS 202, 
County and Municipal Government, all other courses elected in the 
concentration must be at the 300 level or above. 



MODERN LANGUAGES 

Professor G. W. Poland, Head of the Department 

Professor : 

E. M. Stack 

Associate Professors : 

F. ,J. Allred, S. T. Ballenger 

Assistayit Professors: 

Ruth B. Hall, H. L. Titus 

Instructors : 

B. S. Howard, S. Kitchin, V. Prichard, E. F. Hitter, S. E. Simonsen, 
R. S. Shain 

The Department of Modern Languages provides instruction in 
French, German, Spanish, Italian and Russian as well as special 

192 



instruction in English for foreign students. In addition to elementary 
grammar, courses are offered in the literature and culture of these 
language areas. A language laboratory provides further opportunity 
to students to improve aural-oral skill in a particular language. There 
are also special courses for graduate students preparing to fulfill 
language requirements for advanced degrees. For graduate students 
already having a reading knowledge of a foreign language, examina- 
tions for certification are given. 



PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION 

Professor W. N. HiCKS, Head of the Department 

Professor : 

P. A. Bredenberg 

Associate Professors : 

W. L. HiGHFILL, J. L. MiDDLETON 

Assistant Professor : 

W. C. Fitzgerald, Jr. 

Instructor: 

W. KURYLO 

The department provides elective courses for students in the several 
professional schools and, in addition, basic courses in philosophy and 
religion that are supplementary to the curricular programs of the 
School of Liberal Arts. 

Philosophy courses are offered in the areas of logic, epistemology, 
ethics, history of philosophy, philosophy of art, philosophy of educa- 
tion, philosophy of religion, and philosophy of science. Religion courses 
are offered in the areas of Bible in the light of modern scholarship. 
Christian ethics, religious movements and trends in the United States, 
and world religions. 

The department offers two degree programs: (1) a major in philos- 
ophy leading to the B.A. degree, and (2) a program leading to the 
B.S. degree with concentration in philosophy. 

The major in philosophy consists of a minimum of 27 credits beyond 
the introductory course, Philosophy 205. Required courses include: 
two semesters in history of philosophy. Philosophy 320 and 321 ; one 
semester in the theory of knowledge. Philosophy 407; one semester in 
logic, either Philosophy 201 or 401 ; two senior seminars. Philosophy 
490 and 491 ; and a senior essay. Philosophy 499. The student will elect 
a minimum of six further credits in philosophy in consultation with 
his advisor. A total of 128 credits is required for graduation. 

The concentration in philosophy for the B.S. degree consists of 24 
credits in philosophy. 



193 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Professor Paul H. Derr, Head of the Department 

Professor : 

W. E. Smith 

Associate Professors : 

J. B. Edwards, A. M. Hoch, Harold Keating, J, F. Kenfield, Jr. 

Assistant Professors: 

J, L. Clements, N. E. Cooper, W. R. Leonhardt, J. H. Little, F. J. 
Murray, W. M. Shea, W. H. Sonner 

Instructors : 

B. L. Nutter, M. S. Rhodes, Betty A. Smaltz, R. G. Weaver 

North Carolina State requires four semesters in physical education 
to be taken consecutively during the freshman and sophomore years. 
Each semester of physical education is divided into two eight-week 
terms. All courses are grouped under one of two headings, Prescribed 
Courses or Controlled Elective Courses. Insofar as staff, facilities, and 
allotment of time will permit, each student is directed into courses 
which will best meet his individual needs. 

PRESCRIBED COURSES 

Prescribed courses are designed to meet the needs of the individual 
student as determined by tests. The prescribed courses offered are: 
Hygiene, Beginning Swimming I, Beginning Swimming II, Funda- 
mental Sports I, Fundamental Sports II, Soccer, Gymnastics I, Re- 
stricted Activity I, and Restricted Activity II. 

CONTROLLED ELECTIVE COURSES 

All elective courses are grouped under one of the following areas: 
Aquatics, Developmental Activities, Individual Sports, or Team Sports. 
All courses are listed under one of these four areas. 

Each student must elect one course from each area before he is 
permitted to take a second course in either area. After the student has 
taken one course from each of the four areas, he may elect courses 
without regard for areas, but he cannot repeat any course which he 
has taken for credit. 



PSYCHOLOGY 

(Also see Education) 

Professor Howard G. Miller, Head of the Department 
Professors : 

K. L. Barkley, J. O. Cook, H. M. Corter, S. E. Newman 
Associate Professors : 

N. M. Chansky, J. C. Johnson, P. J. Rust 
Assistant Professors : 

T. S. Baldwin, E. E. Bernard, D. W. Drewes, G. S. Leventhal, 

R. E. LuBOW 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: 
Gilbert Gottlieb 

194 



Courses in psychology are designed to promote a broad understand- 
ing of behavior as a science and to cultivate the skills which may be 
useful in dealing with human beings in social, educational, industrial 
or other situations. The department offers courses of interest to stu- 
dents in all schools of the University. 

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM 

A major in psychology leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree is 
offered as a part of the liberal arts program. The student is required 
to take twenty-seven hours in psychology, plus a three hour statistics 
course. Of the twenty-seven hours in psychology, twenty-one are re- 
quired, namely. Psychology 200, 210, 300, 310, 320, and the seminar 
series Psychology 491 and 492. In addition, two elective courses in 
psychology at or above the 300 level are required. 

In courses outside the major the general requirements for the 
liberal arts degree prevail except that the following courses are re- 
quired for psychology majors: BS 100, MA 201 or 211, MA 215, and 
a two semester sequence in one of the physical sciences — physics, 
chemistry, or earth science. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

Graduate work is offered in the Department of Psychology leading 
to the degree of Master of Science in Psychology with options in 
industrial psychology, experimental psychology, school psychology, and 
human factors. 



SOCIAL STUDIES 

Professor G. A. Gullette, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

C. I. Foster, J. R. Lambert 

Associate Professors : 

W. F. Edwards, R. N. Elliott, R. S. Metzger 

Assistant Professor: 
J. C. Wallace 

Instructors : 

R. V. Brickell, J. R. Coleman, R. M. Cornish 

The Department of Social Studies draws its staff from the various 
fields of the humanities and the social sciences. It offers courses 
specially designed to contribute to the liberal education of students 
whose major interests are in science or technology. 



196 



SOCIOLOGY AND 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

Professor Selz C. Mayo, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

E. H. Johnson, S. R. Winston 

Associate Professor: 
H. D. Rawls 

Assistant Professors: 

Herbert Collins, E. C. Lehman, D. V. McCalister 

The general aims of the department are to provide a sound and 
highly developed undergraduate major which will lead to a rewarding 
and satisfying professional career; to provide other students with an 
opportunity to understand more fully the social world in which they 
live in relation to their own vocational interests; and to provide an 
opportunity for a few exceptional students to pursue a graduate pro- 
gram in sociology. Majors will find a wide range of careers open to 
them in both the public and private sectors of our society. Students 
majoring in the various technological areas find that courses in so- 
ciology and anthropology supplement and enhance their training in 
the technologies. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SOCIOLOGY 

The following departmental requirements must be met by all stu- 
dents majoring in sociology : a minimum of thirty hours in the major 
field including SOC 202, Principles of Sociology; SOC 315, Social 
Thought; SOC 416, Research Methods; a minimum of five electives 
on the three hundred or higher level in sociology; and two semesters 
of SOC 490, 491, Senior Seminar. The department requires ANT 252, 
Cultural Anthropology, at least one course in psychology, and one 
elective in statistics. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The cooperative graduate program is administered through the 
Department of Rural Sociology. Students may pursue courses of study 
leading to both the master's and doctor's degrees. 



s 



CHOOL OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES AND 
APPLIED MATHEMATICS 



Arthur Clayton Menius, Jr., Dean 
Wesley Osborne Doggett, Assistant Dean 

The current demand for high caliber scientists, mathematicians, and 
engineers continues to outpace the national supply. This imbalance 

196 



has been a contributing factor in the growth of the School of Physical 
Sciences and Applied Mathematics since its inception in 1960. The 
School performs a three-fold function: the training of potential sci- 
entists and mathematicians; the technical support of curricula in 
Agriculture and Life Sciences, Design, Education, Engineering, For- 
estry, Liberal Arts, and Textiles; and research in physical sciences 
and mathematics. These activities are carried out by the four academic 
departments of Chemistry, Experimental Statistics, Mathematics, and 
Physics. The Computing Center and the Department of Physical Sci- 
ences Research are also in the School of Physical Sciences and Applied 
Mathematics. The graduates of the School are actively recruited for 
technical and administrative positions in industrial research and de- 
velopment, teaching, non-profit research organizations, and government 
laboratories. Today's scientific age offers a lifetime of challenges and 
opportunities to students who choose these curricula of study. A large 
percentage of the graduates undertake advanced study leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

The high-school student with an above average performance in math- 
ematics, chemistry, or physics, and a basic interest in natural phenom- 
ena and their mathematics description, is encouraged to consider a 
career in physical sciences or mathematics. Both ability and motivation 
are essential prerequisites for successful completion of the bachelor's 
degree requirements. The School has consistently attracted outstand- 
ing students, as evidenced by the fact that approximately 40 percent 
of its students graduate with honors or high honors. 

FACILITIES 

The offices of the School of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathe- 
matics are located in the recently completed seven-story General 
Laboratory Building, together with the Departments of Physics and 
Experimental Statistics. Specially designed lecture-demonstration 
classrooms and basic and intermediate laboratories for physics are 
located in this building. The adjoining Harrelson Hall, with its 77 
classrooms has as one of its occupants the Department of Mathe- 
matics, and provides additional classroom space for the School. Facili- 
ties for chemistry instruction are provided in Withers Hall, a four- 
story structure near the center of campus. Funds have been appro- 
priated for a new Physical Sciences Building, which will be under 
construction in 1965. Physics research laboratories are located also in 
Daniels Hall, and in the Nuclear Science Laboratory building. 

The School is fully equipped for instruction and research. Special 
equipment and laboratories associated with the School include a com- 
plete radiochemistry laboratory; a one-million volt Van de Graaff 
accelerator; two analog computers, GEDA and Donner; an IBM 1410 
digital computer, and an IBM 1620 digital computer, supplemented by 
access to the UNI VAC 1105 at the University of North Carolina Com- 
putation Center at Chapel Hill; a plasma physics laboratory; a laser 
research laboratory ; a Varian Associates H A-lOO high resolution 

197 



nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer; an upper atmospheric 
laboratory ; a biomathematics and biophysics laboratory which includes 
a LINC III analog-digital computer and other supporting equipment; 
undergraduate and graduate desk computing laboratories equipped 
with the most modern machines; and an ultraviolet-infrared-visible 
spectroscopic laboratory. Other facilities on the campus available for 
teaching and research are an RCA electron microscope, a hetero- 
geneous nuclear reactor designed for operation at 100 kilowatts, com- 
plete X-ray laboratories with diffraction and radiographic equipment, 
and precision instrument shops. 

CURRICULA 

The School offers undergraduate programs of study leading to the 
Bachelor of Science degree, with a major in chemistry, physics, ap- 
plied mathematics or experimental statistics. The four curricula have 
essentially a common freshman year, thereby enabling a student to 
change, without loss of time, from one department to another in the 
School during the freshman year. A year of foreign language is re- 
quired of all students. At least one course each semester must be 
selected from the offerings of the School of Liberal Arts. These courses 
serve the dual purpose of developing the student's communication 
skills and helping him become a responsible citizen. Courses in bio- 
chemistry and biophysics are available. Courses in computer science 
are also given regularly. 

SHORT COURSES AND INSTITUTES 

The School of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics offers 
several short courses and specialized institutes throughout the aca- 
demic year and during the summer months in chemistry, physics, 
mathematics, and statistics for high-school students, high-school teach- 
ers, and college professors. For more information, write to the dean 
of the School. 

In addition, certain regular courses may be taken for credit through 
correspondence or at the Evening College of the Division of General 
Extension in Raleigh, Charlotte, or in the Greensboro-Burlington- 
Winston-Salem area. For a listing of these courses, write to the 
Division of General Extension at Raleigh. 

SUPERIOR STUDENT AND HONORS PROGRAMS 

For several years, exceptional students have been selected to par- 
ticipate in the Superior Student Program during their freshman and 
sophomore years. Enriched courses in mathematics, chemistry, physics 
and English have been developed specifically for the participants in 
this program. At the beginning of the junior year, the most promising 
students are invited to enter the Honors Program. In this program, 
advanced students may select special courses, participate in under- 

198 



graduate research, and receive some graduate credit toward the Mas- 
ter of Science degree during the senior year. 

Well-prepared students entering the School may seek advanced 
placement in mathematics, chemistry, or physics by passing qualify- 
ing examinations. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

In addition to the University-w^ide extra-curricular activities and 
honorary organizations, the School of Physical Sciences and Applied 
Mathematics has student chapters of the following professional and 
honorary organizations: Sigma Pi Sigma; American Institute of 
Physics; Pi Mu Epsilon; The American Chemical Society; and the 
Mathematics Club. 

The Science Council, which is composed of elected students from 
the School, sponsors several social activities, participates in technical 
exhibitions, and publishes The Scientist. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Master of Science degree, with a major in chemistry, experi- 
mental statistics, applied mathematics, or physics, and both the Mas- 
ter of Experimental Statistics and the Master of Applied Mathematics 
are offered. The Doctor of Philosophy degree is available in biochemis- 
try, chemistry, experimental statistics, applied mathematics, and 
physics. The graduate programs are described in the Graduate School 
Catalog. 



FRESHMAN YEAR IN ALL PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS CURRICULA 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Inorganic Chemistry 4 CH 103 General and Qualitative 

or Chemistry 4 

CH 105 Principles of Chemistry I 4 or 

and CH 107 Principles of Chemistry II 4 

CH 106 Laboratory Techniques I 1 and 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 CH 108 Laboratory Techniques II 1 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Calculus I 4 MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Physical Education 1 Calculus II 4 

MS 101 Military Science I Physical Education 1 

or MS 102 Military Science I 

AS 121 Air Science I 1 or 

Humanities 3 AS 122 Air Science I 1 

or PY 205 General Physics I 4 

Natural Science 4 or 

PSM 100 Orientation Natural Science 4 

or 

16 or 17 Humanities 3 

16, 17 or 18 



The total number of hours required for graduation is to be a minimum of 135 hours 
which includes 8 hours of military science and physical education. Twenty-one semester 
hours are to be required in the humanities, exclusive of Freshman English. An additional 
requirement is one modern language. 

199 



CHEMISTRY 

Professor Ralph Clay Swann, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

G. O. Doak, R. H. Loeppert, W. J. Peterson, W. A. Reid, C. C. 
Robinson, H. A. Rutherford, A. J. Stamm, P. P. Sutton, J. A. 
Weybrew, R. C. White 

Adjunct Professors: 

V. T. Stannett, M. E. Wall 

Associate Professors: 

C. L. BUMGARDNER, D. M. GATES, A. F. GOOTS, L. D. Freedman, F. W. 

Getzen, G. E. Gleit, L. A. Jones, G. G. Long, R. C. Pinkerton 

Assistant Professors : 

T. J. Blalock, L. H. Bowen, H. H. Carmichael, K. M. DeArmond, 
F. C. Hentz, W. p. Ingram, Jr., M. L. Miles, C. G. Moreland, W. P. 
Tucker, G. H. Wahl, Jr. 

Instructors : 

W. R. Johnston, Mrs. E. H. Manning, J. W. Morgan, G. M. Oliver, 
Mrs. G. J. Shaw, T. M. Ward 

BIOCHEMISTRY FACULTY 

Professors : 

L. W. Aurand, G. Matrone, S. B. Tove 

Adjunct Professor: 
M. E. Wall 

Associate Professors: 

S. G. Levine, a. R. Main, E. C. Sisler 

Assistant Professors : 

F. B. Armstrong, H. R. Horton, J. S. Kahn 

CURRICULUM 

The curriculum in chemistry is designed to provide the student w^ith 
the training in sciences and humanities required for entrance into 
graduate school or into industry as a professional chemist. The em- 
phasis in the undergraduate curriculum is on thorough instruction 
and laboratory training in the basic areas of chemistry, supported by 
course work in mathematics, physics, and the humanities. Consider- 
able flexibility in the program is provided through choice of the 
minor field and elective courses. 

The curriculum meets the requirements of the American Chemical 
Society for the training of professional chemists. 

* CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 199. 



* Chemistry majors are required to take CH 105, CH 106, CH 107, and CH 108. The 
minor may be in any field closely related to chemistry, such as mathematics, physics, 
biological sciences, engineering, or science education. A total of four courses in two such 
areas may constitute a "split' minor. The minor field should be chosen in consultation 
with the faculty advisor prior to or during the junior year. 

200 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry 

and Calculus III 4 

PY 206 General Physics 4 

ENG Elective 3 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

MA 301 Differential Equations 3 

PY 207 General Physics 4 

ENG Elective 3 

MS 202 Military Science 11 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Credits Spring Semester 



CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry Lab. 1 

MLG 101 Elementary German 3 

Minor 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

Free Electives 4 



17 



Credits 



CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 

CH 434 Physical Chemistry Lab 1 

CH 401 Systematic Inorganic 

Chemistry 3 

MLG 102 German Grammar and 

Prose Reading 3 

Minor 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

16 



Fall Semester 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry 4 

CH 428 Organic Qualitative Analysis 3 

Minor 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

Free Electives 4 



17 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



CH 413 Analytical Chemistry 11 4 

Major 2 

Minor 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

Free Electives 8 



17 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Master of Science in chemistry and the Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees in chemistry and biochemistry are available. For additional 
information on these programs, consult the Graduate School Catalog. 



EXPERIMENTAL STATISTICS 

Professor D. D. Mason, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

R. L. Anderson, Graduate Administrator, C. C. Cockerham, A. H. E. 
Grandage, R. J. Hader, D. W. Hayne, H. L. Lucas, Jr., F. E. McVay, 
R. J. Monroe, J. A. Rigney, R. W. Stacy, R. G. D. Steel, H. R. 

VAN DER VAART, O. WeSLER 

Professor Emeritus : 
Gertrude M. Cox 

Adjunct Professors : 

A. L. FiNKNER, W. A. Hendricks, D. G. Horvitz 



201 



Associate Professors: 

W. J. Hall, R. G. Petersen, C. H. Proctor, J. 0. Rawlings, W. W. G. 
Smart, Jr., T. D. Wallace 

Visiting Associate Professor: 
J. C. Koop 

Adjunct Associate Professor: 
W. A. Glenn 

Research Associate Technologist: 
F. J. Verlinden 

Assistant Professors: 

B. B. Bh attach ARYYA, L. J. Herbst, L. a. Nelson, C. A. Rohdb 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: 
S. Addelman 

Research Assistant Technologist: 
L. L. McKee 

Assistant Statisticians : 

S. J. M. England, V. A. Pace, B. J. Stines, F. T. Wang 

Statistics is the body of scientific methodology which deals with 
efficient collection and presentation of experimental or survey data, 
and with the drawing of valid and reliable inferences from such data. 
Early development of statistics occurred in the biological and social 
sciences. In recent years statistical concepts and methodology have 
been found useful in virtually all areas of scientific endeavor. 

The Department of Experimental Statistics at Raleigh is part of the 
Institute of Statistics, which also includes a Department of Biosta- 
tistics and a Department of Statistics at Chapel Hill. The Department 
of Experimental Statistics provides instruction, consultation, and 
computational services on research projects for other departments of 
all schools at North Carolina State including the Agricultural Experi- 
ment Station; the department staff are also engaged in an extensive 
program of research in statistical theory and methodology. This wide 
range of activities furnishes an excellent professional environment 
for training students in the use of statistical procedures in such fields 
as the physical, biological, and social sciences, and in industrial re- 
search, development, and engineering. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Most fields of research, development, production, and distribution 
are seeking persons trained in statistical methods and theory. Research 
groups recognize the importance of incorporating sound statistical 
thinking in planning experiments and in analyzing and computing 
results. Industry relies on statistical methods to control the quality 
of goods in the process of manufacture and to determine the accepta- 
bility of goods already produced. Statistical procedures based on 
scientific sampling have become basic tools for making weather fore- 
casts, crop and livestock estimates, business trend predictions, opinion 
polls and the like. 

202 



A graduate in statistics will find abundant employment opportuni- 
ties that will be financially and intellectually rewarding. 

EXPERIMENTAL STATISTICS CURRICULUM 

Assuming BS 100 and PY 205 were elected during the freshman 
year, a typical program for the succeeding three years might be as 
follows : 



Fall Semester 



ST 311 or 361 Introduction to Statistics.. 3 

MA 202 Calculus II 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

EC 201 Economics 3 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



ST 312 or 362 Introduction to Statistics . . 3 
ST 302 Machine Techniques for 

Data Processing 2 

MA 301 Differential Equations 3 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

EC 202 Economics 3 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 

ST 421 Basic Statistical Theory 



Credits 



ST 515 Experimental Statistics 3 

Minor 3 

Foreign Language 3 

ENG 321 Scientific Writing 3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

Humanities Elective 3 



18 



Spring Semester 

ST 422 Basic Statistical Theory 



Credits 



ST 516 Experimental Statistics 3 

Minor 3 

Major Elective 3 

Foreign Language 3 

ENG 231 Basic Speaking Skills 3 

Humanities Elective 3 



18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ST 515 Experimental Statistics 
or 

ST 421 Basic Statistical Theory 3 

Minor 3 

Humanities Elective . 3 

Free Electives 7 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

ST 516 Experimental Statistics 
or 

ST 422 Basic Statistical Theory 3 

Minor 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

Free Electives 6 

15 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Experimental Statistics offers work leading to 
the Master of Science, Master of Experimental Statistics, and Doctor 
of Philosophy degrees. Minor work may be taken in any of the wide 
variety of research programs on the campus. In addition, a cooperative 
arrangement with the Departments of Biostatistics and Statistics at 
Chapel Hill provides for minor work in health affairs and in mathe- 
matical statistics. Active participation in the graduate faculty by 



203 



several members of the staff of the Research Triangle Institute pro- 
vides further strength of staff and a wider variety of research expe- 
rience available to graduate students. 

The department has at least one staff member who consults with 
researchers in each of the following fields and who conducts his own 
research on statistical problems which are encountered: the various 
agricultural sciences, quantitative genetics, industry and engineering, 
physical sciences, and social sciences. In addition, there is active re- 
search in the general fields of experimental design and sample surveys. 



MATHEMATICS 

Professor John W. Cell, Head of the Department 

Professors : 

R. C. Bullock, J. M. Clarkson, W. J. Harrington, Makoto Itoh, 
Jack Levine, H. M. Lieberstein, C. G. Mumford, H. M. Nahikian, 
Graduate Administrator, H. V. Park, Administrative Assistant, Hans 
Sagan, H. E. Speece, R. A. Struble, H. R. van der Vaart, Oscar 
Wesler, H. p. Williams, L. S. Winton 

Adjunct Professors: 

A. S. Galbraith, Leonard Roberts, H. M. Trent 

Associate Professors : 

J. W. BisHiR, H. C. Cooke, A. R. Nolstad, D. M. Peterson, H. A. 
Petrea, J. W. QuERRY, T. W. Ting, G. C. Watson, J. B. Wilson 

Adjunct Associate Professor : 
R. T. HER3ST 

Assistant Professors: 

V. R. Brantley, E. J. Canaday, Joyce Caraway, D. J. Hansen, Ruth 

B. HoNEYCUTT, Kwangil Kah, C. F. Lewis, *C. H. Little, Jr., R. A. 
MacKerracher, Armstrong Maltbie, L. B. Martin, Jr., Peter 
Shahdan 

Adjunct Assistant Professor : 
J. G. Baldwin 

Instructors : 

C. N. Anderson, Dorothy L. Brant, J. V. Brawley, Martha J. 
Garren, J. H. Heinbockel, Jafar Hoomani, G. F. Knight, Julie G. 
McVay, Carlotta p. Patton, T. G. Proctor, III, D. W. Reid, J. A. 
Roberts, R. G. Savage, J. L. Sox, G. S. Speidel, Jr., Margaret J. 
Stone, D. B. Teague 

There is great need in industry and in the field of teaching for 
people trained in applied mathematics. The increasing use of both 
digital and analog computers and the shift to automation in industry 
have given rise to requirements for mathematics analysts and com- 
puter scientists. The Department of Mathematics offers opportunities 
in the elementary and advanced courses for the student to learn im- 
portant concepts in mathematics and to apply these to situations in 
mathematically oriented areas. 



*0n leave 1964-65. 
204 



CURRICULUM 

The curriculum for the Bachelor of Science degree in applied 
mathematics is designed to provide the student with a sound founda- 
tion in mathematics and at the same time to give him a reasonable 
acquaintance with some other area of science or engineering in which 
mathematics is applied. Required courses are relatively few in number 
so that the individual needs of the student are met more readily. The 
individual curriculum can be designed either to fit the needs of a 
student for a position in industry or to provide him with a strong 
foundation for future graduate work. 



Fall Semester 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

MA 251 Programming Laboratory I . . .1 

PY 205 or 206 General Physics 4 

English Literature 3 

*ML 101 Modern Language 3 

MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

AS 221 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



MA 252 Programming Laboratory II ... 1 
MA 303 Differential Equations and 

Infinite Series 4 

PY 207 or 208 General Physics 4 or 5 

Humanity Elective 3 

*ML 102 Modern Language 3 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



17 or 18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fa.l Semester 



Credits Spring Semester 



MA 405 Introduction to Determinants 

and Matrices 3 

MA 401 Topics from Advanced Calculus I 
or 

**MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 3 

ST 371 Introduction to Probability 

and Statistics 3 

•**Minor 3 

•***Humanity 3 

Free Elective 3 



Credits 



MA 403 Fundamental Concepts 

of Algebra 

#Mathematics Elective 

***Minor 

****Humanity 

Free Elective 



18 



Fall Semester 

#Mathematics Elective 6 

•**Minor 3 

****Humanity 3 

##Free Elective 4 or 5 



18 

SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 

^Mathematics Elective 3 

•**Minor 3 

•***Humanity 3 

##Free Elective 6 or 7 



16 or 17 



15 or 16 



* The language chosen (French, German, or Russian) is subject to the approval of the 
department head. 

♦• MA 511 is required but may be taken during a subsequent semester. 

• •• -phe minor field is, as a minimum, a four-course sequence from one other area, and 
these courses normally should exhibit the application of mathematics in this area. (At least 
one of the four should be at the level of differential equations or matrices.) They are not 
to include any course from this area which is otherwise applied in satisfying the require- 
ments of this curriculum. This minor is to be chosen in consultation with the student's ad- 
visor prior to or during the junior year and this choice is subject to the approval of the 
department head. 

***i!* n*^^ junior-senior humanities generally should be chosen from humanities offerings 
at the 300-level and above, or from modern language offerings beyond the required courses. 



205 



# Mathematics electives are to be selected subject to prerequisites, at least one from each 
of the following categories: 

I MA 401, 402, 512, 516, 517 
II MA 513, 514, 524, 532 

III MA 527, 528, 536, 537 

IV MA 421, 541, 542 

## The minimum hourly requirement on free electives is such as will give a minimum 
total hour requirement of 135 semester hours. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The faculty of the Department of Mathematics feels that a student 
entering the Graduate School to work toward a master's degree in 
applied mathematics should be well grounded in mathematics through 
two semesters of advanced calculus and two of modern algebra (or the 
equivalent). In addition, he should have a strong background in 
mechanics, physics, or in some other mathematically oriented area. 

Minimum course requirements for the degree of Master of Science 
in applied mathematics are 30 hours, of which six to nine hours must be 
selected from a minor field which is usually some branch of engineer- 
ing, physics, or statistics; in addition to the above requirements, the 
student must write a thesis and show a satisfactory reading knowl- 
edge of a foreign language. The requirements for the degree of Master 
of Applied Mathematics are 30 hours of course credits of which six 
to nine hours must be selected from a minor field (e.g., engineering, 
physics, or statistics) ; in addition, the student must write a brief 
paper which is submitted for departmental approval. 

For more detailed information and for requirements for the Doctor 
of Philosophy degree see the Graduate School Catalog. 



PHYSICS 

Associate Professor J. T. Lynn, Acting Head of the Department 

Burlington Professors : 

WiLLARD H. Bennett, Raymond L. Murray 

Professors : 

W. O. DoGGETT, H. C. Kelly, F. W. Lancaster, E. R. Manring, J. S. 
Meares, a. C. Menius, Jr., A. W. Waltner 

Associate Professors : 

W. R. Davis, J. D. Memory, R. F. Stanback 

Assistant Professors: 

E. J. Brown, G. C. Cobb, R. L. Dough, G. H. Katzin, D. H. Martin, 
M. K. Moss, J. Y. Park, R. R. Patty 

Instructors : 

Janice Bireline, H. L. Owen, G. W. Parker, P. S. Shieh 

Physics is a fundamental science of observations, measurements, 
and the mathematical description of the particles and processes of 
nature. In addition to extending our basic knowledge of the universe, 
the science of physics provides an attack on problems of importance in 
modern technology. The variety of the contributions made by physi- 
cists is indicated by such typical recent activities as the discovery of 

206 



new particles of nature, the invention and use of new instruments to 
probe interplanetary space, the study of processes fundamental to the 
release of thermonuclear energy, the development of lasers, and re- 
search on missiles, satellites and space craft. 

PROGRAMS 

The physics department provides programs of study in fundamental 
physics and in several areas of specialization including nuclear physics, 
plasma physics, space physics, infrared spectroscopy, and laser studies. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The demand for graduates with fundamental and specialized knowl- 
edge in physics has grown rapidly in recent years. The demands for 
scientists are currently greatest in the fields of nuclear physics and 
space science in which large research and development programs are 
in progress. Positions are available to qualified individuals in govern- 
ment laboratories, industrial research facilities, and universities. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Physics provides programs of advanced study 
in physics leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees. A research thesis is required for each degree. A comprehen- 
sive understanding of classical and modern physics is stressed, with 
specialization possible in nuclear physics, infrared studies, plasma 
physics, space physics, and the theory of fields. Work in the student's 
minor field will generally be taken in other departments of the School 
of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics. Research facilities 
available include a 10-kilowatt heterogeneous reactor, a natural uran- 
ium sub-critical assembly, a one-Mev Van de Graaff accelerator, and 
high speed computing equipment. Plasma laboratories with precision 
shop equipment and laboratory facilities in the fields of spectroscopy 
and nuclear magnetic resonance are available. Among other experi- 
mental research projects are studies of high current ion streams, the 
simulation of space conditions, and the diffusion of neutrons using 
pulsed methods. A number of research and teaching assistantships are 
available to qualified graduate students. 

PHYSICS CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 199. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

«X ^,no ^/"^'■*' Physics 4 PY 207 General Physics 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry MA 301 Differential Equations I 3 

and Calculus III 4 Modern Language 3 

^ • on" L^"Suage 3 Humanities Elective 8 

±'i> 201 Ihe American Governmental English Elective 3 

System 3 MS 202 Military Science II 



MS 201 Military Science II 

or 
AS 221 Air Science II 
Physical Education 1 



A c. no, » . o . AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Ab 221 Air Science II 1 Physical Education .' 1 



207 



I 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PY 411 Mechanics 3 PY 412 Mechanics 3 

PY 414 Electricity and Magnetism 3 PY 415 Electricity and Magnetism 3 

PY 410 Nuclear Physics I 4 SS 302 Science and Civilization 3 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 3 Mathematics Elective 3 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 3 Physics Elective 3 

- — Free Elective 3 



16 



18 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

SS 491 Contemporary Issues 3 PHI 405 Foundations of Science 3 

Physics Electives 6 Physics Electives 6 

Mathematics Electives 3 Free Electives 7 

Free Electives 6 — 

— 16 

18 

COMPUTING CENTER 

An IBM 1410 digital computer is located in the Computing Center 
in Nelson Textile Building. The computer, a card-tape system with 
40,000 characters of core storage, is used for faculty and student 
research, and for instruction in scheduled credit courses and non- 
credit short courses. 

Credit courses in computing are supplemented by use of the com- 
puter in courses offered by several departments and by a continuous 
offering of non-credit short courses. 

Two IBM 1620 computers are available for use by several depart- 
ments, and use of analog computers is included in many courses. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCES RESEARCH 

The Department of Physical Sciences Research of the School of 
Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics was established in 1961 
to promote research and research training activities sponsored by 
outside agencies, to administer sponsored research, and to assist in 
physical facilities planning, design, and the preparation of proposals 
for support from non-state sources. Research facilities are listed 
above. 



s 



CHOOL OF TEXTILES 



Malcolm E. Campbell, Dean 

James W. Klibbe, Academic Coordinator 

The manufacture of textiles has become one of the world's leading 
industries. North Carolina's textile industry now ranks first in the 

208 



nation in terms of employment and value of manufactured products. 
Furthermore, the textile industry of the State and the area is broadly 
diversified, ranging from the production of man-made fibers to finished 
garments, from cotton spinning mills to finishing plants, from vi^oven 
goods to all types of knitted materials, and from suppliers to machine 
manufacturers. 

Because of the tremendous expansion in the scope of textiles it has 
become necessary to utilize the talents of the chemist, the physicist, 
the engineer, the businessman, as well as the traditional spinner, 
weaver, and dyer. 

The School of Textiles offers several programs at both the under- 
graduate and graduate levels in the applied sciences underlying the 
production and finishing of textile products. Textile research supple- 
ments and supports graduate study. 

The purpose of the School is fourfold: to educate men and women 
for professional service in all phases of the textile industry; to develop 
their capacities for intelligent leadership; to aid in the economic de- 
velopment of the textile industry; and to cooperate with the textile 
industry in improving, through scientific research, manufacturing 
eflficiency and the quality and value of manufactured products. 

In the educational program, for administration, the School of Tex- 
tiles is organized into three departments: Textile Technology, Knit- 
ting Technology, and Textile Chemistry. 

CURRICULA 

The School of Textiles offers two basic four-year curricula, textile 
technology and textile chemistry. After the freshman year these two 
programs differ; however, there is sufficient similarity in the first 
year to permit the student to defer the final decision as to his major 
field of study until the end of the freshman year. 

A program is offered by the School to permit the student with a 
B.S., A.B., or B.A. degree from an accredited college or university to 
complete the requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree in textile 
technology after the satisfactory completion of one year of study. 

The over-all program of the textile technology curriculum includes 
course work in the basic sciences and humanities as well as in the 
professional area of textiles. The arrangement of stems within the 
curriculum permits for specialization in various areas which lead in 
one direction to a high concentration of work in the basic sciences 
and in the other direction to greater depth in the study of economics. 
The various avenues of selection open to the students are as follows, 
with specialization as indicated: fiber and yarn technology, fabric 
technology, general textiles, knitting technology, and textile economics. 

The latter program provides substantial depth in the fundamentals 
of economics as well as work in the basic sciences, humanities, and 
professional textile areas. It is believed that this program provides a 
firm foundation on which to develop business skills. 

209 



Textile chemistry is designed to give the student a fundamental 
education in chemistry with special emphasis on the application of 
this science to textiles. The textile chemistry curriculum places em- 
phasis on chemical fundamentals so that those students who complete 
this program with a high degree of excellence are adequately pre- 
pared for graduate study either in pure or applied chemistry. Simi- 
larly, students who complete the program in any one of the stems in 
textile technology with a high degree of excellence would be accept- 
able for graduate study in many different areas. 

Inasmuch as the professional work in textiles is concentrated to a 
great extent in the last two years of the student's program, it is quite 
possible for students from either junior colleges or other institutions 
of higher learning to transfer to the School of Textiles with a mini- 
mum loss of time. 

DEGREES 

By mutual agreement between the faculties involved, candidates for 
the Doctor of Philosophy degree in other schools of this institution 
may specialize in essentially textile related subjects. In such cases it 
is often logical for the research involved to be done in the School of 
Textiles. 

Upon completion of programs in either textile technology or textile 
chemistry, the degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred. 

A Master of Textile Technology degree is offered. The degree of 
Master of Science in textile technology or in textile chemistry is also 
offered. The granting of this degree requires the satisfactory com- 
pletion of a minimum of a year of graduate study, in residence, and 
the submission and acceptance of a thesis based upon a research proj- 
ect. For general requirements, consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

FACILITIES 

The Nelson Textile Building, erected in 1939 and greatly enlarged 
in 1950, was designed to coordinate teaching and laboratory facilities. 
It houses one of the most modern and best-equipped textile institu- 
tions in the world. The Department of Textile Chemistry is housed 
in the Clark Laboratories, one hundred yards south of the Nelson 
Textile Building. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Technological advances in textile fibers and manufacturing tech- 
niques have created a tremendous demand for men technically trained 
in textile colleges. For the past several years, the School of Textiles 
has had a demand for graduates greater than it could supply. Its 
graduates have entered the textile industry at salaries equal to or 
better than those offered in many other industries. 

Graduates of the School are equipped to enter many fields related to 
textiles, such as manufacturing, sales or research; and alumni of the 

210 



school hold responsible positions in each of these fields. Many are now 
mill presidents or general managers. 

Some of the specific fields selected by North Carolina State textile 
graduates are production of yarns, production of woven and knitted 
fabrics, dyeing and finishing, industrial engineering, quality control, 
designing, styling, merchandising, converting, research, cost and pro- 
duction control, and sales of equipment and materials to the textile 
industry. 

To assist in the placement of students and alumni and to facilitate 
interviews by textile firms, the School maintains a full-time place- 
ment director. 

INSPECTION TRIPS 

For certain of the textile courses offered, it is desirable for the 
student to see the manufacturing process under actual operating 
conditions. When possible, trips are arranged for student groups to 
visit outstanding manufacturing plants. Participation in the trips 
is required; transportation costs and other travel expenses, while 
held to a minimum insofar as possible, must be paid by the student. 

SHORT COURSES 

It is the policy of the School to offer course training for textile 
mill men who have a limited amount of time to spend at the School. 
These courses are offered when a sufficient demand for them devel- 
ops. The subject matter is selected to meet the needs of the group. 

DISTINGUISHED PROFESSORSHIPS 

The School of Textiles has four sponsored professorships. These 
are made possible by funds contributed to the North Carolina Tex- 
tile Foundation, Inc., and especially designated to pay a part of the 
annual salary of the professor selected to fill the position. 

The four professorships, together with the year of establishment 
and the name of the incumbent for each, are as follows: 

Burlington Industries Professorship of Textiles — 1946, Dame S. 
Hamby, professor of textiles. Department of Textile Technology. 

Chester H. Roth Professorship of Knitting Technology — 1948, Wil- 
liam Edward Shinn, professor of textiles and head of Department of 
Knitting Technology. 

Abel C. Lineberger Professorship of Textiles — 1948, Elliot Brown 
Grover, professor of textiles and head of Department of Textile Tech- 
nology. 

Edgar and Emily Hesslein Professorship of Fabric Development — 
1948. (Open) 

211 



KNITTING TECHNOLOGY 

Professor William E. Shinn, Head of the DepoMrtment 

Assistant Professor: 

H. M. MiDDLETON, Jr. 

Instructor : 
Peter Li 

In recognition of the great importance of knitting and the other 
needle arts in the industrial life of this section, the Department of 
Knitting Technology makes available to this branch of the textile 
industry, personnel trained in the fundamentals and practices under- 
lying the production of knitted textiles. 

CURRICULUM 

Knitting technology students follow the textile technology curricu- 
lum and elect Stem 4. For a list of the curriculum by years see pages 
220-222. 

FACILITIES 

The laboratories of the knitting technology department, organized 
and equipped for instruction in many phases of the knit-goods indus- 
try, are grouped as follows: 

Seamless Hosiery 

Equipment for instruction in seamless hosiery production includes 
representative types of machines arranged in two groups. The more 
elementary types, including ribbers and plain hosiery machines with 
the elementary attachments such as stripers, reverse plating and 
rubber top attachments, are arranged together for beginning stu- 
dents. The more advanced types are grouped together for advanced 
students. This line includes advanced rib type machines, Komets, 
Banner Wrap Reverse, several types of float stitch machines, and 
machines for the manufacture of hosiery with solid color patterns. 

Nylon Hosiery 

This section is equipped with full-fashioned hosiery knitting ma- 
chines of modern types in 51-gauge, 54-gauge, and 66-gauge. There is 
provided also three 400-needle women's nylon hosiery machines of 
the circular type. This equipment forms the basis for instruction in 
hosiery manufacture. Equipment for the looping and seaming of 
hosiery, for pre-boarding, dyeing and finishing of fine hosiery is pro- 
vided in separate rooms. 

Circular Knitwear 

A wide assortment of large diameter fabric knitting machines is 
provided for demonstration and instruction in the production of cloth 

212 



for both underwear and outerwear. This group includes latch needle 
and spring needle types for jersey, rib, interlock and Jacquard double 
knit fabric. 

Garment Cutting and Seaming 

A laboratory for experimental garment design and manufacture 
has been set up with modern power cutting equipment and many types 
of industrial sewing machines for producing garments for both outer- 
wear and underwear. This unit is supplemented by knit goods finish- 
ing equipment located in the hosiery and knitwear finishing laboratory. 

Warp Knitting, Flat Knitting 

The laboratories include eight warp knitting machines of the tricot 
and raschel types. These machines furnish the basis for instruction 
in the design, analysis, and production of warp knitted fabrics. A 
collection of fabrics and several winding and warp preparation 
machines make it possible to process a variety of materials. Flat 
machines of the V-bed and links-and-links class are employed for 
instruction in the production of heavier knitwear such as sweaters. 

Knit Goods Finishing 

Devoted entirely to experimental work in hosiery and knit goods 
finishing, this laboratory contains modern equipment for pre-boarding, 
dyeing and finishing machinery, a knit goods calendar for finishing 
knitted tubing, and a fabric brush. 



TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

Professor Henry A. Rutherford, Head of the Department and Director, 
Chemical Research 

Professors : 

K. S. Campbell, D. M. Gates, Associate Director, Chemical Research 

Associate Professors: 

T. H. GuiON, A. C. Hayes 

Instructor : 

ROSA D. KiRBY 

Adjunct Professors : 

L. L. Heffner, W. R. Martin, Jr. 

The purpose of the Department of Textile Chemistry is to instruct 
students in the chemistry of natural and synthetic fibers, and in the 
theory and practice of scouring, bleaching, dyeing, finishing and print- 
ing of yarns and fabrics; to conduct laboratory experimental work 
demonstrating the principles set forth in lecture periods; to cooperate 
with the mills of the State in solving problems relating to the wet 
processing of textile materials. 

213 



CURRICULUM 

In the senior year, the student is given the option of electing a 
course of study which includes physical chemistry or may in its place 
elect a stem of courses in textile technology. In the latter, three areas 
are provided which furnish depth in quality control, fabric technology, 
or yarn technology. A student may elect also a three-course sequence 
of a minimum of nine semester hours in psychology, industrial engi- 
neering, or from the School of Liberal Arts. 

Students who expect to pursue a course of graduate study are urged 
to take the chemistry option. The technology option is primarily for 
students who expect to go into production. 

In either option, the curriculum places emphasis on the fundamen- 
tals of chemistry. Adequate background in social sciences and humani- 
ties is also provided. 

GRADUATE STUDIES 

A master's degree in textile chemistry is offered for the satisfactory 
completion of one year of graduate study in residence. The program in 
textile chemistry and its related area, polymer science, is intended to 
provide professional training at the graduate level. The student with 
a bachelor's degree in chemistry or chemical engineering will gener- 
ally have the academic background to undertake it. The student with 
a major in physics may desire to enroll in one or two undergraduate 
courses in chemistry to erase certain deficiencies. 

Five courses, that are described in the section on Description of 
Course3, (TC 403, 404; TC 561, 562; TC 605; and TC 606), are the 
core of the education plan at the graduate level. The selection of 
courses beyond the ones mentioned depends on the student's interest 
and the nature of his thesis research. The objective is to stimulate 
basic research and to train scientists in the general field of fiber and 
polymer chemistry, with proper emphasis on the supporting sciences. 
Although fiber-forming polymers are emphasized, the program is 
broad in scope, providing an opportunity for training and research in 
general principles in the polymer field, as well as advanced study in 
chemistry, physics, and mathematics. 

Fellowships and assistantships are available for qualified students. 

FACILITIES 

Facilities available in textile chemistry follow: 

Dyeing Laboratory 

This is a complete laboratory with generous provision for bench 
space, equipment storage facilities, etc. It is used for all laboratory 
work dealing with chemical properties of textiles, dye synthesis, color 
matching and all types of dyeing. 



214 



Dye House 

In this room is assembled a collection of dyeing and finishing 
machinery for instructional and experimental purposes. Obtained over 
the last few years, the equipment includes a singeing machine, a pad- 
der, a continuous dyeing range of the pad-steam type, a Williams unit, 
a duPont-type continuous bleaching unit, four package dyeing machines^ 
a dye beck, dye jig, rotary hosiery dyeing machine, piece goods dyeing 
and finishing units utilizing dry cans, enclosed tenter frame and a 
continuous loop drying and curing unit supplied with both steam and 
gas-fired heat sources and a laboratory calendar. 

RESEARCH AND TEXTILE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS 

Nine laboratories equipped for chemical research on fibers and on 
textile chemical specialties are available for use by advanced under- 
graduate students and graduate students working on special problems 
and for research. Equipment is available for ultra-violet, visible, and 
infrared spectroscopy, reflectometry, colorimetry, viscometry, differ- 
ential thermol analysis and thermal gravimetric analysis. Common 
testing equipment used for the evaluation of the physical properties of 
textile materials and for determining the color-fastness, wash-fastness 
of dyed fibers and fabrics is also available. 

TEXTILE CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

TX 221 Fundamentals of Textiles 4 

CH 105 Chemistry 4 

MA 111 Mathematics* 4 

ENG 111 English ... 3 

••MS 101 Military Science I 
or 

••AS 121 Air Science 1 1 

•'Physical Education 1 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



TX 261 Fabric Structure 4 

CH 107 Chemistry 4 

MA 112 Mathematics 4 

ENG 112 English 3 

MS 10^ Military Science I 
or 

AS 122 Air Science I 1 

Physical Education 1 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



FaU Semester Credits 

MA 211 Calculus q 

PY 211 Physics 4 

TX 281 Fiber Quality '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry 4 

•'MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

••AS 221 Air Science II 1 

•'Physical Education 1 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



MA 212 Calculus 3 

PY 212 Physics .'....'.' 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry 4 

HI 252 U. S. History ' .' 3 

•••English Elective 3 

MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

AS 222 Air Science II 1 

Physical Education 1 



215 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

TC 303 Textile Chemistry III 3 

ST 361 Intro, to Statistics 3 

CH 215 Quantitative Analysis 4 

••♦English Elective 3 

Humanity or Economics 3 

Free Elective 3 



19 



Spring Semester Credits 

TC 304 Textile Chemistry 3 

TC 412 Textile Chem. Analysis 3 

TX 327 Textile Testing 4 

PS 201 American Government 3 

Humanity or Economics 3 

Free Elective 3 

19 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

TC 403 Tex. Chem. Tech 3 

TC 405 Tex. Chem. Tech. Lab 2 

TC 511 Chemistry of Fibers 3 

TX 581 Instrumentation 3 

Free Elective 3 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry (1) 3 

or 

Stem Hours (See Below) (2) 3 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

TC 404 Tex. Chem. Tech 3 

TC 406 Tex. Chem. Tech. Lab. 2 

TC 501 Seminar in Textile Chemistry ... 2 

••••Humanity or Social Science 3 

Free Elective 3 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry (1) 3 

or 

Stem Hours (See Below) (2) 4 

16 or 17 



(1) Only for students electing chemistry option. 

(2) Only for students electing technology option. 

Credits Required — Freshman Year, 34; Sophomore Year, 36; Junior Year, 38; Senior Year, 
Physical Chemistry Option, 33; Total 141. Senior Year, Technology Option, 34; Total 142. 

Stem Requirements 

Stem 1. Quality Control Credits Stem 2. Fabric Technology Credits 

TX 521 Textile Testing II 3 TX 365 Fabric Technology 4 

TX 522 Textile Quality Control 3 TX 575 Fabric Analytics and 

Transfer to free electives 1 Characteristics 3 

7 7 

Stem 3. Yarn Technology Credits 

TX 303 Fiber and Yarn Technology 4 

TX 430 Continuous Filament Yarns 

or 
TX 436 Staple Fiber Processing 3 

7 

Stem h- General 

Students electing this stem must take a three-course sequence totaling a minimum of nine 
semester hours. The sequence will generally be selected from courses in psychology, in- 
dustrial engineering, or from the School of Liberal Arts. The sequence must be approved 
by the student's advisor. 



* Qualified entering students taking MA 102 who earn grade of "C" or better, receive 
credit for MA 111. 

•* Students excused from military or air science and/or physical education will schedule 
equivalent credits in courses from the following departments: Economics, English, History 
and Political Science, Modern Languages, Philosophy and Religion, Psychology, Rural 

Sociology, Social Studies, or Sociology. 

••• If approved in advance, students who average "C" or above on composite, English 
111, 112 may substitute 6 credits of modern languages. 

*•*• Students electing Stem 4 may use these credits in conjunction with the stem hours 
to take a three-course sequence in psychology, industrial engineering, or economics. 



216 



TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY 

Linebergcr Professor Elliott B. Grover, Head of the Department 
Burlington Professor D. S. Hamby, Graduate Administrator 

Professors : 

J. F. BOGDAN, Director, Basic Research; J. A. Porter, Jr. 

Associate Professors: 

W. E. MosER, J. E. Pardue, W. C. Stuckey, Jr., R. E. Wiggins 

Research Associate Professor: 
E. H. Bradford 

Assistant Professors: 

E. B. Berry, J. W. Klibbe, L. T. Lassiter 

Research Assistant Professors: 

B. S. Gupta, E. E. Hutchison, Joachim Gayler 

Instructors: 

Frances W. Massey, M. L. Robinson, Jr. 

Research Instructors: 

Betty A. Cagle, J. A. King, S. W. Lee, A. R. Verbeck 

Research Associate: 
W. K. Lynch 

Research Assistants: 

P. L. Grady, J. E. Hisada 

The purpose of the Department of Textile Technology is to instruct 
students in the theory and fundamental concepts, at both the basic 
and advanced levels, of fiber properties and fiber processing into 
yarns and fabrics. This is accomplished through the systematic study 
of the engineering properties of both the materials being processed 
and of the equipment involved in manufacturing. In addition, the 
department is engaged in research, w^ith the support for the basic 
areas of work coming from college funds, and applied research 
through the industrial and governmental sponsors of the v^^ork. Not 
only faculty, but graduate and, when practical, undergraduate students 
are encouraged to participate in the research programs. 

CURRICULUM 

The curriculum of the Department of Textile Technology, during 
the student's first two years, is concerned primarily with the physical 
sciences, humanities, and social sciences, together with the limited but 
very important basic studies in textile fundamentals. Following this 
phase of his work, the student in his junior and senior years does his 
major work in textiles, with a minimum of study outside of textiles. 

The primary objective of the textile technology curriculum is to 
provide as general an education as possible and at the same time to 
prepare the graduate for profitable employment in the textile industry. 
This is accomplished through an integration of physical sciences and 
the application of the sciences and economics to the field of textiles. 

In addition to the wide selection of basic sciences, the student also 

217 



has the opportunity for diversification within the School of Textiles. 
The curriculum offers depth in such selected areas as fiber and yarn 
technology, fabric technology, knitting technology, general textiles, 
and textile management. 

THE FOUR-ONE PROGRAM 

The School of Textiles has developed a program designed to permit 
the student vv^ith a B.S., A.B., or B.A. degree from an accredited col- 
lege or university to complete the requirements for a B.S. degree in 
textile technology after the satisfactory completion of one year of 
study. 

The minimum entrance requirement into this program is a bacca- 
laureate degree from an accredited educational institution. The under- 
graduate program should contain at least 25 percent of the credit hours 
in the fields of basic and physical sciences. The undergraduate program 
of each applicant is considered individually; how^ever, in general, a 
complete transfer of credits is usually possible. 

The normal program at the School of Textiles is designed for stu- 
dents who have had a sufficient amount of the basic and physical 
sciences, humanities and social sciences. Presuming that these condi- 
tions are met, the student can complete the degree requirements in 
two regular semesters and summer school. It is quite possible that 
students not meeting the minimum requirements in the sciences or 
applied mathematics could remove these deficiencies in the summer 
session prior to the fall semester, which would mean that completion 
of studies would be achieved at the end of the normal period. 

GRADUATE STUDIES 

The Department of Textile Technology offers two graduate pro- 
grams — one leading to a degree of Master of Science and the second 
leading to the degree of Master of Textile Technology. 

The objectives of the Master of Science are to develop in students 
their abilities to initiate and conduct independently investigations 
which lead to the development of new knowledge, and to stimulate 
the thought processes associated with learning and decision making. 
It is endeavored to accomplish this through a program designed to 
increase the knowledge of the student, and by enabling him to develop 
a more comprehensive understanding of the various fields through 
study and research. 

The Master of Textile Technology degree is offered for students 
who are interested in the more advanced applications of fundamental 
principles to the field of textile technology rather than in training 
which would fit them for careers in research. A strong supporting 
second field of interest is encouraged, such as experimental statistics, 
industrial engineering, textile chemistry, physics, or one of many 
others that may be compatible. 

A number of graduate assistantships are available to students who 
qualify for either program. For those students interested in details 

218 



concerning the graduate programs, reference should be made to the 
catalog of the Graduate School. 

FACILITIES 

The facilities of the Department of Textile Technology are sub- 
divided into separate laboratory areas for processing of cotton and 
other short staple fibers; woolen, worsted and long staple synthetic 
fibers; throwing of continuous filament yarns; warp preparation and 
slashing; cam, dobby, and jacquard weaving; physical testing; applied 
research laboratories; and a data processing laboratory. 

Cotton and Short Staple Synthetics 

This area is complete in respect to modern opening, picking, carding, 
combing, drawing, roving, spinning, winding, and twisting equipment. 
The laboratory facilities are kept up-to-date which enables the school 
to maintain one of the most complete and modern facilities of this 
type in the world. 

Woolen, Worsted, and Long-Staple Synthetic Fibers 

A laboratory is set up for the processing of wool and long-staple 
synthetic fibers and blends. Included in the equipment is a Davis and 
Furber Wool Unit, complete from machinery to handle blending through 
spinning. Another set of machinery in this laboratory is designed to 
process the longer staple natural and synthetic fibers on the American 
worsted and new fiber systems. Tow-to-top machines, rectilinear combs, 
intersecting gills, wide ratch roving and spinning frames, and other 
supplemental equipment permit the processing of these fibers in many 
commercially oriented paths into spun yarns. 

Continuous Filament Yarns 

The continuous filament laboratory has the complete range of equip- 
ment necessary for the processing of thrown yarn and includes: soak- 
ing tub, extractor, dryer, twist-setting oven, spooler, upstroke twisters, 
doubler twister, quill winder, cone winders, and nylon sizing machine, 
plus supplementary equipment such as a texturizing machine. 

Warp Preparation and Slashing 

The equipment for preparing yarn for weaving includes high speed 
warper and a rayon-type slasher with auxiliary equipment. There is 
also a silk-type combination warper and beamer used for making 
short warps for student instruction. There is a separate room for 
drawing in warps. 

Cam, Dobby, and Jacquard Weaving 

The weaving facilities are subdivided into three laboratories: cam, 
jacquard, and dobby weaving; with this equipment, instruction is 
given in how to produce such fabrics as print cloths, denims, sateens, 
ginghams, fancy shirting, dobby weave dressing and drapery mate- 

219 



rials, pile, leno and jacquard fabrics, woven from natural and syn- 
thetic fibers. All weave rooms are completely humidified. 

Physical Testing 

There are three separate air-conditioned laboratories, two of 
which are used for teaching and undergraduate student work and 
another for industrial research and graduate student research. 

The laboratories are equipped with a wide range of modern testing 
instruments designed to investigate and determine levels of quality 
for fibers, yarns, and fabrics. Included are microscopic equipment and 
dark room facilities. 

Applied Research Laboratories 

Four separate laboratories for applied research in fiber processing 
and weaving are located in this department. One of these laboratories 
has air-conditioning equipment designed so as to provide atmospheric 
conditions over a wide scale of controllable temperatures and humidi- 
ties. These laboratories are completely equipped and designed for 
research by students and faculty in the areas of fiber processing and 
weaving. Another laboratory devoted to the development of electronic 
equipment and measuring systems is located in this department. 

Data Processing Laboratory 

This laboratory contains modern data processing equipment used 
in both the educational and research programs in the department. 
This facility is also being used extensively to study industry problems 
associated with quality, operations research, linear programming and 
similar activities. 



TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 

(Fiber and Yarn Technology, Fabric Technology, General Textiles, and 
Knitting Technology Stems) 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

TX 221 Fundamentals of Textiles 4 TX 261 Fabric Structure 4 

CH 101 General Inorganic Chemistry 4 CH 103 General Inorganic Chemistry .4 

*MA HI Algebra and Trigonometry 4 "MA 112 Anal. Geom. and Calculus A 4 

t^NG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

•*MS 101 Military Science I *MS 102 Military Science I 

or or 

**AS 121 Air Science I 1 **AS 122 Air Science 1 1 

**Physical Education 1 ''Physical Education 1 

17 17 



220 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

and 

MA 211 Calculus 3 

or 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

and 

Electives from Schedule A 3 

TX 281 Fiber Quality 4 

***English 3 

HI 252 U. S. History Since 1865 3 

**MS 201 Military Science II 

or 

* 'AS 221 Air Science II 1 

**Physical Education 1 

19 



Spring Semester Credits 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

and 
MA 212 Calculus 8 

or 
PY 212 General Physics 4 

and 

Electives from Schedule A 3 

TC 201 Textile Chemistry I 2 

Humanities or Economics 3 

PS 201 American Governmental System . 3 
**MS 202 Military Science II 

or 

**AS 222 Air Science II 1 

♦♦Physical Education 1 

17 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



TX 303 Fiber and Yarn Tech 4 

TX 365 Fabric Tech 4 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics 3 

♦♦♦English 3 

Free Elective 3 



17 



Credits 



TX 327 Textile Testing 4 

TX 342 Knitting Principles 2 

Stem Hours 8 

Free Elective 3 



17 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fa'l Semester 



Credits Spring Semester 



TX 442 Knitted Fabrics 3 

TX 581 Instrumentation and Control .... 3 

TC 307 Textile Chemistry II 4 

Stem Hours 3 

Humanities 3 

Free Elective 3 



Credits 



TX 485 Mill Design and Org 4 

Stem Hours 6 

Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective 3 

16 



19 

Credits required — freshman year, 34; sophomore year, 36; junior year, 34; senior year, 35; 
total hours, 139. 



STEM REQUIREMENTS 

(Fiber and Yarn Technology, Fabric Technology, General Textiles, and 
Knitting Technology Stems) 



Stems 1 and 2 require the MA 211, 212 sequence. 



Stem 1 Fiber and Yarn Tech. 



Credits 



TX 304 Fiber and Yarn Tech 4 

TX 430 Continuous Filament Yarns 3 

TX 436 Staple Fiber Processing 3 

and 

(TX 366 Fabric Tech 4 

(TX 483 Textile Cost Methods 3 



Stem ;i Fabric Tech. 



Credits 



TX 366 Fabric Tech 4 

TX 478 Design and Weaving 3 

TX 575 Fab. Anal, and Char 3 

and 

(TX 304 Fiber and Yarn Tech 4 

(TX 483 Textile Cost Methods 3 



(Selection from Schedule B 6, 7, or 8^*^- (Selection from Schedule B . . .6, 7, or 8* 



17 (to 19) 



17 (to 19) 



221 



stems 3 and 4 do not require MA 211, 212 sequence. 



Stem S General Textiles Credits Stem i***** Knitting Tech. Credits 

TX 304 Fiber and Yarn Tech -4 TX 430 Continuous Filament Yarns 3 

TX 366 Fabric Tech 4 TX 441 Flat Knitting 3 

TX 483 Textile Cost Methods 3 TX 444 Garment Mfgr. 3 

Electives from Schedule C 6 TX 447, 448 Adv. Knitting Lab 4 

— TX 483 Textile Cost Methods 3 

17 Transfer to Free Elective 1 

17 



* Qualified entering students taking MA 102 who earn grade of "C" or better receive 
credit for MA 111. 

*•■■ Students excused from military or air science and/or physical education will schedule 
equivalent credits in courses from the following departments: Economics, English, History 
and Political Science, Modern Languages, Philosophy and Religion, Psychology, Rural 
Sociology, Social Studies, and Sociology. 

*'■* If approved in advance, students who average "C" or above on composition, English 
111, 112, may substitute 6 credits of modern language.^. 

**** Any hours above the six allocated may be taken from free electives. 

***** Either Mathematics-Physics sequence is acceptable. 



SCHEDULE A 

Schedule A is comprised of a two-course sequence totaling six 
semester hours. The sequence elected by the student must meet with 
the approval of his advisor. Illustrative of the sequences would be 
studies in the areas of industrial engineering, industrial psychology, 
economics, or other approved fields of study. 



SCHEDULE B 

Schedule B is comprised of a two-course sequence totaling in each 
case a minimum of six credit hours. The sequence elected by the stu- 
dent must meet with the approval of his advisor. Illustrative of the 
sequences would be studies in the areas of mechanics and strength 
of materials, advanced statistics, advanced physics, industrial engi- 
neering, textile quality control, and other approved courses of the 
300 level or above. 



SCHEDULE C 

Schedule C is comprised of a two-course sequence in the field of 
textiles totaling in each case a minimum of six credit hours. Illustra- 
tive of the sequences available are the following: 

Continuous Filament Yarns .. TX 430 (3) 
and Staple Fiber Processing . TX 436 (3) 

Design and Weaving TX 478 (3) 

and Fab. Anal. & Char TX 575 (3) 

Textile Testing II TX 521 (3) 

and Tex. Quality Control TX 522 (3) 



222 



FOUR-ONE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CURRICULUM IN 
TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY FOR 
APPROVED COLLEGE GRADUATES 



Fall Semester Credits 

TX 221 Fund, of Textiles 4 

TX 261 Fabric Structure 4 

TX 281 Fiber Quality 4 

TX 303 Fiber and Yarn Tech 4 

ST 361 Intro, to Statistics* 3 

19 



Spring Semester Credits 

TX 304 Fiber and Yarn Tech 4 

TX 327 Textile Testing 4 

TX 365 Fabric Technology 4 

TX 430 Continuous Filament Yarns 3 

TX 485 Mill Design and Org 4 

19 



SUMMER SEMESTER 



First Session 



Credits Second Session 



TX 436 Staple Fiber Processing 3 

TC 307 Textile Chemistry II 4 



Credits 



TX 342 Knitting Principles 2 

TX 366 Fabric Tech 4 



Students completing this program may continue to the graduate level if 
scholastic average is suitable. 



* If appropriate background has been received in statistics, a substitution may be made 
for this course. 



TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 
(ECONOMICS OPTION) 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Same as Textile Technology. 



Fall Semester 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

MA 211 Calculus 3 

TX 281 Fiber Quality 4 

HI 252 U. S. History Since 1865 3 

EC 201 Economic Principles 3 

•*MS 201 Military Science II 
or 

*-AS 221 Air Science II 1 

♦''Physical Education 1 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

MA 212 Calculus 3 

TC 201 Textile Chemistry I 2 

PS 201 American Governmental System 3 

EC 202 Economic Principles 3 

**MS 202 Military Science II 
or 

**AS 222 Air Science II 1 

**Physical Education 1 



17 



Fall Semester 

TX 303 Fiber and Yarn Tech 4 

ENG 211 Business Communications 3 

ST 361 Intro, to Statistics 3 

EC 312 Accounting for Engrs 3 

Stem Hours 3 

Free Elective '. . . 3 



19 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 

TX 327 Textile Testing 4 

TX 365 Fabric Tech 4 

TC 307 Textile Chemistry II 4 

EC 411 Marketing Methods 3 

Free Elective 3 



18 



223 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

TX 342 Knitting Principles 2 TX 485 Mill Design and Org 4 

TX 483 Textile Cost Methods 3 EC 425 Industrial Management 3 

TX 501 Textile Tech. Seminar 2 Textile Elective*** 3 

TX 575 Fab. Anal, and Char 3 Stem Hours 3 

ENG 231 Basic Speaking Skills 3 Free Elective 3 

Stem Hours 3 — 

Free Elective 3 16 

19 

Credits required — freshman year, 34; sophomore year, 36; junior year, 37; senior year, 35; 
total hours, 142. 



ADDITIONAL STEM REQUIREMENTS 

Group A Credits Group B Credits 

EC 310 Economics of the Firm 3 EC 446 Economic Forecasting 3 

EC 407 Business Law 3 EC 448 International Econ 3 

EC 409 Intro, to Production Costs 3 EC 490 Senior Seminar in Econ 3 

9 9 

Group C Credits 

EC 301 Production Prices 3 

EC 409 Intro, to Production Costs 3 

EC 420 Corporation Finance 3 

9 



* Qualified entering students taking MA 102 who earn grade of "C" or better receive 
credit for MA 111. 

** Students excused from military or air science and/or physical education will schedule 
equivalent credits in courses from the following departments: Economics, English, History 
and Political Science, Modern Languages, Philosophy and Religion, Psychology, Rural 
Sociology, Social Studies, and Sociology. 

*** To be selected from TX 304, TX 366, or TX 444. 



TEXTILE RESEARCH 

Robert W. Work, Director of Research 

Although research projects associated with the granting of advanced 
degrees constitute a vital part of the educational program, they form 
only a segment of the total research activities carried on in the 
School. In keeping with similar trends in American universities, an 
increasing volume of research is done. This is supported by the state 
and federal governments or is sponsored by private industry. Such 
research covers a wide gamut of textile activities and ranges from 
the basic areas to the somewhat more applied. Thus, an atmosphere 
of scientific study and research endeavor permeates and is integral 
with the educational functions of the School. 



224 



TEXTILE MACHINE DEVELOPMENT 

C. M. ASBILL, Jr., Head 

The Department of Textile Machine Development was established 
to assist the textile industry and the students of the School of Textiles 
in matters relating to textile processing machinery and testing appara- 
tus. 

Specifically the objective of the department is to make available to 
the textile industry and to the faculty and students of the School of 
Textiles the facilities of a qualified textile engineering department 
with me'ans for the design, construction and testing of new or improved 
equipment. 

The department attempts to keep informed as to modern machinery 
and practices by maintaining close contact with textile mills and 
machine manufacturers as well as by a digest of technical articles and 
patents, and by participation in technical and scientific conferences. 

The physical facilities of the department include a completely 
equipped machine shop and electronics section, together with thor- 
oughly trained operating personnel. 



TEXTILE PLACEMENT BUREAU 

Professor GEORGE H. Dunlap, Director 

The Placement Bureau is a clearing house for students in the grad- 
uating class and for textile alumni. It is a coordinating agency for 
the employer and the graduates of the School of Textiles. The Place- 
ment Bureau tries to keep an accurate file of all textile alumni and 
the progress they have made. Therefore, all alumni are requested to 
notify the director when they receive a promotion or transfer from 
one organization to another. 

TEXTILES LIBRARY 

Adrian A P. Orr, Librarian 

The present School of Textiles Library was originally organized in 
Nelson Building in 1944 as a branch of the D. H. Hill Library. In 
1951, as a result of a substantial gift by Burlington Mills Foundation, 
the library was relocated in the west wing of the building, and in 
1964 an expansion is underway which will double the original space 
allocated for the library collection. This expansion has again been 
made possible through the generosity of Burlington Industries, Inc. 

Attractive furnishings and air-conditioning create an area conducive 
to study and research. The library has been designed to provide indi- 

225 



vidual study carrels, a reading lounge, a reference/bibliography alcove, 
a library seminar room, and shelving and storage for the ever-growing 
collection of textile books, journals, machinery literature, patents and 
pamphlets. Typing facilities for students and photocopy services for 
users of the collection are available. 

In addition to the traditional card catalog, supplementary card in- 
dexes have been prepared to analyze the collection in greater depth. 
The library also subscribes to various commercial indexing/abstract- 
ing services including Chemical Abstracts, Textile Technology Digest, 
and the Shirley Institute's Summary of Current Literature. 

The library lends items to students, faculty and research staff of 
the institution, and will also lend to textile industry personnel. Inter- 
library loan services are available to other institutions, and literature 
searching within reasonable limits is performed for qualified persons. 



M 



ILITARY TRAINING 



DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE 
Professor of Military Science COLONEL Lem M. Kelly 

Assistant Professors of Military Science: 

Lt. Col. David J. Coleman, Jr., Lt. Col. Robert S. Dickson, III, 
Maj. Joe E. Land, Jr., Maj. James E. Lawson, Maj. Woodrow 0. 
Wilson, Capt. Robert F. Carr, Capt. Norman G. Eriksen, Capt. 
Albert L. Norton, Capt. John A. Ratlifp 

DEPARTMENT OF AEROSPACE STUDIES 

Professor of Aerospace Studies: Colonel James D. Howder 

Assistant Professors of Aerospace Studies: 

Maj. Henry G. Bartels, Maj. Robert J. Sheldon, Maj. Gerald D. 
Malpass, Maj. Virgil S. Clark, Capt. John F. Swatek, Capt. Larry 
E. Plaster, Capt. Robert A. Robinson, Capt. Bennette E. Whis- 
enant 

OBJECTIVES 

The Reserve Officers' Training Corps designates those students 
enrolled for training in the Department of Military Science or in 
the Department of Aerospace Studies. These departments are 
integral but separate academic and administrative subdivisions of 
the institution. The senior Army officer and the senior Air Force 
officer assigned to the University are designated as Professor of 
Military Science (PMS) and Professor of Aerospace Studies (PAS). 
These senior officers are responsible to the Secretary of the Army, 
the Secretary of the Air Force, and the Chancellor of the University 
for conducting their training and academic programs in accordance 
with instructions issued by the respective secretaries and as re- 
quired by University regulations. Army officers who are assigned 
to the University as instructors in ROTC are called Assistant Pro- 
fessor of Military Science; Air Force officers. Assistant Professors 

226 



of Aerospace Studies. Non-commissioned officers of the Army are 
assigned as assistant instructors and administrative personnel. 
Non-commissioned officers of the Air Force are assigned as admin- 
istrative and supply personnel. 

The mission of the Army ROTC is to produce junior officers who 
by their education, training, and inherent qualities are suitable for 
continued development as officers in the United States Army. 

The mission of the Air Force Officer Education Program (ROTC) 
is to produce officers of appropriate quality to satisfy stated Air 
Force officer requirements. 

COURSE OF INSTRUCTION 

The program of instruction for the Army ROTC consists of a 
two year basic course and a two year advanced course; the Air 
Force Officer Education Program consists of a two year General 
Military Education Course or a Field Training Course and a Pro- 
fessional Officer Education Course. 

The University provides, in cooperation with the Air Force and 
the Army, a flight instruction program. A limited number of highly 
qualified cadets from both ROTC units participate in this instruc- 
tion which includes approximately 36^/2 hours of flying in light 
aircraft plus ground school. Successful completion of this phase of 
the ROTC course will insure continued participation in military 
flying training probrams and may qualify cadets for a Federal 
Aviation Agency private pilot's certificate. 

Satisfactory completion of the advanced courses qualifies a stu- 
dent for com.missioning as a second lieutenant in the Army or Air 
Force Reserve upon graduation from the University A detailed 
description of all military courses is given under each of the de- 
partments in the section of the catalog which lists course descrip- 
tions. 

MILITARY SCIENCE 

The satisfactory completion of the first year of the Army ROTC 
course is a prerequisite for entering the second year. Enrollment in 
advanced courses is elective on the part of the student. The selec- 
tion of advanced course students is made from applicants who are 
physically qualified and who have above average academic and 
military records. Veterans who have one year or more of service 
in the Armed Forces are eligible for enrollment in the Army ROTC 
advanced course upon reaching their junior year, provided they 
are in good academic standing, physically qualified, have not 
reached their 27th birthday, and are selected by the PMS and the 
Chancellor. 

The Army ROTC course includes instruction in American mili- 
tary history, map reading, leadership, military teaching methods, 
military administration, operations, and logistics. These subjects 
not only prepare students to be officers in the United States Army, 
but also awaken in them an appreciation of the obligations of citi- 
zenship and secure for them personal benefits resulting from prac- 

227 



tical application of organization and responsible leadership. An 
elective subject is chosen from general academic areas in effective 
communication, science comprehension, general psychology, or po- 
litical development and political institutions for utilization in the 
junior and senior years. 

AEROSPACE STUDIES 

A student enrolled in Air Force Officer Education Program 
(ROTC) may pursue a four year financial assistance, four year 
contract or tw^o year Professional Officer Education program. 

Students, to meet enrollment requirements, must be physically 
qualified and have above average academic records. Qualified vet- 
erans desiring a commission through Air Force Officer Education 
Program (ROTC) will be required to complete Aerospace Studies 
250 and the Professional Officer Education Program. Non-veterans 
must have completed their degree requirements and either the 
four year Officer Education Program (ROTC) or Aerospace Studies 
250 and the two year Officer Education Program prior to their 28th 
birthday to qualify for commission. 

The Air Force Officer Education Program (ROTC) is designed to 
provide a professional education for the high quality young man 
who is interested in an Air Force career and prepare him for his 
obligations of citizenship to his country. 

UNIFORMS 

Officer-type uniforms for students of Army and Air Force ROTC 
are provided by the Federal Government. 

CREDIT 

Credit is allowed for work at other institutions having an ROTC 
unit established in accordance with the provisions of the National 
Defense Act and regulations governing the ROTC. Record of a stu- 
dent's prior training in the ROTC is obtained from the institution 
concerned. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Beginning in September 1965, there will be a four-year scholar- 
ship program for a limited number of selected students, paying 
$50.00 per month for ten months each year plus tuition, fees, books. 
In addition there will be a four year contract program and a two 
year advanced program; in these two programs, students in the last 
two years will receive a retainer fee of $40.00 per month for ten 
months each year. For summer training of 4 to 8 weeks students 
will receive cadet pay (same as Military or Air Force Academy 
cadets) and travel pay of 6 cents per mile. Students in the basic or 
general courses receive no monetary allowance. 



ORGANIZATION OF THE ROTC 

ARMY 

The Army ROTC unit at North Carolina State consists of an 

228 



Army brigade, commanded by a cadet colonel, and comprising a 
support battalion and four numbered battalions. The cadet colonel 
and all other cadet officers are selected from students enrolled in 
the second year advanced course. Cadet sergeant majors, first ser- 
geants, and sergeants first class are appointed from students en- 
rolled in the first year advanced course. Certain specially selected 
students in the second year basic course also are appointed as cadet 
non-commissioned officers. Cadet officers and non-commissioned 
officers obtain invaluable experience in leadership by being respon- 
sible for conducting all drill instruction. They are observed and 
supervised in this by the officers and non-commissioned officers of 
the Army assigned to the University. 

AIR FORCE 

The Air Force ROTC unit is organized as a cadet wing (com- 
manded by a cadet colonel) with an appropriate number of groups 
and squadrons; the squadrons are composed of flights and squads. 
The wing, group, squadron, and flight commanders and their staff 
are cadet commissioned officers and are selected from cadets en- 
rolled in the advanced course. All other positions are held by cadet 
non-commissioned officers who are selected from basic cadets. Cadet 
officers and non-commissioned oflicers obtain invaluable experience 
in leadership by being responsible for planning and conducting all 
drill instruction. They are observed and supervised by the officers 
and airmen assigned to the University. 

There is also an Army and Air Force Drum and Bugle Corps 
which is composed of cadets from each unit; the Corps performs at 
ceremonies and drills for the Brigade and the Wing and represents 
North Carolina State at selected public appearances. 

DISTINGUISHED STUDENTS 

The University is authorized to name outstanding students of the 
Army ROTC and Air Force ROTC as distinguished military students 
or distinguished AFROTC cadets. These students may, upon grad- 
uation, be designated distinguished military graduates or distin- 
guished AFROTC graduates and may be selected for commissions 
in the regular Army and Air Force, provided they so desire. 



T 



HE GRADUATE SCHOOL 



Donald B. Anderson, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Chapel Hill 
WALTER J. Peterson, Dean, North Carolina State 

The Graduate School of the Consolidated University of North 
Carolina is composed of three divisions, one at each of the three 

229 



units of the University. Each division is administered by a graduate 
dean and an administrative board representing the various degree- 
granting areas. The Vice President for Academic Affairs is the 
administrative officer of the Consolidated University who has re- 
sponsibility for the development of policy in all graduate programs 
and for the coordination of the activities of the graduate schools at 
each of the three units of the University system. 

MASTER'S DEGREES 

At North Carolina State graduate instruction is offered in the 
fields of agriculture and life sciences, education, engineering, for- 
estry, physical sciences and applied mathematics, and textiles. The 
Master of Science degree is offered in each of these areas. The Pro- 
fessional Master's degree, also offered in some of these fields, is 
intended for students who are interested in the more advanced 
applications of fundamental principles to specialized fields rather 
than in the acquisition of the broader background in advanced 
scientific studies which would fit them for careers in research. 

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered in the following fields: 
agricultural economics, agricultural engineering, animal science, 
applied mathematics, physics, bacteriology, botany (in the fields of 
physiology and ecology), ceramic engineering, chemical engineering, 
civil engineering, crop science, electrical engineering, entomology, 
experimental statistics, food science, forestry, genetics, mechanical 
engineering, nuclear engineering, physiology, plant pathology, rural 
sociology, soil science, and zoology (in the fields of ecology and wild- 
life biology). 

Students interested in graduate study should consult the Gradu- 
ate School Catalog which will be sent to them upon request. Inquiries 
should be addressed to: Dean of the Graduate School, North Caro- 
lina State, Raleigh, North Carolina. 



G 



ENERAL EXTENSION 



Edward W. Ruggles, Director 

The Division of General Extension is a service arm of the Univer- 
sity, offering to students and non-students alike, a multiplicity of 
correspondence courses, short courses, conferences, seminars and 
extension night classes. 

CORRESPONDENCE COURSES 

The division offers more than seventy-five different courses 
through its Bureau of Correspondence Instruction. Credit courses 

230 



are offered in the following subject areas: agriculture, architecture, 
economics, education, engineering, English, entomology, geology, 
history, mathematics, modern languages, philosophy, political sci- 
ence, psychology, rural sociology, sociology, and statistics. 

The correspondence bureau also has available four high school 
review courses — English, algebra, solid geometry and plane geom- 
etry. These non-credit courses allow high school graduates to fulfill 
certain college entrance requirements. These courses are also of 
use to persons who have either scored poorly or need additional help 
on college entrance examinations. 

EXTENSION NIGHT CLASSES 

The division offers only non-credit night classes on-campus while 
credit courses are offered in many locales across the State. 

The non-credit courses range in subjects from income tax, the 
stock market, art painting and traffic management. These courses, 
and many others, are offered throughout the year. 

Credit courses are held in many sections of the State such 
as Kinston, Charlotte, Burlington, Greensboro on a demand basis. 
There must be sufficient interest and registrations for a course to 
be held. Other factors which enter in include the distance from the 
University, subject matter and the availability of instructors. A total 
of 157 classes were held in 14 locations during the past year. 

SHORT COURSES AND CONFERENCES 

The division offers a wide variety of short courses and confer- 
ences during the year. Courses will cover such general subject areas 
as agriculture, engineering, forestry, textiles, the physical sciences 
and education. 

A listing of some of the courses and conferences which are spon- 
sored by one of the University's academic departments include: 

— Electrical Meter School, Pest Control Operators' School, Clay 
Plant Operators' Forum, Nurserymen's Short Course, Artificial 
Breeding Short Course, Cattlemen's, Dairymen's and Swine Confer- 
ences, Pesticide School, Flower Show Judges School, Farm and Small 
Business Income Tax, Sport Fishing Short Course, Cotton Classing, 
Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Short Course, Commercial 
Flower Growers Short Course and Nutrition Conference. 

— Textile Wet Processing, Textile Executives Short Course, Knit- 
ting Short Course, Oil Burner Servicemen's School, North Carolina 
Press Association's Mechanical Conference, Short Course in Modern 
Farming, Egg Industry Conference, Industrial Engineers Seminar, 
State Highway Conference, Public Works Conference, Southern In- 
dustrial and Municipal Waste Conference, Roofing and Sheet Metal 
Forum, Southeastern Park and Recreation Institute, Industrial Ven- 
tilation Conference, Maintenance of Commercial Vehicles, Fire 
Alarm Superintendents Course. 

231 



— Critical Path Method (CPM), Radiation and Radiological Pro- 
tection Course, Basic Aspects of Traffic Control, Dairy Herd Testers, 
Soil Fertility School, Food Sanitarians Course, Dairy Fieldmen and 
Sanitarians Short Course, Advanced Income Tax Course, Farm 
Press, Radio and TV Institute, Milkers Short Course and Photog- 
raphy Short Courses. 

During 1963-64, there were 111 different courses and conferences 
sponsored by the University. 

The North Carolina Truck Driver Training School (classified as 
a short course) annually offers twelve, four-week courses for pro- 
fessional truck drivers. The school is sponsored by the North Caro- 
lina Motor Carriers Association, A brochure with complete details 
is available. 



232 




FURNITURE MANUFACTURING STUDENTS EXPLORE THE ENGINEERING ASPECTS OF 
GOOD DESIGN, PRODUCTION, MANAGEMENT AND MARKETING. 




IN THE LABORATORY STUDENTS TEST THEORIES AND DE- 
VELOP RESEARCH SKILLS BASIC TO THE INDUSTRIAL ARTS 
AND APPLIED SCIENCES. 




LIGHTS IN BROOKS HALL BURN LATE 
AS DESIGN STUDENTS APPLY THE TECH- 
NIQUES AND KNOWLEDGE ESSENTIAL TO 
THE DESIGN PROFESSIONS DURING COUNT- 
LESS HOURS AT THE DRAWING BOARD. 



THE ENGINEERS FAIR DRAWS AN INTERESTED AUDIENCE EACH YEAR 
WHEN STUDENTS EXPLAIN AND DEMONSTRATE VARIOUS ASPECTS OF 
ENGINEERING SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE. 




FRATERNITY MEMBERS TAKE A BREAK FROM STUDYING IN THE CARD ROOM OF ONE OF 
THE TWELVE HOUSES ALONG FRATERNITY ROW, ONE OF THE MOST RECENT ADDITIONS TO 
STATE STUDENT HOUSING. 




IN THE MODERN LANGUAGE LABORATORY AN ELECTRONIC TEACHING MACHINE ALLOWS 
THE INSTRUCTOR TO MONITOR EACH STUDENT AND GIVE HIM THE BENEFIT OF INDIVIDUAL 
ATTENTION. 





» 





A SCHOOL OF AGRICULTURE PROFESSOR AND HIS RE- 
SEARCH ASSISTANT CHECK NORTH CAROLINA SOIL SAM- 
PLES FOR ANALYSIS IN THE LABORATORY. 




ONE OF THE MOST POPULAR STUDENT ACTIVITIES ON CAMPUS, MUSIC 
PLAYS AN IMPORTANT ROLE AT STATE. BANDS AND GLEE CLUBS PERFORM 
IN CONCERTS AND INFORMALLY THROUGHOUT THE YEAR. 



state's outstanding educa- 
tional AND RESEARCH PROGRAMS 
ARE STRENGTHENED BY MODERN, 
WELL-EQUIPPED LABORATORIES. 




STUDENT ORGANIZED PROGRAMS OF THE ERDAHL-CLOYD UNION PROVIDE OP- 
PORTUNITY FOR LEADERSHIP AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPERIENCE. THE ART 
GALLERY FEATURES OUTSTANDING EXHIBITS ARRANGED BY A UNION COMMITTEE. 





STUDENTS EXPLORE THE THEORY OF 
WOOL COMBLNG IN A WOOL PROCESSING 
LABORATORY, ONE OF THE MANY LABS 
FOR THE STUDY OF NATURAL AND SYN- 
THETIC FIBERS AVAILABLE FOR TEXTILE 
STUDENTS. 



THROUGH CLASSROOM LECTURES THE EXPERIENCE OF THE PROFESSOR STIRS THE CURIOS- 
ITY OF THE STUDENT 






wm 


\i 


ill 


1 R JB mH 


r. - 
1 




^:^ ^^1 

.^^^H 

.^ ^^^^^^^H 






jt 




^^^j^^^l^^^^^aB 



PHYSICAL EDLXATIO.N AND INTRAMIRU. COMl'KiniON AKl liO Ul IMPORTANT IN STATE'S 
ATHLETIC PROCR.\M. CARMICHAEL GYMNASIUM PROVIDES OUTSTANDING ATHLETIC FACILI- 
TIES FOR TEAM AND INDIVIDUAL SPORTS. 



STATE H-^S THREE ATTRACTIVE 
CAFETERIAS AND SEVERAL CON- 
VENIENT SNACK BARS SERVING STU- 
DENTS AND STAFF. 




c 



OURSE DESCRIPTIONS 



In a typical course description, the semester hours of credit, the 
number of actual lecture and laboratory hours of meeting per week, 
and the term or terms in which the course is offered are shown in this 
manner: 2(1-2) f s. 

The 2 indicates the number of semester hours credit given for 
satisfactory completion of the course. The (1-2) indicates that the 
course meets for one hour (number on the left) of lecture and for 
two hours (number on the right) of laboratory work each week. The 
f s designation (fall semester and spring semester respectiveljO indi- 
cates that the course is offered in both fall and spring semesters. 



AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 

AGC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 111 

An introduction to the economic principles underlying agricultural pro- 
duction and marketing; organization for production in agriculture; con- 
sumers and their influence upon the demand for agricultural products; 
relationships between agriculture and other segments of the economy; 
dynamic factors in the economy which affect agriculture. 

Messrs. Neuman, Peeler, Toussaint 

AGC 303 Organization and Business Management 

OF Farms 3 (2-2) f s 

Prerequisite: AGC 212 

An application of basic economic principles and techniques to the prob- 
lems facing a farm business; use of budgeting, programming, systems 
analysis and other modern techniques to determine what, how, and how 
much to produce when faced with numerous alternatives; analysis of prob- 
lems associated with farm size and the acquisition of adequate resources; 
use and analysis of farm records as an aid to better management. Two all- 
day Saturday field trips are required of all students. 

Messrs. Ihnen, Hoover 

AGC 311 Organization and Business Management 

of Marketing Firms 3 (2-2) f s 

Prerequisite: AGC 212 

A study of the agricultural marketing system and the current economic 
forces affecting its structure and efficiency; decision-making by agricul- 
tural business firms, with some discussion of integration and inter-firm 
relationships. Effects of monopoly in marketing relative to government 
policies of control. Classroom discussion is supplemented by visits to 
marketing firms and by practical problems illustrating firm decisions. A 

241 



laboratory period will be included in alternate weeks beginning with the 
second full week of classes. Students are expected to examine individually 
the marketing problems associated with the commodity of their choice. 

Messrs. Chappell, Peeler 

AGC 322 Organization and Management of Cooperatives 2 (2-0) s 
Prerequisite: AGC 212 

A study of the principles of cooperation applied to farmers' purchasing, 
marketing, and service cooperatives; the role of cooperatives in our society, 
and problems associated with organization, operation, and management. 
(Offered in Spring 1965 and alternate years.) Staff 

COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

AGC 413 Farm Appraisal and Finance 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: AGC 303 

Examination of the source of the productivity and value of farm inputs; 
a critical analysis of, and practice in the use of, farm appraisal procedures 
currently used for land and buildings; review of the sources of, and repay- 
ment practices used in short and intermediate credit in agriculture; con- 
sideration of the forces operating in the whole economy with an examination 
of the implications of these changes for both the lender and borrower in 
agriculture. 

Mr^ Neuman 

AGC 431 Agricultural Price Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: AGC 212 

Principles of price formation; the role of prices in the determination of 
economic activity; the interaction of cash and future prices for agricul- 
tural commodities; methods of price analysis, construction of index num- 
bers, analysis of time series data including the estimation of trend and sea- 
sonal variations in prices. 

Mr. Schrimper 

AGC 441 Agricultural Development in Foreign Countries 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisite: AGC 212 or EC 202 or EC 205 

Identification of agricultural problems in underdeveloped countries; a 
review of economic criteria for analyzing the problems of developing agri- 
culture and the techniques of analysis for solving such problems. Case 
studies of development programs in various countries will be discussed. 

Staff 

AGC 490 Seminar in Contemporary Economic 

Problems in Agriculture 1 (0-2) f 

Prerequisite : Permission of instructor 

Analysis of economic problems of current interest in agriculture. Credit 
for this course will involve a scientific appraisal of a selected problem and 
alternative solutions. 

Mr. Bishop 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

AGC 512 Economic Analysis of Agricultural 

Factor Markets 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: AGC 212 

This course is oriented to the relative significance of land, labor and 
capital as factors of production in a modern agricultural economy, including 
major changes in the respective roles of these factors of production in 

242 



recent years. An examination is made of the changes in characteristics of 
the supply and demand for these factors. The structure and efficiency of 
markets for these factors, including relevance of the institutional and at- 
titudinal setting in each type of market, and nature of the demand-supply 
equilibrium will be investigated. 

Public policies as they affect efficiency of the factor markets and other 
goals relating to the use of the basic factors of production in agriculture 
also will be considered. 

Staff 

AGC 521 Procurement, Processing and Distribution 

OF Agricultural Products 3 (S-O) f 

Prerequisite: AGC 311 

A study of marketing firms as producers of marketing services and their 
role in the pricing process; the influence of government policies on the 
behavior of marketing firms; methods for increasing the efficiency of mar- 
keting agricultural products. 

Mr. Simmons 

AGC 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: AGC 303 

The application of economic principles in the solution of production prob- 
lems on typical farms in the state; methods and techniques of economic 
analysis of the farm business ; application of research findings to produc- 
tion decisions; development of area agricultural programs. 

Mr. Pasour 
AGC 533 Agricultural Policy 3 (3.0) s 

Prerequisite: AGC 212 

A review of the agricultural policy and action programs of the federal 
government in their economic and political setting; analysis of objectives, 
principal means, and observable results under short-term and long-term 
viewpomts, and under the criteria of resource use and income distribution 
withm agriculture, and between agriculture and the rest of the economy; 
appraisal of alternative policy proposals; the effects of commodity support 
programs on domestic and foreign consumption, and some of the interna- 
tional aspects of United States agricultural policy; the attempts at world 
market regulations, and the role of international organizations, agreements, 
and programs. 

Mr. Hoover 

AGC 551 Agricultural Production Economics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: AGC 212 

An economic analysis of agricultural production including: production 
functions, cost functions, programming and decision-making principles; and 
the applications of these principles to farm and regional resources alloca- 
tion, and to the distribution of income to and within agriculture. 

Mr. Toussaint 
AGC 552 Consumption, Distribution, and Prices 

IN Agriculture 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: AGC 212 

Basis for family decisions concerning consumption of goods and services 
and supply of productive factors; forces determining prices and income- 
interrelationships between economic decisions of the household and the firm'. 

Mr. West 
AGC 592 Topical Problems in Agricultural Economics maximum 6 
Prerequisite : Permission of instructor 

An examination of current problems in the field of agricultural economics 
with emphasis on the use of theory to define and facilitate the consideration 

243 



of alternative solutions. The course content varies as changing conditions 
require the use of new techniques and new approaches to deal with emerging 
problems. 

Staff 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES 

AGC 602 Monetary and Fiscal Policies in 

Relation to Agriculture 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: AGC 551 

Aggregative theory relevant to monetary and fiscal policies; fundamen- 
tals of model building including essence of the Walrasian approach; mathe- 
matical models involving income, employment, price levels, money supply, 
interest rates and other aggregative variables; main economic magnitudes 
for the U. S. economy; the structure of taxes and government revenue; 
institutional determinants of monetary and fiscal operations in the U. S.; 
introduction to international monetary equilibrium and the relation of 
monetary-fiscal policies to agricultural incomes and prices. 

Mr. Tolley 

AGC 611 Agricultural Economic Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: AGC 551, MA 112 

Determination of prices in a free enterprise economy and the role prices 
play in the allocation of resources; derivation of individual demand from 
the theory of consumer behavior and aggregation to market demand curves; 
relationship of the firm's production function and its assumed objective 
with cost curves for the firm; aggregation of cost curves into industry 
supply curves; determination of equilibrium prices and quantities. 

Mr. Ihnen 

AGC 612 International Trade in Relation to Agriculture 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisites or corequisites: AGC 602, AGC 641 

Theories about international and interregional trade; determinants of 
trade between countries engaged in the import or export of agricultural 
products; policy issues related to trade. 

Mr. Johnson 

AGC 631 Economic and Social Foundations of 

Agricultural Policy 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: AGC 551 

The study of logical and empirical problems of inquiry into public policies 
and programs that affect agriculture; analysis of policy-making pro- 
cesses, interdependencies among economic, political and social objectives 
and action; the study of forces which shape economic institutions and goals 
and of the logic, beliefs and values on which policies and programs that 
affect agriculture are founded. 

Staff 

AGC 632 Welfare Effects of Agricultural 

Policies and Programs 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: AGC 642 

Description of the conditions defining optimal resource allocation; ap- 
plication of the conditions for maximum welfare in appraisal of economic 
policies and programs affecting resource allocation, income distribution, 
and economic development of agriculture. 

Mr. Bishop 

244 



AGC 641 Economics of Production, Supply and 

Market Interdependency 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: AGC 611, MA 211 

An advanced study in the logic of, and empirical inquiry into, producer 
behavior and choice among combinations of factors and kinds and quanti- 
ties of output; aggregative consequences of individuals' and firms' decisions 
in terms of product supply and factor demand; factor markets and income 
distribution ; general interdependency among economic variables. 

Mr. Seagraves 

AGC 642 Economics of Consumption, Demand and 

Market Interdependency 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: AGC 641, ST 513 

An analysis of the behavior of individual households and of consumers in 
the aggregate with respect to consumption of agricultural products; the 
impact of these decisions on demand for agricultural resources; the com- 
petition among agricultural regions and for markets; and the interdepen- 
dence between agriculture and other sectors of the economy. 

Mr. Simmons 

AGC 651 (ST 651) Econometric Methods I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ST 421, ST 502, AGC 611 

The role and uses of statistical inference in agricultural economic re- 
search; the problem of spanning the gap from an economic model to its 
statistical counterpart; measurement problems and their solutions arising 
from the statistical model and the nature of the data; limitations and in- 
terpretation of results of economic measurement from statistical techniques. 

Mr. Wallace 

AGC 652 (ST 652) Econometric Methods II 3 (3-0) s 

See ST 652. 

AGC 671 Analysis of Economic Development 

in Agriculture 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: AGC 641 

A theoretical and empirical study of the processes of economic growth; 
the problems of underdeveloped countries; the role of agriculture in a 
developing economy; an examination of policies and programs needed for 
effective economic development. 

Mr. Maddox 

AGC 699 Research in Agricultural Economics credits by arrangement 
Prerequisite: Permission of graduate advisory committee 

A consideration of research methods and procedures employed in the 
field of agricultural economics, including qualitative and quantitative analy- 
sis, inductive and deductive methods of research, selection of projects, 
planning, and execution of the research project. 

Staff 



AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 102 Objectives in Agricultural Education 1 (1-0) f s 

Designed to help the student understand the purpose of Agricultural 

Education at N. C. State. Also provides an opportunity for students to 

245 



develop an understanding of purposes of vocational agriculture and other 
programs of education in agriculture. 

Staff 

ED 313 Teaching Rural People 2 (2-0) f s 

The purpose of the course is to give the student an understanding of 
the basic principles involved in the teaching-learning process. The course 
will be built around problem experiences with principles of teaching and 
learning related to these experiences. 

Staff 

ED 411 Student Teaching in Agriculture 6 (3-12) f s 

The first part of the semester (usually six or seven weeks) will be spent 
on campus. The remainder of the semester will be spent in a high school 
doing full-time student teaching. The student will get experience in all 
phases of the vocational agriculture program, including community study, 
adult education, home supervision. The student teacher will be supervised 
by the local teacher of agriculture and a member of the staff in Agricul- 
tural Education. 

Staff 

ED 412 Teaching Adults 2 (1-2) f s 

Principles of effective teaching applied to adults. Experience in organizing 

and conducting groups for discussion of local problems. Staff 

ED 413 Planning Educational Programs 2 (1-2) f s 

Principles of program planning applied to educational programs in 
agriculture. Resources needed for adequate planning. Staff 

ED 490 Senior Seminar 1 (1-0) f s 

An analysis of the opportunities and problems facing educational leaders 
in agriculture with particular emphasis upon current problems. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Consideration of the need for planning programs in education; objectives 
and evaluation of community programs; use of advisory group; organiza- 
tion and use of facilities. 

Messrs. Beam, Bryant 

ED 568 Adult Education in Agriculture 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Designed to meet the needs of leaders in adult education. Opportunity to 
study some of the basic problems and values in working with adult groups. 
Attention will be given to the problem of fitting the educational program for 
adults into the public school program and other educational programs as 
well as to methods of teaching adults. 

Messrs. Beam, Scarborough 

ED 593 Special Problems maximum 6 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Opportunities for students to study current problems under the guidance 
of the staff. Staff 



246 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 617 Philosophy of Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: ED 554 or equivalent 

An examination of current educational philosophies and their relation to 
educational practices. Study of leaders in the different fields of education. 

Mr. Scarborough 

ED 664 Supervision in Agricultural Education 3(3-0)fs 

Prerequisite: ED 563 or equivalent 

Organization, administration, evaluation and possible improvement of 
present supervisory practice; theory, principles and techniques of effective 
supervision in agricultural education at different levels. 

ED 693 Advanced Problems maximum 6fs 
Prerequisite: ED 593 or equivalent 

Study in current and advanced problems in teaching; evaluation of pro- 
cedures and consideration for improving. Staff 

ED 694 Seminar in Agricultural Education maximum 2 

A critical review of current problems, articles, and books of interest to 
students of agricultural education. Staff 

ED 699 Research maximum 6 

Prerequisites : Fifteen credits and permission of advisor 

Individual research on a specific problem of concern to the student. 



AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

AGE 211 Farm Machinery 4(2-4)fs 

The study of farm machinery w^hich begins with the materials of con- 
struction as they are related to design, cost, fabrication process, tools and 
techniques involved in construction, repair and maintenance, machine per- 
formance, reliability, machine capabilities and limitations. The operation 
service and adjustment of the machine will be studied by an analysis of 
the requirements to do the job for which it was designed, and consideration 
of the conditions under which it must operate. The selection, management, 
and economics of owning and operating machinery is emphasized. 

Mr. Howell 

AGE 251 Tools and Materials 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: Enrollment in ASE curriculum 

Tools and Materials is a course designed to acquaint Agricultural Engi- 
neering students with the various tool processes and materials related to tne 
agricultural industries. Emphasis is placed on the physical properties of 
materials as they must be considered in the design and construction of 
machinery, labor saving equipment, and building construction. Tool pro- 
cesses that the agricultural engineer encounters in the practice of the pro- 
fession are discussed. Many of the more frequently used processes are dem- 
onstrated by the instructor and practiced by the student. 

Mr. Blum 

AGE 303 Energy Conversion for Agricultural Production 2 (2-0) f 
Prerequisites: BS 100, MA 112 or MA 201, PY 211 or PY 205 

Energy transformations and exchanges of plants and animals are studied 

247 



on the basis of physical theories and principles. Specific examples in 
thermal radiation, convection, conduction, phase changes, muscle work, 
photosynthesis, respiration, and concentration of solutions will be discussed. 

Mr. Suggs 

AGE 321 Irrigation, Terracing and Erosion Control 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

A study of the principles of soil and water conservation engineering. 
Topics discussed are: irrigation, surface and subsurface drainage, farm 
ponds, hydraulics of open channels, soil erosion, and the use of basic sur- 
veying equipment. 

Staff 

AGE 331 (FS 331) Food Engineering 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: AGE 341 

A disciplined study of selected basic engineering principles applicable, 
wholly or in part, to processing and pi-eservation. The course will include 
not only a study of the several forms of energy and how they may be altered 
in state, composition, direction or force to fulfill the various processing 
requirements, but also the latest means of energy conversion to affect ef- 
ficient and practical applications of power, heat and refrigeration. 

Mr. Weaver 

AGE 332 Farm Structures 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite: PY 211 or PY 221 

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the role of farm 
structures in a rapidly changing agricultural situation. This, in turn, re- 
quires study of environmental relationships, materials flow, structural 
features, design techniques, construction materials, and construction pro- 
cedures. Emphasis is placed on relating the theory to practical applications 
encountered in problem situations. Mr. Blum 

AGE 341 Farm Electrification and Utilities 3 (2-2) f 

Corequisite: PY 212 or PY 221 

Problems and general study in the proper selection and use of applicable 
farm electric equipment and allied utilities. 

AGE 352 Control of Environment 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 301 

Equations for applying heat transfer and diffusion principles to specific 
problems are developed from thermodynamic principles and definitions. 
Analogies with other systems are made through mathematical similarity, 
particularly electrical systems. Psychrometric, heat transfer and mass 
transfer principles are used to indicate practical methods of environmental 
modification for biological materials in biological systems. 

Mr. Jordan 

AGE 361 Analytical Methods 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisite: MA 301 
Corequisite: EM 301 

A course designed to develop the student's skill in problem solving, rang- 
ing from the standard approaches to the mechanical design of machine 
elements and mechanisms to innovative approaches to the design of whole 
machines and systems. Mr. Bowen 

AGE 411 Farm Power and Machinery 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisites: AGE 211, PY 211 or PY 221 

This course is designed to provide students in Agricultural Engineering 

248 



Technology with a knowledge of the operations of manufacturing and dis- 
tribution organizations of farm machinery and their places in these organi- 
zations. Included is a practical course in farm tractors and engines with 
emphasis on familiarizing the student with component parts — their ap- 
plication, operation, and maintenance, as well as with the selection of these 
units fi'om the standpoint of power, performance, and ratings. 

Mr. Fore 

AGE 433 Crop Preservation and Processing 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: PY 211 

This course deals with the physical and biochemical characteristics of 
harvested crops and crop products, as they define the requirements for the 
best preservation of quality. The properties of air-water vapor mixtures, 
the application of heat to air and crops, the characteristics and use of 
fans and heaters, the air flow requirements and measurement for crop 
preservation and materials handling will be studied. Feed preparation, 
mixing and handling are included in the course. Mr. Weaver 

AGE 453 Bioengineering Parameters 2 (2-0) f 

Prerequisites: AGE 303, AGE 352, MA 301 

Physical properties and response characteristics of plant materials are 
studied in their relationship to engineering analysis for production, har- 
vesting and processing operations. Topics include germination, growth 
dynamics, physical properties for harvesting and materials handling, bio- 
logical response criteria, environmental effects, theory of curing and drying, 
and quality evaluation. Mr. Johnson 

AGE 461 Analysis of Agricultural Production Systems 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 201, EC 205, ST 361 

Survey of methods of systems analysis for agricultural engineering stu- 
dents. Intermediate economic analysis, with particular emphasis on farm 
machinery economics; materials-handling problems; activity network and 
scheduling problems; techniques of obtaining and processing systems data. 

Mr. Link 

AGE 462 Functional Design of Field Machines 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisites: AGE 361, ME 301, AGE 461, SSC 200 

A study of the modern farm tractor and field machines. The emphasis 
of the course is on the translation of measurements of biological and phy- 
sical factors of the agricultural production system into machine specifi- 
cations that can be effectively converted into production machines by en- 
gineers of the manufacturing industry. Mr. Bowen 

AGE 471 Soil and Water Conservation Engineering 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: CE 201, SSC 200, ST 361 

General aspects of agricultural hydrology, including precipitation, classi- 
fication of climate, rainfall disposition, methods of estimating runoff, funda- 
mental soil and water relationships, and hydraulics of flow in open chan- 
nels and closed conduits, will be given. Included also are factors affecting 
erosion, methods of controlling erosion, land use classification, drainage, 
land clearing, irrigation methods, design requirements for portable irriga- 
tion systems, and economic aspects of irrigation in the Southwest. 

Mr. Wiser 

AGE 481 Design of Farmstead Engineering Systems 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: AGE 453, AGE 461, AGE 491 

Application of conditioning principles to provide the required environment 
for optimum agricultural production is stressed. Environmental require- 
ments imposed by the biological materials in farmstead systems are related 
to the first principles of physiology. Consideration of labor reduction and 

249 



replacement of human decisions with control mechanisms are formalized. 
Environmental requirements, proper arrangement, material flow, equip- 
ment selection and control, and estimation of external loads are presented 
to indicate design procedures for a sound, functional building. 

Mr. Jordan 

AGE 491 Electrotechnology for Agricultural Production 3 (2-3) f 
Prerequisites: EE 331, EE 332 

Principles of operation of sensors and transducers and their use in measur- 
ing environmental and physical variables. Typical circuits will be used to 
illustrate how sensing devices are employed, to illustrate the use of circuit 
analysis techniques, and to study the operational characteristics. Control 
circuits with applications of transent analysis for environment control and 
switching circuits for materials handling systems. Revelant power distri- 
bution techniques, wiring codes, and power machinery will be studied in 
relation to agricultural production problems. Mr. McClure 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

AGE 552 Instrumentation for Agricultural Research 

AND Processing 2 (1-3) f 

Prerequisites: EE 331, MA 301 

Theory and application of primary sensing elements and transducers. 
Calibration and use of standards. Use of electronic and solid state circuits 
in amplifiers, recorders and controllers. Special circuits for agricultural 
processing. Mr. Splinter 

AGE 590 Special Problems credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Each student will select a subject on which he will do research and write 
a technical report on his results. He may choose a subject pertaining to 
his particular interest in any area of study in Agricultural Engineering. 

Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

AGE 654 Agricultural Process Engineering 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 441 

Generalized classical thermodynamics is extended by Onsager's relations 
to provide a theoretical basis for analyzing the energetics of systems that 
include life processes. Mr. Johnson 

AGE 661 Analysis of Function and Design 

OF Farm Machinery 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: PY 411 

Studies of methods and equipment used in determining the functional 
requirements of machine components and the writing of machine specifica- 
tions in terms of fundamental parameters. A study of the principles of 
descriminate and indescriminate mechanical selection of agricultural pro- 
ducts with emphasis on the theory of servo-systems. Mr. Bowen 
(Offered 1964-65 and alternate years.) 

AGE 671 Theory op Drainage, Irrigation and 

Erosion Control 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: MA 513 

Emphasis is placed on the physical and mathematical aspects of problems 
in conservation engineering and an attempt is made to rationalize proce- 
dures which have often come about through experience rather than through 
analytical considerations. Examples are presented of cases where such an 

250 



analytical approach has already improved, or shows promise of improving, 
design criteria and procedures. Staff 

(Offered 1963-64 and alternate years.) 

AGE 681 Analysis of Function and Design of 

Farm Buildings 4 (4-0) f 

Prerequisite: AGE 481 

A study of the parameters in the design of a farmstead system with econo- 
mic criteria pertaining to a formal design procedure. Mr. Jordan 

AGE 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Agricultural Engineering 

A maximum of two credits is allowed. 

Elaboration of the subject areas, techniques and methods peculiar to 
professional interest through presentations of personal and published works; 
opportunity for students to present and defend, critically, ideas, concepts 
and inferences. Discussions to point up analytical solutions and analogies 
between problems in Agricultural Engineering and other technologies, and 
to present the relationship of Agricultural Engineering to the socioeconomic 
enterprise. Mr. Hassler 

AGE 699 Research in Agricultural 

Engineering credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Agricultural Engineering 

A maximum of six credits is allowed toward a master's degree; no limi- 
tation on credits for doctorate program. 

Performance of a particular investigation of concern to Agricultural 
Engineering. The study will begin with the selection of a problem and 
culminate with the presentation of a thesis. Graduate Staff 



AGRICULTURE AND LIFE SCIENCES 

ALS 103 Orientation 1 (0-2) f 

An introduction to the scope and objectives of a university education with 

particular emphasis on aspects related to agriculture and biology. Guest 

lecturers and laboratory demonstrations. Mr. Glazener 

AC 311 Communications Methods and Media 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ENG 111, ENG 112 

Designed to give an insight into the communications process: written, 
oral and visual techniques of communications; a survey of the channels of 
communications available; principles and techniques for using these chan- 
nels individually or combined into a publicity, promotion, public relations, 
information or advertising program. Mr. Carpenter 

ALS 499 Honors Student Research 3 (0-3) 

A research program open only to students in the Honors Program. A 
student may receive from, one to three semester hours credit. 



251 



AEROSPACE STUDIES 

GENERAL MILITARY EDUCATION 

AS 121 Aerospace Studies 100 1 (0-1) f 

An introductory course exploring the causes of the present world con- 
flict,' the role and relationship of military power to that conflict, and the 
responsibility of an Air Force Officer. The course begins with a discussion 
of the factors from which differing political philosophies have evolved. It 
continues with a tri-dimensional analysis of the three prime political 
philosophies which have guided segments of society in the twentieth cen- 
tury. This is followed by a discussion of the means that nations develop to 
pursue their objectives and how they confront each other in the use of 
these means. 

AS 122 Aerospace Studies 100 1 (2-1) s 

The course continues with the study of individual military systems, with 
emphasis upon the U.S. Department of Defense and the U.S. Air Force. 

AS 221 Aerospace Studies 200 1 (2-1) f 

Aerospace Studies 200 continues the study of world military forces and 
the political-military issues surrounding the existence of these forces. 
This includes a study of the United States Army, and the United States 
Navy, their doctrines, missions and employment concepts; a study of the 
military forces of NATO, CENTO, SEATO, and their role in free world 
security. 

AS 222 Aerospace Studies 200 1 (0-1) s 

Instruction deals with an investigation of the military forces of the 
USSR, the Soviet Satellite Armies, and the Chinese Communist Army. The 
course is concluded with an analysis of the trends and implications of 
world military power. 

PROFESSIONAL OFFICER EDUCATION PROGRAM 

AS 321 Aerospace Studies 300 1 (2-1) f 

Prerequisite: Aerospace Studies AS 100 and AS 200, and/or Field Training 
Course (AS 250) 

A survey course about the nature of war; development of airpower in 
the United States; mission and organization of the Defense Department; 
Air Force concepts, doctrine, and employment; astronautics and space 
operations; and the future development of aerospace power. Includes the 
United States space programs, vehicles, systems, and problems in space 
exploration. 

AS 322 Aerospace Studies 300 2 (3-1) s 

Study continues in depth concerning the role of space exploration and 
operations in maintaining general aerospace supremacy. 

AS 421 Aerospace Studies 400 2 (3-1) f 

Prerequisite: Aerospace Studies 300 

A study of professionalism, leadership, and management. Includes the 
meaning of professionalism, professional responsibilities, the military jus- 

252 



tice system, leadership theory, functions, and practices, management prin- 
ciples and functions, problem solving, and management tools, practices and 
controls. 

AS 422 Aerospace Studies 400 1 (2-1) s 

Study continues with emphasis in developing communicative skills. Study 
is made of the Uniform Code of Military Justice and the managerial func- 
tions of the professional military officer are investigated in depth. 

FIELD TRAINING COURSE 

An integral part of the Officer Education Program (ROTC) is the 
Field Training Course (AS 250), a six week (four weeks prior to 
summer of 1966) encampment at an active Air Force Base. During 
the summer encampment a cadet is trained in the use of weapons, in 
close-order drill; he will participate in physical training, competi- 
tive sports, orientation flying and will become familiar with aero- 
space vehicles and emergency equipment; he will observe at first 
hand various organizations on the base in the performance of their 
everyday operations. A student enrolled in the Professional Educa- 
tion Program will attend a Field Training Course between his 
sophomore and junior years. 



ANIMAL SCIENCE 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ANS 201 Elements of Dairy Science 4 (3-3) f 

Fundamental principles of milk production; breeds, selection, feeding 

and management of dairy cattle; composition, quality and food value of 

milk products; principles of processing and manufacturing dairy products. 

Mr. Davenport 

ANS 202 Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 4 (3-3) f s 

Principles of feeding, managing and marketing meat animals. Year to 

year and seasonal price trends and relationships. Relation of slaughter 

grades to carcass cut-out values. Mr. Wilder 

ANS 302 Selecting Dairy and Meat Animals 2 (0-6) f 

A study of dairy and meat animals including desired characteristics in 
breeding and market animals and relating to productive perforrnance. 
Market classes and grades of beef cattle, sheep and swine and relation of 
live animal grade to carcass grade will be studied. Herd book study, pedi- 
gree evaluation and breed history and organization will be included. 

Messrs. Gregory, Murley 

ANS 303 (FS 303) Meat and Meat Products 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CH 220 

Study of live animal and carcass relationship, dressing percentages and 
cut-out values. Slaughtering, cutting, curing, freezing and handling of 

253 



meat and meat products for commercial and home use. 

Messrs. Blumer, Craig 

ANS 308 Advanced Selecting Dairy and Meat Animals 1 (0-3) s 
Prerequisite: ANS 302 

Intensive practice on developing proficiency in selecting techniques for 
dairy and meat animals with emphasis on oral reasons. Visits will be 
made to leading farms to study different breeds. Messrs. Gregory, Murley 

ANS 309 (FS 309) Meat Selection 1 (0-6) f 

Detailed consideration of factors involved in selection of carcasses and 
wholesale cuts of beef, pork and lamb. Practice in identification of whole- 
sale and retail cuts. Mr. Blumer 

ANS 312 Principles op Livestock Nutrition 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CH 220, ZO 421 

Fundamentals of modern animal nutrition, including classification of 
nutrients, their general metabolism and roles in productive functions. 

Mr. Ramsey 

ANS 404 Dairy Farm Problems 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ANS 201 

Advanced study of practical dairy farm management including farm rec- 
ords, farm buildings, sanitation, roughage utilization and herd culling. 

Mr. Murley 

ANS 407 Advanced Livestock Production 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: GN 411, ANS 312 

A study of the economic, nutritional, genetic, physiological and manager- 
ial factors affecting the operation of commercial and purebred livestock 
enterprises. Messrs. Clawson, Goode, Wise 

ANS 408 Reproduction and Lactation 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 

Anatomy of the reproductive organs and mammary glands with detailed 
coverage of the physiological processes involved and of factors controlling 
and influencing them. A special research problem selected by the student 
is required. Messrs. Mochrie, Myers, Ulberg 

ANS 409 Advanced Livestock Production Lab 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisites: GN 411, ANS 312 

A study of the economic, nutritional, genetic, physiological and man- 
agerial factors affecting the operation of commercial and purebred live- 
stock enterprises. Laboratory. 

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 (1-0) s 

Review and discussion of special topics and the current literature per- 
taining to all phases of animal science. Mr. Porterfield 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANS 503 (GN 503) Genetic Improvement of Livestock 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: GN 411 or consent of instructor 

The application of genetic principles to the economic improvement of 
animal agriculture. Phenotypic and genetic relationships among economic 
traits as well as mode of inheritance and method of measurement of the 
traits. The role of inbreeding, outbreeding and selection methods in pro- 
ducing superior genetic populations. Mr. Robison 

254 



ANS 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CH 101, CH 103, BO 412 desired 

The pathology of bacterial, virus, parasitic, nutritional and thermal dis- 
eases, and mechanical disease processes. Mr. Batte 

ANS 513 Needs and Utilization of Nutrients by Livestock 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisite: ANS 312 or equivalent 

Measurement of nutrient needs of livestock and the nutrient values of 
feeds. Nutritive requirements for productive functions. Mr. Wise 

ANS 590 Topical Problems in Animal Science maximum 6fs 

Special problems may be selected or assigned in various phases of Animal 

Science. A maximum of six credits is allowed. Staff 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ANS 602 (GN 602) Population Genetics in 

Animal Improvement 3 arranged f 

Prerequisites: ST 512, GN 512 

A study of the forces influencing gene frequencies, inbreeding and its 
effects, and alternative breeding plans. Mr. Legates 

ANS 604 (ZO 604) Experimental Animal Physiology 4 (2-4) f 

Prerequisite: ZO 513 or equivalent 

A study of the theories and techniques involved in the use of animals 
m physiological investigation. Messrs. Ulberg, Wise 

ANS 614 (BO 614) Bacterial Metabolism 2 credits s 

Prerequisites: BO 514 or equivalent, CH 551 

The energy metabolism of bacteria; synthesis of carbohydrates, lipids, 
protems, purines, pyrimidines, and nucleic acids; bacterial photosynthesis- 
enzyme formation and metabolic control mechanisms; active transport 
systems. Mr. McNeill 

ANS 622 (ST 622) Principles of Biological Assays 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisites: CH 551, ST 512 

Techniques and designs of biological assays for vitamins. The interrela- 
tionship of logical principles, design, and analysis is emphasized. 

Mr. Smart 

ANS 653 (CH 653) Mineral Metabolism 3 (3-0) f 
Prerequisite: CH 551 

Principles of mineral metabolism with emphasis on metabolic functions 

reaction on mechanisms and interrelationships. Mr. Matrone 

ANS 690 Seminar in Animal Nutrition 1 (l-O) f s 
Prerequisite: Permission of seminar leaders 

Orientation in philosophy of research; preparation for research in 

agriculture, and general research methodology. Nutrition Staff 

ANS 699 Research in Animal Science credits by arrangements f s 

A maximum of six hours allowed toward the master's degree; no limita- 
tion on credits in doctorate programs. 



255 



ANTHROPOLOGY 

(Also see Sociology) 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ANT 251 Physical Anthropology 3 (3-0) f 

The study of the development of man as a species; analysis of the for- 
mation and spread of races; introduction to archaeology as a study of the 
material remains of ancient man and his activities. 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 3 (3-0) f s 

The analysis of various living societies and their cultures in terms of 
social adjustment to recurrent needs. 

ANT 305 Peoples of the World 3 (3-0) f s 

This course seeks to develop insights of v^^ide applicability concerning 
human relationships and the adjustment of man to his geographical, social, 
and cultural environments. The course is designed to demonstrate inter- 
relationships among diverse factors affecting human behavior in all soci- 
eties. 

ANT 410 Theories of Culture 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: Six hours of Sociology and ANT 252 or equivalent 

The study of major anthropological theories of culture with intensive 
analysis of their application. 



ARCHITECTURE 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ARC 201 Architectural Design I 4 (3-6) f s 

Prerequisite: DN 102 

Introductory exercises in architectural design. The design of small build- 
ings of specific function and simple construction which can be related to the 
student's experience; emphasis on the influence of environment, climate, etc. 
Study of the materials of construction with special emphasis on light wood 
framing, millwork, masonry, tile, and terrazzo. Messrs. Hix, Wodehouse 

ARC 300 Historic Architecture Research 2 credits s 

Prerequisites: ARC 201, LAR 201 

Research and the recording of sites, monuments, buildings, or artifacts 
of historical interest. Mr. Shogren 

ARC 301, 302 Architectural Design II, III 5 (3-9) f s 

Prerequisites: ARC 201, EM 211, LAR 201, PY 211 

Continuing exercises in architectural design, based on larger buildings 
with more complex interior and exterior relationships. Emphasis on the 
problems of functional planning, research on building requirements, and 
recognized methods of construction. Architectural concrete, acoustical mater- 
ials, plaster, and drywall construction; second semester: miscellaneous 
metals, metal doors and windows. Messrs. Nichols, Tereszczenko 

ARC 401, 402 Architectural Design IV, V 6 (3-12) f s 

Prerequisites: ARC 302, CE 339, EM 212 

The design of large buildings or building complexes and economic and 
sociological influences on them, stressing the use of technology and indus- 

256 



trialization. Emphasis on the logical coordination of the many factors of 
building design. Curtain wall construction, caulking and sealants; second 
semester: hardware, paints, and thermal insulation. 

Messrs. Harris, Shawcroft 

ARC 421, 422 Structural Design I, II 3 (3-3) f s 

Prerequisite: CE 339 

Principles and applications of steel and timber design; principles and 
application of reinforced concrete design; and elements of foundations. 

Mr. Kahn 

, ARC 431, 432 Environmental Factors 3 (3-0) f s 

An investigation of environmental factors affecting architectural design. 
Heating and cooling systems; and controls and principles of plumbing in- 
cluding venting, drainage, demand and load calculations, water distribution, 
pipe sizing, storm drainage and sprinkler systems. Lighting and acoustical 
design and electrical equipment and design. Mr. Kahn 

ARC 501, 502 Architectural Design VI, VII 6-8 (3-12) f s 

Prerequisites: ARC 402, ARC 300 

A continuation of ARC 401, 402 with special emphasis on the development 
of arch-typical designs and the use of subjective selection by the designer. 
An architectural thesis is required in the spring semester. 

Mr. Glowczewski 

ARC 511, 512 Professional Practice I, II 2 (2-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Fourth year standing 

A study of form and content of contracts, specifications, and standard 
contract documents; relationship and responsibilities of architects to clients 
and third parties; legal and ethical consideration of architectural practice; 
office organization. Mr. Boaz 

ARC 531, 532 Structural Design III, IV 2 (2-2) f s 

Prerequisite: ARC 422 

Comparative study of structures and structural elements; their possibili- 
ties and limitations; review and discussion of structural principles, Enqri- 
neering consultation. Mr. Kahn 



ART 



ART 200 The Visual Arts in Contemporary Life 3 (3-0) f 

Study of painting, sculpture, art, crafts, and the useful arts of com- 
merce; the aesthetic nature of man from the standpoint of creativity and 
appreciation ; relation of present day creative efforts of man with those of 
the past, giving the student an understanding of today's visual arts. 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

BS 100 General Biology 4 (3-2) f s 

A course designed to emphasize the unit of biology through study of the 
following concepts: 1) protoplasmic and cellular organization, 2) growth 
and differentiation, 3) genetic and ecological control and 4) current and past 
evolution. 

257 



BS 571 (ST 571, MA 571) Biomathematics I 3 (3-0) 

BS 572 (ST 572, MA 572) Biomathematics II 3 (3-0) 

BOTANY AND BACTERIOLOGY 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

BS 100 General Biology 4 (3-2) f s 

(See listing under Biological Sciences.) 

BO 214 Dendrology 4 (2-4) s 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

A systematic survey of the evergreen (gymnosperm) and hardwood (an- 
giosperm) genera and species of North American trees. Emphasis is upon 
terminology, structure, relationships, and identification of woody plants. 

Mr. Hardin 

BO 301 General Morphology 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

A survey of the principal groups of plants from the standpoint of their 
structure, development and reproduction. Emphasis is placed on evolutionary 
relationships as revealed by comparisons in body organizaton and life his- 
tories of living and extinct forms. Some time is spent on general identifica- 
tion of the plants in their native habitats. Mr. Hardin 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 3 (0-6) s 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

A systematic survey of vascular plants emphasizing field identification, 
terminology, and general evolutionary relationships. Mr. Beal 

BO 412 General Microbiology 4 (3-2) f 

Prerequisites: CH 107 or CH 103 (CH 221 or CH 220 recommended but not 
required) 

An advanced biology course dealing with bacteria and other microorgan- 
isms, their structure, development, and function. Emphasis is placed on the 
fundamental concepts and techniques in microbiology such as isolation, 
cultivation, observation, morphology, and the physiology and nutrition of 
bacteria. The applications of microbiology, the role of microbes in nature, 
and their role in infection and immunity are considered. Mr. Elkan 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 (2-4) f s 

Prerequisites: BS 100, 2 courses in Chemistry 

An introductory treatment of the chemical and physical processes occur- 
ring in higher green plants with emphasis upon the mechanisms, factors 
affecting, correlations between processes, and biological significance. 

Messrs. Scofield, Troyer 

BO 442 (ZO 442) General Ecology 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

The general principles of the interrelationships among organisms, and 
organisms and their environments — land, fresh-water, and marine. 

Messrs. Cooper, Quay 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BO 505 (FS 505) Food Microbiology 3 (2-3) 

258 



BO 506 (FS 506) Advanced Food Microbiology 3 (0-9) 

BO 511 Advanced Bacteriology 3 (1-4) s 

Prerequisite: BO 412 

This course will present the principles and techniques of isolation and 
characterization of bacteria from a wide range of habitats. Particular stress 
will be given to the principles of enrichment techniques, differential and 
selective media, and pertinent diagnostic tests that are applicable to particu- 
lar groups of bacteria. Messrs. Evans, Perry 

BO 512 Morphology of Vascular Plants 3 (1-6) f 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

A study of comparative morphology, ontogeny and evolution of the vascu- 
lar plants. Emphasis is placed upon the phylogeny of sexual reproduction 
and of vascular systems. Mr. Ball 

BO 513 Plant Anatomy 3 (1-6) s 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

A study of the anatomy of the Angiosperms and Gymnosperms. The de- 
velopment of tissues is traced from their origin by meristems to their ma- 
ture states. Mr. Ball 

BO 514 Introductory Bacterial Physiology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: BO 412, CH 220 or CH 221, CH 551 (may be taken con- 
currently) 

Emphasis will be placed on general principles and function with respect 
to the living cell. Included will be a study of cell structure, growth, death, 
reproduction, nutrition and metabolism. An attempt will be made to illustrate 
the application of basic principles to applied areas of bacteriology and to 
other areas of basic science. Messrs. Dobrogosz, Evans 

BO 521 Systematic Botany of Monocot Families 3 (0-6) f 

Prerequisites: BS 100, BO 403 

A comprehensive survey of the systematics and evolution of monocot 
families. Special emphasis is given to terminology, morphology, identifica- 
tion and relationships. (Offered alternate years. Not given in 1964-65.) 

Mr. Beal 

BO 523 Systematic Botany of Dicot Families 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: BS 100, BO 403 

A comprehensive survey of the systematics and evolution of dicot families. 
Special emphasis is given to terminology, morphology, identification and 
relationships. (Offered alternate years. Not given in 1964-65..) 

Mr., Hardin 

BO 531 (SSC 532) Soil Microbiology 

BO 535 Water, Solute and Gas Relations of Plants 2 (2-0) f 

Prerequisite: BO 588 

An advanced treatment of processes of higher plants involving exchange 
of materials between the plant and its surroundings and movement of 
materials within the plant. Theoretical principles are emphasized. 
(Offered alternate years. Given in 1964-65.) Mr. Troyer 

BO 536 Growth and Development of Plants 2 (2-0) f 

Prerequisite: BO 588 

An advanced treatment of the physiology of growth and development of 
higher plants, with emphasis on theoretical principles. 
(Offered alternate years. Not given in 1964-65.) Mr. Troyer 

259 



BO 544 Plant Geography 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: BO 403, BO 442, GN 411 

A course in descriptive and interpretive plant geography, synthesizing 
data from the fields of ecology, genetics, geography, paleobotany and tax- 
onomy. The course will include a survey of the present distribution of 
major vegetation types throughout the world, a discussion of the history 
and development of this present pattern of vegetation, and a discussion of 
the principles and theories of plant geography. 
(Offered alternate years. Given in 1964-65.) 

BO 545 Advanced Plant Ecology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: BO 421, BO 442 

An advanced consideration of plant ecology through class discussions 
and laboratory work. The first half of the course is a consideration in depth 
of microenvironments, and the second half a treatment of the principles and 
theories of plant ecology. 
(Offered alternative years. Not given in 1964-65.) Mr. Cooper 

BO 561 (GN 561) Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3 credits 

BO 570 (CE 570) Sanitary Microbiology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: BO 412 or consent of instructor 

Fundamental aspects of microbiology and biochemistry are presented and 
related to problems of stream pollution, refuse disposal and biological 
treatment. Laboratory exercises present basic microbiological techniques 
and illustrate from a chemical viewpoint some of the basic microbial aspects 
of waste disposal. Mr. Elkan 

BO 574 Phycology 3 (1-4) s 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

An introduction to the classes of algae. The systematic position, life 
history, and ecology of important genera in the local flora, both fresh-water 
and marine, are emphasized. Mr. Whitford 

BO 588 (ZO 588) Cell Physiology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: BO 421 or ZO 301 or permission of instructor 

A study of fundamental physiological properties at the cellular level with 
emphasis on theoretical principles. Messrs. Santolucito, Troyer 

BO 589 (ZO 589) Cell Physiology Laboratory 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisites: BO 588 (ZO 588) (may be taken concurrently) and permission 
of instructor 

Experimental approaches in the study of physiological processes at the 
cellular level. Attention will be devoted to the theoretical usefulness of 
laboratory techniques along with their practical limitations. 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BO 614 (ANS 614) Bacterial Metabolism 

BO 620 Advanced Taxonomy 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisites: BO 521, BO 523 or permission of instructor 

A course in the principles of plant taxonomy including the history of 
taxonomy, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, taxonomic litera- 
ture, taxonomic and biosystematic methods, and monographic techniques. 
(Offered alternate years. Given in 1964-65.) Mr. Hardin 



260 



BO 635 The Mineral Nutrition of Plants 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: BO 421 and a course in Biochemistry 

Discussion of diffusion, molecular specificity and energetics of active 
transport. The physical chemistry of the essential elements and its signi- 
ficance to their biochemical functions. Mr. Kahn 

BO 636 Discussions in Plant Physiology 1 (i-O) f 
Prerequisite: BO 588 

Group discussions at an advanced level of selected topics of current 

interest in plant physiology. Mr. Troyer 

BO 690 Bacteriology Seminar 1 (i.q) f s 

Scientific artichs, progress reports in research, and special problems 

of interest to bacteriologists are revievi^ed and discussed. Credit is allowed 

if one paper per semester is presented at seminar. Graduate Staff 

BO 691 Botany Seminar 1 (i.q) f s 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems 

of interest to botanists are revieM^ed and discussed. Credit is allowed if one 

paper per semester is presented at seminar. Graduate Staff 

BO 692 Special Problems in Bacteriology credits by arrangements f s 

Directed research in some special phase of bacteriology other than a 

thesis problem but designed to provide experience and training in research. 

Graduate Staff 

BO 693 Special Problems in Botany credits by arrangement f s 

Directed research in some special phase of botany other than a thesis 
problem but designed to provide experience and training in research. 

Graduate Staff 

BO 699 Research credits by arrangement f s 

Original research preparatory to writing the M. S. thesis or Ph.D. dis- 

sertion m botany or bacteriology. Graduate Staff 



CERAMIC ENGINEERING 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

MIC 210 Ceramic Materials and Processes 3 (2-3) f s 

Designed for students not majoring in Ceramic Engineering. Includes 
raw materials, forming processes, effect of thermal treatment, properties 
and uses of ceramic products. Lecture and Laboratory. 

MIC 218 Introduction to Ceramic Engineering 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: CH 103 or CH 107 

Calculation of material balances and stoichiometric relations in ceramic 
systems. Structure and properties of raw materials and process unit 
operations prior to forming are treated. Lecture and Laboratory. 

MIC 305 Ceramic Forming and Fabrication Processes 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: MIC 218 

A detailed study of basic chemical and physical laws governing the be- 
havior of various ceramic compositions in a wide variety of forming pro- 
cesses. Emphasis is placed on specific equipment parameters, economic 
considerations and the influence of the process on the properties of fabri- 
cated ceramics. Lecture and Laboratory. 

261 



MIC 306 Thermal Processing 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: MIC 305 

Dewatering-, drying and thermal processing systems. Properties of air, 
air-vapor mixtures, and liquids. Fuels, combustion, and heat transfer. 
Emphasis is placed on fundamental behavior, data interpretation, and cal- 
culation methods. Lecture and Laboratory. 

MIC 415, 416 Ceramic Engineering Design 3 (1-5) f s 

Prerequisites: MIC 306, EM 301 

A two semester study to encourage creative solutions to problems of 
current interest and need in the ceramic profession. Discussion of sources 
of data, design principles, creativity, optimization, economic value analysis 
and decision making. Individual and team study involving interdependence 
of plant layout, processes, equipment and materials in the design of engi- 
neering systems or sub-systems. Study of design factors in utilization of 
ceramics in materials systems. Lecture and Laboratory. 

MIC 430 Research and Control Methods 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: MIC 306 

Interpretation of results, instrumental methods applied to research and 
product development. Statistical quality control. Lecture and Laboratory. 

MIC 431 Reaction Kinetics in Ceramic Systems 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisites: MIM 201, CH 431 

A study of reactions taking place during thermal treatment of ceramic 
systems. Such topics as thermodynamics, hetrogeneous phase equilibria, 
diffusion, solid state reactions, nucleation and grain grow^th are included. 
Lecture and Laboratory. 

MIC 432 Principles of the Glassy Phase 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: MIC 431 

A study of the glassy state to include the structure, properties, and 
types of glasses (including glazes and enamels). Opacity, color and devitri- 
fication. Nature of the glassy phase in kiln fired ceramics. Lecture and 
Laboratory. 

MIC 433 Ceramic Microstructure and Properties 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: MIC 431 

A study of the properties and behavior of processed ceramics from the 
standpoint of their phase characterization, atomic, micro- and macro- 
structure. Characteristics of ceramics are interpreted in terms of basic 
mechanisms affecting thermal, electronic, magnetic, mechanical, optical 
and nuclear properties. Emphasis is placed on process treatment and en- 
vironment effects. Lecture and Laboratory. 

MIC 451 Principles of Ceramic Engineering 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 433 or ME 302 or CHE 315 

An advanced treatment of fundamental relationships among ceramic 
materials, processes, and properties. Designed to provide an adequate 
background for students from other engineering and physical science cur- 
ricula to permit effective study of ceramic engineering at the graduate 
level. Lecture. 

MIC 491 Seminar 1 (l-O) f s 

One semester required of seniors in Ceramic Engineering. A second 
semester may be elected. Literature survey of selected topics in Ceramic 
Engineering. Oral and written reports, discussions. 

262 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MIC 501, 502 Ceramic Structural Analysis 3 credits f s 

Prerequisite: MIG 331 

Basic laws of crystal structures. Arrangement of ions in crystals. Esti- 
mation of phases present in multi-component systems utilizing X-ray 
techniques. Analysis of glass structure. Correlation of structure with com- 
position and properties. Lecture. 

MIC 503 Ceramic Microscopy 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: MIG 331 

Petrographic and metallographic techniques for the systematic study of 
ceramic materials and products. Interpretation and representation of re- 
sults. Lecture and Laboratory. 

MIC 506 Electron Microscopy 3 credits f 

Prerequisite: MIC 503 or PY 404 or EE 507 

The theory of the realization of electrostatic and magnetic lenses for 
electron microscopy. Major emphasis is placed on interpretation of electron 
diffraction, and surface replications of ceramics and metals. Lecture and 
Laboratory. 

MIC 509 High Vacuum Technology 3 credits s s 

Prerequisite: CH 433 or ME 301 

Properties of low pressure gases and vapors. Production, maintenance 
and measurement of high vacuum; design, construction, and operation of 
high vacuum, high temperature facilities. Properties and reactions of 
materials which are processed, tested, and/or utilized in high vacuum en- 
vironments. Lecture and Laboratory. 

MIC 527 Refractories in Service 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

A study of the physical and chemical properties of the more important 
refractories in respect to their environment in industrial and laboratory 
furnaces. Lecture. 

MIC 529 Properties of High Temperature Materials 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MIM 201 

Effect of temperature on the physical, mechanical and chemical properties 
of inorganic materials; i-elationship between microstructure and high temp- 
erature properties; uses of ceramics, cermets, and metals at extremely high 
temperatures. Lecture. 

MIC 533, 534 Advanced Ceramic Engineering Design 3 credits fs 

Prerequisites: MIC 416, MIC 433 

Advanced studies in analysis and design of ceramic products, processes, 
and systems leading to original solutions of current industrial problems 
and the development of new concepts of manufacturing. Lecture and 
Laboratory. 

MIC 540 Glass Technology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MIC 432 

Fundamentals of glass manufacture including composition, properties 
and applications of the principal types of commercial glasses. Lecture. 

MIC 548 Technology of Cements 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MIC 431 

The technology of the Portland cement industry including manufacture, 
control and uses. Lecture. 

263 



MIC 596, 597 Advanced Ceramic Experiments 3 credits f s 

Prerequisite: MIC 430 or equivalent 

Advanced studies in ceramic laboratory experimentation. Laboratory. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MIC 601 Ceramic Phase Relationships 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Heterogeneous equilibrium, phase transformations, dissociation, fusion, 
lattice energy, thermodynamic properties of ionic phases and silicate melts. 
Lecture. 

MIC 603 Advanced Ceramic Reaction Kinetics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites; MIC 431, MIC 501 

Fundamental study of the kinetics of high temperature ceramic reactions 
such as diflfusion, nucleation, grain growth, recrystallization, phase trans- 
formation, vitrification and sintering. Lecture. 

MIC 611 Ceramic Process Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MIC 502 
Corequisite: ST 516 

Analysis of experimental and production data for ceramic processes. 
Quantitative evaluation of the effect of materials, materials preparation, 
heat distribution, composition, and other variables on properties. Sampling 
from production. Linear programming to compound glass and cement 
batches. Lecture. 

MIC 621 The Vitreous State 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MIC 540 

An advanced study of binary and ternary silicate and borate glasses. In- 
fluence of structure on the properties of vitreous systems. 

MIC 631, 632 Advanced Physical Ceramics I and II 3 credits f s 

Corequisites: MIC 501, MIC 502 or MIM 521, MIM 522 or EM 501, EM 502 
or PY 503, PY 552 

Lattice structures and lattice energies in crystalline ceramics; relation- 
ships with elastic, optical, and thermal properties. Effects of constitution 
and microstructure on lattice-sensitive properties. The defect crystalline 
state in ceramics; vacancies, color centers, dislocations, boundaries. Crystal 
growth. Plastic deformation processes, including creep and fatigue; the 
ductile-brittle transition. Structure-sensitive properties of crystalline, 
vitreous and composite ceramics; effects of constitution, microstructure, 
non-stoichiometry. Lecture and Laboratory. 

MIC 635, 636 Electronic Ceramics 3 (3-0) summer 

Prerequisites: MA 441, PY 414 or PY 407 

Lattice energy, dielectric and optical properties of insulators, ferroelec- 
trics, magnetic oxides, electron distribution in insulators and semi-con- 
ductors; electronic properties of alkali halides. Lecture. 

MIC 695 Ceramic Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) f s 

Reports and discussion of special topics in ceramic engineering and allied 
fields. Lecture. 

MIC 697 Special Studies in Ceramic Engineering 1 to 3 credits 

Special studies of advanced topics in ceramic engineering. 
Credit will vary with the topic. 

264 



MIC 699 Ceramic Research 1 to 9 credits 

An origrinal and independent investigation in ceramic enprineering. A re- 
port of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. 



CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

CHE 205 Chemical Process Principles 4 (3-2) s 

Prerequisites: CH 103 or CH 107, MA 201 
Required of sophomores in Chemical Engineering. 

The calculation of material and energy balances, stoichiometry, gas laws, 
vapor pressure, humidity, saturation, thermophysics and thermochemistry. 

Mr. Bright 

CHE 301, 302 Elements of Chemical Engineering 3 (3-0) f s 

An introduction to principles of Chemical Engineering including cal- 
culations involved in industrial processes and equipment. The course is 
designed for students not majoring in Chemical Engineering. 

Mr. Bright 

CHE 307 Introductory Chemical Engineering 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: CHE 205 

Basic principles of fluid flow, heat transfer, and mass transfer with 
emphasis on application to design of chemical processes and equipment. 

Mr. Bright 

CHE 311, pi2 Transport Processes I, II 3 (3-0) f s 
Prerequisites: MA 301, PY 208, CHE 205 
Required of juniors in Chemical Engineering. 

An introduction to momentum, heat, and mass transport processes, with 

emphasis on chemical engineering. Problems in fluid dynamics and heat 

transfer. Mr. Marsland 

CHE 315 Chemical Process Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CHE 205, MA 301 

Required of juniors in Chemical Engineering. 

A study of the laws of thermodynamics and their application to chemical 
engineering problems, both in theory and in practice. Criteria of equili- 
brium in physical and chemical changes. Behavior of real fluids, including 
mixtures. Mr. Beatty 

CHE 421, 422 Reactor Energy Transfer I, II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 208 

Thermodynamics, heat transfer and fluid flow with emphasis on the prob- 
lems and methods used in the design and analysis of nuclear reactors. 

Mr. Ferrell 

CHE 425 Process Measurement and Control 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: CHE 312 

Required of seniors in Chemical Engineering. 

Theory and application of methods for measuring, recording, transmit- 
ting and controlling process variables. The techniques of analysis, begin- 
ning with process elements in automatic control and proceeding through 
system analysis, are employed. Commercial instruments are available for 
simulating industrial control problems. Mr. Seely 

265 



CHE 427, 428 Separation Processes I, II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: CHE 311 

Required of seniors in Chemical Engineering. 

A study of the principles underlying such unit operations as absorption, 
extraction, distillation, drying, filtration, etc., with emphasis on procedures 
and economic considerations. Mr. Stahel 

CHE 431 Chemical Engineering Laboratory I 2 (0-6) s 

Prerequisite: CHE 311 

Required of juniors in Chemical Engineering. 

Laboratory work on typical apparatus involving unit operations. Experi- 
ments are designed to augment the theory and data of lecture courses and 
to develop proficiency in the writing of technical reports. Mr. Seely 

CHE 432 Chemical Engineering Laboratory II 2 (0-6) f 

Prerequisite: CHE 312 

Required of seniors in Chemical Engineering. 

A continuation of CHE 431. Mr. Seely 

CHE 433 Chemical Engineering Laboratory III 2 (0-6) s 

Prerequisite: CHE 427 

Required of seniors in Chemical Engineering. 

A continuation of CHE 432. Mr. Seely 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CHE 315 

Required of seniors in Chemical Engineering. 

A basic study of homogenous and heterogenous chemical reactions, and 
of catalysis. ' Mr. Stahel 

CHE 495 Seminar 1 (i-O) f s 

One semester required of seniors in Chemical Engineering. 

Professional aspects of chemical engineering; topics of current interest 
in chemical engineering. Mr. Schoenborn 

CHE 497 Chemical Engineering Projects 2 arranged fs 

Elective for seniors in Chemical Engineering. 

Introduction to research through experimental, theoretical and literature 
studies of chemical engineering problems. Oral and written presentation of 
reports. Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CHE 511 Problem Analysis for Chemical Engineers 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisites: CHE 428, MA 301 

The application of the methods of mathematical analysis to the formula- 
tion and solution of problems in transport phenomena, transient phenomena 
in unit operations, process dynamics, and thermodynamics. Study and use 
of analog computer solutions of these problems. Mr. Ferrell 

CHE 513 Thermodynamics I 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: CHE 315 

An intermediate course in thermodynamic principles and their applica- 
tion to chemical and phase equilibria. The course is largely from a macro- 
scopic viewpoint but consideration will be given to some aspects of the 
statistical viewpoint. Mr. Beatty 

266 



CHE 515 Transport Phenomena 3 (3.0) 

Prerequisite: CHE 312 

A theoretical study of transport of momentum, energy, and matter with 
emphasis on the latter two. The diffusional operations, including coupled 
heat and mass transfer, are introduced in the light of the theory. 

Mr. Marsland 

CHE 517 Kinetics and Catalysis 3 (3.0) 

Prerequisite: CHE 446 

An intensive study of homogeneous and heterogeneous kinetic reactions. 
Emphasis will be placed on fundamental approaches, experimental methods, 
and mathematical techniques in engineering analysis of chemical reaction 
systems. Mr. Stahel 

CHE 540 Electrochemical Engineering 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: Physical Chemistry 

The application of electrochemical principles to such topics as electrolysis, 
electroanalysis, electroplating, metal refining, etc. Mr. Schoenborn 

CHE 541 Cellulose Industries 3 (3.0) 

Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry 

Methods of manufacture and application of cellulose chemical conversion 
products. Emphasis placed on recent development in the field of synthetic 
fibers, films, lacquers, and other cellulose compounds. Mr. Seely 

CHE 543 Technology of Plastics 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry 

The properties, methods of manufacture, and applications of synthetic 
resins. Recent developments in the field are stressed. Mr. Seely 

CHE 551 Thermal Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: ME 302 or ME 303 or CHE 311 or equivalent 

The design and operation of nuclear reactors and the utilization of the 
power from them involves major problems in nearly every phase of heat 
transfer, and many important problems in fluid flow. Possible solutions to 
these problems are severely aff'ected by the influence of radiation on heat 
transfer media, hazards of handling radioactive substances, etc. The course 
considers the thermal problems of nuclear reactor design and the principles 
of fluid flow and heat transfer necessary to their solutions. 

The course is intended for engineers and science students with back- 
grounds in physics and mathematics and elementary thermodynamics. 

Mr. Beatty 

CHE 597 Chemical Engineering Projects 1 to 3 arranged f s 

Prerequisite or corequisite: CHE 412 

A laboratory study of some phase of chemical engineering or allied field. 

Graduate Staff 



CHEMISTRY 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 (3-3) f s 

CH 101 and 103 provide instruction in the language of chemistry, fun- 
damental chemistry laws and theories, preparation and properties of ele- 
ments and their compounds, homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibria, oxi- 
dation-reduction, and an introduction to organic and to nuclear chemistry. 

267 



CH 103 General Chemistry II . 4 (3-3) f s 

Prerequisite: CH 101 

A continuation of CH 101. The laboratory work consists of semimicro 
qualitative analysis and some quantitative experiments. 

CH 105 Principles of Chemistry I 4 (3-3) f s 

CH 105 and 107 are similar to CH 101 and 103, but with greater emphasis 
on atomic structure, ionic equilibria, transition metals, and coordination 
chemistry. These courses are designed for students who plan to take ad- 
vanced courses in chemistry. 

CH 106 Laboratory Techniques I 1 (0-3) f 

Corequisite: CH 105 

Laboratory work to supplement the laboratory of CH 105. 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry II 4 (3-3) f s 

Prerequisite: CH 105 

A continuation of CH 105. The laboratory work consists of semimicro 
qualitative analysis and some quantitative experiments. 

CH 108 Laboratory Techniques II 1 (0-3) s 

Corequisite: CH 107 

Laboratory work to supplement the laboratory of CH 107, including some 
elementary quantitative analysis and inorganic preparations. 

CH 215 Quantitative Analysis 4 (3-3) f s 

Prerequisite: CH 103 or CH 107 

A one-semester course in volumetric and gravimetric analysis including 
techniques, stoichiometry, and principles of neutralization, oxidation-reduc- 
tion, and precipitation methods. 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 (3-3) f s 

Prerequisite: CH 103 or CH 107 

An introduction to the fundamental principles of organic chemistry in- 
cluded in the study of the hydrocarbons, alcohols, ethers, aldehydes, ketones, 
acids and their derivatives, esters, phenols, fats, carbohydrates, amino acids, 
proteins, and a selected group of natural and synthetic products. 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4(3-3)fs 

Prerequisite: CH 103 or CH 107 

CH 221 and 223 cover the fundamentals of organic chemistry, including 
both aliphatic and aromatic compounds. 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 (3-3) f s 

Prerequisite: CH 221 

A continuation of CH 221. 

CH 231 Introductory Physical Chemistry 4 (3-3) f s 

Prerequisites: CH 103 or CH 107, MA 102 or MA 112 

Designed for students whose background in mathematics and physics is 
not sufficient to meet the requirements of CH 431-433, but who desire in- 
struction on chemical principles in addition to that provided at the freshman 
level. 

CH 351 Introductory Biochemistry 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 223 

The fundamental chemistry of living matter. 

268 



CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry 3 (3-0) s 

Corequisite: CH 433 

A survey of the chemical elements based on atomic structure and the 
periodic system, also introducing newer concepts of structure and symmetry. 
A knowledge of basic physical chemical principles is prerequisite. 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I 4 (2-6) f 

Prerequisites: CH 431, CH 432 
Corequisite: CH 433 

An introduction to analytical chemistry, including both classical and 
modern techniques involving the distribution of a component between phases, 
for example, gravimetric methods, gas chromatography, and adsorption. 

CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II 4 (2-6) s 

Prerequisite: CH 411 

A continuation of Analytical Chemistry I, with emphasis upon modern ap- 
proaches to acid-base chemistry, oxidation-reduction, potentiometric meth- 
ods, and spectrophotometry. 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis 3 (i-6) f 

Prerequisite: CH 223 

An introduction to the identification of organic compounds by means of 
physical properties (including infrared spectra), chemical classification 
tests, and preparation of derivatives. 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 (3.0) f s 

Prerequisites: CH 107, MA 202, PY 207 or PY 208 

CH 431 and 433 provide an intensive study of the states of matter, 
solutions, colloids, homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibrium, reaction 
kinetics, electrolysis, conductance, oxidation reactions, and ionic equilibrium. 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory 1 (0-3) f 

Corequisite: CH 431 

Laboratory course to accompany the lecture work in CH 431. 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 (3.0) f s 

Prerequisite: CH 431 

A continuation of CH 431. 

CH 434 Physical Chemistry II Laboratory 1 (0-3) s 

Corequisite: CH 433 

Laboratory course to accompany the lecture work in CH 433. 

CH 435 Physical Chemistry III 3 (3.0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

An intensive study of the structure of atoms and molecules, an intro- 
duction to statistical mechanics, and selected topics in modern physical 
chemistry. 

CH 441 Colloid Chemistry 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: CH 220, CH 215 

Adsorption; preparation, properties, constitution, stability, and applica- 
tion of sols, gels, emulsions, foams, and aerosols; dialysis; Donnan mem- 
brane equilibrium. 

CH 490 Chemical Preparations 3 (I-6) f s 

Prerequisite: Three years of Chemistry 

Lectures and laboratory work in preparative chemistry. Synthetic pro- 

269 



cedures will be selected to illustrate advanced methods and techniques in 
both inorganic and organic chemistry. 

CH 491 Reading in Honors Chemistry 2 to 6 credits by arrangement f s 
Prerequisite: Three years of Chemistry 

A reading course for exceptionally able students at the senior level. The 
students will do extensive reading in areas of advanced chemistry and will 
present written reports of their findings. 

CH 493 Chemical Literature 1 (1-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three years of Chemistry 

A systematic introduction to the location and retrieval of information 
required for the solution of chemical problems. 

CH 499 Senior Research 1 to 3 credits by arrangement f s 

Prerequisite: Three years of Chemistry 

An introduction to research. Independent investigation of a research 
problem under the supervision of a member of the chemistry faculty. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CH 501 Inorganic Chemistry I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Modern inorganic chemistry from the point of view of the chemical bond. 
Chemical periodicity and its origins in atomic structure, the ionic bond and 
electronegativity, crystal structure and bonding in ionic solids, the metallic 
state, conduction and semiconductors, and the preparation and properties 
of illustrative compounds. 

CH 503 Inorganic Chemistry II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 501 

The hydrogen molecule-ion and the theory of the covalent bond, molecu- 
lar orbitals and hydridization, dipole moments and magnetic properties, the 
theory of acids and bases, non-aqueous solvents, coordination compounds, 
carbonyls and quasiaromatic compounds, and the chemistry of the transi- 
tion metals, lanthanides, and actinides. 

CH 511 Chemical Spectroscopy 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Theory, analytical applications, and interpretation of spectra as applied 
to chemical problems. Major emphasis will be placed upon ultraviolet, 
visible, and infrared spectra. 

CH 513 Electroanalytical Chemistry 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CH 413 

Foundations of theoretical electrochemistry, potentiometric measure- 
ments and electrical resistance, diffusion and transport, theory of dilute 
solutions, polarography and amperometric measurements, surface effects 
and electrode kinetics, electro-chemistry in non-aqueous systems. 

CH 521 Advanced Organic Chemistry I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Three years of Chemistry including CH 223 

Resonance, reaction mechanisms, hydrocarbons, organic halides, alcohols, 
amines, and carbonyl compounds. 

CH 523 Advanced Organic Chemistry II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 521 

Stereochemistry of organic compounds, including steroids and other 
natural products. 

270 



CH 527 Chemistry of Metal-Organic Compounds 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Three years of Chemistry including CH 223 

Preparation, properties, and reactions of compounds containing the 
carbon-metal bond, with a brief description of their uses. 

CH 528 Qualitative Organic Analysis 4 (1-6) f 

Prerequisites: Three years of Chemistry including CH 223 

A study of functional groups, separation and identification of compounds, 
preparation of derivatives. 

CH 531 Chemical Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An extension of elementary principles to the treatment of ideal and real 
gases, ideal solutions, electrolytic solutions, galvanic cells, surface systems, 
and irreversible processes. An introduction to statistical thermodynamics 
and the estimation of thermodynamic functions from spectroscopic data. 

CH 533 Chemical Kinetics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An intensive survey of the basic principles of chemical kinetics with 
emphasis on experimental and mathematical techniques, elements of the 
kinetic theory, and theory of the transition state. Applications to gas re- 
actions, reactions in solution, and mechanism studies. 

CH 535 Surface Phenomena 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An intensive survey of th6 topics of current interest in surface pheno- 
mena. Formulations of basic theories are presented together with illustra- 
tions of their current applications. 

CH 537 Quantum Chemistry 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: MA 301, CH 433 or PY 407 

The elements of wave mechanics applied to stationary energy states and 
time dependent phenomena. Applications of quantum theory to chemistry, 
particularly chemical bonds. 

CH 543 Radioisotope Principles 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CH 433, PY 207, MA 202 

A presentation of the basic knowledge of radioactivity, nuclear reactions, 
ionizing radiations, and radiochemistry essential to competence in the use 
of radioisotopes. 

CH 544 Radioisotope Techniques 1 (0-3) f 

Corequisite: CH 543 

A laboratory course in the physical and chemical techniques essential to 
competence in the use of radioisotopes. 

CH 545 Radiochemistry 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CH 543 or PY 407, and PY 410 

An advanced presentation of the applications of radioactivity to chemistry 
and of the applications of chemistry to the radioactive elements, particular- 
ly the heavy elements and fission products. 

CH 546 Radiochemistry Laboratory 1 (0-3) s 

Corequisite: CH 545 

Laboratory work associated with CH 545 Radiochemistry. 

271 



CH 551 General Biochemistry 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Three years of Chemistry including CH 223 

The chemical constitution of living matter. Biochemical processes as well 
as compounds are studied. 

CH 552 Biochemical Research Techniques 3 (0-8) fs 

Corequisite: CH 551 

A laboratory course emphasizing the techniques and methods of modem 
biochemical research. 

CH 555 Plant Chemistry 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CH 551 

Composition of plants; properties, nature, and classification of plant 
constituents; changes occurring during growth, ripening, and storage of 
plant products. 

CH 561 (TC 561) Chemistry of Fibers 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 223 

The theory of fiber structure; the relationship between chemical structure 
and physical properties of natural and man-made fibers; the nature of the 
chemical reactions which produce degradation of fibers; the production of 
man-made fibers. 

CH 562 (TC 562) Chemistry of High Polymers 3 (3-0) s 

Mechanisms and kinetics of polymerization; molecular weight description; 
theory of polymer solutions. 

CH 623 Valence and the Structure of Organic Molecules 3 (3-0) f 
Prerequisites: CH 223, CH 433 

Applications of molecular orbital theory, thermodynamics, and free energy 
relations to organic problems. 

CH 625 Organic Reaction Mechanisms 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CH 223, CH 433 

A study of the effects of structure and substituents on the direction and 
rates of organic reactions. 

CH 651 Physical Biochemistry 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Kinetics and thermodynamics of enzyme-catalyzed reactions. Structural 
and physical properties of proteins and macro-molecules. 

CH 653 (ANS 653) Mineral Metabolism 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 551 

Principles of mineral metabolism with emphasis on metabolic functions, 
reaction mechanisms, and interrelationships. 

CH 655 Intermediary Metabolism I 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 551 

A study of carbohydrate, lipid, and energy metabolism. 

CH 657 Intermediary Metabolism II 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 551 

A study of amino-acid, protein, and nucleic acid metabolism. 

CH 659 Natural Products 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Three years Chemistry including CH 521 

Synthetic and degradative procedures and conformational analysis in 

272 



naturally occurring compounds, with emphasis on lipids, steroids, and car- 
bohydrates. 

CH 691 Seminar 1 (1-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Chemistry 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems of 
interest to chemists are reviewed and discussed. 

CH 695 Special Topics in Chemistry maximum 3 f s 

Prerequisite: Permission of head of department 

Critical study of special problems in one of the branches of chemistry. 

CH 699 Chemical Research credits by arrangement f s 

Prerequisite: Forty semester credits in Chemistry 

Special problems that will furnish material for a thesis. A maximum of 
6 semester credits is allowed toward a master's degree; there is no limita- 
tion on credits in the doctorate program. 



CIVIL ENGINEERING 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CE 201 Engineering Measurements in Surveying 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 201 

Required of sophomores in Civil Engineering, Civil Engineering Con- 
struction Option, Forestry, and juniors in Geological Engineering. The 
general theory of engineering measurement, errors, sienificant figures, re- 
peated observations, precision ratios and accuracy of measurements are 
presented. Other lecture topics include horizontal and vertical control, stadia 
theory, concepts of area measurements, elements of simple curves, photo- 
grammetry, and the basic concepts of astronomical observations. 

CE 324 Structural Analysis I 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: EM 200 
Corequisite: EM 301 

Required of juniors in Civil Engineering and Civil Engineering Construc- 
tion Option. 

Stress analysis of statically determinate beams and framed structures 
under fixed and moving loads; influence line treatment for moving loads; 
analysis and design of a simple truss. 

CE 331 Structural Materials I 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisites: EM 200, PY 208 

Required of juniors in Civil Engineering and Civil Engineering Construc- 
tion Option. 

Elements of materials science, experimental mechanics, materials testing 
for quality control. Mechanical properties of the following structural 
materials: metals, mineral aggregates and calcareous cements. 

CE 332 Structural Materials II 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite: CE 331 

Required of juniors in Civil Engineering and Civil Engineering Construc- 
tion Option. 

Mechanical properties of the following structural materials: Portland ce- 
ment concrete, bituminous concrete, masonry materials and timber. Mate- 
rials testing for research. 

273 



CE 338 Structures I 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: EM 211 

Required of juniors in Architecture. 

Analysis of simple structures, reactions, shear and moment diagrams; 
stresses in members of framed structures; graphic statics. 

CE 339 Structures II 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisites: CE 338, EM 212 
Required of juniors in Architecture. 

Analysis of indeterminate structures; slopes and deflections; analysis of 
indeterminate frames by moment distribution. 

CE 342 Soil Mechanics 4(3-2)fs 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Corequisite: CE 331 

Required of juniors in Civil Engineering. 

An introduction to the engineering behavior of soils. A study of physical 
and mechanical properties of soils, identification and classification, funda- 
mental stress relations, ground w^ater hydraulics, compressibility, shear 
strength, earth pressure theories, slope stability and bearing capacity. Lab- 
oratory periods divided among demonstration of soil testing, recitation and 
problem solving. 

CE 361 Estimates and Costs I 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Required of juniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option. 

Interpretation of working drawings; analysis of construction plans and 
specifications; approximate and detailed estimates of costs. 

CE 362 Estimates and Costs II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CE 361 

Required of juniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option. 

Preparation of complete costs estimates of construction projects; bidding 
procedures and preparation of bids. 

CE 382 Hydraulics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

Required of juniors in Civil Engineering. 

Properties of fluids and mechanics of fluid flow in pipes and open chan- 
nels; theory of design and characteristics of pumps and hydraulic motors; 
measurement of fluid flow. 

COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CE 405, 406 Transportation Engineering I, II 4 (3-2 )f s 

Prerequisites: CE 201 for CE 405, CE 342 for CE 406 
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering. 

An integrated approach to the planning, design and operation of trans- 
portation systems. Engineering and economic aspects of the basic transport 
modes, including highway, rail, water and air facilities, are investigated 
from the viewpoint of the civil engineer. 

CE 421 Structural Design I 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: CE 324, EM 301 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering and Civil Engineering Construction 

Option. 

Basic design concepts. Analysis and design of tension, compression and 
flexural members in metal. Behavior and design of connections — riveted, 
bolted and welded. Term project in design of mill-building bent. 

274 



CE 422 Structural Design II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: CE 332, CE 421, CE 425 
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering. 

Analysis and design, in reinforced concrete, of beams in flexure, diagonal 
tension, bond and anchorage; axially loaded columns, eccentrically loaded 
columns, footings, retaining walls, continuous beams and one-way slabs. 
Introduction to ultimate strength design. Term project in design of a 
multi-story building frame in reinforced concrete. 

CE 425 Structural Analysis II 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: CE 324, EM 301 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering. 

Deflection of beams and trusses; indeterminate stress analysis by mo- 
ment area, slope deflection and moment distribution. 

CE 429 Structural Design III 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: CE 332, CE 421 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option. 

Analysis and design of reinforced concrete beams, columns, footings 
and retaining walls. Design of timber beams, columns and connections. 
Term project in planning and making structural design for the timber 
forming needed for a reinforced concrete building. 

CE 443 Foundations 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 421 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option. 

Identification and classification of soils; geological aspects of foundation 
engineering; methods of investigating subsoil conditions; control of water; 
types of foundations and conditions favoring their use; legal concepts of 
foundation engineering. 

CE 461 Project Planning and Control I 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: CE 362 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option. 

Analysis of construction plant layout requirements and performance 
characteristics of equipment. 

CE 462 Project Planning and Control II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CE 461 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option. 
Scheduling, analysis and control of construction projects. 

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite : Senior standing 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option. 

Legal aspects of construction contract documents and specifications; 
owner-engineer-contractor relationships and responsibilities; bids and 
contract performance; labor laws. 

CE 483 Water Resources Engineering I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CE 382 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering. 

The hydrological cycle is studied with particular emphasis on those 
phases that are of engineering significance. The occurrence and distribu- 
tion of water; rainfall, runoff, ground water. The development and control 
of water resources. 

CE 484 Water Resources Engineering II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 483 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering. 

275 



A synthesis of mechanics, chemistry and hydrology in the design of 
elements of water resources systems. Water supply, treatment and distri- 
bution. Waste water collection, treatment and disposal. Consideration of 
flood control and stream flow regulation. 

CE 485 Applied Hydraulics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option. 

Elements of fluid mechanics, hydraulics and hydrology, with application 
to problems in construction engineering. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CE 507 Airphoto Analysis I 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Engineering evaluation of aerial photographs, including analysis of soils 
and surface drainage characteristics. 

CE 508 Airphoto Analysis II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CE 507 

Engineering evaluation of aerial photographs for highway and airport 
projects. 

CE 514 Municipal Engineering Projects 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Special problems relating to public works, public utilities, urban plan- 
ning and city engineering. 

CE 515 Transportation Operations 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CE 406 

The analysis of traffic and transportation engineering operations. 

CE 516 Transportation Design 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CE 406 

The geometric elements of traffic and transportation engineering design. 

CE 524 Analysis and Design of Masonry Structures 3 (3-0) f 

Corequisite: CE 425 

Analysis and design of arches, culverts, dams, foundations and retaining 
walls. 

CE 525, 526 Advanced Structural Analysis I, II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

Analysis of rigid frames and continuous structures; treatment of redun- 
dant members and secondary stresses. 

CE 527 Numerical Methods in Structural Analysis 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

Newmark's numerical integration procedure and its applications; matrix 
operations, relaxation and iteration, finite dift'erence method. Force and 
displacement methods, string polygon method. High-speed computation. 

CE 531 Experimental Stress Analysis 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

Principles and methods of experimental analysis; dimensional analysis; 
applications to full-scale structures. 

276 



CE 534 Plastic Analysis and Design 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 421 

Analysis of steel structure behavior beyond the elastic limit; concept of 
design for ultimate load and the use of load factors. Analysis and design 
of component parts of frames. Methods of predicting strength and defor- 
mation behavior of structures loaded in the plastic range. Bracing and 
connection requirements for frames. 

CE 535 Ultimate Strength Theory and Design 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CE 422 

Ultimate strength theories of axially loaded column flexure, combined 
flexure and axial load, shear. Critical review of important research and 
their relationship with the development of modern design codes for rein- 
forced concrete. 

CE 536 Theory and Design of Prestressed Concrete 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 422 

The principles of prestressed concrete. Materials. Methods of prestress- 
ing. Loss of prestress. Design of beams for bending, shear and bond. Ulti- 
mate strength. Deflection. Composite beams. Continuous beams. Special 
topics. Design projects. 

CE 544 Foundation Engineering 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: CE 342 

Subsoil investigations; excavations; design of sheeting and bracing- 
systems; control of water; footing, grillage and pile foundations; caisson 
and cofferdam methods of construction; legal aspects of foundation engi- 
neering. 

CE 547 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Physical and mechanical properties of soils governing their use for 
engineering purposes; stress relations and applications to a variety of 
fundamental problems. 

CE 548 Engineering Properties of Soils I 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: CE 342 

The study of soil properties that are significant in earthwork engineer- 
ing, including properties of soil solids, basic clay mineral concepts, clas- 
sification, identification, plasticity, permeability, capillarity and stabiliza- 
tion. Laboratory work includes classification, permeability and compaction 
tests. 

CE 549 Engineering Properties of Soils II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CE 548 

Continuation of CE 548, including the study of compressibility, stress- 
strain relations and shear strength theories for soil. Laboratory work in- 
cludes consolidation and shear strength tests. 

CE 570 Sanitary Microbiology 3(2-3)fs 

(See BO 570) 

CE 571 Theory of Water and Sewage Treatment 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite : Graduate standing 

Study of the physical and chemical principles underlying water and 
sewage treatment processes; diffusion of gases, solubility, equilibrium and 
ionization, anaerobic and aerobic stabilization processes, sludge condition- 
ing and disposal. 

277 



CE 572 Unit Operations and Processes in 

Sanitary Engineering 3 (1-6) s 

Prerequisite: CE 571 

Processes and operations in sanitary engineering; sedimentation, aeration, 
filtration, adsorption, coagulation, softening, sludge digestion, aerobic 
treatment of sewage. 

CE 573 Analysis of Water and Sewage 3 (1-6) f 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Chemical and physical analysis of water and sewage and interpreta- 
tion of results. 

CE 574 Radioactive Waste Disposal 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite : PY 407 

Unit operations and processes employed in treatment and disposal of 
radioactive wastes. 

CE 580 Flow in Open Channels 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: CE 483 

The theory and applications of flow in open channels, including dimen- 
sional analysis, momentum-energy principle, gradually varied flow, high- 
velocity flow, energy dissipators, spillways, waves, channel transition and 
model studies. 

CE 591, 592 Civil Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) f s 

Discussion and reports of subjects in civil engineering and allied fields. 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 1 to 6 arranged f s 

Special projects in some phase of civil engineering. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CE 601 Transportation Planning 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 515 

The planning, administration, economics and financing of various trans- 
portation engineering facilities. 

CE 602 Advanced Transportation Design 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CE 516 

Design of major traffic and transportation engineering projects. 

CE 603 Airport Planning and Design 3 (2-3) f 

Corequisite: CE 515 

The analysis, planning and design of air transportation facilities. 

CE 604 Urban Transportation Planning 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 515 

Thoroughfare planning as related to land usage and urban master-plan- 
ning. 

CE 623 Theory and Design of Arches 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CE 422, CE 526 

General theory of elastic arches. Boundary conditions and their effect 
on the behavior of the arch. Single span, multiple span arches on elastic 
piers, influence lines of various functions under moving loads, economical 
layout of arches, design criteria for steel and concrete arches. 

278 



CE 624 Analysis and Design of Structural 

Shells and Folded Plates 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CE 623, EM 511 

Roof structures consisting of surfaces of revolution, both single and 
compound curved. Membrane stresses, bending stresses at boundaries. 
Domes and cylindrical shells. Approximate and exact analyses. Design of 
criteria. Folded plane structures of concrete plates and steel frames. 

CE 625, 626 Advanced Structural Design I, II 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite: CE 422 
Corequisites : CE 525, CE 526 

Complete structural designs of a variety of projects; principles of limit 
and prestress design. 

CE 627 Design of Blast Resistant Structures 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CE 526, EM 555 

Sources, intensities, and methods of transmission of dynamic loads. Be- 
havior of structures and structural elements subjected to dynamic forces. 
Design criteria and factor of safety. Design of surface and underground 
structures for nuclear blasts. 

CE 641, 642 Advanced Soil Mechanics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Theories of soil mechanics; failure conditions; mechanical interaction 
between solids and water, and problems in elasticity pertaining to earth- 
work engineering; soil dynamics. 

CE 643 Hydraulics of Ground Water 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Principles of ground water hydraulics; theory of flow through idealized 
porous media; the flow net solution; seepage and well problems. 

CE 671 Advanced Water Supply and Sewerage 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: CE 484 

Problems relating to the design of water supply and sewerage works. 

CE 672 Advanced Water and Sewage Treatment 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: CE 484 

Problems relating to the treatment of water and sewage. 

CE 673 Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal 3 (3-0) f s 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Water requirements of industry and the disposal of industrial wastes. 

CE 674 Stream Sanitation 3(3-0)fs 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Biological, chemical and hydrological factors that affect stream sanita- 
tion and stream use. 

CE 699 Civil Engineering Research 1 to 6 arranged f s 

Independent investigation of an advanced civil engineering problem; 
a report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. 



279 



CROP SCIENCE 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CS 211 Crop Science I 3 (3-0) f s 

Discussion of fundamental principles underlying field crop production 
with emphasis on the applications of plant sciences. Varieties, crop charac- 
teristics, environmental factors, rotations, pests, and other production 
practices associated with the major and minor field crops will be included. 

Mr. Lewis 

CS 311 Field Crops II 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisites: CS 211, SSC 200 

Specific problems in field crop production other than forage crops. Dis- 
cussion of those crops in farm rotations brings together all the major 
aspects of crop production for different climatic areas. Mr. Lewis 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 recommended 

A study of the production and preservation of the principal forage crops. 
Special attention is given to the development and maintenance of pastures. 

Mr. Chamblee 

CS 315 Turf Management 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

Basic principles of turf production and their practical application to 
establishment, maintenance, renovation, and pest control on lawns, play- 
grounds, sports fields, road areas, and similar specialized turf areas. 

Mr. Gilbert 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

The application of genetic principles to the improvement of economic 
plants, including discussions of the methods employed in the development 
and the perpetuation of desirable clones, varieties, and hybrids. 

Mr. Emery 

CS 414 Weeds and Their Control 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or equivalent 

Principles involved in cultural and chemical weed control. Discussions on 
chemistry of herbicides and the effects of the chemicals on the plant. Iden- 
tification of common weeds and their seeds is given. Mr. Klingman 

CS 490 Senior Seminar 1 (1-0) s 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

The collection, organization, written preparation, and oral delivery of 
scientific information concerning topics of interest in Crop Science. 

Mr. Harvey 

COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

CS 511 Tobacco Technology 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisites: CS 311, BO 421 or equivalent 

A study of special problems concerned with the tobacco crop. The latest 
research problems and findings dealing with this important cash crop will 
be discussed. Mr. Jones 

280 



CS 512 Grassland Dynamics 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisites: BO 421, ZO 421 or equivalent 

A discussion of forage production practices of national and international 
importance. An attempt will be made to relate the seemingly divergent 
practices to fundamentals of physiology and ecology. The djTiamic re- 
lationship among soil, plant, animal and man, as it affects forage produc- 
tion practices and research, will be emphasized. 
(Offered 1964-65 and alternate years.) Mr. Gross 

CS 541 (GN 541 or HS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: GN 512, ST 511 recommended 

An advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles 
and concepts of inheritance. Messrs. Haynes, Timothy 

CS 542 (GN 542 or HS 542) Plant Breeding 

Field Procedures 2 (0-4) summer 

Prerequisite: CS 541 or GN 541 or HS 541 

Laboratory and field study of the application of the various plant breed- 
ing techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants. 

Mr. Harvey 

CS 591 Special Problems credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite : Consent of instructor 

Special problems in various phases of Crop Science. Problems may be 
selected or will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent 
and current research. Graduate Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

Students are to consult the instructor before registration. 

CS 611 Forage Crop Ecology 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisites: CS 512, BO 442 

A study of the effect of environmental factors on the growth of forage 
crops. Attention will be given to methods of research in forage ecology. 

Mr. Chamblee 

CS 612 Special Topics in Weed Control 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisites or corequisites: CS 414, CH 223, BO 534 

Detailed examination of current concepts and literature of weed control. 
The chemistry, physiology, ecology, taxonomy, microbiology, equipment, 
and techniques used in weed control research will be discussed. 

Graduate Staff 

CS 613 (GN 613 or HS 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CS 541 or equivalent, GN 513, ST 512, a course in Quantita- 
tive Genetics recommended 

A study of theoretical bases for plant breeding procedures with special 
emphasis on the relationship between type and source of genetic variability, 
mode of reproduction, and effectiveness of different selection procedures. 
The latest experimental approaches to plant breeding will be discussed as 
well as standard procedures. Messrs. Dudley, Miller 

CS 690 Seminar 1 (1-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems of 
interest to agronomists reviewed and discussed. A maximum of two credits 
is allowed toward the masters degree; however, additional credits towards 
the doctorate are allowed. Graduate Staff 

281 



CS 699 Research credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite : Graduate standing 

A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the masters degree, but no 
restrictions toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 



DESIGN 

DN 101, 102 Design I, II 4 (2-9) f s 

Corequisites : DN 111, DN 121, and DN 112, DN 122 

Introduction to the elements and expression of two and three dimensional 
design involving a variety of tools, materials, and techniques. Orientation 
of historical and contemporary concepts of art, architecture, and techno- 
logy. Messrs. Bireline, Flynn, Hertzman, Musselwhite, Stuart, Taylor 

DN 111, 112 Descriptive Drawing I, II 2 (1-2) f s 

Corequisites: DN 101, DN 121, and DN 102, DN 122 

Problems in visual analysis with emphasis on the systems man has de- 
vised to describe his visual experience. 

Messrs. Bireline, Flynn, Hix, Musselwhite, Taylor 

DN 121, 122 Technical Drawing I, II 2 (1-2) f s 

Corequisites: DN 101, DN 111, and DN 102, DN 112 

Descriptive geometry and allied technical drawing. Lectures and simple 
exercises in analytical programming of architectural elements. 

Messrs. Hix, Shogren 

— -DN 211, 212 Descriptive Drawing III, IV 2 (0-6) f s 

Problems continuing the studies begun in freshman year with the ad- 
dition of the study of color and its effects. 

Messrs. Flynn, Hertzman, Nichols, Taylor 

, DN 311, 312 Advanced Descriptive Drawing I, II 2 (0-6) f s 

Prerequisite: DN 212 

Extension of problems introduced in first and second year drawing on 
a more advanced level. Problems will involve the human figure and its 
environment and investigate techniques to increase the ability of the stu- 
dent to express his ideas in varied forms. 

Messrs. Eichenberger, Stuart, Taylor 

- — -DN 321, 322 History of Design I, II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: HI 245 

A critical study of architecture from prehistoric times to the present 
including references to landscape architecture, painting, sculpture, and 
artifacts. Mr. Wodehouse 

DN 411, 412 Advanced Descriptive Drawing III, IV 2 (0-6) f s 

Prerequisite: DN 312 

Advanced problems in the field of painting, sculpture, graphics, and 
photography. Messrs. Bireline, Cox, Musselwhite, Shawcroft 

DN 421, 422 History of Design III, IV 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: HI 246 

Specialized historical studies in design fields. 

Messrs. Clarke, Harris 

282 



DN 511, 512 Advanced Descriptive Drawing V, VI 2 (0-6) f s 

Prerequisite: DN 412 

Advanced problems in the fields of painting-, sculpture, photography, and 
graphics. Messrs. Bireline, Cox, Musselwhite, Shawcroft 

DN 541 Seminar on Ideas in Design 2 (2-0) f 

Corequisites : ARC 501, LAR 501, or PD 501 

Required of fifth year students in the School of Design 

An introduction to aesthetics and the relationships of philosophic thought 
to design. Mr. Kamphoefner 



ECONOMICS 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

EC 201, 202 Economics 3 (3.0) f g 

Fundamental principles applying to the organization and functioning of 
our economy. 

EC 205 The Economic Process 3 (3.0) f s 

An analysis of the process and principles by which an economy allocates 
resources, distributes goods and income and determines rate of growth. 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 (3.0) f or s 

Prerequisite: EC 202 or EC 205 

An intensive study of the functioning of the market economy. An exam- 
mation of the role of prices in determining the allocation of resources, the 
functioning of the firm in the economy, and forces governing the produc- 
tion of economic goods. 

EC 302 National Income and Economic Welfare 3 (3-0) f ors 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

An intensive examination of factors determining the national income. 
The economic and social effects of the level, composition, and distribution 
of national income will be studied with reference to theories of economic 
welfare and to public policy. 

EC 310 Economics of the Firm 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

An examination of the economic setting within which the business firm 
makes decisions, and an application of economic analysis to these decisions. 
Economics from the focal point of managerial decision-making. 

EC 312 Accounting I 3 (3-0) f s 

Introductory and problem materials designed to provide an understanding 
of accounting data, its accumulation and measurements as a tool of applied 
economics and its employment by management. This course deals with 
concepts and tools of analysis necessary for the selection, quantification 
and communication of business transactions through the accounting process. 
Individual ownerships, partnerships, and corporations are studied, with 
emphasis on the corporate form of organization. 

EC 313 Accounting II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: One semester of Accounting 

A second semester course in accounting with emphasis on managerial 
use in decision-making. Concepts and methods pertinent to the accumu- 

283 



lation, organization, and interpretation of data useful in evaluating, plan- 
ning and controlling the performances of the business enterprise. 

EC 317 Introduction to Methods of Economic Analysis 3 (3-0) f s 
Prerequisite: EC 301 

This course treats the fundamentals of quantitative methods and econo- 
mic models in the application to economic and industrial problems. Through 
the study of economic variables and their parameters it lays the groundwork 
for later study of firm and consumer behavior. Analysis of the supply and 
demand sides of the market equation is emphasized. There is further exam- 
ination of the economic structure from the standpoint of multiple markets 
and the general economy. 

EC 407 Business Law I 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Basic courses in Economics 

A course dealing with elementary legal concepts, contracts, agency, negoti- 
able instruments, sales of personal property and insurance. Uniform com- 
mercial code considered under all titles applicable. 

EC 408 Business Law II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: EC 407 

Deals with real property, bailments, partnerships, corporations, chattel 
mortgages, mortgages on real estate, landlord and tenant, insurance, wills, 
suretyship, conditional sales, and bankruptcy. Uniform commercial code 
considered under all titles applicable. 

EC 409 Introduction to Production Cost 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: EC 312 

An introduction to accounting for manufacturing, fabrication and con- 
struction-type enterprises. The determination and allocation of costs of 
materials, labor, and overhead. Special emphasis is placed on managerial 
analysis, interpretation, and control of cost data. 

EC 410 Industry Studies 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

An analysis of organization, market structure, and competitive behavior 
in the general economy, using the tools of the economist as a guide to perti- 
nent factors and their significance. 

EC 411 Marketing Methods 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Basic courses in Economics 

Marketing institutions and their functions and agencies; retailing; mar- 
ket analysis; problems in marketing. 

EC 413 Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205, EC 301 

An analysis of the effect of modern industrial structure on competitive 
behavior and performance, in the light of contemporary price theory and 
the theory of workable competition. A critical evaluation of the legislative 
content, judicial interpretation, and economic effects of the anti-trust 
laws. 

EC 414 Tax Accounting 3 (2-2) f s 

Prerequisite: EC 312 

An analysis of the federal tax laws relating to the individual and 
business. Determining and reporting income. Payroll taxes and methods of 
reporting them. Actual practice in the preparation of income tax returns. 



284 



EC 417 Introduction to Economic Dynamics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: EC 301, EC 302 

The course has a twofold purpose: 1) to acquaint the student with the 
procedures and problems involved in the formulation and application of 
theories and models in economics, and 2) to investigate some existing 
theories and models, drawn from various parts of economics, which possess 
dynamic properties. 

EC 420 Corporation Finance 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

Financial instruments and capital structure; procuring funds; managing 
working capital; managing corporate capitalization; financial institutions 
and their work. 

EC 425 Industrial Management 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Principles and techniques of modern scientific management; relation of 
finance, marketing, industrial relations, accounting, and statistics to pro- 
duction planning and control; analysis of economic, political and social 
influences on production. 

EC 426 Personnel Management 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

The scientific management of manpower, from the viewpoint of the 
supervisor and the personnel specialists. A study of personnel policy and 
a review of the scientific techniques regarding the specific problems of 
employment, training, promotion, transfer, . health and safety, employee 
service, and joint relations. 

EC 431 Labor Problems 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

An economic approach to labor problems including wages, hours, work- 
ing conditions, insecurity, substandard workers, minority groups, social 
security, and public policy relative to these problems. 

EC 432 Industrial Relations 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Collective bargaining. Analysis of basic labor law and its interpretation 
by the courts and governmental agencies. An examination of specific terms 
of labor contracts and their implications for labor and management. An ex- 
amination of labor objectives and tactics and management objectives and 
tactics. Problems of operating under the labor contract. 

EC 440 Economics of Growth 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

An examination of the institutional background required for national 
economic development. The conditions apparent for past growth of nations 
are compared with conditions obtained in presently retarded nations. Con- 
clusions are drawn from this comparison to provide an introduction to the 
theoretical models of growth. 

EC 442 Evolution of Economic Ideas 3 (3-0) f ors 

Prerequisite: Basic courses in Economics 

An analysis of the development of economic thought and method during 
the past two centuries. Economics as a cumulative body of knowledge in a 
context of emerging technology, changing institutions, pressing new prob- 
lems, and the growth of science. 

285 



EC 446 Economic Forecasting 3 (3-0) f or s 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205. EC 302 recommended but not required 
An examination of the basic principles and techniques of economics 
forecasting with strong emphasis upon the economic models upon which 
forecasting is based. 

EC 448 International Economics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

A study of international economics, including trade, investment, monetary 
relations, and certain aspects of economic development. Emphasis upon 
analytical and policy approaches, although some institutional material is 
included. 

EC 450 Economic Decision Processes 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212 

An analysis of processes for decision making by individuals and groups. 
Linear programming, probability, and game theory in the light of a general 
theory of decision. 

EC 490, 491 Senior Seminars in Economics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Terminal courses in undergraduate study of economics. The student is 
assisted in summarizing his training, and in improving his capacity to 
recognize problems and to select logically consistent means of solving the 
problems. This is done on a small-group and individual basis. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EC 501 Intermediate Economic Theory 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EC 301 or AGC 212 or equivalent 

An intensive analysis of the determination of prices and of market 
behavior including demand, costs and production, pricing under competi- 
tive conditions, and pricing under monopoly and other imperfectly compe- 
titive conditions. 

EC 502 Money, Income and Employment 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 302 or EC 501 or equivalent 

A study of the methods and concepts of national income analysis with 
particular reference to the role of monetary policy in maintaining full 
employment without inflation. 

EC 510 (PS 510) Public Finance 3(3-0)fs 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

A survey of the theories and practices of governmental taxings spending, 
and borrowing, including intergovernmental relationships and administra- 
tive practices and problems. 

EC 525 Management Policy and Decision Making 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in Economics and related courses and consent of 
instructor 

A review and consideration of modern management processes used in 
making top-level policies and decisions. An evaluation of economic, social 
and institutional pressures, and of the economic and non-economic moti- 
vations, which impinge upon the individual and the organization. The 
problem of coordinating the objectives and the mechanics of management is 
examined. 



286 



EC 531 Management of Industrial Relations 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor 

A seminar course designed to round out the technical student's program. 
Includes a survey of the labor movement organization and structure of 
unions, labor law and public policy, the union contract and bargaining 
process, and current trends and tendencies in the field of collective bar- 
gaining. 

EC 541 Origins of The United States' Economy 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Senior or Graduate standing; EC 205, HI 261 or HI 333, or 
equivalents 

A seminar on growth and development of American economic institutions. 
Emphasis is placed on the relationship between the growth of the economy 
of the United States and theories of economic development. 

EC 550 Mathematical Models in Economics 3 (3-0) f ors 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212, EC 450 recommended 
but not required 

An introductory study of economic models emphasizing their formal 
properties. The theory of individual economic units is presented as a special 
case in the theory of inductive behavior. Mathematical discussions of the 
theory of the consumer, the theory of the firm, and welfare economics will 
show the relevance of such topics as constrained maxima and minima, set 
theory, partially and simply ordered systems, probability theory, and game 
theory to economics. 

EC 552 Econometrics 3 (3-0) f ors 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212, ST 361 

An analysis of methods for economic inference. Multi-equation economic 
models; their specification, identification, and estimation. 

EC 555 Linear Programming 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: EC 201, or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212, MA 405 

Recent developments in the theory of production, allocation, and organiza- 
tion. Optimal combination of integrated productive processes within the 
firm. Applications in the economics of industry and of agriculture. 

EC 590, 591 Seminars in Special Economic Topics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite : Consent of instructor 

Topics presented by a visiting professor or special lecturer. This course 
will be offered from time to time as distinguished visiting scholars are 
available. 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EC 601 Advanced Economic Theory 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: EC 501 or equivalent 

A rigorous examination of contemporary microeconomic theory. 

EC 602 (AGC 602) Monetary and Employment Theory 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: EC 502 or equivalent 

The course consists of an analysis of the forces determining the level of 
income and employment; a review of some of the theories of economic 
fluctuations; and a critical examination of a selected macroeconomic system. 

EC 603 History of Economic Thought 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EC 442 or EC 501, EC 502 or equivalent 

A systematic analysis of the development and cumulation of economic 

287 



thougrht, designed in part to provide a sharper focus and more adequate 
perspective for the understanding of contemporary economics. 

EC 640 Theory of Economic Growth 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: EC 440 or EC 502 or equivalent 

Several theoretical models of economic growth are compared and analyzed. 
Contemporary developments in the theory of national economic growth are 
studied and evaluated for consistency with older theories. 

EC 648 Theory op International Trade 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 448 or EC 501 or equivalent 

A consideration, on a seminar basis, of the specialized body of economic 
theory dealing with the international movement of goods, services, capital, 
and payments. Also, a theoretically-oriented consideration of policy. 

EC 650 Economic Decision Theory 3 (3-0) f ors 

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent, EC 550 or EC 555 

Study of general theories of choice. Structure of decision problems; the 
role of information; formulation of objectives. Current research problems. 

EC 655 Topics in Mathematical Economics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent, EC 550 or EC 555 

A seminar and research course devoted to recent literature and develop- 
ments in mathematical economics. 

EC 665 Economic Behavior of the Organization 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent, consent of instructor 

This seminar will apply methods and findings derived from the behavioral 
sciences to the economic behavior of the organization, particularly the 
business firm. Among the approaches which may be utilized are organiza- 
tion theory, information theory, reference group theory, and decision theory. 

EC 699 Research in Economics credits by arrangment 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Individual research in economics, under staff supervision and direction. 



EDUCATION 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 100 Introduction to Industrial Education 2 (2-0) f 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 343) 

ED 102 Objectives in Agricultural Education 1 (1-0) fs 

(For description, see Agr^c-ultural Education, page 245) 

ED 203 Introduction to Teaching Mathematics 

and Science 2 (2-0) s 

(For description, see Mathematics and Science Education, page 361) 

ED 304 (PHI 304) Philosophy of Education 3 (3-0) f s 

Implications of various philosophical viewpoints, especially in value 
theory, social-political philosophy, and theory of knowledge, for the aims 
and procedures of education; study of relevant work of the principal con- 
tributors to the Western intellectual tradition from Plato to the present. 

Mr. Hicks 



288 



ED 305 Analysis of Technical Education Programs 

AND Course Construction 3 (3-0) s 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 343) 

ED 308 Visual Aids 2 (1-2) s 

Methods and techniques of visual instruction; lettering; statistical il- 
lustration; chart, graph and poster-making; photography, projector opera- 
tion, care and use. Staff 

ED 313 Teaching Rural People 2 (2-0) f s 

(For description, see Agricultural Education, page 246) 

ED 327 History and Philosophy of 

Industrial Technical Education 3 (3-0) f 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 343) 

ED 344 Secondary Education 3 (3.0) f s 

An overview of secondary education, including development, problems 
services, trends, teaching profession, role of school in the community; pur- 
poses and objectives; the development and status of secondary education 
in ^orth Carolina. Messrs. Anderson, Shannon 

ED 405 Industrial and Technical Education Shop 

AND Laboratory Planning 3 (3-0) f 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 343) 

ED 410 Driver Education 3 (2-2) f s 

The principles of teaching basic driving skills, including the new con- 
cept of defensive driving, observance and interpretation of motor vehicle 
Jaws, adverse driving conditions, handling of accident situations and care of 
^^^ ^^^- Mr. Crawford 

ED 411 Student Teaching in Agriculture 6 (3-12) f s 

(For description, see Agricultural Education, page 246) 

ED 412 Teaching Adults 2 (1-2) f s 

(For description, see Agricultural Education, page 246) 

ED 413 Planning Educational Programs 2 (1-2) f s 

(For description, see Agricultural Education, page 246) 

ED 418 (SOC 418) (RS 418) Educational Sociology 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Three hours in Sociology 

An investigation of the educational institution in a sociological frame- 
w-ork. Analyzes the school as a social system, roles of the functionaries of 
education, relationships within the student body, effects of social factors 
upon the learning experience, reciprocal school-community relationships, 
adult education, and higher education in American society. 

Mr. Drabick 
ED 420 Principles of Guidance 2 (2-0) f s 

(For description, see Occupational Information and Guidance, page 383) 
ED 422 Methods of Teaching Industrial Subjects 3-4 credits s 

(For description, see Industrial Arts and Industrial Education, pages 340 
and 343) 

ED 440 Vocational Educatio.n 2 (2-0) f 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 343) 

289 



ED 444 Student Teaching in Industrial Subjects 6 (2-15) f 

(For description, see Industrial Arts and Industrial Education, pages 341 
and 343) 

ED 450 Methods and Materials in Teaching English 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, Senior standing and admission to Teacher 
Education with a major in English and an over-all 2.0 average 

A study of the purposes, curricula, materials and methods of teaching 
the skills of reading, virriting, speaking and listening in secondary schools. 

Staff 

ED 454 Student Teaching in English 6 (2-15) s 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, Senior standing and admission to Teacher 
Education with a major in English and an over-all 2.0 average 

This course is designed to provide the prospective teacher with an oppor- 
tunity to acquire experience in the techniques and skills involved in teach- 
ing English. Each student during the senior year will spend ten weeks in a 
selected off-campus center. In addition to acquiring the competencies es- 
sential for teaching English, the student teacher will also have an oppor- 
tunity to become familiar with the total school program and to participate 
in as many school and community activities as time will permit during the 
period of student teaching. Staff 

ED 460 Methods and Materials in Teaching Social Studies 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, Senior standing and admission to Teacher 
Education with a major in Social Studies and an over-all 2.0 average 

A study of the purposes, methods, materials, curricula, and evaluation 
practices appropriate for teachers of Social Studies at the secondary level. 

Staff 

ED 462 (HI 462) History of Education 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite : Three hours of History or departmental approval 

The course traces the development of educational institutions and prac- 
tices and analyzes the ideas and influence of educational innovators and 
critics. Approximately equal time is given to each of the following units: 
The Greeks to the Reformation, Modern Europe, and the United States. 

Mr. Noblin 

ED 464 Student Teaching in Social Studies 6 (2-15) s 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, Senior standing and admission to Teacher 
Education with a major in Social Studies and an over-all 2.0 average. 

This course is designed to provide the prospective teacher with an oppor- 
tunity to acquire experience in the techniques and skills involved in teaching 
Social Studies. Each student during the senior year will spend ten weeks 
in a selected off-campus center. In addition to acquiring the competencies 
essential for teaching Social Studies, the student teacher will also have 
an opportunity to become familiar with the total school program and to 
participate in as many school and community activities as time will permit 
during the period of student teaching. Staff 

ED 470 Methods of Teaching Mathematics 3 (3-0) f 

(For description, see Mathematics and Science Education, page 361) 

ED 471 Student Teaching in Mathematics 6 (2-15) f s 

(For description, see Mathematics and Science Education, page 361) 

ED 472 Developing and Selecting Teaching Materials 

IN Mathematics 2 (2-0) f s 

(For description, see Mathematics and Science Education, page 361) 

290 



ED 475 Methods of Teaching Science 3 (3-0) f s 

(For description, see Mathematics and Science Education, page 361) 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Science 6 (2-15) f s 

(For description, see Mathematics and Science Education, page 361) 

ED 477 Developing and Selecting Teaching 

Materials in Science 2 (2-0) f s 

(For description, see Mathematics and Science Education, page 361) 

ED 482 Curriculum Problems in Industrial Arts 2 (1-2) f 

(For description, see Industrial Arts, page 341) 

ED 483 Instructional Aids and Devices 2 (1-2) f 

(For description, see Industrial Arts and Industrial Education, pages 341 
and 344) 

ED 490 Senior Seminar 1 (l-O) f s 

(For description, see Agricultural Education, page 246) 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 501 Education of Exceptional Children 3 (2-2) f 

Discussion of principles and techniques of teaching the exceptional child 
with major interest on the mentally handicapped and slow learner. 

Practice will be given in curriculum instruction for groups of children, 
and individual techniques for dealing witn retarded children in the average 
classroom. Opportunity for individual wotk with an exceptional child will 
be provided. Mr. Corter 

ED 502 Analysis of Reading Abilities 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Six hours in Education or Psychology 

A study of tests and techniques in determining specific abilities; a study 
of reading retardation and factors underlying reading difficulties. 

Mr. Rust 

ED 503 Improvement of Reading Abilities 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: Six hours in Education or Psychology 

A study of methods used in developing specific reading skills or in over- 
coming certain reading difficulties; a study of methods used in developing 
pupil vocabularies and word analysis skills; a study of how to control 
vocabulary burden of reading material, Mr. Rust 

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys 2 (2-0) s 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 344) 

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services 3 (3-0) f 

(For description, see Occupational Information and Guidance, page 383) 

ED 521 Organization of Related Study Materials 3 (3-0) f s 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 344) 

ED 524 Occupational Information 3 (3-0) s 

(For description, see Occupational Information and Guidance, page 383) 

ED 525 Trade Analysis and Course Construction 3 (3-0) f 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 344) 

ED 527 Philosophy of Industrial and Technical Education 3 (3-0) f s 
(For description, see Industrial Education, page 344) 

291 



ED 528 Principles and Practices in Industrial 

Cooperative Training 3 (3-0) f s 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 344) 

ED 529 Curriculum Materials Development 3 (3-0) s 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 344) 

ED 530 Group Guidance 3 (3-0) f 

(For description, see Occupational Information and Guidance, page 383) 

ED 533 Organization and Administration of 

Guidance Services 3 (3-0) s 

(For description, see Occupational Information and Guidance, page 383) 

ED 552 Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 3 summer 

Prerequisites: Twelve credits in Education and consent of instructor 

This course is organized to help elementary teachers and principals under- 
stand how tools and materials and industrial processes may be used to 
vitalize and supplement the elementary school childen's experiences. Prac- 
tical children's projects along with the building of classroom equipment. 

Mr. Hostetler 

ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) f s 

(For description, see Agricultural Education, page 246) 

ED 560 (lA 560) New Development in Industrial 

Arts Education 3 (3-0) f or s 

(For description, see Industrial Arts, page 342) 

ED 563 Effective Teaching 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: 12 hours in Education including Student Teaching 

Analysis of the teaching-learning process; assumptions that underlie 
course approaches; identifying problems of importance; problem solution 
for effective learning; evaluation of teaching and learning; making speci- 
fic plans for effective teaching. Mr. Scarborough 

ED 568 Adult Education in Agriculture 3 (3-0) f s 

(For description, see Agricultural Education, page 246) 

ED 590 Individual Problems in Guidance maximum 6 

(For description, see Occupational Information and Guidance, page 384) 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education maximum 6 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 344) 

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching 3 (3-0) s 

(For description, see Mathematics and Science Education, page 362) 

ED 593 Special Problems maximum 6 

(For description, see Agricultural Education, page 246) 

ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching 3 (3-0) s 

(For description, see Mathematics and Science Education, page 362) 

ED 595 (lA 595) Industrial Arts Workshop 3 summer 

(For description, see Industrial Arts, page 342) 

292 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 609 Planning and Organizing o o n\ -t 

Technical Education Programs -i U-u) i 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 345) 

ED 610 Administration and Supervision 

OF Vocational Education 3 (3-0) s 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 345) 

ED 614 Modern Principles and Practices 

IN Secondary Education 2 (2-0) f s 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Education 

Foundations of modern programs of secondary education ; purposes, cur- 
riculum, organization, administration, and the place and importance of the 
high school in the community in relation to contemporary social force. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 615 Introduction to Educational Research 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Education, PSY 535 or equivalent 

An introductory course for students preparing for an advanced degree. 
The purposes are to assist the student in understanding the meaning and 
purpose of educational research and the research approach to problems; to 
develop students' ability to identify educational problems, and to plan and 
carry out research to solve these problems; to aid in the preparation of the 
research report. Special attention is given to tools and methods of research. 
Consideration is also given to the educator as a consumer of research. 

Mr. Chansky 

ED 617 Philosophy of Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) f s 

(For description, see Agricultural Education, page 247) 

ED 630 Philosophy of Industrial Arts 2 (2-0) f s 

(For description, see Industrial Arts, page 342) 

ED 631 Educational and Vocational Guidance 3 (3-0) f 

(For description, see Occupational Information and Guidance, page 384) 

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling 3 (3-0) s 

(Same as one above) 

ED 635 Administration and Supervision of 

Industrial Arts 2 (2-0) f s 

(For description, see Industrial Arts, page 342) 

ED 641 Laboratory and Practicum Experiences 

in Counseling 2-6 credits f s 

(For description, see Occupational Information and Guidance, page 384) 

ED 664 Supervision in Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) f s 

(For description, see Agricultural Education, page 247) 

ED 665 Supervising Student Teaching 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in Education 

A study of the program of student teaching in teacher education. Special 
consideration will be given the role of the supervising teacher including the 
following areas: planning for effective student teaching, observation and 
orientation, school community study, analysis of situation, evaluating stu- 
dent teachers, and coordination with North Carolina State. 

Graduate Staff 

293 



ED 690 Seminar in Mathematics Education maximum 2 

(For description, see Mathematics and Science Education, page 362) 

ED 691 Seminar in Industrial Education maximum 2 

(For description, see Industrial Education, page 344) 

ED 692 Seminar in Industrial Arts Education 1 (1-0) f s 

(For description, see Industrial Arts, page 342) 

ED 693 Advanced Problems maximum 6 

(For description, see Agricultural Education, page 247) 

ED 694 Seminar in Agricultural Education maximum 2 

(For description, see Agricultural Education, page 247) 

ED 695 Seminar in Science Education maximum 2 

(For description, see Mathematics and Science Education, page 362) 

ED 699 Research maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Fifteen credits and permission of advisor 

Individual research on a specific problem of concern to the student. 

Graduate Staff 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 201 Elementary Circuits and Fields 4 (2-5) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 102 

Required of sophomores in Electrical Engineering. 

Fundamental laws of electric circuits. Introduction to transient and 
steaay-state analysis. Problem drill and laboratory exercises. Staff 

EE 202 Elementary Circuits and Fields 4 (2-5) s 

Prerequisites: EE 201, MA 201 

Required of sophomores in Electrical Engineering. 

A continuation of EE 201. Introduction to magnetic circuits, magnetic 
and electric fields, energy conversion and tv^fo-port active elements. Problem 
drill and laboratory exercises. Mr. Seagraves 

EE 301, 302 Intermediate Circuits and Fields 4 (2-5) f s 

Prerequisites: EE 202, MA 202 

Required of juniors in Electrical Engineering. 

An intermediate treatment of lumped-constant alternating-current cir- 
cuits in the steady state. Single- and three-phase circuits. Discussion of 
electric and magnetic fields, distributed constants, and traveling v?aves. The 
theory of transmission lines at pov?er and audio frequencies. Filters and 
impedance matching. One three-hour laboratory per week is included. 

Staff 

EE 305 Electrical Machinery 4 (2-5) f 

Prerequisite: EE 202, MA 202 

Required of juniors in Electrical Engineering. 

A classroom and laboratory study of the principles, performance, and 
characteristics of direct-current and alternating-current machinery. 

Mr. Goetze 

294 



EE 306 Electrical Machinery 4 (3.3) g 

Prerequisites: EE 301, EE 305, MA 301 

A continuation of EE 305 into more advanced phases of the theory of 
alternating and direct-current machinery Mr. Goetze 

EE 310 Illumination 3 /2.3\ 

Prerequisite: EE 301 or EE 320 or EE 331 

lip-ht^f^n'J^r^rfi^"^ principles involved in the production and utilization of 
light from artificial sources; of the requirements for good lighting- and of 
the design of lighting installations for schools and industry. Mr Winkler 

EE 314 Electronics ^ /g.^) 

Prerequisites: EE 301, MA 301 

A study of active vacuum, gas, and solid state devices as elements of 

and o'peratTon ""^"^'^^ " "^'^' '^ ^^"^"^ "^^ non-linear representation 

■ Mr. Manning 

EE 320 Elements of Electrical Engineering 4 (3.3) f § 

Prerequisites: MA 201, PY 202 

Alternate for EE 331 for students in CE, CEC MIG 

Alternate for EE 350 for students in Engineering Operations 

Principles, characteristics, and operation of electric equipment and sys- 
tems. Theory and problems in applied electricity, motor characteristTcs 
industrial applications, and electronics. £ Smiley 

EE 331 Principles OF Electrical Engineering 4(3-3)fs 

Prerequisites: MA 301, PY 202 

Required of seniors in Industrial Engineering and Mechanical Engineering 

Basic concepts electrical power generation and utilization, circuit elS 

ments, single and polyphase a.c. circuits, transformers, rotati^ng electrfcal 

machines. Fundamentals of electronics and control circuits Staff 

EE 332 Principles of Electrical Engineering 4(3 3) «, 

Prerequisite: EE 331 " 

A continuation of EE 331. 

EE 350 Electric Power Utilization in 

Manufacturing Processes 3 (2.3) f c; 

Prerequisites: PY 212, MA 201 

men"tT-'''ltnHrnf^^^''' electrical theory; d-c and a-c circuits and measure- 
ments, study of d-c motors and of single-phase and polyphase utilization 
equipment; basic control systems and brief introduction to principles of 
automatic control. Application examples will be drawn from the technol- 
ogies of particular interest to the students in the class. Mr. Winkler 

COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 401 Advanced Circuits and Fields I 3 (2.2) f 

Prerequisites: EE 302, MA 301 

Required of seniors in Electrical Engineering 

Transient analysis of electric circuits by the Laplace transform method, 
tne study of transient and sinusoidal steady-state response in terms of 
poles and zeros of network functions. Mr. Stevenson 

EE 402 Advanced Circuits and Fields II 3 (2-2) f s 

Prerequisites: EE 302, MA 301 

Required of seniors in Electrical Engineering. 

A study of classical electric and magnetic field theory and its application 

295 



to the problems of electrical engineering. Consideration of electrostatics, 
magnetostatics, radiation, and guided waves. Staff 

EE 430 Essentials of Electrical Engineering 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: EE 301 or EE 332 

Not available to undergraduates in Electrical Engineering. 

Essential theory of electric circuits, including electron tubes, solid state 
devices, transformers and rotating machines as needed to supply the electri- 
cal background for instrumentation and control theory. Intended primarily 
for graduate students who do not have an electrical engineering under- 
graduate degree. Staff 

EE 431 Electronic Engineering 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 314 
Departmental elective for seniors. 

Comprehensive coverage of circuits and equipment using electronic de- 
vices; variable frequency effects; amplifiers, oscillators, modulators, detec- 
tors, wave-shaping circuits, generators of non-linear waveforms; basic 
pulse techniques; principles of electronic analogue computers. Emphasis on 
quantitative analysis and engineering design. Mr. Easter 

EE 432 Communication Engineering 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: EE 431 

Departmental elective for seniors in Electrical Engineering. 

Application of electronic circuits and equipment to radio and wire com- 
munication systems. Elements of complete systems, wave propagation, an- 
tennas, transmitters, receivers, television, radar, electronic navigation sys- 
tems, noise, special applications. Staff 

EE 433 Electric Power Engineering 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 305 

Departmental elective for seniors in Electrical Engineering. 

A rtudy of industrial power supply and power factor correction; direct 
and alternating current motor characteristics, starting methods, dynamic 
braking and speed control; motor applications, and industrial control ap- 
paratus. Mr. Herman 

EE 434 Power System Analysis 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 305 

Departmental elective for seniors in Electrical Engineering. 

Analysis of problems encountered in the long-distance transmission of 
electric power. Line parameters of the method of geometric mean distances. 
Circles diagrams, symmetrical components, and fault calculations. Elemen- 
tary concepts of power system stability. Applications of digital computers 
to power-system problems. Mr. Stevenson 

EE 435 Elements of Control 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: EE 314, EE 305, or EE 430 

Departmental elective for seniors in Electrical Engineering. 

Introductory theory of open and closed loop control. Functions and per- 
formance requirements of typical control systems and system components. 
Dynamic analysis of error detectors, amplifiers, motors, demodulators, 
analogue components and switching devices. Component transfer char- 
acteristics and block diagram representation. Mr. Peterson 

EE 438 Instrumentation in Nuclear Technology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: Either EE 430 or EE 301, EE 314, MA 301 
Required course in Nuclear Engineering, Instrumentation Option curricu- 
lum. 

296 



Radiation dectectors, pulse amplifiers, pulse shapers, amplitude discri- 
minators, counters, coincidence circuits. Mr. Manning 

EE 440 Fundamentals of Digital Systems *3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EE 314 or EE 430 

Departmental elective for seniors in Electrical Engineering. 

The basic theory of digital computation and control. Introduction to 
number systems, data handling, relay algebra, switching logic, memory 
circuits, the application of electronic devices to switching circuits, and the 
design of computer control circuits. Mr. Bell 

EE 491 Electrical Engineering Senior Seminar 1 (0-2) f 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Required of seniors in Electrical Engineering. 

Biweekly meetings for the delivery and discussion of student papers on 
topics of current interest in Electrical Engineering. Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 503 Linear Network Theory 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 314, MA 301, B average in EE and MA 

Analysis of linear networks, with emphasis on the system functions of 
the network m the frequency domain and response in the time domain. 

Mr. Stevenson 

EE 504 Introduction to Network Synthesis 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EE 503 

A development of the methods of network synthesis of one-port and 
two-port passive structures based on partial fraction techniques. 

Mr. Stevenson 

EE 50G Dynamical Analogies 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EE 301 or EE 331, EM 312 or EM 301, MA 301, B average 
in EE, EM and MA > > & 

A study of dynamic systems in various branches of engineering and 
science with emphasis on the similarities that exist among such integrated 
groups of devices. Analogous elements and quantities in these fields as 
determined from equations basic to each. Analytical formulation of system 
problems in acoustical, electrical, mechanical, and related fields and their 
solution by analog methods. Use of electronic analog computers for the 
solution of system problems. Mr. Eckels 

EE 507 Electromagnetics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 314, MA 301, B average in EE and MA 

Basic principles of electromagnetic field theory in vector analysis for- 
mulation, including static electric and magnetic fields, Maxwell's equations 
and applications to guided waves. Staff 

EE 511 Electronic Circuits 3 credits f 

Prerequisite: EE 314 or EE 430 

Solid-state and vacuum electronic devices in amplifiers, feedback systems, 
oscillators, modulators, switching and wave-shaping circuits. Communica- 
tion, power, and industrial applications. Synthesis of circuits to satisfy 
system requirements. Mr. Barclay 



♦Beginning in 1965-66 will be 3 (3-0) f. 

297 



EE 512 Communication Theory 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: EE 431, B average in EE and MA 

The frequency and time domain, modulation, random signal theory, auto- 
correlation, basic information theory, noise, communications systems. 

Mr. Barclay 

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EE 401, EE 435 
Departmental elective for seniors in EE. 

Study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical quantities 
such as voltage, speed and mechanical position. Theory of regulating sys- 
tems and servo-mechanisms steady state and transient response. Evaluation 
of stability. Transfer function loci and root locus plots. Analysis using 
differential equation and operational methods. System compensation and 
introduction to design. Mr. Peterson 

EE 517 Control Laboratory 1 (0-3) s 

Corequisite: EE 516 

Laboratory study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical 
quantities such as voltage, speed and mechanical position. Characteristics 
of regulating systems and servo-mechanisms. The laboratory work is in- 
tended to contribute to an understanding of the theory developed in EE 
516, Feedback Control Systems. Mr. Peterson 

EE 520 Fundamentals of Logic Systems 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EE 314 or EE 430, B average in EE and MA 

A study of switching algebra, logic circuitry, systematic minimization, 
block diagrams, logic systems in computers, diode and transistor logic, 
symmetric functions, iterative networks, cascaded systems, sequential 
circuits, and pulsed operation. Mr. Bell 

EE 521 Digital Computer Technoi,ogy and Design 3 credits s 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

A study of the internal organization and structure of digital devices, 
including toggle circuits, gates and pulse circuitry. Analysis and synthesis 
of the major components of computers, including the logic section, counters, 
registers, storage devices, input-output, and control. Mr. Bell 

EE 531 Introduction to Solid State Devices 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EE 314 or EE 430 or PY 403, MA 301 

The object of this course is to introduce the student to the microscopic 
phenomena responsible for the operation of solid state electronic devices. A 
qualitative description of the band model of solids is followed by a descrip- 
tion of the transport properties of charge carriers. P-n junction diodes and 
transistors, solar cells, controlled rectifiers, tunnel diodes, and unijunction 
transistors are treated along with more recently developed devices. 

Mr. Lade 

EE 533 Transistor Circuits 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 314, B average in EE and MA 

A study of the application of transistors to linear and switching circui- 
try. The electrical response of such systems is considered in the light of 
certain physical characteristics of the transistor, in addition to the piece- 
wise linear model. Device characteristics, temperature stability, cascaded 
amplifiers, and elementary switching circuits are treated. 

Mr. Manning 

298 



EE 591, 592 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering 3 (3-0) f s 
Prerequisite: B average in technical subjects 

A two-semester sequence to develop new courses, and to allow qualified 

students to explore unusual areas. Graduate Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EE 611, 612 Electric Network Synthesis 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: EE 504 

A study of modern network theory, with the emphasis on synthesis of 
both passive and active networks based on the work of Brune, Bode, Buil- 
lemin, Bott and Duffin, Darlington, Foster, Linville and many others. Both 
the realization problem and the approximation problem will be treated. 

Mr. Hoadley 

EE 613 Advanced Feedback Control 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EE 516 

An advanced study of feedback systems for the control of physical vari- 
ables. Analysis of follower systems and regulators. Mathematical and 
graphical description of systems. Stability theory and performance criteria. 
Frequency response and root locus methods of analysis. System compensa- 
tion and design. Introductory analysis of non-linear systems. 

Mr. Peterson 
EE 615 Electromagnetic Waves 4 (3.3) f 

Prerequisite: EE 507 

Maxwell's equations applied to a study of the propagation of energy by 
electromagnetic waves. Vector and scalar retarded potentials, propagation 
in free space, and material media, guided electromagnetic waves, common 
waveguides, skin effects, resonant cavities. Microwave network theory ap- 
plied to measurement problems. Mr. Itoh 

EE 616 Microwave Electronics 4 (3.3) g 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

Frequency limitations of conventional electron tubes. Microwave power 
generation and control by interaction of electromagnetic fields with charged 
particles and molecular energy levels, and by non-linear reactances. Ap- 
plications m klystrons, magnetrons, traveling-wave tubes, masers, and 
reactance amplifiers. Measurement problems and techniques in microwave 
region. Mr. Barclay 

EE 617 Pulse, Switching, and Timing Circuits 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EE 503, EE 512 

Tube and transistor circuit techniques for the production, shaping, and 
control of nonsinusoidal wave forms. Fundamental circuits needed in pulse 
information systems, instrumentation, and computers. Mr. Barclay 

EE 618 Antennas and Propagation 4 (3.3) s 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

Electromagnetic wave theory applied to antennas and antennas arrays 
with emphasis on microwave frequencies. Calculation and measurement of 
directional characteristics, gain, field intensity, propagation via the ioni- 
sphere over various terrains, obstacle gain, gain height theory, forward 
scatter and other topics. Mr. Itoh 

EE 623 Electronic Properties of Solid State Materials 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EE 531 or PY 552 

A study of the electronic properties of solids. Consideration of the motion 
of electrons in periodic potentials leads directly to the study of the band 

299 



theory and its consequences on the electrical and magnetic properties of 
materials. Beginning with the Boltzmann transport equations a phenomone- 
logical description of charge carrier flow is developed in terms of an effective 
mass tensor. Net electron transport, radiative transition mechanisms and 
high field effects will be treated in some depth. Mr. Lade 

EE 624 Electronic Properities of Solid State Devices 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EE 623 

A study, in detail, of the terminal properties of a large class of solid 
state devices. Boundary relationships at solid-state interfaces will be con- 
sidered in considerable depth along with the determination of added car- 
rier profiles in neutral and non-neutral bulk regions. The role of deep lying 
traps on device performance will be treated as an introduction to a class 
of space-charge-limited devices. The present technology of device fabrica- 
tion will be discussed and demonstrated. Mr. Lade 

EE 641 Advanced Digital Computer Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

A study of the circuits and components of modern digital computers, 
including basic logic systems, codes, advanced systems of circuit logic, 
vacuum tube, transistor, and magnetic components. Memory devices, count- 
ers, converters, adders, accumulators, inputs, outputs, and computer 
control systems will be analyzed. Mr. Bell 

EE 642 Automata and Adaptive Systems 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

The study of neural nets in natural systems, artificial nerve nets, pat- 
tern-recognition devices, artificial intelligence, goal-directed behavior, self- 
repairing machines, the logic of automata, and adaptive Boolean logic. 

Mr. Bell 

EE 643 Advanced Electrical Measurements 3 credits s 

Prerequisites: EE 503, EE 431 

A critical anlysis of circuits used in electrical measurements, with special 
attention to such topics as balance convergence, effects of strays, sensitivity, 
the use of feedback in electronic devices, automatic measuring systems, and 
digital measuring systems. Mr. Hoadley 

EE 645, 646 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: EE 615 or PY 503, MA 512 

A comprehensive study of electromagnetic theory with emphasis on field 
theory applications. Charges in both uniform and accelerated motion, field 
equivalence principles, anisopropic media, ferrite media, variational 
methods for waveguide discontinuities, periodic structures including Flo- 
quet's theorem, integral transform and function-theoretical techniques, solid 
state theory applied to quantum electronic devices. Mr. Itoh 

EE 691, 692 Special Studies in Electrical Engineering 3 (3-0) f s 
This course provides an opportunity for small groups of advanced gradu- 
ate students to study, under the direction of qualified members of the pro- 
fessional staff, advanced topics in their special fields of interest. 

Graduate Staff 

EE 695 Electrical Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in EE 

A series of papers and conferences participated in by the instruc- 
tional staff, invited guests, and students who are candidates for advanced 
degrees. Mr. Eckels 

300 



EE 699 Electrical Engineering Research credits by arrangements 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in EE and approval of advisor 

Graduate Staff 



ENGINEERING 

E 100 Introduction to Engineering (1-0) f 

Introduces the student to the profession of engineering and the char- 
acteristics and requirements of the study of engineering. 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 (1-3) f s 

A study is made of the graphical methods and techniques used in ex- 
pressing, interpreting and communicating engineering ideas. Practical 
introductory engineering design problems to develop the students imagina- 
tion and creative abilities will be considered. 

E 102 Engineering Graphics II 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisite: E 101 

Procedures used in representing and solving spatial problems graphically 
are covered. Emphasis is placed upon visualization of the relationship of 
objects in space through graphical analysis. Application of spatial tech- 
niques are made through the solutions of practical engineering problems. 

E 207 Engineering Graphics III 2 (1-3) s 

Prerequisite: E 102 

Required of sophomores in Engineering Operations Curriculum. 

The objective of this course is to provide the student with a more exact 
presentation of engineering data in the graphical medium. Production 
dimensioning, production characteristics of various types, free-hand sketch- 
ing, production changes, and details and assembly drawings will be covered. 
Special emphasis will be placed upon the use of free-hand technical sketch- 
ing in the communication of engineering data. (The above will include 
practices and standards peculiar to Mechanical, Electrical [Communica- 
tion], Construction, Plant Design and related fields.) 

E 500 Engineering Analysis 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisites : Senior standing and selection for Honors Programs in Engi- 
neering 

This is an engineering "case method" experience, making use of the prin- 
ciples of engineering, physics and mathematics. Professors in Engineering 
and certain key individuals from industry will work singly with the pro- 
fessor in charge to introduce challenging engineering situations and to 
stimulate student analysis. 



ENGINEERING HONORS 

EH 344 Dynamics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: For members of the Engineering Honors Program or by per- 
mission of the instructor 

The study of the concepts and principles relating to the kinematics and 
kinetics of particles and rigid bodies. Illustration of the consequences and 
applications of the principles through problems of ballistics, orbital mo- 
tion, vibrations, etc. 

301 



EH 345 Solid Mechanics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: EM 200, EH 344; for members of the Engineering Honors 
Program or by permission of the instructor 

Introduction to the behavior of deformable solids. Development of rela- 
tionships among loads, stresses, strains, and displacements. Mathematical 
representation and analysis of the behavior of shells, beams, shafts, col- 
umns, etc. 

EH 346 Fluid Mechanics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EM 200 or EH 344; for members of the Engineering Honors 
Program or by permission of the instructor 

Study of the concepts and principles relating to fluid mechanics. Equili- 
brium of liquids and gases, kinematics and dynamics of frictionless fluids. 
Motion of viscous fluids. Dynamics of gases. Flow measurement techniques. 

EH 371 Thermodynamics I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: For members of the Engineering Honors Program or by 
permission of instructor 

A study of the basic principles and concepts of thermodynamics. Parti- 
cular emphasis is placed on first and second laws, their implications and 
applications. The properties of actual and real gases are investigated and 
also the interrelationships between the properties as given by the general 
equations of thermodynamics. 

EH 372 Thermodynamics II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EH 371, for members of the Engineering Honors Program or 
by permission of instructor 

The statistical approach to thermodynamics and the application to de- 
termination of specific heats. Entropy and probability. The thermodynamics 
of fluid flow including supersonic flow. The basic laws of heat transfer. 
Ideal gas and vapor cycles. Introduction to chemical thermodynamics. 

EH 395 Contemporary Trends in Engineering 

and Science 1 (l-O) f s 

Prerequisite; For members of the Engineering Honors Program or by 
permission of instructor 

Representatives from various fields of engineering or science discuss 
topics of current significance in their areas of interests. 

EH 401 Special Topics in Engineering 1 to 4 credits f s 

Prerequisite: For members of the Engineering Honors Program or by per- 
mission of instructor 

Special projects in various phases of engineering, either of a research 
or design nature. 

EH 495 Engineering Honors Seminar 1 (1-0) 

Prerequisite : For seniors in the Engineering Honors Program or by permis- 
sion of instructor 

Individual presentation by the students of their projects conducted in 
connection with the Honors Program. 



ENGINEERING MECHANICS 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 (3-0) f s 

Corequisite: MA 301 

An introduction to the principles and concepts which form the basis for 

302 



studies in dynamics, solid mechanics, and fluid mechanics. The nature and 
properties of force systems and stress fields. The motion of particles and 
description of deformation of continuous media. The role of Newton's laws, 
the concepts of continuity and equilibrium, and the conservational princi- 
ples in problems in mechanics. 

-EM 211 Introduction to Applied Mechanics 3 (3-0) f s 

Corequisites: MA 212, PY 212 

This course is intended to acquaint the student with the concepts of 
particle and rigid body mechanics. The fundamentals of equilibrium, kine- 
matics and kinetics are applied to engineering problems involving struc- 
tures and machines. 

EM 212 Mechanics of Engineering Materials 3 (2-1) f s 

Prerequisite: EM 211 

This course constitutes a study of the properties of engineering materials 
with special emphasis on the mechanical parameters. It is especially con- 
ceived to prepare the student for the selection and specification of materials 
common to engineering practice. A particular emphasis is given to mechani- 
cal aspects of materials employed in design. 

EM 301 Mechanics I 3 (3.0) f s 

Prerequisite: EM 200 

Introduction to the mechanics of deformable solids. Development of the 
equations which describe the linear elastic solid. Approximate solutions 
and solutions governed by the theory of elasticity to problems involving 
prescribed force systems, states of motion, or energy inputs. 

EM 302 Mechanics II 3 (3.0) f s 

Prerequisites: EM 301 

Continuation of EM 301. Equations for thin plates. Introduction to the 
theory of plasticity. Theories of yielding, plastic stress-strain relationships, 
and two-dimensional problems in plastic behavior. 

EM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 (3.0) f s 

Prerequisite: EM 200 

Development of the basic equations of fluid mechanics in general and 
specialized form. Application of these specialized equations to a variety of 
topics including (1) fluid statics, (2) inviscid, incompressible fluid flow, 
and (3) viscous, incompressible fluid flow. 

EM 304 Fluid Mechanics II 3 (3.0) f s 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

Continuation of EM 303. Further applications of the basic equations 
of fluid mechanics to (1) boundary layer analysis, (2) laminar and turbu- 
lent flows and (3) compressible fluid flow. Introduction to experimental 
methods in fluid mechanics. 

EM 401 Experimental Mechanics I 3 (0-6) f s 

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 303 

A course in the principal experimental methods employed in the analysis 
of contemporary problems of engineering in which mechanics dominates. 
Special emphasis is given to those phenomena which give rise to instru- 
ments for measurement of prime mechanical variables. Experimental analy- 
sis of mechanical fields and interpretation of data are major topics. 

EM 402 Experimental Mechanics II 3 (0-6) f s 

Prerequisite: EM 401 

Selected experiments which illustrate basic phenomena of mechanics 

303 



in engineering systems. A particular emphasis is the experimental synthesis 
of such systems and the evaluation of their behavior as designed. 

EM 430 Fluid Mechanics 2 (2-0) f s 

Prerequisite: EM 342 

Fluid statics, kinematics, Bernoulli equation, momentum, free-surface 
flow, viscosity, pipe friction, drag on submerged bodies, lift, elastic wave 
propagation. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EM 501, 502 Continuum Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 303, ME 301, MA 405 

The concepts of stress and strain are presented in generalized tensor 
form. Empha,sis is placed on the discussion and relative comparison of the 
analytical models for a series of continua including the linear elastic solid, 
the perfect fluids and the viscous (Newtonian) fluid. The underlying 
thermodynamic principles are presented, the associated boundary value 
problems are formulated and selected examples are used to illustrate the 
theory. 

EM 503 Theory of Linear Elasticity 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 301 

The diff'erential equation approach employed in development of the equa- 
tions representing the behavior of a linear elastic solid. The elastic problem 
formulated in two and three dimensions and various coordinate systems. 
Application of the theory illustrated through selected problems. 

EM 504 Mechanics of Ideal Fluids 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: EM 430 or EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 513 

Basic equations of ideal fluid flow ; potential and stream functions ; vortex 
dynamics; body forces due to flow fields; method of singularities in two- 
dimensional flows; analytical determination of potential functions; con- 
formal transformations; free-streamline flows. 

EM 505 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EM 430 or EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 532 

Equations of motion of a viscous fluid (Navier-Stokes Equations) ; gen- 
eral properties of the Navier-Stokes equations ; some exact solutions of the 
Navier-Stokes equations; boundary layer equations; some approximate 
methods of solution of the boundary layer equations; laminar boundary 
layers in axi-symmetric and three-dimensional flows; unsteady laminar 
boundary layers. 

EM 506 Mechanics of Compressible Fluid I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EM 430 or EM 304, ME 302 
Corequisite: MA 532 

Introduction to compressible fluid flow; isentropic, one-dimensional flow; 
Rayleigh and Fanno line flows; generalized one-dimensional flow; normal 
shock waves; introduction of multi-dimensional, compressible flow. 

EM 509 Space Mechanics I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EM 302, EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 511 

The application of mechanics to the analysis and design of orbits and 
trajectories. Trajectory computation and optimization; space maneuvers; re- 
entry trajectories; interplanetary guidance. 

304 



EM 510 Space Mechanics II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EM 509, MA 511 

Continuation of EM 509. The analysis and design of guidance systems. 
Basic sensing devices; the characteristics of an inertial space; the theory 
of stabilized platform; terrestrial inertial guidance. 

EM 511 Theory of Plates and Shells 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EM 301 accompanied by MA 511 

A modern study of the theory of plates and shells. Topics are selected 
from problems involving membranes ; folded plates, circular and rectangular 
slabs, domes, cylindrical shells and hyperbolic paraboloids. Solutions are 
obtained by both classical and modern numerical methods. 

EM 551 Advanced Strength of Materials 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EM 301 

Stresses and strains at a point; rosette analysis; stress theories, stress 
concentration and fatigue; plasticity; inelastic, composite and curved beams; 
prestress energy methods shear deflections; buckling problems and column 
design; and membrane stresses in shells. 

EM 552 Elastic Stability 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 301, MA 405, EM 551 

A study of elastic and plastic stability. The stability criterion as a deter- 
minant. The energy method and the theorem of stationary potential energy. 
The solution of buckling problems by finite differences and the calculus of 
variations. The application of successive approximations to stability prob- 
lems. Optimization applied to problems of aeroelastic and civil engineering 
structures. 

EM 555 Dynamics I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 405 

The theory of vibrations from the Lagrangian formulation of the equa- 
tions of motion. Free and forced vibrations with and without damping, mul- 
tiple degrees of freedom, coupled motion, normal mode vibrations, wave 
propagation in solid bodies. 

EM 556 Dynamics II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 405 

The dynamics of particles and rigid bodies by the use of formulations of 
the laws of mechanics due to Newton, Euler, Lagrange, and Hamilton. Ac- 
celerated reference frames, constrains, Euler's angles, the spinning top, 
the gyroscope, precession, stability, phase space, and nonlinear oscillatory 
motion. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EM 601, 602 Unifying Concepts in Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: PY 601 

Generalized treatment of the fundamental equations and boundary value 
problems of continuous and non-continuous media. Use is made of contem- 
porary developments in irreversible thermodynamics, statistical mechanics, 
and electrodynamics to provide a unified foundation for the development of 
principles governing the dynamic and thermodynamic behavior of elastic, 
plastic and visco-elastic solids, viscous fluids and rheological media. 

EM 604 Theory of Plasticity 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EM 503 

Development of the equations representing the plastic behavior of deform- 
able solids. Yield conditions and plastic stress-strain relations. Plane strain- 

305 



theory, hyperbolic equations and slip linefields. Selected problems to illus- 
trate the theory. 

EM 611 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EM 506 

Continuation of EM 506; linearized theory of two-dimensional, compres- 
sible flow; method of characteristics for two-dimensional supersonic flow; 
oblique shock waves; unsteady one-dimensional flow; shock-wave boundary 
layer interactions; transonic flow. 

EM 612 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EM 505 

Continuation of EM 505; phenomenological theories of turbulence; turbu- 
lent flow in ducts and pipes; turbulent boundary layer with and without 
pressure gradient; compressible boundary layer with and without pressure 
gradient; compressible boundary layer; boundary layer control; free viscous 
flow. 

EM 695 Experimental Methods in Mechanics maximum 6 s 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

The study of specialized experimental techniques utilized in contemporary 
research in the areas of Mechanics. 

EM 697 Seminars in Mechanics maximum 3 f 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of advisor 

The discussion and development of theory* relating to contemporary re- 
search in the frontier areas of Mechanics. 

EM 698 Special Topics in Mechanics maximum 9fs 

The study^ by small groups of graduate students under the direction of 
members of the faculty, of topics of particular interest in various advanced 
phases of Mechanics. 

EM 699 Research in Mechanics maximum 6 f s 

Individual research in the field of Mechanics. 



ENGLISH 



FRESHMAN ENGLISH 



ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 (3-0) f s 

Required of all freshmen. 

Intensive study and practice in the basic forms and principles of ex- 
pository communication; conferences. 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 (3-0) f s 

Required of all freshmen. 

Continued practice in expository writing; research paper; introduction to 
literary types; collateral reading; conferences. 

Note: Qualified students will be allowed to register for ENG 112A and yviW 
be given credit for 111 upon successful completion of the course. Eligibility 
for 112 A will be based on a predetermined score on the Verbal Aptitude 
and Achievement sections of the SAT plus a composition to be written at 
the first or second class meeting of the 112A section. 

Note: The prerequisite for all advanced courses in writing, language, 
speech, or literature is the completion of 111 and 112 with a grade of C 
or better in at least one semester. The minimum recommended prerequisite 

306 



for literature courses of the 300 level or above is ENG 205 or any semester 
of ENG 261-262 or ENG 265-266. 

WRITING 

ENG 211 Business Communications 3 (3-0) f s 

Practical application of the principles of composition to effective business 
communications, including: basic types of correspondence and written and 
oral reports; vocabulary building, and basic semantics. 

ENG 215 Principles of News and Article Writing 3 (3-0) f s 

Introduction to the writing of simple news articles; class criticism of 
nontechnical newspaper and magazine articles. 

ENG 216 Advanced Article Writing 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ENG 215 or equivalent 

A continuation of ENG 215, with intensive practice in writing and criticiz- 
ing nontechnical articles. 

ENG 222 Advanced Composition (Creative Writing) 3 (3-0) s 

A course in creative writing especially designed for students who have 
demonstrated ability; emphasis on short prose fiction. 

ENG 223 Vocabulary Building 3 (3-0) s 

A system of increasing the student's mastery of useful words as found in 
the best modern English prose. 

ENG 321 Scientific Writing 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite : Junior or Senior standing 

Intensive practice in writing technical and scientific reports, articles for 
journals, and business letters relating to technical reports. 

LANGUAGE 

ENG 324 Modern English Usage 3 (3-0) f 

An intensive study of English grammar with particular emphasis on 
contemporary usage. 

ENG 326 History of the English Language 3 (3-0) s 

A survey of the growth and development of the language. 

SPEECH 

ENG 230 Fundamentals of Speech 3 (3-0) f s 

Directed experience in the various skills of oral communication: public 
speaking, group discussion, and interpretative reading. Includes selection 
and evaluation of materials, organization, thought, voice, action, and 
speaker-listener relations. 

ENG 231 Basic Public Speaking 3 (3-0) f s 

Preparation and delivery of various kinds of speeches : informative, enter- 
taining, persuasive. Practice in both formal and informal speaking. Stress 
on rhetorical principles involved in public speaking. 

ENG 237 Group Discussion 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: ENG 230, ENG 231 or approval of instructor 

The theory and practice of leading and taking part in such groups as 
panels, forums, symposiums, conferences, and committees. Oral and written 
assignments. Frequent recordings. 

307 



ENG 310 Voice and Diction 3 (3-0) f s 

Intensive study of the mechanics of effective voice production, chief pat- 
terns of American speech, and general linguistic principles. Selected exer- 
cises and practice in developing an effective speech pattern. 

ENG 332 Argumentation and Persuasion 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ENG 230, ENG 231 or equivalent 

Analysis, brief-drawing and evidence, and methods of proof and refuta- 
tion; fundamentals of conviction; naturalness and forcefulness, extempore 
speeches, debates and discussions. 

ENG 333 Public Address and Extemporaneous Speaking 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ENG 230, ENG 231 or equivalent 

Public speaking for special occasions, including speech of introduction, 
committee-room speech, after-dinner speech, speech at a professional con- 
vention, political speech, formal sales talk. 

ENG 334 Oral Reading 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: ENG 230, ENG 231 or approval of instructor 

Training in the analysis and presentation of printed materials — literary, 
technical, and semitechnical — for platform, radio, and television. 

ENG 336 Parliamentary Practice 3 (3-0) f s 

Kules and customs of assemblies, including organization, motions; partic- 
ipation in and conduct of meetings; parliamentary strategy. 

ENG 340 Play Production 3 (3-0) f s 

A survey of methods and techniques in staging dramatic art. Organizing, 
play selection, casting, directing, acting, scene design and construction, 
lighting. 

LITERATURE 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 (3-0) f s 

A study of selected masterworks drawn from American, English, and 
European literature with emphasis on the great themes and on the ap- 
proach of the creative artist to basic ideas in Western culture. 

ENG 261 English Literature I 3 (3-0) f 

A survey course in English literature from the Anglo-Saxon invasions to 
the Romantic period. 

ENG 262 English Literature II 3 (3-0) s 

A survey of English literature from the Romantic period to the present 
day. This course may be taken either as a continuation of ENG 261 or as 
an independent course. 

ENG 265 American Literature I 3 (3-0) f 

A survey of American literature from the colonial settlements through 
the New England revival of the nineteenth century. 

ENG 266 American Literature II 3 (3-0) s 

A survey of American literature from Mark Twain to Faulkner. This 
course may be taken either as a continuation of ENG 265 or as an indepen- 
dent course. 

ENG 351 The Eighteenth Century 3 (3-0) f 

A study of the poetry and prose of Addison, Steel, Swift, Pope, John- 
son, Boswell, Gray, and Cowper. 

308 



ENG 353 The Romantic Period 3 (3-0) s 

A study of the poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and 
Keats, with readings in the prose of Lamb, De Quincey, and others. 

ENG 360 Literature of Scientific Thought 3 (3-0) f s 

Chief documents of scientific thought from Aristotle to the present day 
with emphasis on literai-y values. (Not oflfered in 1964-66.) 

ENG 363 The Victorian Period 3 (3-0) s 

Major poets and selected prose writers studied against the social, econo- 
mic, scientific, and theological background of the century. 

ENG 371 The Novel 3 (3-0) f s 

Intensive analysis of some of the most influential English, American, 
and Continental novels chosen to illustrate the structure and the devel- 
opment of the form. 

ENG 375 Southern Writers 3 (3-0) s 

An introduction to Southern culture as revealed in poetry, fiction, and 
essays from Poe to the present day. (Offered in alternate years.) 

ENG 380 Modern Drama 3 (3-0) s 

Plays by representative modern American, British, and European play- 
wrights, beginning with Ibsen and continuing up to such current forms as 
the drama of the "absurd." 

ENG 382 Short Prose Fiction 3 (3-0) f 

The study of selected short stories by the most representative of con- 
temporary British and American writers. (Offered in alternate years.) 

ENG 396 Literature of the Western World 3 (3-0) f 

Readings from selected great books from the Homeric period of Greek 
literature to the Renaissance in Europe. Emphasis on the contributions of 
this literature to modern thought. 

ENG 397 Literature of the Non-Western World 3 (3-0) s 

Study of a selected group of translations from the literature of Persia, 
India, China, and Japan as they reflect cultural backgrounds. (Offered in 
alternate years.) 

ENG 398 Contemporary Literature 3 (3-0) f s 

A study of the selected examples of American, British, and Continental 
writing from 1890 to the present day with reference to changing literary 
forms and themes. 

ENG 451 Chaucer 3 (3-0) f 

A careful reading of The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde, to- 
gether with selections from minor poems. 

ENG 461 Milton 3 (3-0) f 

The works of Milton studied against the background of his life and the 

religious, political, and cultural traditions of his times. (Not offered in 
1964-65.) 

ENG 468 Major American Writers 3 (3-0) f s 

Concentrated study of the writings of Emerson, Thoreau, Melville, and 
Whitman as they exemplify the spirit of American individualism. 

ENG 485 Shakespeare 3 (3-0) f s 

A study of the principal plays with emphasis on the development of the 
playwright. 

309 



ENG 496 Literary Analysis (Senior Seminar) 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Departmental approval 

A flexible course in reading and criticism designed to synthesize^ the stu- 
dent's preceding work in literature and to provide a capstone for his under- 
graduate program. 



ENTOMOLOGY 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT 301 Introduction to Forest Insects 3 (2-2) f 

An introductory course covering the fundamentals of classification, de- 
velopment, habit, and control of forest insects. Mr. Farrier 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic Insects 3 (2-2) f s 

A basic course, covering the fundamentals of insect classification, develop- 
ment, food habits, and controls. Mr. Brett 

ENT 322 Beekeeping 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

A basic course dealing with the place of the honeybee in our agricultural 
economy; the colony and its components; management; manipulation; honey 
production, care and marketing. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT 401 Literature of Biology 1 (1-0) f 

General course intended to acquaint student with literature problems 
of the scientist, mechanics of the library book classifications, bibliographies, 
abstract journals, taxonomic indexes, and preparation of scientific papers 
in agriculture, forestry, biology, and their sub-divisions. Mr. Farrier 

ENT 502 Fundamentals of Entomology 5 (2-6) f 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of Biology, ENT 301 or ENT 312 or equivalent 
An intensive treatment of the general external morphology of insects 
and a survey of the adults and immatures of the orders and principal 
families of insects with attention to their biology. 

Messrs. Neunzig, Rabb, Young 

ENT 503 Fundamentals of Entomology 5 credits s 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of Biology, nine hours of Chemistry, ENT 301 
or equivalent 

Structure and morphological variations of organ systems in insects 
including considerations of their histology and function. Sensory physiology 
and behavior will then lead into the basic elements of insect ecology. 

Messrs. Campbell, Hodgson, Rabb, Young 

ENT 504 Insect Morphology 3 (1-4) f 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 

Concerned with external morphology, primary and comparative phases, 
with emphasis on knowledge and techniques which can be applied to speci- 
fic problems. (Will be offered 1965-66 and fall of alternate years.) 

Mr. Young 

310 



ENT 511 Systematic Entomology 3 (1-4) f 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 or equivalent 

A somewhat detailed survey of the orders and families of insects, designed 
to acquaint the student with those groups and develop in the student some 
ability in the use of keys, descriptions, etc. (Offered 1964-65 and fall of 
alternate years.) Mr. Young 

ENT 531 Insect Ecology 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisites: ENT 301 or ENT 312 or equivalent 

The environmental relations of insects, including insect development, 
habits, distribution and abundance. (Will be offered 1965-66 and fall of 
alternate years.) Mr. Rabb 

ENT 541 Immature Insects 2 (1-3) f 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 or permission of instructor 

An advanced study of the immature stages of selected orders of insects, 
with emphasis on generic and specific taxa. Primary consideration is given 
to the larval stage, but a brief treatment of eggs and pupae is also in- 
cluded. (Offered 1964-65 and fall of alternate years.) 

Messrs. Neunzig, Rabb 

ENT 551 Fundamentals of Insect Control 3 credits f 

Prerequisites: ENT 312 or equivalent, twelve hours of Chemistry, twelve 
hours of Biology 

The course is divided into two phases. The first deals with the basic 
causes of insect problems, an evaluation of the biological and economic 
aspects of insect attack, and the fundamental methods employed in insect 
control. The second part deals with the critical chemical, physical, and 
biological properties of compounds used for insect control. The material 
presented in the course is directed toward obtaining fundamental knowl- 
edge of the scientific principles underlying modern methods of protection 
of food, clothing, shelter, and health from arthropods. Mr. Guthrie 

ENT 552 Applied Entomology 3 credits s 

Prerequisites: ENT 502, ENT 503, ENT 551 

A course dealing with the organization of the field of applied entomology, 
the significance of other disciplines, research and extension methods, the 
concept of integrated control, and the solution of economic problems. (Will 
be offered 1965-66 and spring of alternate years.) Mr. Mistric 

ENT 572 Forest Entomology 3 credits s 
Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 

A study of the methods of identification of forest pests, the factors 

governing their abundance, habits and control. (Will be offered 1965-66 

and spring of alternate years.) Mr. Farrier 

ENT 582 (ZO 582) Medical and Veterinary Entomology 3 (2-3) s 

(Parasitology) 
Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312, ZO 581 

A study of the morphology, biology and control of the parasitic arthro- 
pods of man, domestic and wild animals. (Will be offered 1965-66 and 
spring of alternate years.) Mr. Axtell 

ENT 590 Special Problems credits by arrangements f s 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 

Original research on special problems in entomology not related to a 
thesis problem, but designed to provide experience and training in re- 
search. 

311 



ENT 592 AcAROLOGY 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 or ZO 103 

A systematic survey of the mites and ticks with emphasis on identifica- 
tion, biology and control of the more common and economic forms attacking 
materials, plants and animals including man. (Offered 1964-65 and spring 
of alternate years.) Mr. Farrier 

ENT 602 Principles of Taxonomy 3 (1-4) s 

Prerequisite: ENT 511 

A course introducing the methods and tools used in animal taxonomy, de- 
signed to promote a better understanding of taxonomic literature, and pro- 
vide a foundation for taxonomic research. (Offered 1964-65 and spring of 
alternate years.) Mr. Young 

ENT 611 Biochemistry of Insects 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 551 or permission of instructor 

The biochemistry of insects will be considered with primary emphasis on 
intermediate metabolism. Aspects in which insects show specialization will 
be treated in greater detail. The comparative treatment used necessitates 
some consideration of other animal groups. 
(Offered 1964-65 and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Hodgson 

ENT 622 Insect Toxicology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: ENT 551, CH 551 or equivalent 

The relation of chemical structure to insect toxicity, the mode of action 
of toxicants used to kill insects, the metabolism of insecticides in plant and 
animal systems, the selectivity within the cholinesterase inhibitors and other 
selective mechanisms, and the analysis of insecticide residues will be dis- 
cussed. (Will be offered 1965-66 and spring of alternate years.) 

Messrs. Dauterman, Guthrie 

ENT 690 Seminar 1-1 f s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Entomology or closely allied fields 

Discussion of entomological topics selected and assigned by Seminar 

Chairman. Graduate Staff 

ENT 699 "Research credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Entomology or closely allied fields 
Original research in connection with thesis problem in entomology. 

Graduate Staff 



EXPERIMENTAL STATISTICS 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ST 302 Machine Techniques For Data Processing 2 (1-2) s 

The use of the unit record machines with special emphasis on the 
processing of data using a stored program calculator. 

Mr. Verlinden 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 (2-2) f s 

This course will relate general statistical concepts to everyday life and 
will emphasize giving perspective to these concepts in place of developing 
skill. Quantitative descriptions of populations, sampling ideas, techniques of 
making inference about populations from samples and the uncertainties 
involved in such inferences. Formulation and testing of hypotheses, elemen- 
tary and basic statistical techniques. Mr. McVay 

312 



ST 312 Introduction to Statistics II 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: ST 311 

This course is a continuation of ST 311 for those students who desire 
further work in elementary statistical methods. Included are analysis of 
variance with multiple classification, covariance, an introduction to multiple 
regression, elements of experimental design, additional application of chi- 
square tests, and elements of sample survey and census techniques. 

Mr. Monroe 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for Engineers I 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: College Algebra 

Survey of statistical techniques useful to engineers and physical scientists. 
Includes elementary probability, frequency distributions, sampling variation, 
estimation of means and standard deviations, confidence intervals, signifi- 
cance tests, control charts, elementary least squares curve fitting. 

Messrs. Grandage, Hader 

ST 362 Introduction to Statistics for Engineers II 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: ST 361 

Continuation of ST 361. Additional and more advanced statistical method- 
ology for engineers and physical scientists. Includes least squares method 
for fitting polynominals and multiple regression; chi-square tests; sampling 
acceptance inspection; introduction to analysis of variance and design of 
experiments. Messrs. Grandage, Hader 

ST 371 Introduction to Probability and Statistics 4 (3-2) f 

Prerequisite: MA 201 

Basic concepts of probability and statistics for students in the physical 
sciences and engineering; simple probability models, random variables, dis- 
tributions, functions of random variables, sampling, data description, test- 
ing hypotheses, estimation; simple applications of concepts; test of means, 
variances, goodness of fit, randomness, etc., control charts, analysis of 
variance, regression. Mr. Grandage 

ST 421, 422 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Elementary mathematical statistics primarily for students not intending 
to take further work in theoretical statistics. Includes introduction to prob- 
ability, common theoretical distributions, moments, moment generating 
functions, sampling distributions, (F, t, chi-square), elementary estimation, 
hypothesis testing concepts, decision theory concepts, and elements of gen- 
eral linear model theory. Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ST 501, 502 Basic Statistical Analysis 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or equivalent or graduate standing 

Basic concepts of statistics; random variables, distributions, statistical 
measures, estimation, tests of significance, analysis of variance, elementary 
design and sampling, factorial experiments, multiple regression, analysis 
of discrete data, and other topics. Intended primarily for statistics graduate 
majors and Ph.D. minors and not intended as a service course for other 
departments. Mr. Steel 

ST 511 Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences I 3 (3-0) f s 
Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing 

Basic concepts of statistical models and use of samples; variation, stat- 
istical measures, distributions, tests of significance, analysis of variance 
and elementary experimental design, regression and correlation, chi-square. 

Messrs. Monroe, Rawlings 

313 



ST 512 Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences II 3 (3-0) f s 
Prerequisite: ST 511 or equivalent 

Covariance, multiple regression, concepts of experimental design, factorial 
experiments, individual degrees of freedom, confounded factorial and split 
plot designs, and incomplete block designs. Messrs. Mason, Monroe 

ST 513 Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing 

Basic concepts in collection and analysis of data. Variability of sample 
data, distributions, confidence limits, chi-square, t-test, analysis of variance, 
regression, correlation, analytic and descriptive surveys, experimental de- 
signs. Mr. McVay 

ST 514 Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ST 513 or equivalent 

Extension of basic statistical concepts to social experiments and surveys; 
sampling from finite populations and estimating using unrestricted, strati- 
fied, systematic, and multistage selections; analysis of variance continued; 
multiple regression; covariance; experimental designs. Mr. Proctor 

ST 515, 516 Experimental Statistics for Engineers 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: ST 361 or graduate standing 

General statistical concepts and techniques useful to research workers in 
engineering, textiles, wood technology, etc. Probability, distributions, mea- 
surement of precision, simple and multiple regression, tests of significance, 
analysis of variance, enumeration data, sensitivity data, life testing experi- 
ments and experimental design. Mr. Hader 

ST 541 Theory of Probability I 3 (3-0) f 

(See MA 541) 

ST 542 Theory of Probability II 3 (3-0) s 

(See MA 542) 

ST 551 Basic Statistical Inference 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisites: MA 511, ST 541 (MA 541) 

Frequency distributions and moments; sampling distributions; intro- 
ductory theory of point and interval estimation; tests of hypotheses. 

Mr. Grandage 

ST 552 Basic Theory of Least Squares and 

Variance Components 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisites: ST 551, MA 405 

Theory of least squares; multiple regression; analysis of variance and 
covariance; experimental design models; factorial experiments; variance 
component models. Mr. Anderson 

ST 571 (BS 571, MA 571) Biomathematics I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 301, MA 405 or consent of instructor 

Linear time-invariant operators and their Laplace transforms, with a dis- 
cussion of homogeneous and non-homogeneous linear differential equations 
and their analysis in time domain and frequency domain; applications to 
the study of input and output in biological systems; systems of linear and 
non-linear differential equations and their perturbation equations, especially 
with reference to the study of population dynamics and growth processes, 
stability of biological systems, and tracer kinetics. 

Mr. van der Vaart 

314 



ST 572 (BS 572, MA 572) Biomathematics II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ST 571, ST 541 (MA 541) or consent of instructor 

Continuation of topics in ST 571. The general framework for mathemati- 
zation of biological problems; deterministic and stochastic models; birth and 
death processes with applications to physiology and population dynamics; 
desirable features of mathematical models in biology. Mr. van der Vaart 

ST 591 Special Problems 1-3 credits by arrangements f s 

Development of techniques for specialized cases, particularly in con- 
nection with thesis and practical consulting problems. Graduate Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ST 606 (MA 606) Mathematical Programming II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: IE 505 or MA 505 

This course is intended for those who desire to study linear and non- 
linear programming from an advanced mathematical point of view. Special 
attention will be paid to the theoretical and computational aspects of cur- 
rent research problems in the field of mathematical programming, includ- 
ing linear programming and game theory, theory of graphs, discrete linear 
programming, linear programming under uncertainty and non-linear pro- 
gramming. Mr. Bhattacharyya 

ST 611, 612 Intermediate Statistical Theory 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: ST 551, MA 512, MA 405 

This course will provide the additional theory, above that of ST 551, 
needed for many advanced theory courses. Many of the topics of ST 551 will 
be developed more rigorously, with more attention paid to mathematical 
aspects. Advanced probability theory; limit theorems, distribution theory, 
multinormal distributions. Statistical decision theory, theory of estimation, 
confidence regions, theory of tests of hypotheses, sequential tests, non-para- 
metric methods. Mr. Bhattacharyya 

ST 613 Time Series Analysis I 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ST 552 

Statistical analysis of realizations of second order stationary random 
processes, and mathematical specifications of the underlying processes, 
with emphasis throughout on the spectrum. Discussions of applications are 
given to illustrate the theory and methods. Topics include second order 
stationary parent sequences, correlation analysis, autoregressive series, 
moving averages, hidden periodicities models, spectral analysis, estimation 
of the correlogram and the coefficients of autoregressive schemes, the peri- 
odogram, estimation of the spectral density; serial correlation theory, .o^ood- 
ness-of-fit tests. Mr. Herbst 

ST 614 Time Series Analysis II 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ST 613, ST 542 (MA 542) 

Cross-covariance analysis of two time series, cross-spectral analysis of 
two time series, estimation of co-spectral density, quadrature-spectral den- 
sity, coherence and phase, interpretations and applications of coherence 
analysis, detection and estimation of periodicities in variances of time series, 
spectral representation theory for second order stationary processes, fur- 
ther discussion of spectral estimation. Mr. Herbst 

ST 621 Statistics in Animal Science 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite : ST 502 or equivalent 

Sources and magnitudes of errors in experiments with animals, experi- 
mental designs and methods of analysis adapted to specific types of animal 

315 



research, relative efficiency of alternate designs, amount of data required 

for specified accuracy, student reports on selected topics. 

(Offered in fall of 1965-66 and alternate years.) Mr. Lucas 

ST 622 Principles of Biological Assays 3 (2-2) s 

(See ANS 622) 

ST 623 Statistics in Plant Science 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Principles and techniques of planning, establishing, and executing field 
and greenhouse experiments. Size, shape and orientation of plots; border 
effects ; selection of experimental material ; estimation of size of experiments 
for specified accuracy; scoring and subjective tests; subsampling plots and 
yields for laboratory analysis. Mr. Mason 

ST 626 Statistical Concepts in Genetics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: GN 512 
Corequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Factors bearing on rates of change in population means and variances, 
w^ith special reference to cultivated plants and domestic animals; selection, 
inbreeding, magnitude and nature of genotypic and non-genotypic var- 
ability; experimental and statistical approaches in the analysis of quantita- 
tive inheritance. Mr. Cockerham 

ST 631 Theory of Sampling Applied to Survey Design 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ST 422 or ST 502 or equivalent 

Principles for interpretation and design of* sample surveys. Biases, vari- 
ances and costs of estimators. Comparisons among simple random sample, 
ratio estimation, stratification, varying probabilities of selection, multi- 
stage, systematic and cluster sampling, double sampling. Response errors. 

Mr. Proctor 

ST 641 Statistics in Sociology 3 (3-0) s 

(See RS 641) 

ST 651 Econometric Methods I 3 (3-0) f 

(See AGC 651) 

ST 652 (AGC 652) Econometric Methods II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ST 422 or ST 552, MA 405 

Techniques for problems analysis in agricultural economics; attention to 
analysis of time series data; non-parametric inference; experimental design 
in economic research ; estimation of parameters in production functions and 
in simultaneous models; selected special topics. 

Messrs. Anderson, Bhattacharyya 

ST 671 Advanced Topics in Least Squares 

AND Variance Components 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites : ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

Use of non-balanced designs to estimate variance components; comparison 
of estimators; problems with finite populations. Least squares procedures 
for non-standard conditions; unequal variances, correlated errors, non- 
additivity, measurement errors, non-normality. Functional relationships. 
Factorial experiments with continuous factor levels; incomplete blocks. 

Mr. Anderson 

ST 672 Special Advanced Topics in Statistical Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 522 

Enumeration data; covariance; non-linear models; discriminant functions 
and other multivariate techniques. Mr. Monroe 

316 



ST 674 Advanced Topics in Construction and 

Analysis of Experimental Designs 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

Inter-block analysis of incomplete blocks designs, partially balanced de- 
signs, confounding, data collected at several places and times, multiple fac- 
tor designs, change-over trials, analysis of groups of means. Graduate Staff 

ST 691 Advanced Special Problems 1-3 credits by arrangement f s 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 522 

Any new advance in the field of statistics which can be presented in 
lecture series as unique opportunities arise, including (a) theory of sampl- 
ing applied to survey design and (b) analysis of messy data. 

Graduate Faculty, Visiting Professors 

ST 694 Seminar 1 (i-O) f s 

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree, but any 

number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 

ST 699 Research credits by arrangement f s 

A maximum of nine credits is allowed toward the Master of Science de- 
gree; no limitation on credits in doctrate programs. Graduate Staff 



EXTENSION PERSONNEL DEVELOPMENT 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EPD 401 Principles and Methods of Extension Education 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisite: Senior standing (Graduate credit in special cases with per- 
mission of committee) 

A study of the background, development and operation of the Agricul- 
tural Extension Service. Consideration is given to major events leading to 
the establishment of Agricultural Extension, its objectives, organization 
and philosophy. Major emphasis is placed upon the principles underlying 
Extension Education together with methods of program building and 
teaching. 

EPD 452 (PS 452) The Legislative Process 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PS 201 or departmental approval 

A study of the formulation of public policy from the institutional and 
behavioral viewpoints. Important current legislative problems at the con- 
gressional and state legislative levels will be selected and will serve as a 
basis for analyzing the legislative process. 

EPD 485 (PS 485) American Political Thought 3 (3-0) s 

A study of the evolving currents and crosscurrents of political fault that 
have helped to shape or to explain the actions of leaders from the puritans 
to the new frontiersman, from John Winthrop and Roger Williams to John 
Dewey and J. D. Galbraith. 

EPD 501 (SOC 501) Leadership 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent 

A study of leadership in various fields of American life; analysis of 
the various factors associated with leadership, with particular attention 
given to recreational, scientific and executive leadership problems. 

317 



EPD 502 (PS 502) Public Administration 3(3-0)fs 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or PS 202 or an acceptable substitute 

A study of the principles and problems of administration in a democracy, 
including such matters as organization, personnel, fiscal management, re- 
lationship to the legislative and judicial functions, control of administra- 
tive agencies and policies and public relations. 

EPD 503 The Programming Process in Cooperative Extension 

Service and Related Organizations 3 credits f or s 

The principles and processes involved in programming, including basic 
theories and concepts supporting the program process. Attention will be 
given to the general framework in which programming is done, the or- 
ganization needed, and the program roles of both professional and lay 
leaders. 

EPD 513 (RS 513) Community Organization 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: RS 301 

Community organization is viewed as a process of bringing about desir- 
able changes in community life. Community needs and resources available 
to meet these needs are studied. Democratic processes in community action 
and principles of commmunity organization are stressed along with tech- 
niques and procedures. The roles of leaders, both lay and professional, in 
community development are analyzed. 

EPD 541 (RS 541) Social Systems and Planned Change 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisite: Three hours of Sociology 

Study of social agencies and programs and their implementation through 
specific organizations in dynamic relation with the people whom they 
serve. Consideration is given to the relation of these agencies and programs 
to community structure and forces in rural society; coordination of the 
several types of agencies and programs; professional leadership in the 
community; and problems of stimulating local leadership and participa- 
tion. 

EPD 559 Principles of Adult and Extension Education 3 credits f or s 
Principles involved in Extension Education programs including theories 
and concepts undergirding and requisite to these programs. Emphasis will 
be given to the interrelationship of the nature of adult learning, the nature 
of the subject matter and the setting in which learning occurs. The ap- 
plicability of relevant principles and pertinent research findings to adult 
learning will be thoroughly treated. 

EPD 590 Topical Problems in Extension Education 1 to 6 f or s 

Study and scientific analysis of problems in Extension Education, and 
preparation of a scholarly research type of paper. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES 

EPD 611 (RS 611) Research Methods in Sociology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Six hours in Sociology 

Designed to give the student a mature insight into the nature of scien- 
tific research in sociology. Assesses the nature and purpose of research 
designs, the interrelationship of theory and research, the use of selected 
techniques and their relation to research designs, and the use of modern 
tabulation equipment in research. 

EPD 691 (PS 691) Applied Principles of Public 

Administration 2-4 arranged f 

Prerequisite: PS 502 or an acceptable substitute 

An advanced course in administrative principles and methods. Students 

318 



will perform individual or group research, under supervision in specific 
administrative topics ^vithin the context of those public agencies which 
function in their respective fields of technology. 

EPD 632 (RS 632) Rural Family 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Six hours of Sociology 

Emphasis is placed on the development of an adequate sociological frame 
of reference for family analysis; on discovering both the uniquely-cultural 
and common-human aspects of the family by means of cross-cultural com- 
parisons; on historical explanations for variability in American families 
with special concern for the rural family; and on analyzing patterns of 
family stability and effectiveness. 

EPD 633 (RS 633) The Rural Community 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor 

The rural community is viewed in sociological perspective as a func- 
tional entity. A method of analysis is presented and applied to eight 
"dimensions," with emphasis on the unique types of understanding to be 
derived from measuring each dimension. Finally, the effect of change on 
community integration and development is analyzed. 

EPD 690 Seminar in Extension Education 1 credit f 

Identification and scientific analysis of major issues and problems rele- 
vant to Extension and Adult Education. Credit for this course will involve 
the active participation of the student in a formal seminar and the 
scientific appraisal and solution of a selected problem. The course is de- 
signed to help the student acquire a broad perspective of issues confront- 
ing adult educators and to acquire experience in the scientific analysis and 
solution of specific issues. 

EPD 699 Research in Extension 1 arranged f s 

Planning and execution of research, and preparation of manuscript 
under supervision of graduate committee. 



FOOD SCIENCE 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

FS 301 Food Composition 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

Basic principles and procedures for the analysis of moisture, ash, car- 
bohydrate, fat and protein contents of foods. Measurement of certain physi- 
cal characteristics of foods. Mr. Warren 

FS 303 (ANS 303) Meat and Meat Products 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CH 351 

Study of live animal and carcass relationship, dressing percentages and 
cut-out values. Slaughtering, cutting, curing, freezing and handling of meat 
and meat products lor commercial and home use. Mr. Blumer 

FS 309 (ANS 309) Meat Selection 1 (0-6) -f 

Detailed consideration of factors involved in selection of carcasses and 
wholesale cuts of beef, pork and lamb. Practice in identification of whole- 
sale and retail cuts. Mr. Craig 

319 



FS 331 (AGE 331) Food Engineering 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: PY 211 or PY 221 

Basic engineering principles applicable, wholly or in part, to food pro- 
cessing. Forms of energy and how they can be altered in state, composition, 
direction of force to fulfill the processing requirements. Latest means of 
energy conversion to affect efficient and practical applications to power, 
heat, refrigeration and irradiation. Instruments and controls for processing 
with applicable principles of fluid flow, heat transfer, air-vapor relation- 
ships, filtration, separation and materials handling by mechanical and 
flotation methods. Mr. Jones 

FS 400 Foods and Nutrition 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 220 

A study of the health of an individual as related to food and the ability 
of his body to use food. Evaluation of normal diets and factors that pro- 
mote optimal nutrition throughout life, and the application of biochemistry 
to utilization of foods. Mr. Aurand 

FS 401 Market Milk and Related Products 3 (2-3) f 

Principles of processing, distribution and quality control of fluid milk 

and related products. Mr. Warren 

FS 403 Ice Cream and Related Frozen Dairy Foods 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: FS 401 

Choice, preparation and processing of ingredients and freezing of ice 
cream and other frozen desserts. Mr. Warren 

FS 404 (PO 404) Poultry Products 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: CH 101, BS 100 

Selection, processing, grading and packaging poultry meat and eggs. 
Factors involved in preservation of poultry meat and eggs. Mr. Fromm 

FS 410 Food Products Evaluation 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ST 361 or equivalent 

A comprehensive study of problems encountered in new food product 
development and consumer acceptance. A study of the nature of sensory 
responses with emphasis on taste, smell and appearance (color) as related 
to foods; design and methodology of small and large consumer panel 
testing; and the application of appropriate mathematical procedures to food 
acceptance testing and methodology. Mr. Hoover 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FS 502 Food Chemistry 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

The basic composition, structure and properties of food, and the chemistry 
of changes occurring during processing and utilization of the food. Interpret 
and integrate widely published data in the food field with basic principles 
of chemistry. Mr. Aurand 

FS 503 Food Analysis 3 (1-6) s 

Prerequisites: CH 215, CH 351, FS 502 

A study of the principles, methods and techniques necessary for quantita- 
tive physical and chemical analyses of food and food products. Results of 
analysis will be studied and evaluated in terms of quality standards and 
governing regulations. Mr. Aurand 

320 



FS 505 (BO 505) Food Microbiology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: BO 412 

The relationship of habitat to the occurrence of microorganisms on foods; 
environmental factors affecting the growth of various microorganisms in 
foods; microbiological action in relation to food spoilage and food manufac- 
ture; physical, chemical and biological destruction of microorganisms in 
foods; methods for microbiological examination of food stuffs; and public 
health and sanitation bacteriology. Mr. Speck 

FS 506 (BO 506) Advanced Food Microbiology 3 (0-9) f 

Prerequisite: FS 505 or consent of instructor 

Ecology and physiology of microorganisms important in the manufacture 
and deterioration of various classes of foods; the identification of represen- 
tative species of such microorganisms isolated from natural environments; 
principles of nutrition, symbiosis and bacteriophage activity in culture 
maintenance for food production. Mr. Speck 

FS 521, 522 Technology of Fruit and Vegetable Products 3 (2-2) f s 
Prerequisite: BO 412 

Comprehensive treatment of principles and methods of preservation of 
fruits and vegetables, including studies of commercial plant operations, and 
visits to food processing plants. Mr. Hoover 

FS 590 Food Science Seminar 1 (1-0) s 

Prerequisites: Senior or graduate standing and consent of instructor 

A review and discussion of scientific articles, progress reports in research 
and special problems of interest. Graduate Staff 

FS 591 Special Problems in Food Science 1-3 (arranged) f s 

Prerequisites: Senior or graduate standing and consent of instructor 

Analysis of scientific, engineering and economic problems of current inter- 
est in foods. The scientific appraisal and solution of a selected problem. The 
problems are designed to provide training and experience in research. 

Graduate Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

FS 690 Seminar in Food Science 1 (1-0) f s 

Preparation and presentation of scientific papers, progress reports of 

research and special topics of interest in foods. Graduate Staff 

FS 691 Special Research Problems 

IN Food Science credits by arrangement 

Directed research in a specialized phase of food science designed to pro- 
vide experience in research methodology and philosophy. 

Graduate Staff 

FS 699 Research in Food Science credits by arrangement 

Original research preparatory to the thesis for the Master of Science or 

Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Graduate Staff 



FORESTRY 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

FOR 52 Small Private Forest Management 3 (2-3) s 

Growing, harvesting and marketing timber products under small private 

321 



ownership conditions. 

For Agricultural Institute students. Staff 

FOR 101 Introduction to Forestry 1 (l-O) f 

The profession of forestry, its scope and opportunities; conservation of 

natural resources. Mr. Preston 

FOR 201 Wood Structure and Properties 3 (2-3) s 

Identification, structure, properties and uses of woods of economic impor- 
tance in the United States. This course is a condensation of FOR 202, 203 
with less emphasis. Mr. Carter 

FOR 202 Wood Structure and Properties I 3 (1-4) f 

The macro- and micro-structure of wood is emphasized in this introduc- 
tory course. As related to wood structure, the physical properties and uses 
of several commercially important coniferous and deciduous woods are also 
studied. The techniques of hand lens and microscope identification of wood 
are covered. Mr. Thomas 

FOR 203 Wood Structures and Properties II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 202, PY 211 

Physical properties of wood, specific gravity relationships, wood in re- 
lation to moisture, wood in relation to heat, sound, light, electricity, com- 
bustion; introduction to strength properties of wood. Mr. Rice 

FOR s204 Silviculture 3 credits 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Growth and development of forest stands; reproduction counts, type 
mapping, thinning, and weeding; establishment and measurement of sample 
plots. Staff 

FOR s205 Wood Machining Practicum 1 credit 

Sophomore Summer Practicum 
Prerequisite: FOR 203 

Laboratory exercises in machining of wood. Staff 

FOR s206 Wood Drying Practicum 1 credit 

Sophomore Summer Practicum 

Laboratory exercises in wood drying. Staff 

FOR s207 Gluing Practicum 1 credit 

Sophomore Summer Practicum 

Laboratory exercises in gluing wood and preparation of particle board. 

Staff 

FOR s208 Wood Finishing Practicum 1 credit 

Sophomore Summer Practicum 

Laboratory exercises in wood finishing. Staff 

FOR s209 Plant Inspections 1 credit 

Sophomore Summer Practicum 

Inspection of wood-using plants. Staff 

FOR s210 Mensuration Practicum 2 credits 

Sophomore Summer Practicum 

Laboratory exercises in mensuration. Staff 

322 



FOR s211 Logging and Milling Practicum 2 credits 

Sophomore Summer Practicum 

Practical exercises in logging and milling. Staff 

FOR s212 Graphic Methods 1 credit 

Sophomore Summer Practicum 

Laboratory exercises in appropriate graphic methods. Staff 

FOR 219 Forest Economy and its Operation 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

Multiple use concept of forestry; economic principles underlying pro- 
duction; investment problems; factors which influence demand for forest 
products. Mr. Dyson 

FOR s264 Protection 3 credits 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Protection practices relating to fire, insects and disease. Staff 

FOR s274 Mapping and Mensuration 3 credits 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Collection of field data for stand and yield tables, stem analysis, timber 
surveys, basic mensuration, forest mapping. Staff 

FOR s284 Utilization 1 credit 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Trips to wood industries; expositions on manufacturing processes. 

Staff 
FOR 301 Wood Processes I 4 (3.2) f 

Perequisites : FOR 201 or FOR 203, FOR 209 

The processes of drying, gluing and finishing wood. Processes of reconsti- 
tuting wood as fiberboard, hardboard and particle board. Basic require- 
ments of various procedures and materials. Factors in selecting produ- 
tion methods. Mr. Carter 

FOR 302 Wood Processes II 4 (3-2) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 201, FOR 203, FOR 209 

The theories and techniques of converting raw wood into usable products 
by millmg, veneering and chipping round wood. Included also is the pro- 
cessing of finished lumber, dimension stock, plywood and other wood 
products. Mr. Carter 

FOR 321, 322 Pulp and Paper Technology 3 (3-0) f s 

Brief survey of the physical and chemical characteristics of wood and 

cellulose. Chemistry and technology of the major mechanical, chemical and 

semi-chemical processes employed in the manufacture of pulp and paper. 

Mr. Hitchings 

FOR 342 Fiber Analysis 3 (1.4) g 

Fiber microscopy ; the determination of fiber measurement, quality, varia- 
tion and identity in pulpwood. Mr. Barefoot 

FOR 361, 362 SiLvics 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite: Summer Camp 

Site, soil and other environmental factors in relation to the establishment, 
growth, and development of seedlings, trees and timber stands; the influence 
of forest vegetation on site, ground water, and micro-climate. 

Messrs. Duffield, Perry 

323 



FOR 372 Mensuration 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: FOR s274 

The measurement of timber, both standing and felled; log rules form 
factors, stem analysis; growth; methods of making volume, growth, 
and stand tables; increment and yield studies; development of stand and 
yield tables from field data. Mr. Dyson 

FOR 403 Paper Process Analysis 3 (0-6) s 

Manufacture of several types of papers with particular attention to 
stock preparation, sizing, filling and coloring. The finished products are 
tested physically and chemically and evaluated from the standpoint of 
quality and in comparison with the commercial products they are intended 
to duplicate. Mr. Hitchings 

FOR 404 Management Analysis 3 (1-6) s 

Application of management, logging, silvicultural and utilization practices 

on assigned areas. Each student must make a forest survey of an individual 

area and submit a record. Mr. Bryant 

FOR 405 Forest Inventory 3 (1-6) s 

Timber estimating and data compilation. Mr. Bryant 

FOR 411, 412 Pulp and Paper Unit Processes 3 (3-0) f s 

Principles of operation, construction and design of process equipment 

employed in the pulp and paper industry. Mr. Cook 

FOR 413 Paper Properties and Additives 4 (1-9) f 

Physical, chemical and microscopical examination of experimental and 
commercial papers and evaluation of the results in terms of the utility of 
the product tested; evaluation and identification of dyestuffs and the 
development of color formulas. Messrs. Cook, Landes 

FOR 422 Forest Products 3 (3-0) f 
Prerequisites: FOR 201, CH 203 or CH 426 

The source and method of obtaining derived and manufactured forest 

products other than lumber. Mr. Carter 

FOR 423 Logging and Milling 3 (2-3) f 

Timber harvesting and transportation methods, equipment and costs; 

safety and supervision; manufacturing methods; log and lumber grades. 

Mr. Barefoot 

FOR 432 Merchandising Forest Products 2 (2-0) f 

Principles and practices in the distribution and marketing of the pro- 
ducts obtained from wood; organization and operation of retail, concentra- 
tion and wholesale outlets. Mr. Carter 

FOR 434 Wood Operations I 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: FOR 301, FOR 302 

Organization of manufacturing plants producing wood products including 
company organization, plant layout, production planning and control. Analy- 
sis of typical manufacturing operations in terms of processes, equipment, 
size and product specification. The organization and operation of Wood 
Products markets. Mr. Barefoot 

FOR 435 Wood Operations II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 301, FOR 302 

The application of the techniques of operations analysis to management 
decision making in the wood products field. Choice of products to manu- 

324 



facture. Allocation of production resources. Development of product dis- 
tribution systems. Mr. Barefoot 

FOR 441 Design of Wood Structures 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: EM 341 

Strength and related properties of commercial woods; standard A.S.T.M. 
strength tests; toughness; timber fastening; design of columns; simple, 
laminated and box beams; trusses and arches. Mr. Jayne 

FOR 444 Introduction to Quality Control 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ST 361 

A study of methods used to control quality of manufactured wood pro- 
ducts. Control charts of variable and attributes. Acceptance sampling tech- 
niques. Mr. Barefoot 

FOR 461 Paper Converting 1 (1-0) s 

A survey of the principal processes by which paper and paper board are 

fabricated into the utilitarian products of everyday use. Mr. Landes 

FOR 462 Artificial Forestation 2 (1-3) s 

Production collection, extraction, and storage of forest tree seeds; nursery 

practice; field methods of planting. Mr. Duffield 

FOR 463 Plant Inspections 1 (0-3) s 

One week inspection trips covering representative manufactures of pulp 

and paper and paper-making equipment. Staff 

FOR 471 Pulping Process Analysis 4 (1-9) f 

Preparation and evaluation of the several types of wood pulp. The influ- 
ence of the various pulping and bleaching variables on pulp quality are 
studied experimentally and these data evaluated critically. 

Mr. Hitchings 

FOR 481 Pulping Processes and Products 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 202, CH 203 or CH 221 

Fiber manufacturing process and equipment; wall, insulation and con- 
tainer board products; manufacture of roofing felts; pulp products manu- 
facturing; resin treated and specialty products, lignin and wood sugar 
products. Mr. Landes 

FOR 482 Pulp and Paper Mill Management 2 (2-0) s 

A survey of the economics of the pulp and paper industry is followed by 

a study of the work of the several departments of a paper mill organization 

and the functions of the executives who administer them. Mr. Cook 

FOR 491 Senior Problems credits arranged 

Problems selected with faculty approval in the areas of management or 

technology. Staff 

FOR 492 Senior Problems credits arranged 

Problems selected with faculty approval in the areas of mangement or 

technology. Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FOR 511 Silviculture 3 (3-6) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 361, BO 421 

The principle and application of intermediate and reproductive methods 
of cutting; controlled burning, silvicides and other methods of hardwood 

325 



control. The application of silvicultural methods in the forests of the United 
States. Mr. Duffield 

FOR 512 Forest Economics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: FOR 372, EC 201 

Economics and social value of forests; supply of, and demands for forest 
products; land use; forestry as a private and a public enterprise; economics 
of the forest industries. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 513 Tropical Woods 2 (1-3) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 203, FOR 301 

Structure, identification, properties, characteristics and use of tropical 
woods, especially those used in plyw^ood and furniture. Mr. Barefoot 

FOR 521, 522 Chemistry of Wood and Wood Products 3 (2-3) f s 
Prerequisites: FOR 202, CH 215, CH 426, PY 212 

Fundamental chemistry and physics of w^ood and vvfood components; 

pulping principles; electrical and thermal properties. Mr. Stamm 

FOR 531 Forest Management 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: FOR 372 
Corequisite: FOR 511 

Management of timber lands for economic returns; the normal forest 
taken as the ideal; the application of regulation methods to the forest. 

Mr. Bryant 

FOR 532 Forest Management 3 (3-0) s 

Continuation of FOR 531. 

FOR 533 Advanced Wood Structure and Identification 2 (1-3) f 

Prerequisite: FOR 202 

Advanced microscopic identification of the commercial woods of the 
United States and some tropical woods; microscopic anatomical features 
and laboratory techniques. Mr. Barefoot 

FOR 553 Forest Photogrammetry 2 (1-3) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 372, FOR 531 

Interpretation of aerial photographs, determination of density of timber 
stands and area mapping. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 571 Advanced Forest Mensuration 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisites: ST 311, FOR 372 

Study of cyclical variation in growth of individual trees and stands; 
analysis of stand sti'uctures in even-aged versus all-age stands; general 
concepts of growing stock levels on yields; evaluation of growth prediction 
methods. Messrs. Bryant, Maki 

FOR 572 Forest Policy 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EC 201, FOR 219 
Corequisite: FOR 531 

Analysis of the forest policies of the United States and selected foreign 
countries; criteria for their evaluation; appraisal of current policies and 
alternatives. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 591 Forestry Problems credits arranged 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Assigned or selected problems in the field of silviculture, logging, lumber 
manufacturing, pulp technology, or forest management. Staff 

326 



FOR 599 Methods of Research in Forestry credits arranged 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Research procedures, problem outlines, presentation of results; consid- 
eration of selected studies by forest research organizations; sample plot 
technique. Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

FOR 603 Technology of Wood Adhesives 3 (3-0) f ors 

Prerequisites: CH 425, CH 426, FOR 433 

The fundamentals of adhesives as applied to wood-to-wood and wood- 
to-metal bonding. Technology of adhesives. Preparation and use of organic 
adhesives. Testing of adhesives and evaluation of quality of adhesives and 
bonded joints. Mr. Hart 

FOR 604 Timber Physics 3 (3-0) f or s 

Prerequisite: FOR 441 

Density, specific gravity and moisture content variation affecting physical 
properties; physics of drying at high and low temperatures; thermal, 
sound, light and electrical properties of wood. Messrs. Ellwood, Hart 

FOR 605 Design and Control of Wood Processes 3 (3-0) for s 

Prerequisite: FOR 604 

Design and operational control of equipment for processing wood. 

Mr. Ellwood 

FOR 606 Wood Processes Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: FOR 512, FOR 604 

Analysis of wood processes through the solution of comprehensive pro- 
blems involving the physics of temperature and moisture relations. 

Mr. Ellwood 

FOR 607 Advanced Quality Control 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 606, ST 515 

Advanced statistical quality control as applied to wood processing. 

Mr. Hart 

FOR 611 Forest Genetics 3 (3-0) f ors 

Prerequisites: GN 411, permission of instructor 

Application of genetic principles to silviculture, management and pulp 
utilization. Emphasis is on variations in wild populations, on the bases 
for selection of desirable qualities and on fundamentals of controlled 
breeding. Mr. Zobel 

FOR 691 Graduate Seminar 1 (1-0) f ors 

Prerequisite : Graduate standing in Forestry or closely allied fields 

Presentation and discussion of progress reports on research, special prob- 
lems and outstanding publications in forestry and related fields. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR 692 Advanced Forest Management Problems credits arranged 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Directed studies in forest management. Graduate Staff 

FOR 693 Advanced Wood Technology Problems credits arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Specific forestry problems that will furnish material for a thesis. 

Graduate Staff 

327 



FOR 699 Problems in Research credits arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Specific forestry problems that will furnish material for a thesis. 

Graduate Staff 



GENETICS 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs 3 (3-0) f s 

Fundamental principles of genetics will be presented at a level not re- 
quiring prerequisite courses in biological sciences but sufficient for an under- 
standing of the relation of genetics to society and technology. A survey will 
be given of current knowledge of inheritance of human traits. Topics 
discussed include human evolution, racial differences, and possibilities of 
controlling the heredity of man. 

Mr. Bostian 

COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 (2-2) f s 

Prerequisites: BS 100 

An introductory course. The physical and chemical basis of inheritance; 
genes as units of structure and function; qualitative and quantitative 
aspects of genetic variation. Mr. Bostian 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 503 (ANS 503) Genetic Improvement of Livestock 3 (2-3) f 

GN 512 Genetics 4 (3-2) f 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

Intended for students desiring more thorough and detailed training in 
fundamental genetics with some attention to physiological aspects. (Stu- 
dents conduct individual laboratory problems.) Mr. Grosch 

GN 513 Cytogenetics I 4 (3-2) f 

Prerequisite: GN 512 or consent of instructor 

The chromosomes as vehicles of heredity. Mitosis and meiosis as bases of 
genetic stability and recombination. Structural and numerical aberrations 
and their effect upon the breeding systems of plants and animals. Inter- 
specific hybrids and polyploids. Lectures and laboratory. 

Messrs. Galletta, Gerstel 

GN 532 Biological Effects of Radiations 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ZO 103 or consent of instructor 

Qualitative and quantitative effects of radiations (other than the visible 
spectrum) on biological systems, to include both morphological and physio- 
logical aspects in a consideration of genetics, cytology, histology, and mor- 
phogenesis. Mr. Grosch 

GN 540 Evolution 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

The facts and theories of evolution in plants and animals. The causes 
and consequences of organic diversity. 
(Offered in 1964-65 and alternate years.) Mr. Smith 

328 



GN 541 (CS 541, MS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3 (3-0) f 

GN 542 (CS 542, HS 542) Plant Breeding 

Field Procedures 2 (0-4) summer 

GN 550 Experimental Evolution 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: GN 512, and either GN 513 or consent of instructor 

Experimental evolution deals primarily with micro-evolutionary processes 
examined at the inter- and intra-specific population level. A review of the 
results from experimental population studies and analyses of natural popu- 
lations concerning variation patterns and adaptation, natural selection, 
polymorphism, introgression, population breeding structure, isolating 
mechanisms, etc., is made and interpreted in relation to Neo-Darwinian 
concepts of the origin of species. Mr. Mettler 

GN 561 (BO 561) Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3 (3-0) f 

The course will cover the development of the fields of biochemical genetics 
and microbial genetics and will emphasize both the techniques and concepts 
utilized in research currently being carried out in these areas. 

Mr. Armstrong 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

GN 602 (AS 602) Population Genetics in 

Animal Improvement 3 (3-0) f 

GN 607 (PP 607) Genetics of Fungi 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: GN 513 or graduate standing in Botany and Zoology 

Review of major contributions in fungus genetics with emphasis on 
principles and theories that have evolved in recent developments. 
(Offered in 1964-65 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Nelson 

GN 611 (FOR 611) Forest Genetics 3 (3-0) s 

GN 613 (CS 613, HS 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3 (3-0) s 

GN 626 (ST 626) Statistical Concepts in Genetics 3 (3-0) s 

GN 631 Mathematical Genetics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: GN 512, ST 511 or consent of instructor 

History of mathematical biology, role of mathematical concepts in the 

development of genetic science, theory of genetic recombmation, dynamics 

of genetic population. . 

^ ^ Mr. Kojima 

GN 633 Physiological Genetics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: GN 512 

Recent advances in physiological genetics. Attention will be directed to 
literature on the nature and action of genes, and to the interaction ol 
heredity and environment in the expression of the characteristics^of organ- 
isms. 

GN 641 Colloquium in Genetics 2 (2-0) f s 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Informal group discussion of prepared topics assigned ^^ ^^^^^^^J^^g^.^^ 

329 



GN 691 Seminar l(l-0)fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

GN 695 Special Problems in Genetics 1 to 3 f s 

Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing and consent of instructor 
Special topics designed for additional experience and research training. 

Graduate Staff 

GN 699 Research arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing- 
Original research related to the student's thesis problem. A maximum 
of six credits for the master's degree; by arrangement for the doctorate. 

Graduate Staff 



GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

MIG 101 Earth Science 3 (3-0) s 

Elective; not to be taken after MIG 120. 

Introductory course in General Geology; changes in the earth, and under- 
lying physical and life processes. 

MIG 120 Physical Geology 3 (2-3) f s 

Dynamic processes acting on and within the earth; materials and makeup 
of the earth's crust; emphasis on engineering and agricultural applications 
in the southeast. Lectures, laboratories and field trips. 

MIG 208 Physical Geography and Meteorology 3 (2-3) s 

Study of the physical conditions on the earth's surface that influence 
human activities; factors of man's environment, including planetary con- 
ditions, geographic location, climate and weather, soils, and land forms. 

MIG 220 Physical-Historical Geology 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: CH 101 

A broad introductory survey of earth materials, processes, and history. 
Common minerals and rocks. Effect of solar, gravitational, chemical, and 
internal thermal energy in transforming crustal constitution, structure, 
position, and surface form. Measurement and subdivision of geologic time. 
The time scale. Geosynclinal and tectonic cycles. Typical major geologic 
events in North America. Evolution of the main fossil groups. 

MIG 222 Historical Geology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: MIG 120 

Chronologic account of the geologic events during the development of the 
earth's crust, mainly in North America. Evolution and environmental signi- 
ficance of the principal fossil animal and plant groups. 

MIG 323 Paleontology 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite: MIG 220 or MIG 222 

Study of fossil life forms, with major emphasis on classification and 
structure of the invertebrate animals and their application to problems of 
correlation of strata. Lecture, laboratories and field trips. 

330 



MIG 331 Crystallography and Optical Microscopy 4 (2-4) f 

Prerequisites: CH 103, PY 202 

The crystalline state, elements of morphologic crystallography, space 
lattice structure, and crystal chemistry. Crystal symmetry, systems, classes, 
and common forms. Atomic and ionic packing, coordination number, poly- 
morphism, isomorphism, twinning, zoning, exsolution and replacement 
effects. Techniques and underlying optical theory for identifying minerals 
with the polarizing microscope. Determination of index of refraction and 
birefringence; isotopic, uniaxial, or biaxial character; optic angle, sign, 
and orientation. Adjunct apparatus for statistical and petrographic studies. 

MIG 351 Tectonic Structures 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: MIG 120 or MIG 220 

Applications of the principles of mechanics to an understanding of rock 
deformation. Analysis of fracture, solid flow, and fluid flow structures im- 
posed on igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rock masses by internal 
crustal forces and gravitational movements. Stress-strain relations of rocks 
and minerals under surface conditions, and the modification of behavior 
which result from pore solutions and increase of confining pressure, temper- 
ature, and time. 

MIG 415 Mineral Exploration and Evaluation 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: MIG 440, MIG 452 

Application of the principles of geology, geophysics, and geochemistry to 
the discovery and evaluation of mineral deposits. Design of mineral explora- 
tion and development programs based on knowledge of the unique thermo- 
dynamic, geochemical, and tectonic features that control mineral formation 
and concentrations in well known mining districts, especially those yielding 
ferrous, base, and precious metals. Review of economic and technological 
factors governing the value of mineral deposits. 

MIG 440 Endogenic Materials and Processes 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisites: MIG 120 or MIG 220, MIG 331 

Minerals, rocks and mineral deposits that are formed at high tempera- 
tures and pressures by crystallization or solidification of molten magma, or 
by solid state recrystallization of older rocks. Application of principles of 
thermodynamics and of phase-rule chemistry, and the results of modern 
high pressure-temperature laboratory research on the stability fields of 
crystalline phases, to an understanding of igneous and metamorphic rocks. 
Identification, classification, occurrence, origin, and economic value of the 
principal igneous and metamorphic rocks. 

MIG 452 Exogenic Materials and Processes 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisites: MIG 120 or MIG 220, MIG 331 

Identification, classification, geologic occurrence, origin and economic 
value of minerals, rocks, and mineral deposits formed by physical, chemical, 
and biological processes at low temperatures and pressures at and near the 
earth's surface. Hydrodynamics of sediment transport and deposition, set- 
tling velocities and size sorting, chemical and biochemical precipitation from 
aqueous solutions. Principles of division of stratified terranes into natural 
units, correlation of strata, identification of depositional environments, and 
facies analysis. 

MIG 461 Engineering Geology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MIG 120 or MIG 220 

The application of geologic principles to engineering practice; analysis of 
geologic factors and processes affecting specific engineering projects. 

331 



MIG 462 Geological Surveying 3 (1-6) s 

Prerequisites: MIG 351, MIG 440, MIG 452 

Methods of field observation and use of geologic surveying instruments 
in surface and underground work; representation of geologic features by 
maps, sections and diagrams. Lectures, laboratories and field work. 

MIG 465 Geological Field Procedures 6 summer 

A six week summer field course. Practical field procedures and instru- 
ments commonly used to procure geologic data for evaluating mineral de- 
posits, solving engineering problems involving earth materials, and drawing 
scientific conclusions. Observation of geologic phenomena in their natural 
setting. Large and intermediate scale geologic mapping of surface features 
and large scale mapping underground in mine workings. 

MIG 472 Elements of Mining Engineering 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: MIG 120 or MIG 220 and at least junior standing in Geo- 
logical Engineering 

Introduction to mining; surface and underground methods of develop- 
ment and production; explosives, drilling and blasting; ore loading, trans- 
port, and hoisting; drainage and ventilation; mine surveying and sampling; 
fire assaying; mining law, organization, administration and safety. Lec- 
tures, laboratory and field inspections. 

MIG 491, 492 Senior Seminar 1 to 3 f s 

Reports and discussion of geological topics of current interest, with at- 
tention to methodology, bibliography, and research techniques. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MIG 522 Petroleum Geology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MIG 452 

Properties, origin and modes of occurrence of petroleum and natural gas. 
Geologic and economic features of the principal oil and gas fields, mainly 
in the United States. 
(Offered in 1965-66 and alternate years.) 

MIG 552 Exploratory Geophysics 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: MIG 351, PY 202 

Fundamental principles underlying all geophysical methods; procedure 
and instruments involved in gravitational, magnetic, seismic, electrical, and 
other methods of studying geological structures and conditions. Spontaneous 
potential, resistivity, radioactivity, temperature, and other geophysical 
logging methods. Study of applications and interpretations of results. 

MIG 563 Applied Sedimentology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MIG 452 

An advanced treatment of the geological aspects of erosion and sediment 
transport and deposition, especially as related to engineering works, and to 
land and water resource utilization. Analysis of physical, mineralogical, 
and some chemical properties of sediments and sedimentary rocks, inter- 
pretation of these properties in terms of depositional basins and environ- 
ments. 
(Offered in 1964-65 and alternate years.) 

MIG 565 Hydrogeology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MIG 452 

Occurrence and sources of surface and subsurface water. Relationships 
of surface water to subsurface water. Rock properties affecting infiltration, 

332 



movement, lateral and vertical distribution, and quality of ground water. 
Determination of permeability, capacity, specific yield, and other hydraulic 
characteristics of aquifers. Principles of well field design, legal aspects 
of water supplies. 
(Offered in 1965-66 and alternate years.) 

MIG 567 Geochemistry 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 231 or CH 433 

The quantitative distribution of elements in the earth's crust, the hydro- 
sphere, and the atmosphere. Application of the laws of chemical equilibrium 
and resultant chemical reactions to natural earth systems. Geochemical ap- 
plication of Eh-pH diagrams. Geochemical cycles. Isotope geochemistry. 
(Offered in 1964-65 and alternate years.) 

MIG 571, 572 Mining and Mineral Dressing 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite: MIG 472 

Principles of the mineral industry; mining laws, prospecting, sampling, 
development, drilling, blasting, handling, ventilation and safety; adminis- 
tration; surveying, assaying; preparation, beneficiation and marketing. 

MIG 581 Geomorphology 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: MIG 452 

A systematic study of land forms and their relations to processes, stages 
of development, and adjustment to underlying structure. Lectures, map 
interpretations, and field trips. 

MIG 593 Advanced Topics in Geological Engineering 1 to 6 

Prerequisite: Permission of staff 

Special study of some advanced phases of geological engineering. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MIG 611, 612 Advanced Economic Geology 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: MIG 440, MIG 452 

Detailed study of the origin and occurrence of specific mineral deposits. 
Regional correlations. (Offered in 1964-65 and alternate years.) 

MIG 632 Microscopic Determination of Opaque Minerals 3 (0-6) s 
Prerequisite: MIG 331 

Identification of metallic, opaque minerals in polished sections by physical 
properties, etch reactions and microchemical tests. Laboratories. 

MIG 642 Advanced Petrography 3 (1-4) s 

Prerequisites: MIG 331, MIG 440 

Application of the petrographic microscope to the systematic study of the 
composition and origin of rocks; emphasis on igneous and metamorphic 
rocks. 

MIG 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Scientific articles, progress reports and special problems of interest to 
geologists and geological engineers discussed. 

MIG 699 Geological Research 3 or 6 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

Lectures, reading assignments, and reports; special work in Geology to 
meet the needs and interests of the students. Thesis problems. 

333 



HISTORY 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

HI 201 The Ancient World 2 (2-0) f 

HI 202 The Medieval World 2 (2-0) s 

HI 205 The Modern Western World 3 (3-0) f s 

Not open to students in the School of Liberal Arts. 

HI 245, 246 HISTORY of European Civilization 3 (3-0) f s 

HI 251 The United States Through Reconstruction 3 (3-0) f s 

HI 252 The United States Since Reconstruction 3 (3-0) f s 

HI 261 The United States in Western Civilization 3 (3-0) f s 

Not open to students in the School of Liberal Arts. 

HI 306 North Carolina History 2 (2-0) f s 

HI 321 International Relations Since 1870 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hcurs of History or departmental approval 
(Fall 1964 and alternate years.) 

HI 327 Renaissance and Reformation 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 

(Fall 1964 and alternate years.) 

HI 328 Age of Absolutism in Europe, 1603-1789 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 

(Spring 1965 and alternate years.) 

HI 329 Revolutionary Europe, 1789-1815 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Fall 1965 and alternate years.) 

HI 330 Europe: Vienna to Versailles 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 

(Spring 1966 and alternate years.) 

HI 331 Europe Since 1918 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Spring 1965 and alternate years.) 

HI 341 History of Technology 3 (3-0) f 

HI 343 Colonial America 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Fall 1964 and alternate years.) 

HI 344 The United States: Revolution to Constitution 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Fall 1965 and alternate years.) 

HI 346 The United States: The Middle Period, 1815-1850 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Spring 1965 and alternate years.) 



334 



HI 348 Emergence of Modern America 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 

(Fall 1964 and alternate years.) 

HI 351, 352 English History 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
The semesters divide at 1688 and may be taken separately. 

HI 355 British Empire and Commonwealth 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Spring 1966 and alternate years.) 

HI 375 Latin America 3 (3.9) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Fall 1964 and alternate years.) 

HI 401 Russian History 3 (3.0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Fall 1965 and alternate years.) 

HI 404 Asia and the West 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Spring 1966 and alternate years.) 

HI 407 France Since the Revolution 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Fall 1965 and alternate years.) 

HI 412 Recent United States History 3 (3.0) f s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 

HI 413 United States Foreign Relations Since 1898 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Fall 1964 and alternate years.) 

HI 422 History of Science 3 (3.0) f s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 
HI 424 American Intellectual History 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite : Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Spring 1965 and alternate years.) 

HI 427 European Intellectual History Since 1800 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite : Three hours of History or departmental approval 
(Fall 1965 and alternate years.) 

HI 462 (ED 462) History of Education 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of History or departmental approval 

HI 491, 492 Seminar in History 3 (3-0) f s 

Required of seniors majoring or concentrating in History; open to other 
seniors and graduate students with departmental permission. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HI 534 (RS 534) Agricultural Organizations and 

Movements 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three credits in American history, American government, 
sociology or a related social science 

335 



HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture 3 (3-0) f s 

Attention will be directed to the basic principles involved in the ap- 
plication of these principles to the production, processing and utilization of 
fruit, vegetable, and ornamental crops. Attention will also be given to the 
economic importance and distribution of horticultural enterprises. 

Mr. Gardner 

HS 211, 212 Ornamental Plants 3 (1-5) f s 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

Distribution, botanical characters and relationships, adaptation and usage 
of ornamental trees, shrubs, vines, and herbaceous plants. Staff 

HS 301 Plant Propagation 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

A study of principles, methods, and practices in seedage, cuttage, division, 
budding, grafting, and other methods of propagation. Consideration will 
also be given to scion and stock relationships and dormancy. Staff 

HS 342 Landscape Gardening 3 (2-3) f 

The application of the principles of design to the landscaping of small 
properties and the selecting and planting of trees, shrubs, flowers, and 
lawn grasses. Students will be required to work out detailed landscape 
plans. Visitations will be made to outstanding homes and gardens. 

Staff 

HS 411 Nursery Management 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

The principles and practices involved in the production, management, 
and marketing of field-grown and container-grown nursery plants. Field 
trips will be taken. (Offered in fall 1966 and alternate years thereafter.) 

Mr. Cannon 

HS 421 Fruit Production 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of identification, adaptation, and methods of production and 
marketing of the principal trees and small fruits. Modern practices as re- 
lated to selection of sites, nutritional requirements, management practices, 
and marketing procedures will be discussed. Mr. Correll 

HS 432 Vegetation Production 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of the origin, importance, distribution, botanical relationships, 
and principles of production and marketing of the major vegetable crops. 

Mr. Miller 

HS 441 Floriculture I 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

The scope and importance of the commercial flower industry; the basic 
principles and practices involved in the production and marketing of flowers 
grown in the greenhouse and in the field. (Offered in fall 1965 and alter- 
nate years.) 

HS 442 Floriculture II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: BS 103, SSC 200 

Principles and methods of production of commercial flower crops in the 

■336 



greenhouse and in the field, including fertilization, moisture, temperature, 
and light relationships, insect and disease control, and marketing of cut 
flowers and pot plants. (Offered in spring 1966 and alternate years there- 
after.) 

Mr. Larson 

HS 471 Arboriculture 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: BS 103, SSC 200 

A study of the principles and practices in the care and maintenance of 
ornamental trees and shrubs, such as pruning, fertilization, control of 
insects and diseases, and tree surgery. Field trips will be taken. (Offered 
in spring 1965 and alternate years thereafter.) 

Mr. Cannon 

HS 481 Breeding of Horticultural Plants 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

The application of genetic and other biological sciences to the improve- 
ment of horticultural crops. Mr. Henderson 

HS 491 Senior Seminar 1 (1-0) f s 
Prerequisite : Senior standing in Horticulture 

Presentation of scientific articles, progress reports in research, and 

special problems in horticulture and related fields. Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HS 541 (GN 541, CS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: GN 512, ST 511 recommended 

An advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles 
and concepts of inheritance. Messrs. Haynes, Timothy 

HS 542 (GN 542, CS 542) Plant Breeding 

Field Procedures 2 (0-4) summer 

Prerequisite: HS 541 or CS 541 or GN 541 

Laboratory and field study of the application of various plant breeding 
techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants. 

Messrs. Harvey, Haynes 

HS 552 Growth of Horticultural Plants 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of the effect of nutrient elements, water, light, temperature, and 
growth substances on horticultural plants. Graduate Staff 

HS 562 Post-Harvest Physiology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of chemical and physiological changes that occur during hand- 
ling, transportation, and storage which affect the quality of horticultural 
crops. Consideration will be given to pre- and post-harvest conditions 
which influence these changes. Messrs. Ballinger, McCombs 

HS 599 Research Principles credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

Investigation of a problem in horticulture under the direction of the 
instructor. The students obtain practice in experimental techniques and 
procedures, critical review of literature and scientific writing. The problem 
may last one or two semesters. Credits will be determined by the nature of 
the problem, not to exceed a total of four hours. Graduate Staff 

337 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

HS 621 Methods and Evaluation op 

Horticultural Research 3 (8-0) f 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Principles and methods of research in the field of horticulture and their 
application to the solution of current problems. Critical study and evalua- 
tion of scientific publications. Compilation, organization, and presentation 
of data. Mr. Cochran 

HS 691 Seminar l(l-0)fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Presentation of scientific articles and special lectures. Students will be 
required to present one or more papers. Attendance of all graduate stu- 
dents is required. Graduate Staff 

HS 699 Research credits by arrangement 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in Horticulture, consent of chairman 

Original res^rch on specific problems in fruit, v^etable, and ornamental 
crops. Thesis prepared should be worthy of publication. A maximum of 
six credits is allowed toward the Master of Science degree; no limitation 
on credits in doctorate program. Graduate Staff 



INDUSTRIAL ARTS 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

I A 100 Introduction to Industrial Arts 1 (1-0) f 

A basic course designed to orient the student to college life and to intro- 
duce him to the philosophy, objectives, and scope of industrial arts as re- 
lated to teacher education and industrial employment. A study of the 
problems and opportunities in the profession. Staff 

lA 102 Fundamentals of Materials and Processes 4 (2-4) f s 

A systematic study of the structure and characteristics of selected mate- 
rials and the processes utilized in shaping, forming, catting, machining and 
finishing them into products. Attention will be given to the requirements 
of manufacturing of products. Experiences in graphic communication, de- 
monstrations of hand and machine tools, and student participation in 
laboratory problems in the identification and testing of materials will be 
provided. Staff 

lA 103 Drafting I 3 (1-4) s 

Service course for Agricultural Education. 

Graphical communication encompassing sketching and instrument draw- 
ing. Theory and practice taught through the medium of freehand sketch- 
ing involving oblique, isometric, perspective, exploded, assembly, sections, 
and orthographic projection type drawings. Also included is blackboard 
sketching. Mr. Troxler 

lA 105 Drafting (Offered 1964-65 only) 4 (3-4) f s 

Prerequisites: lA 102, lA 103 

This course covers theory and practice in the area of technical communi- 
cation through the sketching and drafting medium. The student will get 
practice in both sketching and instrument drawing in the orthographic 
projection, pictorial drawing, sections, revolutions, and sheet metal develop- 
ment. Mr. Troxler 

338 



lA 109 Wood Processing (Offered 1964-66 only) 4 (2-4) f s 

Prerequisite: I A 102 

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the processes of de- 
signing, developing and producing wood products through lectures, discus- 
sions and planned experiences in the various woodworking areas. Emphasis 
will be on planning and developing of wood products in the industrial arts 
laboratory, together with an analysis of typical products and industrial 
practices. A research report will be required. Mr. Finch 

lA 203 Technicai. Sketching 2 (1-2) s 

Required of students in Furniture Manufacturing. 

The application of drawing practices for the layman. Freehand sketching 
fw ^"^^^"^^V^ ^^S^wing, lettering, pictorial representation, production 
^^Ife template drawing, exploded views, shades and shadows. Individual 
problems and selected graphic representation. Mr. Troxler 

lA 205 Industrial Arts Design (Offered 1964-65 only) 3 (I-4) f s 

Prerequisites: lA 105, lA 109, lA 210 

tr^rt ^rttL^r^Jr'^'' ^^ ^■^^/■^■}'' i"d"stry and the industrial arts labora- 
tory. Creative design and individual expression through problems involving 
the utilization of industrial material for human needs Mr. T?ox£f 

lA 210 Metal Technology (Offered 1964-65 only) 4 (2-4) f s 

Prerequisites: lA 102, I A 105 

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the processes of de- 
fi^nlfl' f«^^^°P'"^.and producing metal products. Instruction will be given 
through lectures, discussions, and planned experiences in the basic metal 
working areas. Emphasis will be on planning and developing of metal 
products in the industrial arts laboratory, coupled with analysis of typical 
products and industrial practices. A research report will be required. 

Mr. Moeller 
lA 215 Sheet Metal ^ (0.2) s 

A course designed to provide practical experiences in the use of tools 
materials and processes involved in basic sheet metal fabrication. 

Mr. Moeller 

lA 230 House Planning and Construction q n 4^ « 

(Offered 1964-65 only.) o u-*; s 

Prerequisite: lA 105 

This is a depth course in drawing. The student will have laboratory 
exercises m problem solutions through the drawing method. The skill of ap- 
phcation and utilization of drawing as a means of communication will be 
emphasized. Mr. Troxler 

lA 304 General Shop Organization 2 (1-2) s 

Prerequisites: lA 105, lA 109, lA 210, lA 312 

Application of principles of general shop organization and operation 
Analysis of products. Methods, techniques of production of laboratory 
projects including a variety of materials suitable to varying educational 
levels. Mr. Troxler 

lA 306 Graphic Arts (Offered 1964-65 only) 4 (2-4) s 

Prerequisite: lA 102 

An introduction to the basic printing areas of letterpress, offset, photog- 
raphy, silk screen, and bookbinding with emphasis on course outline and 
subject matter for the secondary schools. Mr. Moeller 

lA 310 Machine and Foundry Practicum 3 (I-4) f ors 

(Offered 1964-65 only) 
Prerequisite: lA 210 

This course is designed to provide advanced experiences in individual and 
small group metal founding and machining problems. Emphasis will be 

339 



given to the continuity of processes involving pattern making, castings, 
and operation of the engine lathe, mill and shaper. Attention will be 
given to planning and precision of construction. Mr. Moeller 

lA 311 Metal Fabrication' 3 (1-4) f ors 

Prerequisites : lA 105, lA 210 

This course is designed to provide advanced experiences in individual 
and small group problems in sheet metal, welding, and associated areas. 
Emphasis will be given to development, layout, and construction of products 
in the selected areas with a degree of precision. 

Mr. Moeller 

lA 312 Electricity-Electronics (Offered 1964-65 only) 4 (3-3) f or s 
Prerequisites : PY 211, PY 212 or permission of instructor 

A study of the principles of electricity and electronics; basic principles; 
AC and DC circuits; electrical machinery; and electronics, including power 
supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, and tuned circuits. Applications and ex- 
amples of the common experiences which the student encounters such as 
power and light circuits, motors and controls, measuring and servicing 
instruments, power supplies, amplifiers, radios and electronic control cir- 
cuits. Mr. Young 

I A 314 Recreational Arts and Crafts 2 (1-2) f s 

Required of juniors in Recreation and Park Administration; elective for 
others. 

A course designed to give students interested in recreation work an 
understanding of different types of art and craft work. Emphasis will be 
given a wide variety of crafts adaptable to camps, city, industrial and 
institutional programs. Mr. Finch 

I A 315 General Ceramics 3 (1-4) s 

This course is designed to give the student an opportunity to work with 
ceramic materials as a medium of expression and to get experience in the 
basic manufacturing processes of the ceramic industry. Emphasis will be 
given to a study of the sources of clay, designing, forming, decorating and 
firing of ceramic products. Mr. Hostetler 

lA 321 Metalwork Technology 2 (1-2) f s 

Prerequisite: lA 210 

An overview of selected industrial processes and new developments in 
materials and process application. Emphasis is given to fundamental prin- 
ciples of industrial practices concerned with manufacturing. A research 
problem involving individual investigation in a specific process and ma- 
terials area is required. Mr. Moeller 

I A 412 Electrical Practicum (Offered 1964-65 only) 3 (1-4) s 

Prerequisite; I A 312 or equivalent 

A study of design, layout, and construction of basic apparatus in the 
fields of electricity and electronics. Special emphasis upon the use of the 
tools and hardware used in the electrical trades. Mr. Young 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching Industrial Subjects 3 or 4 (3-2) s 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304 

A study of effective methods and techniques of teaching industrial sub- 
jects. Emphasis is given to class organization; student-teacher planning; 
methods of teaching manipulative skills and related information; lesson 
planning; shop safety; and evaluation. Teaching problems will be studied 
and analyzed following directed observation in the public schools. 

Mr. Hostetler 

340 



ED 444 Student Teaching in Industrial Subjects 6 (2-15) f 

Prerequisite: ED 422 

Students in the Industrial Arts and Industrial Education curricula will 
devote ten weeks during the fall semester to full, off -campus student teach- 
ing in selected public schools throughout the State. They will be assigned to 
their teaching center in the preceding spring and will report to their 
supervising teachers when the public schools (to which they are assigned) 
open in the fall. During the remainder of the term, additional courses will 
be taken in concentrated form. Staff 

lA 465 Independent Study in Industrial Arts 6 credits 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

A course designed to develop problem-solving ability through research 
activities in industrial arts. Problems in industrial arts curriculum, method 
and content are carefully selected, designs or plans of action are prepared, 
and final papers are presented and defended before a faculty committee. 

Staff 

lA 480 Modern Industries 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

An overview of the function and organization of modern industry. Prin- 
ciples of work simplification, motion economy, processing, and scheduling 
are reviewed. The effects of technological change on labor, management, 
and consumer are considered. Attention will be focused on contributions of 
technology to specific industrial processes in machining, forming, fabricat- 
ing in relationship to principles, types of equipment and usage areas. 

Mr. Young 

ED 482 Curriculum Problems in Industrial Arts 2 (1-2) f 

Prerequisites: PSY 304 or six credits in Education 

This course is devoted to planning and organizing learning units in 
industrial arts. 

ED 483 Instructional Aids and Devices 2 (1-2) f 

Prerequisites: PSY 304 or six credits in Education 

Analysis of learning units and the preparation of instructional aids and 
devices. Staff 

lA 484 School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection 3 (3-0) f 
A course for advanced undergraduate students. 

The physical planning of school shops and laboratories; selection of tools 
and equipment. Whenever possible, actual contemplated school buildings 
will be used for class work. Mr. Hostetler 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

lA 510 Design for Industrial Arts Teachers 3 (1-4) summer 

Prerequisites: Six hours of drawing and lA 205 or equivalent 

A study of new developments in the field of design with emphasis on the 
relationship of material and form in the selection and designing of indus- 
trial arts projects. Graduate Staff 

ED 552 Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 3 summer 

Prerequisites : Twelve credits in Education and consent of instructor 

This course is organized to help elementary teachers and principles 
understand how tools and materials and industrial processes may be used 
to vitalize and supplement the elementary school children's experience. 
Practical children's projects along with the building of classroom equip- 
ment. Staff 

341 



lA 560 (ED 560) New Developments in 

Industrial Arts Education 3 (3-0) f ors 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Education and teaching experience 

This course is a study of the new developments in industrial arts edu- 
cation. It is designed to assist teachers and administrators in developing 
new concepts and new content based on the changes in technology. They 
will be required to re-evaluate their programs in the light of these new 
concepts and the new content. Mr. Hostetler 

lA 590 Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, permission of instructor 

Courses based on individual problems and designed to give advanced 
majors in industrial arts education the opportunity to broaden or intensify 
their knowledge and abilities through investigation and research in the 
various fields of industrial arts, such as metals, plastics, or ceramics. 

Graduate Staff 

lA 592 Special Problems in Industrial Arts maximum 6 

Prerequisite: One term of student teaching or equivalent 

The purpose of these courses is to broaden the subject matter experiences 
in the areas of industrial arts. Problems involving experimentation, investi- 
gation and research in one or more industrial arts areas will be required. 

Graduate Staff 

lA 595 (ED 595) Industrial Arts Workshop 3 (3-0) summer 

Prerequisite: One or more years of teaching experience 

A course for experienced teachers, administrators, and supervisors of 
industrial arts. The primary purpose will be to develop sound principles 
and practices for initiating, conducting and evaluating programs in this 
field. Enrollees will pool their knowledge and practical experiences and will 
do intensive research work on individual and group programs. 

Graduate Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 630 Philosophy of Industrial Arts 2 (2-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in Education 

Required of all graduate students in industrial arts education. Current 
and historical developments in industrial arts; philosophy concepts, func- 
tion, scope, criteria for the selection and evaluation of learning experiences, 
laboratory organization, student personnel programs, community relation- 
ships, teacher qualifications, and problems confronting the industrial arts 
profession. Mr. Hostetler 

ED 635 Administration and Supervision of 

Industrial Arts 2 (2-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in Education 

A study of the problems and techniques of administration and super- 
vision in the improvement of industrial arts in the public schools. Selection 
of teachers and their improvements in service and methods of evaluating 
industrial arts programs. Mr. Hostetler 

ED 692 Seminar in Industrial Arts Education 1 (1-0) f s 

Reviews and reports on special topics of interest to students in industrial 

arts education. Mr. Hostetler 

ED 699 Research maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Fifteen credits and permission of advisor 

Individual research on a specific problem of concern to the student. 

Mr. Hostetler 

342 



INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 100 Introduction to Industrial Education 2 (2-0) f 

The place of vocational education in a program of public education and 

the fundamental principles upon which this work is based. Mr. Oleson 

ED 305 Analysis of Technical Education Programs 

AND Course Construction 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ED 100 and advanced undergraduate standing 

Principles and techniques of selecting and analyzing suitable teaching 
activities and arranging such material into a functional instructional order. 
Instructional units prepared will be based on an analysis of a technical 
occupation or activity. A detailed course of study will be prepared. 

Mr. Oleson 

ED 327 History and Philosophy of 

Industrial Technical Education 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ED 100 

Historical study of trade and technical education movement. Place 
function and changing concepts of industrial and technical education in 
American education. Economic, sociological and psychological aspects. 

Mr. Hanson 

ED 405 Industrial and Technical Education Shop and 

Laboratory Planning 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and 6 hours of drawing or design 

Principles and techniques to assist teachers in planning and organizing 
shop and laboratory facilities. Problems of locating and equipping voca- 
tional schools; the planning and layout of shops and related technolog:y 
laboratories and classrooms. Individual and group assignments on plan- 
ning and layout of post secondary schools buildings. Mr. Oleson 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching Industrial Subjects 3 or 4 (3-2) s 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304 

A study of effective methods and techniques of teaching industrial sub- 
jects. Emphasis is given to class organization; student-teacher planning; 
methods of teaching manipulative skills and related information; lesson 
planning; shop safety; and evaluation. Teaching problems will be studied 
and analyzed following directed observations in the public schools. 

Staff 

ED 440 Vocational Education 2 (2-0) f 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304 

A comprehensive study of the types of vocational education of less than 
college grade, provided for through federal legislation; an evaluation of 
the effectiveness of the program; and a detailed study of the North Caro- 
lina Plan. Staff 

ED 444 Student Teaching in Industrial Subjects 6 (2-15) f 

Prerequisite: ED 422 

Students in the Industrial Arts and Industrial Education curricula will 
devote ten weeks during the fall semester to full time, off-campus student 
teaching in selected public schools throughout the State. They wil be as- 
signed to their teaching center in the preceding spring and will report to 
their supervising teachers when the public schools (to which they are as- 
signed) open in the fall. During the remainder of the term, additional 
courses will be taken in concentrated form. Staff 

343 



ED 483 Instructional Aids and Devices 2 (1-2) f 

Prerequisite: PSY 304 or six credits in Education 

Analysis of learning units and the preparation of instructional aids and 
devices. Staff 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisites: Six credits in Education and consent of instructor 

Methods in organizing and conducting local surveys and evaluation of 
findings in planning a program of vocational education. Graduate Staff 

ED 521 Organization of Related Study Materials 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: ED 422 

The principles of selecting and organizing both technical and general re- 
lated instructional material for trade extension and industrial cooperative 
training classes. Graduate Staff 

ED 525 Trade Analysis and Course Construction 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304 

Principles and practices in analyzing occupations for the purpose of 
determining teaching content. Practice in the principles underlying indus- 
trial course organization based on occupational analysis covering instruc- 
tion in skills and technology and including course outlines, job sequences, 
the development of industrial materials and instructional schedules. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 527 Philosophy of Industrial and 

Technical Education 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: ED 422, ED 440 

A presentation of the historical development of industrial and technical 
education; the types of programs, philosophy, trends and problems of 
vocational-industrial education; study of federal and state legislation 
pertaining to industrial education, practical nurse education and technical 
education. Mr. Nerden 

ED 528 Principles and Practices in 

Industrial Cooperative Training 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: ED 422, ED 440 

A study of the developments, the objectives, and principles of industrial 
cooperative training. The organization, promotion and management of 
programs in this area of vocational education. Graduate Staff 

ED 529 Curriculum Materials Development 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ED 525 

Selection and organization of curricula used in vocational-industrial and 
technical education; development of curricula and instructional materials. 

Mr. Hanson 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Six hours of graduate credit and permission of department 
head 

Directed study to provide individualized study and analysis in specialized 
areas of trade, industrial or technical subjects. 



344 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 609 Planning and Organizing 

Technical Education Programs 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, ED 420, ED 440, and ED 516 

Principles of planning and organizing technical education programs 
sponsored by federal vocational acts. Professional course for coordinators 
and directoi-s, with emphasis on the organization of post high school techni- 
cal education level. Survey of needs, building plans, equipping and main- 
tenance of buildings, financial structure, and personnel organization and 
management. Mr. Nerden 

ED 610 Administration and Supervision of 

Vocational Education 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, ED 420, ED 440 or equivalent 

Administrative and supervisory pz'oblems of vocational education; prac- 
tices and policies of federal and state oflficers; organization and adminis- 
tration of city and consolidated systems. Mr. Nerden 

ED 691 Seminar in Industrial Education maximum 2 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or permission of instructor 

Reviews and reports on topics of special interest to graduate students in 
industrial education. The course will be offered from time to time in ac- 
cordance with the availability of distinguished professors. Mr. Hanson 

ED 699 Research maximum 6 

Prerequisites: 15 credits and permission of advisor 

Individual research on a specific problem of concern to the student. 

Graduate Staff 



INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

IE 217 Machine Tools 1 (0-2) f s 

Prerequisite : Sophomore standing 

One session two hours each week consisting of lecture, demonstrations, 
and student px'ojects. Dimensional control, press forming, power cutting 
of metals including turning, milling, shaping and finishing. Selection and 
use 01 cutting tools, speeds, and feeds. 

IE 218 Metal Forming 1 (0-2) f s 

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing 

One session two hours each week consisting of lecture, demonstrations, 
and outside assignments. Survey of metals, pattern making, foundry prac- 
tice, die and permanent mold casting, forging, gas cutting, gas and arc 
welding. 

IE 224 Woodworking Equipment 2 (2-0) s 

A study of production woodworking equipment for cutting, standing, 
and assembly operations; capabilities and limitations of machines, theory 
and practice of cutting and sanding wood; design and application of saws 
and cutterheads. 

IE 241 Welding Laboratory 1 (0-3) f s 

Prerequisite: IE 218 or permission of instructor 

A study of mechanization as applied to oxygen cutting, to the various 

345 



tjrpes of shielded metal arcs and to gas welding. Jigs, fixtures, and posi- 
tioners. Selection of ti^elding process. Joint design and welding costs. Welds 
and stress distribution. 

IE 301 Engineering Economy 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Criteria and techniques of engineering economy for management deci- 
sions in relation to economy of design, economy of selection, and economy 
of operation. Study of effects of depreciation policies and machine replace- 
ment consideratdons. Emphasis on problem solving and development of de- 
tailed project economy studies. 

IE 810 Industrial Safety 2 (2-0) f s 

A course in the causes and prevention of industrial accidents. 

IE 311 Engineering Project Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

An introduction to the organizational and production problems of indus- 
try with emphasis on the development and use of analytical methods for 
the evaluation of engineering alternatives. 

IE 322 Furniture Design and Construction I 2 (0-6) f 

Prerequisite: IE 224, FOR 201 

An introduction to furniture drawing and construction. Detailed draw- 
ings and bills of material are made by the students from samples and from 
designers sketches. In construction, emphasis is placed upon satisfactory 
performance under variable atmospheric moisture, upon adequate strength 
and rigidity and upon low cost. 

IE 326 Furniture Manufacture and Processing 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: IE §22, FOR 301 

Corequisite: IE 332 

A study of the production methods of the furniture industry. Class work 
includes the production procedures from the yard through the machine, 
cabinet, finishing, upholstering, and shipping departments. The laboratory 
period is supplemented by visits to furniture plants. Particular attention 
is paid to production rates by departments, based on number of men and 
supervisors, the quality of product produced, and equipment used. 

IE 327 Furniture Marketing 2 (2-0) f 

Study of basic factors bearing on selection of ideal location, equipment, 
and ortanization to serve a specific market with a specific factory. In ad- 
dition to lectures, each student will select one project for which he will 
work out a solution for correlating product and market. 

IE 328 Manufacturing Processes 3 (2-3) s 

The basic processes of conversion of raw materials into producer and 
cnsumer poods. The cost reduction aspects of machine tools, jigs, and fix- 
tures in volume productions. Study of industrial trends to meet needs of 
an expanding economy. Selected problems illustrating a wide variety of 
manufacturing situations. 

IE 332 Motion and Time Study 4 (3-3) f s 

Principles and techniques of motion and time study, detailed study of 
charting operator movements; micromotion study. Predetermined time 
data and its applications; stopwatch time study with emphasis on rating, 
allowances and standard data theory and practice. 

IE 341 Furniture Plant Layout and Design 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: IE 326 

Problems in industrial plant design with special reference to furniture 
manufacture; building structures, equipment location, space utilization, 

346 



layout for operation and control; allied topics in power utilization, light 
heat, ventilation, and safety. Laboratory period. ' 

IE 343 Plant Layout and Materials Handling 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: IE 328, IE 332 

Problems in plant arrangement and layout to obtain most effective utili- 
zation of men, materials, and machines as related to space and costs In- 
cludes consideration of heat, light, ventilation, organization, control, mater- 
ial flew and handling, working conditions, safety, and other factors as they 
affect the most satisfactory layout of the plant. 

IE 345 Principles of Upholstering 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisite: IE 322 

Properties of seating equipment; evaluation of these properties In- 
troduction in the technology of flexible foam materials; slab foam; molded 
toam; stress strain diagrams; compression set; evaluation tests. Properties 
01 coil springs. Properties of fibrous filling materials. Upholstering con- 
structions. Testing of upholstered furniture. Manufacturing procedures. 
\_^os L sspccts. 

IE 346 Furniture Design and Construction II 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisite: IE 322 

Lecture and laboratory work on the design and construction of modern 
and period furniture. The course emphasizes construction features that are 
economical of labor and materials and are adaptable to mass production 
ihe course covers the use of new engineering materials and their effect on 
lurniture construction. 

IE 350 Mechanisms and Machine Design 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: IE 351, EM 301 

Fundamental principles of stress, strain, deflection of beams, combined 
stresses and strains, shafts, spring, gears, linkages, and cams, with empha- 
sis on apphcations to jig and fixtures design and special tooling. 

IE 351 Product and Process Engineering 3 (2-S) f 

A study of the selection of materials and processes required in the 
manutacture of component parts and assembled products. Included will be 
the study of the interrelationship of product design, materials selected and 
processes employed in manufacturing operations. Project work will include 
application ot basic principles in typical manufacturing processes. Cap- 
ab- ities and limitations of typical manufacturing equipment and processes 
will be stressed. 

IE 352 Work Analysis and Design 4 (3.3) s 

Prerequisite: IE 351 

A study of the production processes and work methods for the purpose 
of improving manpower utilization, reducing human effort, and reducing 
the costs of production. This includes techniques successfully applied in 
industry such as operations sequencing, operations analysis, man-machine 
combinations, motion economy, predetermined motion standards, time study, 
elemrntal standard data, production line balancing, manufacturing progress 
function, lot evaluation, wage incentives and administrative functions. 

IE 353 Statistical Quality Control 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: A course in Mathematical Statistics 

An introduction to statistical techniques applied to industrial problems, 
including control of industrial systems, and decision making under uncer- 
tainty Included will be a thorough discussion of control chart techniques 
applied to control of industrial processes as well as an introduction to the 
extension of these techniques to the control of other industrial systems. 

347 



IE 401 Industrial Engineering Analysis I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 405, IE 353 

A study of linear programming methods and their applications in indus- 
trial engineering; the transportation method with applications to scheduling 
in transportation and production problems; the simplex method and its 
applications in production planning, production scheduling and allied fields; 
upper bound, integer, parametric and primal-dual methods with their 
typical applications; the interrelationships between linear programming and 
game theory. 

IE 402 Industrial Engineering Analysis II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

An introductory study of several aspects of operations research methods 
with emphasis on their industrial engineering applications; replacement 
theory, sequencing problems, inventory control methods and dynamic pro- 
gramming and their applications. 

IE 403 Industrial Engineering Analysis III 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

An introductory study of several aspects of operations research methods 
with emphasis on their industrial engineering applications; continuous and 
discrete cyberetics with emphasis on Markov processes; finite and infinite 
queuing models; industrial control methods and industrial dynamics. 

IE 404 Introduction to Tool Engineering 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: IE 350 

The development of effective production process design through a study 
of theory and characteristics of material removal and forming processes; 
emphasis on quality requirements of the product, operations study, and the 
economics of tooling. 

IE 408 Production Control 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Planning, scheduling, and dispatching of production in manufacturing 
operations; conversion of sales requirements into production orders; con- 
struction of production budgets and their relation to labor, materials and 
machines; laboratory project involving the development and operation con- 
trol system of a typical plant. 

IE 420 Manufacturing Controls 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: IE 301 

Theory and methodology for developing and maintaining profitable manu- 
facturing operations. Development of principles and procedures for con- 
trol of materials, manpower, and costs. Special attention to production and 
inventory control, equipment utilization, wage classification and cost re- 
duction pi'ograms. 

IE 421 Data Processing and Production Control Systems 3 (3-0) f 
Prerequisites: MA 335, IE 352 

This course is an introduction to the design of integrated control systems 
necessary for effective management of production. It will include the 
methods of systems design, the basic concepts of computer processing sys- 
tems, the design of control procedures and reports, and their application 
to mechanized and electronic data processing equipment. Major emphasis 
will be placed on the design of control procedures for production scheduling, 
labor performance, quality control. Systems flow charts, block diagrams, 
and program statements in compiler form will be used for each system ap- 
plication. 

348 



IE 430 Job Evaluation and Wage Administration 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Job analysis, classification and specification. Grading, ranking factor 
rT^ffn'"'? k""^ P.^'".^ systems of job evaluation in detirmining equitable 
rates for job content. Wage surveys and merit rating. Utilization of time 
'^^tl^^ '" '^;''^"'- installation, and operation of financial incentive plans 

^ThnT"^ .°f va/^oV' V^^^ ^"^ s^i^^y plans- Effect of wage payment 
methods on industrial relations practices. p<*yiiieiit 

IE 443 Quality Control 3 r2 2W 

Prerequisite: ST 361 ^ -^^ i s 

Economic balance between cost of quality and value of qualitv and 
techniques for accomplishing this balance. Organization for specification 
and utilization of quality controls. Statistical theorrand analyS as a^^^ 
phed to sampling, control charts, tolerance determination, acceptance p?o 
cedures and control of production. v^cptauce pro 

IE 453 Operations Planning and Plant Layout ^ ^2 9W 

Prerequisite: IE 352 \ -^f ^ 

nv,w!-^r"''^^.'^-" P'^pvide an opportunity for the student to apply the basic 
pi inciples contained in the prerequisite courses to the design of plantwfde 
production programs with emphasis placed on planning, arrangement lav! 
out, and implementation of such programs. It will include oDer^onssP 
quencmg, tooling, and equipment selection, materials handlfnrsvttems dt 
sign, manpower and facilities forecasting. Suitable clses will be dra^' 
from both mass production and jobbing operations 

IE 491, 492 Seminar 1 (10) fs 

A weekly meeting of senior students to assist the transition from a col- 
lege environment to that of industry. Lectures, problems, presentation of 
fn Tob'findtg"'"'' ^^^"^^^" Employment practices and procedures useful 

IE 495 Project Work „ 6 f 

Prerequisite: Senior standing " ^ 

Special investigations and research related to furniture construction and 
processing, and other assigned problems. construction and 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

IE 505 (MA 505) Mathematical Programming I 3 (3 0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

r,.:!?"'*^-^^ mathematical methods applied to problems of planning Linear 
programming will be covered in detail. This course is intended for those 
who desire to study this subject in depth and detail. It provides a rigoroul 
tht fX^-^^^ development of the theoretical and computational aspecte of 
this technique as well as a discussion of a number of applications. *^ "^ 

IE 515 Process Engineering 3 (3.0) f 

Prerequisites: IE 401, IE 443 

prJiiim' T^hP^iC^ K "^ H^nslating product design into a manufacturing 
program. The application of industrial engineering in the layout, tooling 
methods, standards, costs, and control functions of manufacturing. Labora- 
tory problems covering producer and consumer products. 

IE 517 Automatic Processes 3 (3.9) f 

Prerequisites: IE 401, IE 443 

Principles and methods for automatic processing. The design of product 
Sion^' controls. Economic, physical and sociological effects of auto- 

349 



IE 521 Control Systems and Data Processing 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite; IE 401 

This course is designed to train the student in the problems and tech- 
niques required for systematic control of the production process and the 
business enterprise. This includes training in the determination of control 
factors, the collection and recording of data, and the processing, evaluation, 
and use of data. The course will illustrate the applications and use of data 
processing equipment and information machines in industrial processes. 
Case problems will be used extensively. 

IE 522 Dynamics of Industrial Systems 3 credits f 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

A study of the dynamic properties of industrial systems; introduction to 
servomechanism theory as applied to company operations. Simulation of 
large nonlinear, multi-loop, stochastic systems on a digital computer; 
methods of determining modifications in systems design and/or operating 
parameters for improved system behavior. 

IE 543 Standard Data 3 (8-0) s 

Prerequisites: ST 361 or ST 515, one course in Motion and Time Study 

Theory and practice in developing standard data from stopwatch obser- 
vations and predetermined time data; methods of calculating standards 
from data; application of standard data in cost control, production plan- 
ning and scheduling, and wage incentives. 

IE 546 Advanced Quality Control 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: IE 353 or ST 362 

The statistical foundations of quality control are emphasized in this 
course as well as its economic implications. Mathematical derivations of 
most of the formulas used are given. Sampling techniques are treated ex- 
tensively and many applications of this powerful technique are explained. 

IE 547 Engineering Reliability 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ST 421, IE 304 or IE 353 

The methodology of reliability including application of discrete and 
continuous distribution models and statistical designs; reliability estimation, 
reliability structure models, reliability demonstration and decisions, and 
reliability growth models. Examples of reliability evaluation and demon- 
stration programs. 

IE 551 Standard Costs for Manufacturing 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: One course in Accounting, one course in Motion and Time 
Study 

The development, application and use of standard costs as a management 
tool] use of industrial engineering techniques in establishing standard 
costs for labor, material, and overhead. Analysis of variances and setting 
oJ: budgets. Measures of management performance. 

IE 591 Project Work 2 to 6 f s 

Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing 

Investigation and report on an assigned problem for students enrolled in 
the fifth-year curriculum in Industrial Engineering. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

IE 607 Selected Topics in Mathematical Programming 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: IE 505 

This course is a continuation of IE 505 (MA 505). Special techniques 
like the decomposition principles, network problems, diophantine pro- 
gramming as well as its applications to industrial problems are studied. 

350 



An introduction to dynamic programming will also be covered. Multistage 
decision problems will be worked using linear and dynamic programming. 
The theoretical foundations of these techniques will be covered but emphasis 
will be in the applications to planning problems. 

IE 621 Inventory Control Methods 8 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: IE 402, IE 521, ST 421 or MA 421 

A study of inventory policy with respect to reorder sizes, minimum points, 
and production schedules. Simple inventory models with restrictions, price 
breaks, price changes, analysis of slow-moving inventories. Introduction 
to the smoothing problem in continuous manufacturing. Applications of 
linear and dynamic programming and zero-sum game theory. 

IE 661 Special Studies in 

Industrial Engineering credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The purpose of this course is to allow individual students or small groups 
of 3tud«its to take on studies of special areas in Industrial Engineering 
which fit into their particular program and which may not be covered by 
existing industrial engineering graduate level courses. The work would be 
directed by a qualified staff member who has particular interest in the 
area covered by the problem. Such problems may require individual re- 
search and initiative in the application of industrial engineering training 
to new areas or fields. 

IE 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) 

Seminar discussion of industrial engineering problems for graduate stu- 
dents. Case analyses and reports. 

IE 699 Industrial Engineering Research credits by arrangement 

Graduate research in Industrial Engineering for thesis credit. 



INTERNATIONAL STUDENT 
ORIENTATION 

ISO 100 Introduction to the United States 1 credit f 

Required of all international students. 



LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

*^ LAR 201 Landscape Design I 4 (3-6) f s 

Prerequisite: DN 102 

Introductory exercises in landscape design. Site development and organi- 
zation as related to climate, topography, and prevalent social criteria. 

Messrs. Phillips, Thurlow 

LAR 301, 802 Landscape Design II, III 5 (2-9) f s 

Prerequisites: ARC 201, LAR 201 

The survey, investigation and analysis of the site. Expansion of first and 
second year design principles. Solution of small three-dimensional spatial 
complexes. Mr. Clarke 

351 



LAR 311 Landscape Technology I 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisites: MA 111 or MA 112; ARC 201; LAR 201 

Beginning course in the technical aspects of site development. Grading, 
earthwork quantity computation. Surface runoff and drainage systems. 
Vehicular circulation principles and techniques. Landscape materials. 

Messrs. Clark, Phillips, Thurlow 

LAR 312 Landscape Technology II 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: LAR 311 

Continuation of LAR 311. Site surveying principles. Advanced grading 
and earthwork. Horizontal and vertical alignment of roads. Road construc- 
tion. Sanitary sewer system layout. Landscape materials. Correlation with 
LAR 302. Mr. Phillips 

LAR 401, 402 Landscape Design I, II 6 (3-9) f s 

Prerequisite: LAR 302 

Ecological and geographic determinants in site planning and design. 
Emphasis on the design of predominantly non-structural landscape. Cor- 
relation with LAR 421, 422. Mr. Moore 

LAR 421, 422 Landscape Technology III, IV 4 (3-3) f s 

Prerequisite: LAR 312 

The appraisal of plants as objects and their arrangement in the land- 
scape. Soil mechanics, structures, and fertility. Irrigation, drainage struc- 
tures and exterior illuminations. Construction graphics. Correlation with 
LAR 401, 402. Messrs. Clarke, Phillips 

LAR 501, 502 Urban and Regional Design I, II 8 (4-12) f s 

Prerequisite: LAR 402 

Regional research and analysis. Social criteria of Urban and Regional 
Design. Transportation systems, land use determination and the design of 
large scale environmental complexes. Mr. Moore 

LAR 511 Advanced Landscape Technology I 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: LAR 422 

The design and construction of landscape elements. Structures, materials 
and working drawings. Cost estimation. Mr. Clarke 

LAR 512 Advanced Landscape Technology II 3 (2-1) s 
Prerequisite: LAR 511 

Contracts, specifications and bidding. Office practice and procedure. 

Ethics and law. Mr. Thurlow 



MATHEMATICS 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 (3-2) f s 

Algebraic properties of real numbers; algebra of sets, mappings, func- 
tions and graphs. Properties of the complex number field. Applications to 
systems of equations both linear and quadratic. Other topics in algebra in- 
cluding inequalities, variation, binominal theorem, progressions, theory of 
equations and determinants. Trigonometric functions of a general angle, 
identities and multiple angle relations, inverse trigonometric functions, 
graphs, solution of triangles by logarithms and slide rule with emphasis on 
the laws of sines and cosines. (Students in the School of Engineering, 
School of PSAM and Departments of Architecture, Product Design, Agri- 

352 



cultural Engineering, and Mathematics Education who may be required to 
take this couse will not receive credit hours for MA 111 toward the grad- 
uation requirements.) 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 (3-2) f s 

Prerequisite; MA 111 or equivalent completed in high school 

Required of freshman in the Schools of Engineering and Physical Sciences 
and Applied Mathematics. The first of three semesters of a unified course in 
analytic geometry and calculus. Topics include rectangular coordinates in 
the plane, graphs and equations of lines, algebraic curves, including the 
conic sections and others examined by general discussion methods. Also 
introduced are functions, limits, continuity, differentiation of algebraic 
functions, with applications of derivatives and differentials. 

MA 1JL2 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 4 (3-2) f s 

Prerequisite; MA 111 or equivalent completed in high school 

A unified course, beginning with elementary ideas in analytic geometry 
and calculus; rectangular and polar coordinate systems, fundamental 
locus problems, lines and conic sections, curve tracing, the derivative, with 
application to geometry and elementary practical problems. 

MA 115 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics I 3 (3-0) f 

Introduction to sets and logic; mathematical induction; evolution of the 
number system, elementary Boolean algebra; elementary theory of deter- 
minants and matrices; progressions; elementary number theory. 

MA 116 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 115 

Permutations and combinations; elementary probability; graphs; aver- 
ages; elementary curve fitting; straight-line calculus; four-color problem 
and other historical problems in mathematics. 

MA 122 Mathematics of Finance and 

Elementary Statistics 4 (3-2) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 111 

Simple and compound interest, annuities and their application to amorti- 
zation and sinking fund problems, installment buying, calculation of pre- 
miums of life annuities and life insurance, elementary statistics. 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II 4 (3-2) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 102 (With a minimum grade of C for students in many 
curricula) 

Required of sophomores in the Schools of Engineering and Physical 
Sciences and Applied Mathematics. The second of three semesters of a 
unified course in analytic geometry and calculus. Topics include indefinite 
and definite integrals of algebraic functions and their applications; differen- 
tiation of transcendental functions; polar coordinates, parametric equations, 
curvilinear motion and curvature ; formal integration ; integration by parts, 
substitution, and partial fractions. 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III 4 (3-2) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 201 

Required of sophomores in the Schools of Engineering and Physical 
Sciences and Applied Mathematics. The third of three semsters of a unified 
course in analytic geometry and calculus. Topics include areas, volumes, 
lengths of curves, centroids, moments of inertia of rectangular and polar 
coordinates; approximate integration, improper integrals, indeterminate 

363 



forms; infinite series and expansion of functions; solid analytic geometry 
and partial differentiation, mutiple integrals in rectangular, cylindrical and 
spherical coordinates. 

MA 211, 212 Analytic Geometry and Calculus B, C 3 (2-2) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 112 

An integrated course in the fundamentals of calculus, including formal 
differentiation and integration. Basic application to geometry, rates, maxi- 
ma and minima, areas, volumes, first and second moments and' centroids 
are included. Additional topics from analytic geometry, not covered in MA 
112, are introduced as needed as a basis for calculus. 

MA 215 Introduction to Finite Mathematics 3 (3-0) f s 

This course includes the following related topics: elementary symbolic 
logic and truth tables, introduction to sets and subsets, other number sys- 
tems, the partitioning of sets, introduction to probability theory and finite 
Stochastic processes, elementary linear programming and game theory. 

MA 251 Programming Laboratory I 1 (0-3) f 

Corequisite: MA 201 

The FORTRAN compiler language; flow charts. Systems of linear equa- 
tions. Computations with complex numbers. Zeros of simple functions. 

MA 252 Programming Laboratory II 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisite: MA 251 or consent of instructor 
Corequisite: MA 202 

Programming for digital computers; finite differences; approximating 
functions; numerical integration of ordinary differential equations; errors 
and error growth. 

MA 301 Differential Equations I 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 202 

First order equations with variables separable; Euler's method of approxi- 
mate solution: physical and geometrical applications. Linear equations of 
first order; applications. Linear equations of higher order with constant 
coefficients, solution by repeated linear first order equations, variation of 
parameters, undetermined coefficients, operators. Systems of equations; 
scaling variables, applications to network and dynamical systems. Introduc- 
tion to series-solutions; solutions by use of analog computer. 

MA 302 Theory of Equations 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 202 

Algebraic equations; isolation of roots, numerical approximations to 
roots, the Graeffe method; application of approximation procedures to 
transcendental equations; systems of linear equations, determinants and 
introduction to matrix theory. 

MA 303 Differential Equations and Infinite Series 4 (4-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 202 (Superior Student Program) 

Infinite series and Taylor expansions. First order equations with vari- 
ables separable; Euler's method of approximate solution; physical and geo- 
metrical applications. Linear equations of first order; applications. Linear 
equations of higher order with constant coefficient, solution by repeated 
linear first order equations, variation of parameters, undetermined coeffi- 
cients, operators. Systems of equations; scaling variables, application to 
networks and dynamical systems. Introduction to series-solutions; solutions 
by use of analog computer; non-linear differential equations; dimensional 
analysis. (Students are to take either MA 301 or MA 303, but not both.) 

354 



MA 335 Programming for Digital Computers 1 (0-3) f s 

Prerequisites: MA 201 or MA 211 and junior standing 

Programming for digital computers. Construction and use of flow charts, 
use of a compiler, and assembly program and machine language instruc- 
tions. 

MA 337 Programming for Computers 3 (1-6) f 

Prerequisite: MA 251 or consent of instructor 

ALGOL and its syntactic description; symbolic coding language; in- 
put/output control systems; monitor or processor operating systems. 

MA 351 Computation Laboratory I 1 (0-3) f 

Prerequisite: MA 252 or consent of instructor 
Corequisite: MA 405 

Programming for digital computers involving addition, multiplication, 
transformation, and inversion of matrices; systems of linear equations; 
eigenvalues and eigenvectors. 

MA 352 Computation Laboratory II 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisites: MA 337, MA 351 or consent of instructor 
Corequisite: ST 371 or equivalent 

Programming for digital computers involving problems in statistics. 

MA 381 Special Topics 1 to 6 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

This course will be used to develop unusual or new mathematics courses 
for the needs of students in any curriculum. 



COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MA 401 Topics from Advanced Calculus I 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Infinite series and integrals, theory of linear dependence of solutions of 
linear differential equations, variation of parameters, simultaneous linear 
differential equations by transform methods, series solutions, Bessel, Legen- 
dre. Gamma and Beta functions. 

MA 402 Topics from Advanced Calculus II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 401 

Partial differentiation, functional dependence, Jacobians, maxima and 
minima, differentiation of definite integrals involving a parameter, vector 
analysis, orthogonal functions including Fourier series and Fourier inte- 
gral, Fourier-Bessel series, and Fourier-Legendre series. 

MA 403 Fundamental Concepts of Algebra 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Integers; integral domains; rational numbers; fields, rings, groups. Boo- 
lean algebra. 

MA 404 Fundamental Concepts of Geometry 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Foundations of geometry; laws of logic; affine geometry; geometric 
transformations; homogeneous coordinates; comparison of Euclidean and 
non-Euclidean geometries. 

366 



MA 405 Introduction to Determinants and Matrices 8 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Properties of determinants, theorems of Laplace and Jacobi, systems of 
linear equations. Elementary operations with matrices inverse, rank, char- 
acteristic roots and eigenvectors. Introduction to algebraic forms. 

MA 408 Advanced Geometry 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Topics from modern geometry; poles and polars; non-Euclidean geometry; 
analytical geometry from a vector point of view ; elementary geometry from 
an advanced standpoint. 

MA 421 Introduction to Probability 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or consent of department 

Definitions, discrete and continuous sample spaces, combinatorial analy- 
sis, Stirling's formula, simple occupancy and ordering problems, conditional 
probability, repeated trials, compound experiments, Bayes' theorem, bino- 
mial, Poisson and noi*mal distribution, the probability integral, random 
variables, expectation. 

MA 433 History of Mathematics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Evolution of the number system; trends in the development of modern 
mathematics; lives and contributions of outstanding mathematicians. 

MA 451 Numerical Analysis Laboratory I 1 (0-8) f 

Prerequisites: MA 337, MA 351 or consent of instructor 
Corequisite: MA 527 

Programming for digital computers involving subroutines and selected 
topics in numerical analysis. 

MA 452 Numerical Analysis Laboratory II 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisite: MA 451 or consent of instructor 
Corequisite: MA 528 

Programming for digital computers involving selected topics in numerical 

analysis. 

MA 481 Special Topics 1 to 6 

Prerequisite : Consent of department 

This will be used to develop unusual or new mathematics courses at the 
400-level. 

MA 491 Reading in Honors Mathematics 2 to 6 

Prerequisites: Membership in Honors Program and permission of depart- 
ment chairman 

This is a reading course for exceptionally able students at the junior and 
senior levels. It will follow the English precedent in university education 
so that the student will read in some area of advanced mathematics, will 
present a written report of his reading, and will stand an examination on 
it. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MA 505 Mathematical Programming I 3 (3-0) 

(See IE 505) 

366 



MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: MA 301 and, preferably, a B-average in all mathematics 
courses 

Vectors, differential calculus of functions of several variables, vector 
differential calculus. Definite integral. 

MA 512 Advanced Calculus II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

Vector integral calculus, infinite series, integral calculus of functions of 
several variables. 

MA 513 Introduction to Complex Variables 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 512 or consent of department 

Operations with complex numbers, derivatives, analytic functions, inte- 
grals, definitions and properties of elementary functions, multi-valued 
functions, power series, residue theory and applications, conformal mapping. 

MA 514 Methods op Applied Mathematics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 512 or consent of department 

Introduction to difference equations, integral equations, and the calculus 
of variations. 

MA 516 Principles of Mathematical Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

The real number system, elements of set theory, limits, continuity, dif- 
ferentiation, Reimann-Stieltjes integration, sequences of functions, funda- 
mentals of Lebesque theory, topological and metric spaces. 

MA 517 Introduction to Point Set Topology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 516 

A study of basic set-theoretic and general topological notions of modern 
mathematics. Topics include set theory and cardinal numbers, topological 
spaces, metric spaces, and elementary discussion of function spaces. 

MA 524 Boundary Value Problems 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 402 or MA 511 

Theory of first variation with applications to various physical phenomena 
(vibrating string, vibrating membrane, heat conduction, and wave propaga- 
tion) ; Bernoulli's separation theorem with application to vibration and heat 
conduction problems; Fourier series, Fourier-Bessel series, and Fourier- 
Legendre series and a full discussion of the Sturm-Liouyille problem; and 
numerical approximation of eigenvalues by Rayleigh-Ritz method. 

MA 527 Numerical Analysis I 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 402 or MA 511 

Numerical solution of equations, introduction to the theory of errors, 
finite-differences tables and the theory of interpolation, numerical integra- 
tion, numerical differentiation, and elements of difference calculus. 

MA 528 Numerical Analysis II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 527 

Difference operators, summation procedures, numerical solution of ordi- 
nary differential equations, least-squares polynominal approximation, and 
Gaussian quadrature. 

357 



MA 532 Differential Equations 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

Phase-plane concepts; elementary critical points and stability theory; 
second order linear equations with variable coefficients ; general linear auton- 
omous systems; forced oscillations of linear systems; the method of Fro- 
benius; Bessel, Legende and hypergeometric functions; regular singular 
points; Sturm-Liouville systems; eigenvalue problems and generalized 
Fourier expansions; existence and uniqueness theorems. 

MA 536 Logic for Digital Computers 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 402 or MA 511 

Introduction to logic and formal languages of digital computers, algo- 
rithms, compilers, and heuristic programming. 

MA 537 Non-numeric Uses of Computers 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 536 

The use of computers in problems not involving numerical analysis. For- 
mal differentiation and integration, algebraic models, combinatorics, theo- 
rem proving and decision making. Problems of mechanical translation. 
Special computers. 

MA 541 (ST 541) THEORY OF Probability I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

Axioms, discrete and continuous sample, events, combinatorial analysis, 
conditional probability, repeated trials, independence, random variables, 
expectation, special discrete and continuous distributions, probability and 
moment generating functions, central limit theorem, laws of large numbers, 
branching processes, recurrent events, random walk. 

MA 542 (ST 542) Theory OF PROBABILITY II 3(3-0) s 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 541 

Markov chains and Markov processes, Poisson process, birth and death 
processes, queueing theory, renewal theory, stationary processes, Brownian 
motion, information theory. 

MA 555 (PY 555) Principles of Astrodynamics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 411 or EM 555 

The differential equations of motion in two-body problems and their 
integrals; orbit theory; integrals of the n-body problem; differential equa- 
tions of motion of natural and artificial satellites and their approximate 
solutions. 

MA 571 (BS 571, ST 571) Biomathematics I 3 (3-0) 

(See ST 571.) 

MA 572 (BS 572, ST 572) Biomathematics II 3 (3-0) 

(See ST 572.) 

MA 581 Special Topics 3 credits 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

This will be used to develop unusual or new mathematics courses at the 
500-level. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MA 602 Partial Differential Equations 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

Ordinary differential equations in more than two variables, partial dif- 

358 



ferential equations of the first order, partial differential equations of the 
second order, Laplace's equation, the wave equation, the diffusion equation. 

MA 605 Non-Linear Differential Equations 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 532 

Phase-plane and phase-space concepts; existence and uniqueness theo- 
rems; continuity, analytic and differentiability properties of solution; prop- 
erties of linear systems; stability in non-linear systems; topological meth- 
ods; perturbations of periodic solutions; asymptotic methods and resonance 
problems. Mr. Struble 

MA 606 Mathematical Programming II 3 (3-0) 

(See ST 606.) 

MA 607 Special Topics in Mathematical Programming 3 (3-0) 

(See IE 607.) 

MA 608 Integral Equations alternate summers 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 632 

Linear Volterra integral equations of the first and second kinds. Relation- 
ship to linear differential initial value problems. Special Volterra equations 
of the convolution type. Singular Volterra equations. Linear Fredholm in- 
tegral equations of the first and second kind. Basic theory. Symmetric 
kernels. Hilbert-Schmidt theory (generalizations). 

Mr. Winton 

MA 611 Complex Variable Theory and Applications I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

Elementary functions; analytic functions and Cauchy-Riemann equa- 
tions; conformal mapping and applications; Taylor and Laurent series; 
contour integration and residue theory; the Schwarz-Christoffel transfor- 
mation. Messrs. Bullock, Sagan 

MA 612 Complex Variable Theory and Applications II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 611 

Conformal mapping and applications to flow phenomena; multiple-valued 
functions and Riemann surfaces; further applications of residue theory; 
analytic continuation; infinite series and asymptotic expansions; elliptic 
functions and other special functions in the complex domain; structure of 
functions. Mr. Bullock 

MA 615 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 516, MA 517 or consent of department 

Sets and spaces; continuity and differentiability of real functions. 

Mr. Harrington 

MA 616 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable II 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisite: MA 615 

Measure, measurable sets and functions, theory of Lebesque integration. 

Mr. Harrington 

MA 621 Introduction to Modern Abstract Algebra 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

A study of the abstract structure and properties of groups, rin<rs and 
ideals and fields. Messrs. Nahikian, Park 

MA 622 Vector Spaces and Matrices 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 405 or consent of department 

A study of vector spaces and their relation to the theory of matrices. 
Matrix inversion, linear transformations, including similarity and ortho- 

359 



gonal transformations, canonical forms. Properties of the characteristic 
and reduced characteristic functions. Elementary divisors and functions of 
matrices. Applications to systems of differential equations. 

Messrs. Nahikian, Park 

MA 625 Introduction to 

Differential Geometry alternate summers 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

Theory of curves and surfaces in 3-dimensional Euclidean space with 
special reference to those properties invariant under the rigid body motions. 

Messrs. Levine, Winton 

MA 632 Operational Mathematics I 3 (3-0) f 

Corequisite: MA 513 or MA 611 

Laplace transform with theory and application to problems in ordinary 
and partial differential equations arising from engineering and physics 
problems; Fourier integral and Fourier transforms and applications. 

Messrs. Cell, Harrington 

MA 633 Operational Mathematics II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 632 

Extended development of the Laplace and Fourier transform and their 
uses in the solution of problems in ordinary and partial differential equa- 
tions and in difference equations; Strum-Liouville systems; advanced theory 
in ordinary and partial differential equations; other infinite and finite 
transforms and their applications. Messrs. Cell, Harrington 

MA 635 Mathematics of Computers 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 528, MA 512, MA 335 
Corequisite: MA 405 or MA 622 

The development of methods for the solution of selected problems involv- 
ing matrices; integral rational equations; ordinary and partial differential 
equations. Particular attention is paid to the question of conversrence and 
stability; examples solved on the IBM 650. Mr. Lieberstein 

MA 641 Calculus of Variations alternate summers 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

The simplest problem of the calculus of variations in detail; variable 
endpoints; isoperimetric problems; Hamilton's principles; least action prin- 
ciple; generalizations. Mr. Winton 

MA 651 Expansion of Functions alternate summers 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisites: MA 611, MA 633 or equivalent 

Expansion of functions of one or more variables in Taylor series; asym- 
totic series; infinite products, partial fractions, continued fractions, series 
of orthogonal functions; applications in ordinary partial differential equa- 
tions, difference equations and integral equations. Messrs, Cell, Harrington 

MA 661 Tensor Analysis I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

The basic theory, tensor algebra, tensor calculus; invariants of quadratic 
differential forms; covariant differentiation; geometric applications, Rei- 
mannian spaces; generalized vector analysis. Mr. Levine 

MA 662 Tensor Analysis II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 661 

Continuation of MA 661. Physical applications; dynamics, Legrange's 

360 



equations, the geometry of dynamics, cofiguration spaces. Further applica- 
tions to electromagnetic theory and elasticity. 

MA 681 Special Topics in Analysis maximum 6 

MA 683 Special Topics in Algebra maximum 6 

MA 685 Special Topics in Numerical Analysis maximum 6 

MA 687 Special Topics in Geometry maximum 6 

MA 689 Special Topics in Applied Mathematics maximum 6 

The above courses, MA 681-MA 689, afford opportunities for graduate 
students to study advanced topics in mathematics under the direction of 
members of the graduate staff. These will on occasion consist of one of 
several areas such as, for example, advanced theory of partial differential 
equations, topology, mathematics of plasticity or of viscoelasticity, mathe- 
matics of orbital mechanics. 

MA 699 Research in Mathematics credits by arrangement 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, approval of advisor 
Individual research in the field of mathematics. 



MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE EDUCATION 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 203 Introduction to Teaching Mathematics and Science 2 (2-0) s 
A course designed to aid prospective teachers in becoming familiar with 
the scope and purposes of secondary education, the qualification and re- 
sponsibilities of teachers, the relation of the school to the community, and 
problems of secondary school teachers. Mr. Speece 

ED 470 Methods of Teaching Mathematics 3 (3-0) f 

A study of the purposes, methods, materials, curricula and evaluation 

practices appropriate for teachers of mathematics at the secondary level. 

Mr. Speece 

ED 471 Student Teaching in Mathematics 6 (2-15) f 

This course is intended to provide the prospective teacher with an op- 
portunity to get experience in the skills and techniques involved in teach- 
ing mathematics. Each student during the senior year will spend 10 weeks 
off-campus in a selected center. In addition to acquiring the necessary 
competencies for teaching mathematics, the student teachers will also have 
an opportunity to become familiar with the total school program and to 
participate in as many community activities as time will permit during the 
period of student teaching. Messrs. Anderson, Shannon, Speece 

ED 472 Developing and Selecting Teaching 

Materials in Mathematics 2 (2-0) f 

Developing and selecting teaching materials in keeping with the new and 
changing concepts of the content and emphasis in high school mathematics 
is essential for mathematics teachers. The course will follow the class dis- 
cussion and demonstration pattern. Students will study the latest instruc- 
tional materials and discover or devise materials and aids for increasing the 
effectiveness of the content and instruction in high school mathematics. 

Mr. Speece 

361 



ED 475 Methods of Teaching Science 3 (3-0) f 

A study of the purposes, methods, materials, curricula and evaluation 

practices appropriate for teachers of physical and natural science at the 

secondary level. Messrs. Anderson, Shannon 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Science 6 (2-15) f 

This course is intended to provide the prospective teacher with an oppor- 
tunity to get experience in the skills and techniques involved in teaching 
science. Each student during the senior year will spend 10 weeks off-campus 
in a selected center. In addition to acquiring the necessary competencies 
for teaching science, the student teacher will also have an opportunity to 
become familiar with the total program and to participate in as many com- 
munity activities as time will permit during the period of student teaching. 

Messrs. Anderson, Shannon, Speece 

ED 477 Developing and Selecting Teaching 

Materials in Science 2 (2-0) f 

Developing and selecting teaching materials in keeping with the new 
and changing concepts of the content and emphasis in high school science, 
particularly the experimental and laboratory approach to science teaching. 
Students will study the latest instructional materials and discover or devise 
materials and aids for increasing the effectiveness of the content and in- 
struction in high school science courses. Messrs. Anderson, Shannon 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES 

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching 3 (3-0) s 

Consideration of current problems in mathematics education. Opportuni- 
ties will be provided for students to study particular problems and initiate 
investigations under the direction of the faculty. Mr. Speece 

ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching 3 (3-0) s 

Consideration of current problems in science education. Opportunities will 
be provided for students to study particular problems and initiate investi- 
gations under the direction of the faculty. Staff 

ED 690 Seminar in Mathematics Teaching maximum 2 

Consideration of issues, trends and recent developments in mathematics 
education. 

ED 695 Seminar in Science Teaching maximum 2 

Consideration of issues, trends and recent developments in science educa- 
tion. Staff 

ED 699 Research maximum 6 

Prerequisites: 15 credits and permission of advisor 

Individual research on a specific problem of concern to the student. 

Graduate Staff 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ME 211 Introduction to Mechanical Engineering 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 103 

Corequisites: MA 202, PY 208 

362 



An elementary consideration of some of the scope and interests in me- 
chanical engineering through the application and extension of the basic 
laws of chemistry and physics. 

ME 212 Mechanical Analysis 3 (3.0 ) s 

Prerequisite: ME 211 
Corequisite: EM 200 

An introduction to a logical method of problem solving through the inte- 
gration of the fundamentals of physics, mechanics, and mathematics and 
their utilization in a rigorous training in methods of analysis of real 
engineering problems. 

ME 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 208 

Probability, uncertainty, information and entropy; the perfect gas; 
energy levels and quantum states; Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution of 
energies and speeds; principle of increase of entropy; conservation of 
energy, thermodynamic properties of systems; applications to the closed 
and open systems; fundamentals of energy conversion and refrigeration. 

ME 302 Engineering Thermodynamics II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 301 

A continuation of Engineering Thermodynamics I with the emphasis on 
the engineering application of the basic principles to problems involving 
mixtures of perfect gases, psychrometrics, imperfect gases, equations of 
state, chemical reactions, combustion, law of mass action, dissociation and 
ionization, and equilibrium composition. 

ME 303 Engineering Thermodynamics III 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 301 

A continuation of Engineering Thermodynamics I for non-Mechanical 
Engineering juniors. Thermodynamics of mixtures; thermodynamics of 
fluid flow, heat transfer, vapor and gas cycles and applications. 

ME 304 Fundamentals of Heat Power 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: PY 211 

Energy and energy transformations, including a brief discussion of 
measurements of quantities involved. Properties of working substances, 
particularly steam. Elementary combustion of fuels. Steam power cycles 
and applications to steam turbines. Elements of heat transfer. 

ME 305 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I 1 (0-3) f 

Corequisite: ME 301 

Theory and principles involved in instrumentation and measurements. 
Limitation and sources of error of each technique studied. Utilization of 
the instrumentation in predetermined situations that exhibit the essential 
characteristics of the instrumentation. Consideration of transient and 
steady state techniques. Areas of study: pyrometric measurements, piezo 
measurements and measurements of flow properties. 

ME 306 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisites: ME 305, EM 301 

A continuation of ME 305 with emphasis on measurements of kinematic 
quantities, measurements of thermophysical properties and energy measure- 
ments. Treatment of experimental data. 

363 



ME 307 Enfrgy and Energy Transformations 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 201, PY 212 

Required of Juniors in the Engineering Operations Curriculum. 

Energy transformation as permitted by the First Law and limited by the 
Second Law. Properties of ideal gases and actual gases; properties of 
vapors. Vapor power cycles; vapor refrigerating cycles, gas cycles for 
internal combustion engines and gas turbines. Elements of heat transfer. 

ME 313 Power Transmission 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 307 

Elective in the Engineering Operations Curriculum. 

Fundamentals of the analysis, synthesis and resultant operational char- 
acteristics of machines and systems including mechanical, hydraulic and 
pneumatic power transmission and control devices. Also included will be 
applications of hydrodynamic and anti-friction bearings, transmission 
and machine shafting. 

Emphasis will be placed upon analysis of operational requirements and 
study of comparative characteristics of the above-mentioned devices with 
regard to determination of optimum components and system combinations 
on the basis of performance, maintenance, economics, etc. 

ME 315 Dynamics of Machines 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 212 

A rational application of dynamics to the analysis of machines and me- 
chanical devices to determine the motions resulting from applied loads and 
the forces and inputs required to produce specified motions. 

ME 352 Aerodynamics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EM 200, MA 301 

Fundamental concepts underlying experimental aerodynamics, the aero- 
dynamicist's data, elementary flow theory, Reynolds number and the effect 
of viscosity, Mach number and compressibility, finite wing theory. 

ME 353 Introduction to Aerothermodynamics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ME 301, C or better in ME 352 

A specialization of thermodynamics to the study of invi; cid, compressible 
flows of perfect gases. The theory is applied to channel flews, shock waves, 
expansions, and two-dimensional airfoil theory. 

ME 369 Aircraft and Missile Structures 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

To provide the basic structural background necessary to the design of 
light weight structures for flight in and beyond the atmosphere. 

COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ME 401 Energy Conversion 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: ME 302 

A course on the conversion of energy for engineering purposes based 
upon the fundamentals leading to engineering decisions in the arrangement 
and selecting of energy conversion equipment. The conventional type of 
plant for energy conversion and the unconventional types, in particular, 
direct energy conversion and the feasibility of such plant;. Factors which 
affect the cost of power and elements entering into the problem of mone- 
tary rates. 

364 



ME 402 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: ME 302, MA 301 

A study of the fundamental relationships of steady and transient heat 
transfer by conduction, convection, radiation and during changes of phase; 
mass transfer by diffusion and convection; simultaneous mass and heat 
transfer. 

ME 403 Air Conditioning 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 302 

A fundamental study of summer and winter air conditioning including 
temperature, humidity, air velocity and distribution. 

ME 404 Refrigeration 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequsite: ME 302 

A thermodynamic analysis of the simple, compound, centrifugal and mul- 
tiple effect compression systems, the steam jet system and the absorption 
system of refrigeration. 

ME 405 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III 1 (0-3) f 

Prerequisite: ME 306 

The selection of appropriate instrumentation and the experimental 
analysis of small, predetermined engineering systems designed for flexibili- 
ty and wide variation of parameters. Systems cover the gamut of Mechani- 
cal Engineering activity with emphasis on analysis of systems rather than 
characteristics of particular systems. 

ME 406 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory IV 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisite: ME 405 

Individual or small group investigation of an original problem under the 
supervision of a faculty member with an interest in the problem area. The 
investigation may be experimental, analytical, or both. Emphasis is placed 
on the philosophy and methodology of engineering research, and on in- 
dividual thinking and effort. 

ME 410 Jet Propulsion 3 (3-0) a 

Prerequisites: ME 302, ME 352 or EM 303 

Application of fundamental principles of thermodynamics and the me- 
chanics of a compressible fluid to the processes of jet-propulsion and turbo- 
propeller aircraft; the effect of performance of components on performance 
of eng:ine; analysis of engine performance parameters. 

ME 411, 412 Mechanical Design I, II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MIM 201, ME 315 

Application of the basic principles of the mechanical sciences to the 
analysis and design of machines, devices and mechanical systems. Consider- 
ation of the complete design process including formulation of design con- 
cepts, synthesis of components, analysis of the assembly, and evaluation of 
the finalized design. Project activity with design orientation. 

ME 421 Aerospace Propulsion Systems 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 353 
Corequisite: ME 461 

A study of propulsion systems and their relation to the various flight 
regimes and space missions. The principles of thrust generation, the control, 
and the performance of various propulsion systems will be considered. 

365 



ME 431 Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: MA 301, ME 302, EM 303 or ME 352 

The fundamental dynamics and thermodynamic principles governing the 
flow of gases are presented from both theoretical and experimental view- 
points. Mathematical relations are closely correlated with physical pheno- 
mena to emphasize the complimentary nature of theory and experiment. 

ME 432 Boundary Layer Theory and Heat Transfer 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: C or better in ME 352, MA 401 or MA 511 

The course is intended to give the student both a physical and mathe- 
matical understanding of the problems of skin friction and heat transfer 
in present-day aerospace engineering. 

ME 435 Industrial Automatic Controls 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: ME 301, MA 301 

Introduction to concept of automatic controls; fundamentals of two-posi- 
tion, proportional, floating and rate modes of control with a graphical and 
analytical presentation of each. Theoretical considerations of the process 
and an introduction to system analysis. 

ME 447 Performance, Stability and Control 

of Flight Vehicles 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: C or better in ME 352, MA 401 or MA 511 

A study of aerodynamic and inertial factors and how they influence the 
motion of flight vehicles and their performance. The transfer function 
approach is emphasized in the analysis of flight vehicle motion. 

ME 451 Introduction to Rocketry 3 (3-0) f ors 

Prerequisites: ME 301, ME 352 or equivalent 

Basic principles of rocket propulsion. Consideration of the significance 
and use of parameters such as specific impulse, characteristic velocity, 
thrust coefficient. General description of liquid, solid and hybrid power 
plants. Performance calculations and design considerations. 

ME 453 Applied Aerodynamics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 352 

Determination of design data, tunnel wall and ground effect interference 
corrections, spanwise and chordwise load distributions, performance esti- 
mation, and stability and control analysis. Attention is given to transonic 
and supersonic aerodynamics. 

ME 461 Aerospace Technology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 353 

An introduction to the principles of flight in and beyond the atmosphere. 
Includes the elements of aerodynamics of flight, the reentry problem, flight 
dynamics, guidance and control, power generation in space, manned and 
unmanned space flight and life support systems. 

ME 465, 466 Aerospace Engineering Laboratory i (0-3) f s 

Prerequisites: ME 306, ME 352 

Laboratory experience in wind tunnel experimentation, structural testing, 
environmental testing, and instrumentation for flight in and beyond the 
atmosphere. 

ME 468 Spacecraft Structures 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 369 
Corequisite: ME 461 

Basic techniques and procedures in the analysis of stresses and strains 

366 



caused by the extreme heating of reentry space vehicles as well as the 
dynamic and impulsive loads occurring during the launching and loading 
period of flight will be considered and the resulting effects on the vehicle 
structure will be studied. 

ME 481 Flight Vehicle Design 5 (3-6) s 

Prerequisites: ME 461, ME 468, ME 447, ME 421, EE 202 

Integration of previous aerodynamic, heat transfer, materials, structures, 
and dynamical theory in the design of typical air supported and space 
vehicles and their sub-systems. 

ME 495 Technical Seminar 1 (l-O) f s 

Prerequisite: Graduating senior standing 

Meetings once a week for the delivery and discussion of student papers 
on topics of current interest in Mechanical Engineering. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ME 501 Steam and Gas Turbines 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: ME 302, EM 303 or ME 352 

Fundamental analysis of the theory and design of turbomachinery flow 
passages; control and performance of turbomachinery; gas-turbine engine 
processes. 

ME 507, 508 Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals 3 (3-0) f s 
Prerequisite: ME 302 

The fundamentals common to internal combustion engine cycles of opera- 
tion. The Otto engine: carburetion, fuel distribution, flame propagation, 
normal and knocking combustion, throttling, pumping, valve and spark 
timing, and altitude effects; the Diesel engine: injection and spray forma- 
tion fuel rating, atomization, penetration, diesel knock, combustion, pre- 
combustion, and scavenging as applied to reciprocating and rotary engines. 

ME 515 Experimental Stress Analysis 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: ME 315 

Theoretical and experimental techniques of strain and stress analysis, 
with experimental emphasis on electrical strain gages and instrumentation, 
brittle coatings, grid methods, and photoelasticity. Laboratory includes a 
full experimental investigation and report of a problem chosen by the stu- 
dent under the guidance of the instructor. 

ME 516 Photoelasticity 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ME 411 

Two and three-dimensional photoelasticity; the stress-optic law, iso- 
chromatics, isoclinics, stress trajectories, fractional orders of interference; 
three dimensional techniques, oblique incidence, rotational and thickness 
effects; determination of principal stresses at interior points; laboratory 
investigations. 

ME 517 Lubrication 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

The theory of hydrodynamic lubrication; Reynold's equation, the Som- 
merfield integration, effect of variable lubricant properties and energy 
equation for temperature rise. Properties of lubricants. Application to 
design of bearings. Boundary lubrication. 

367 



ME 521 Aerothermodynamics 3 (3-0) f or s 

Prerequisites: ME 301, ME 352 or EM 303 

Review of basic thermodynamics pertinent to gasdynamics. Detailed 
development of the general equations governing gas motion in both differ- 
ential and integral form. Simplification of the equations to those for spe- 
cialized flow regimes. Similarity parameters. Applications to simpler prob- 
lems in various flow regimes. 

ME 541, 542 Aerodynamic Heating 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: MA 511, ME 521 or equivalent 

A detailed study of the latest theoretical and experimental findings of 
the compressible laminar and turbulent boundary layers with special at- 
tention to the aerodynamic heating problem; application of theory in the 
analysis and design of aerospace hardware. 

ME 545, 546 Project Work in Mechanical 2 (0-4) f s 

Engineering I, II 
Individual or small group investigation of a problem stemming from a 
mutual student-faculty interest. Emphasis is placed on providing a situa- 
tion for exploiting student curiosity. 

ME 554 Advanced Aerodynamic Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 352 

Development of fundamental aerodynamic theory. Emphasis upon mathe- 
matical analysis and derivation of equations of motion, airfoil theory and 
comparison with experimental results. Introduction to supersonic flow 
theory. 

ME 562 Advanced Aircraft Structures 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 468 

Development of methods of stress analysis for aircraft structures, special 
problems in structural design, stiffened panels, rigid frames, indeterminate 
structures, general relaxation theory. 

ME 581, 582 Hypersonic Aerodynamics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: MA 512, ME 521 

A detailed study of the latest theoretical and experimental findings in 
hypersonic aerodynamics. 

ME 593 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering 3 credits f or s 

Faculty and student discussions of special topics in Mechanical Engineer- 
ing. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ME 601 Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 302 

Thermodynamics of a general reactive system; conservation of energy 
and the principle of increase of entropy; the fundamental relation of ther- 
modynamics; Legendre transformations; equilibrium and stability criteria 
in different representations; general relations; chemical thermodynamics; 
multireaction systems; ionization; irreversible thermodynamics; the On- 
sager relation; applications to thermoelectric, thermomagnetic and dif- 
fusional processes. 

ME 602 Statistical Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ME 601, MA 511 

Fundamental principles of kinetic theory, quantum mechanics, statistical 
mechanics and irreversible phenomena with particular reference to thermo- 

368 



dynamics systems and processes. The conclusions of the classical thermo- 
dynamics are analyzed and established from the microscopic viewpoint. 

ME 603 Advanced Povi^er Plants 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 401 

A critical analysis of the energy balance of thermal power plants; ther- 
modynamics and economic evaluation of alternate schemes of development; 
study of recent developments in the production of power. 

ME 605 Aerothermochemistry 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ME 601, MA 511 

A generalized treatment of combustion thermodynamics including deriva- 
tion of thermodynamic quantities by the method of Jacobians, criteria for 
thermodynamic equilibrium, computation of equilibrium composition and 
adiabatic flame temperature. Introduction to classical chemical kinetics. 
Conservation equations for a reacting system, detonation and deflagration. 
Theories of flame propagation, flame stabilization, and turbulent combus- 
tion. 

ME 606 Advanced Gas Dynamics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ME 521, ME 601, MA 511 

The general conservation equations of gas dynamics from a differential 
and integral point of view. Hyperbolic compressible flow equations, un- 
steady one-dimensional flows, the non-linear problem of shock wave forma- 
tion, isentropic plane flow, flow in nozzles and jets, turbulent flow. 

ME 608 Advanced Heat Transfer I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 402 

Fundamental aspects, from an advanced viewpoint, will be considered in 
the conduction of heat through solids, convective phenomena, and the mea- 
surement and prediction of appropriate physical properties. Boundary value 
problems arising in heat conduction will be examined and both numerical 
and function solution techniques developed. Internal and external boundary 
layer analyses will be made on a variety of respective convection situations. 

ME 609 Advanced Heat Transfer II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 608 

Advanced topics in the non-isothermal flow of fluids through channels 
will be investigated for slug, laminar, transitional and turbulent conditions. 
The influence of mass transfer on flow and heat transfer processes will be 
considered. Radiation exchange processes between solid surfaces and solid 
surfaces and gases both stationary and moving will be discussed. 

ME 610 Advanced Topics in HL^ix Transfer 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 609 

This course constitutes a study of recent developments i i heat transfer 
and related areas. It is anticipated that the course content will change 
from semester to semester. 

ME 611, 612 Advanced Machine Design I, II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: ME 412 

Kinematics of mechanical media, the stress tensor, the tensor of strains, 
elasticity, plasticity, time-dependent behavior; theories of failure, working 
stresses; shock and steady dynamic loading, creep, stress concentration, 
thermal stress, contact stresses; energy theories, finite difference and re- 
laxation methods; hydrodynamic lubrication. Application t^ the design of 
machine frames, shafts, bearings, gears, springs, cams, etc. 

369 



ME 613 Mechanics of Machinery 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ME 315, MA 512 or MA 402 

Vector dynamics, d'Alembert's principle, Lagrange's equations; rigid 
kinematics, Euler's angles, rigid rotation, Coriolis accelerations; the inertia 
tensor. Application to mechanisms, gyroscopes, guidance and control sys- 
tems, rotating and reciprocating devices. 

ME 614 Mechanical Transients and Machine Vibrations 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisites: ME 315 or EM 545, MA 512 or MA 402 

Dynamic loads in mechanical media are considered in two categories — 
steady vibrations and transient shock and impact. The Lagrange equations 
and the wave equation are employed to study internal stresses and dis- 
placements in mechanical devices which result from such loading. 

ME 615 Aeroelasticity I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 511, ME 411 or ME 468, ME 521 

Deformations of aero structures under static and dynamic loads, natural 
mode shapes and frequencies; two and three dimensional incompressible 
flow, wings, and bodies in unsteady flow; static aeroelastic phenomena. 

ME 616 Aeroelasticity II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 615 

Flutter, dynamic response phenomena such as transient landing stresses, 
gusts, continuous atmospheric turbulence; aeroelasticity model theory, 
model design and construction. 

ME 617 Plates and Shells in Mechanical Design 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: MA 511, ME 611 

The concept of members which are thin in one dimension, that is, plates 
and shells, is applied to mechanical design with particular emphasis on 
type of loading, conditions of service, and compliance of the member to 
its environment. 

ME 625, 626 Direct Energy Conversion 3 credits f s 

Prerequisite: ME 601 

An engineering study of the modern developments in the field of con- 
version of heat to power in order to meet new technology demands. Thermo- 
electric, thermomagnetic, thermionic, photovoltaic and magnetohydrody- 
namic effects and their utilization for energy conversion purposes, static 
and dynamic response, limitations imposed by the first and second laws of 
thermodynamics. Energy and entropy balances, irreversible sources; inher- 
ent losses, cascading, design procedures, experimental studies to determine 
the response and efficiency of various systems. 

ME 631 Applications of Ultrasonics to 

Engineering Research 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 511, EE 332 

The technique and theory of propagation of ultrasonics in liquids, gases 
and solids. Development of ultrasonic transducers, the elastic piezoelectric 
and dielectric relationships. Ultrasonic applications of asdic or sonar, cavi- 
tation, emulsification, soldering, welding, and acoustic properties of gases, 
liquids and solids. 

ME 651 Principles of Fluid Motion 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ME 352 or equivalent; MA 511 

Fundamental principles of fluid dynamics. Mathematical methods of 
analysis are emphasized. Potential flow theory development with introduc- 
tion to the effects of viscosity and compressibility. Two dimensional and 
three dimensional phenomena are considered. 

370 



ME 652 Dynamics op Compressible Flow 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ME 521, MA 511 

Properties of compressible fluids, equation of motion in one-dimensional 
motion, channel flows, shock wave theory, methods of observation, and flows 
at transonic speeds. 

ME 653 Supersonic Aerodynamics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 652 

Equations of motion in supersonic flow, Prandtl-Meyer turns, method of 
characteristics, hodograph plane, supersonic wind tunnels, supersonic air- 
foil theory, and boundary layer shock interaction. 

ME 654 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 521 

Development of the Navier-Stokes equation and the boundary layer the- 
ory. Laminar and turbulent boundary layers in theory and experiment, flow 
separation, and transition. 

ME 657 Measurements in Rarefied Gas Streams 3(3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 602 

A study of the basis for measurement of flow properties in rarefied gas 
streams. Included will be ionization gauges, hot wire anemometers and 
temperature probes, pitot and static tubes, Langmuir probes, electron 
scattering and electron beam density gauges. 

ME 658, 659 Molecular Gasdynamics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: ME 521, ME 602 

Statistical mechanics as applied to the derivation of the equations of 
gasdynamics from the microscopic viewpoint. Energy levels of atoms and 
molecules and their relation to equilibrium thermodynamic concepts, in par- 
ticular specific heats. Approximate solutions of the Boltzmann Equation. 
Treatments of viscosity, heat conduction, and electrical conductivity. Col- 
lision processes. High temperature behavior of multispecies gas mixtures. 

ME 660 Aero-Mechanical Engineering Problems 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ME 402, MA 514 

Derivation of governing equations and set up of representative problems 
in heat transfer, gas dynamics, and magneto-hydrodynamics; review of 
techniques for solving these problems. Introduction of other techniques such 
as method of steepest descent, method of Weiner-Hopf. variational methods 
and others. Phase-space and function space concepts will be introduced 
also. Purpose of the course in the graduate program is to strengthen the 
analytical techniques of the students in dealing with aero-mechanical engi- 
neering problems so that in their later studies more emphasis may be put 
on formulation of new problems and physical interpretation of new results. 

ME 661, 662 Aerospace Energy Systems 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: MA 512, ME 521, PY 407 or equivalent 

A study of energy systems appropriate to the varied requirements of 
space operations. Includes analysis of chemical, nuclear and solar energy 
sources and the theory of their adaptation to operational requirements for 
propulsion and auxiliary power, cooling requirements, coolants and mater- 
ials. 

ME 671, 672 Advanced Air Conditioning Design I, II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: ME 403, ME 572 

The design of heating and air conditioning systems, the preparation of 
specifications and performance tests on heating and air conditioning equip- 
ment. 

371 



ME 674, 675 Advanced Spacecraft Design 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: ME 542, ME 582 

Analysis and design of spacecraft including system design criteria, ac- 
celeration tolerance, entry environment, thermal requirements, criteria for 
configuration design, aerodynamic design, heating rates, thermostructural 
design, boost phase, de-orbit, entry corridor, lift modulation, rolling qntry, 
glide phase, maneuvering and landing, stability and control, thermal pro- 
tection system, materials, instrumentation, and life support systems. 

ME 681 Introduction to Rocket Propulsion 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 601 

Revievvf of the exterior ballistics and performance of rocket propelled 
vehicles. Thermodynamics of real gases at high temperatures. Non-equili- 
brium flow in rocket nozzles. 

ME 682 Solid Propellant Rockets 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 681 

A study of the design and performance of solid-propellant rockets; prop- 
erties and burning characteristics of solid propellants. Internal ballistics 
of solid-propellant rockets. Design and design optimization. Combustion 
instabilities. 

ME 683 Liquid Propellant Rockets 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 681 

The study and design of liquid propellant rockets. Combustion of liquid 
fuels. Thrust chamber, propellant supply and injection system. Cooling of 
rocket motors. Low and high frequency instability in liquid rocket motors. 
Scaling laws. 

ME 693 Advanced Topics in Mechanical 

Engineering 1 to 6 credits f or s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Faculty and graduate student discussions of advanced topics in con- 
temporary Mechanical Engineering. 

ME 695 Mechanical Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) f or s 

Faculty and graduate student discussions centered around current re- 
search problems and advanced engineering theories. 

ME 699 Mechanical Engineering Research credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Mechanical Engineering and approval 
of advisor 

Individual research in the field of Mechanical Engineering. 



METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

MIM 201, 202 Structure and Properties of 

Engineering Materials I, II 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite: CH 103 

I. An introduction to the fundamental physical principles governing the 
structure and constitution of metallic and non-metallic materials of con- 
struction, and the relation of these principles to the control of properties. 

II. Important applications of engineering materials and criteria for selec- 
tion of materials. 

372 



MIM 331, 332 Physical Metallurgy I, II 3 (3.0) f g 

Prerequisites: CH 103, MIM 201 
Required of juniors in MTE. 

The fundamental principles of physical metallurgy with emphasis on cor- 
relation between structure, constitution, and properties of metals and alloys 
A systematic development of the metallurfifical aspects of atomic and crvstal- 
Ime structure, phase equilibrium, solid solution, diffusion, precipitation 
hardenmg, elastic and plastic behavior, and recrystallization. 

MIM 401, 402 Metallurgical Operations I, II 4 (3.3) f g 

Prerequisite: MIM 332 

A systematized treatment of the fundamental operations involved in the 
production and fabrication of metals and alloys. Part I deals primarily with 
procedures and operations employed in chemical or extractive metallurgy 
Fart II covers the operations of physical and mechanical metallurgy. ' 

MIM 421, 422 Metallurgy I, II 2 (2-0) f s 

Prerequisite: CH 103 

The constitution, structure and properties of engineering ferrous and non- 
ferrous metals and alloys; influences of mechanical working and heat treat- 
ment; physical testing, corrosion and its prevention. 

MIM 423 Metallurgical Laboratory 1 (0-3) f g 

Corequisite: MIM 421 or MIM 422 

Laboratory work to accompany Metallurgy I, II. 

MIM 431, 432 Metallography I, II 3 (2.3) f g 

Prerequisite: MIM 332 

An intensive study of the principles and techniques for examination and 
correlation of the structure, constitution, and properties of metals and 
alloys. 

MIM 491, 492 Metallurgical Engineering Seminar 1 (i-O) f s 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in Metallurgical Engineering 

Reports and discussion of special topics in metallurgical engineering and 
related subjects. 

MIM 495, 496 Experimental Engineering I, II 3 (1-6) f s 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 or approval of instructor 

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific project dealing 
with metallurgy, metallography, or general experimental work. A seminar 
period is provided and a written report required. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MIM 521, 522 Advanced Physical Metallurgy I, II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 or MIM 432 

Theories concerning behavior and control of engineering alloys, reaction 
rates in the solid state and alloy influences; current heat troatin'r practices, 
surface treatments; behavior of metals at high and low temperatures; 
special purpose alloys; powder metallurgy; review of modern equipment and 
methods for the study of metals. 

MIM 523, 524 Metallurgical Factors in Design 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 

A study of the metallurgical factors that must be considered in using 
metals in design. '^ 

373 



MIM 541, 542 Principles of Corrosion I, II 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 

The fundamentals of metallic corrosion and passivity. The electrochemical 
nature of corrosive attack, basic forms of corrosion, corrosion rate factors, 
methods of corrosion protection. Laboratory work included. 

MIM 561 Advanced Structure and Properties of Materials 3 (2-3) f 
Prerequisite: MIM 422 

A systematic treatment of the fundamental physico-chemical principles 
governing the constitution of both metallic and ceramic materials. Corre- 
lation of these principles with physical, mechanical and chemical properties 
of materials. Particular emphasis is placed upon materials of construction 
for nuclear reactors. Lecture and laboratory. 

MIM 562 Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: MIM 561 

Engineering aspects of problems involved in the selection and application 
of reactor materials. Specific attention is given to elevated temperature be- 
havior, fatigue, corrosion, irradiation damage, and the fabrication and 
processing of these materials. Lecture and laboratory. 

MIM 595, 596 Advanced Metallurgical Experiments I, II 3 (1-6) f s 
Prerequisite: MIM 422 or approval of instructor 

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific experimental metal- 
lurgical project. A seminar period is provided and a written report is re- 
quired. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MIM 651, 652 Theory and Structure of Metals 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MIM 522 

An advanced interpretation of the development of theories of the metallic 
state with emphasis on modern physical concepts. Topics include theory of 
crystallinity, bonding forces, stability of metallic structures, diffusion, and 
dislocation theory. 

MIM 699 Metallurgical Engineering Research credits by arrangement 

An independent investigation of an appropriate problem in Metallurgical 

Engineering. A report on this investigation is required as a graduate thesis. 



MILITARY SCIENCE 

THE BASIC COURSE 

MS 101 Military Science I 1 (1-1) f 

Classroom instruction is given in individual weapons and marksmanship, 
and organization of the Army. On the drill field, emphasis is placed on de- 
velopment of teamwork, esprit de corps, and essential characteristics of 
leadership. 

MS 102 Military Science I 1 (1-1 )s 

Prerequisite: MS 101 or equivalent 

Classroom instruction is given in the role of United States Army and 
National Security. On the drill field, emphasis is placed on development of 
teamwork, esprit de corps, and essential characteristics of leadership. 

374 



MS 201 Military Science II 1 (2-1) f 

Prerequisites: MS 101, MS 102 or equivalent 

Classroom instruction in American Military History and Counterin- 
surgency Operations. On the drill field, emphasis is placed on development of 
teamwork, esprit de corps, essential characteristics of leadership, and ac- 
ceptance of responsibility. 

MS 202 Military Science II 1 (2-1) s 

Prerequisites: MS 101, MS 102, MS 201 or equivalent 

Classroom instruction in map and aerial photograph reading and intro- 
duction to operations and basic tactics. On the drill field emphasis is placed 
on development of teamwork, esprit de corps, essential characteristics of 
leadership, and acceptance of responsibility. 

THE ADVANCED COURSE 

MS 301 Military Science III 1 (2-1) f 

Prerequisites: MS 101, 102, MS 201, 202 or equivalent 

Classroom instruction is given in military leadership, emphasizing the 
factors controlling the soldier's behavior and the problems of command; 
branches of the Army, emphasizing the mission of each in order to acquaint 
students with all branches prior to their ROTC Summer Camp and selection 
of branch in their senior year; principles of military planning and con- 
duct of offensive and defensive tactics. Practical leadership instruction is 
provided on the drill field where emphasis is placed on acceptance of 
responsibility, exercise of command and development of self-confidence, 
initiative and dignity in appearance and demeanor. 

MS 302 Military Science III 2 (2-1) s 

Prerequisite: MS 301 

Classroom instruction is given in methods of military teaching with 
special reference to the leader's responsibility for soldier's learning; con- 
tinuation of offensive and defensive tactics including communciation in 
support of military operations; counterinsurgency operations; and a pre- 
camp orientation prior to ROTC Summer Camp. Practical leadership in- 
struction is provided in the drill field where emphasis is placed on accept- 
ance of responsibility, exercise of command and development of self-confi- 
dence. 

MS 401 Military Science IV 1 (2-1) f 

Prerequisites: MS 301, 302, and satisfactory completion of six week's 
summer camp training 

Classroom instruction is given in military justice, troop movement, logis- 
tics, intelligence, and operations. On the drill field, emphasis is placed on the 
exercise of command, planning and executing all phases of training (in- 
struction in basic fundamentals, inspections, ceremonies, and competitions), 
and maximum development of teamwork, esprit de corps, and leadership 
characteristics. 

MS 402 Military Science IV 2 (2-1) s 

Prerequisite: MS 401 

Classroom instruction is given in supply and evacuation, Army adminis- 
tration, role of the United States in world affairs, and service orientation. 
On the drill field, emphasis is placed on the exercise of command, planning 
and executing all phases of training (instruction in basic fundamentals, in- 
spections, ceremonies, and competitions), and maximum development of 
teamwork, esprit de corps, and leadership characteristics. 

INERAL INDUSTRIES 

See: Ceramic Engineering 
Geological Engineering 
Metallurgical Engineering 

375 



MODERN LANGUAGES 

Courses numbered 200 and above need not be followed as a sequence in 
their respective gamut. Two years of high school languages will normally be 
considered the equivalent of one year of college instruction in that lan- 
guage. All students registering for a language course will be examined on 
proficiency and scheduled for the course for which they are fitted. 

ENGLISH (Foreign Students) 

MLE 101 English for Foreign Students: Review Grammar 3 (3-0) f s 
Emphasis in this course is laid upon the pronunciation, grammar and 
comprehension of American English. 

MLE 102 English for Foreign Students: Composition 3 (3-0) f s 

Emphasis in this course is laid upon the writing of American English, 
grammatical exercises, sentence structure, spelling and diction. 

MLE 103 English for Foreign Students: Conversation 3 (3-0) f s 

Designed for foreign students who have studied formal English but who 
need oral practice in informal speech to understand it and speak it with 
ease and fluency. Emphasis placed on correct pronunciation, intonation 
(rhythm and stress in words and sentences), drill on the basic patterns of 
English sentences, and idiomatic expressions by means of oral classroom 
drills, conversations about current issues, and individual and/or supervised 
practice in the language laboratory. 

FRENCH 

MLF 101 Elementary French 3 (3-0) f s 

MLF 102 French Grammar and Prose Reading 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLF 101 or equivalent 

MLF 201 French Prose: Selections From 

Modern French Literature 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLF 102 or equivalent 

MLF 202 French Civilization 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLF 102 or equivalent 

After a preliminary survey of the land and people of France, such topics 
as langua.ee, arts, science, literature, philosophy, etc. are given considera- 
tion. Parallel readings and reports. 

MLF 203 Review Grammar and Composition 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLF 102 or equivalent 

This course will bridge the gap between basic grammar courses and the 
more advanced literary courses preparing the student for the type of 
composition and conversation expected of him in the latter. It will also 
offer an opportunity for students with previous knowledge of a language 
from secondary schools to review grammar and obtain experience in an 
area not normally covered in their high school work. 

MLF 301 Survey of French Literature, Origins to 1800 3 (3-0) f s 
Prerequisite: 6 hours intermediate French 

MLF 302 Survey of French Literature, 1800 to Present 3 (3-0) f s 
Prerequisite: 6 hours intermediate French 

376 



MLF 401 French Grammar for Graduate Students 3 (3-0) f s 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific French as 
rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

MLF 402 Scientific French 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLF 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical French, supplemented by discussions 
on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic 
techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 

GERMAN 

MLG 101 Elementary German 3 (3-0) f s 

MLG 102 German Grammar and Prose Reading 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLG 101 or equivalent 

MLG 201 German Prose: Selections From Modern 

German Literature 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLG 102 or equivalent 

MLG 202 German Civilization 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLG 102 or equivalent 

Readings in the history and customs of Germany, supplemented by lec- 
tures on such topics as language, arts, science, philosophy, etc. Parallel 
readings and reports. 

MLG 203 Review Grammar and Composition 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLG 102 or equivalent 

This course will bridge the gap between basic grammar courses and 
the more advanced literary courses preparing the student for the type of 
composition and conversation expected of him in the latter. It will also 
offer an opportunity for students with previous knowledge of a language 
from secondary schools to review grammar and obtain experience in an area 
not normally covered in their high school work. 

MLG 301 Survey of German Literature, Origins to 1900 3 (3-0) f s 
Prerequisite: 6 hours intermediate German 

MLG 302 Survey of German Literature, 1900 to Present 3 (3-0) f s 
Prerequisite: 6 hours intermediate German 

MLG 401 German Grammar for Graduate Students 3 (3-0) f s 

This course is open to graduate students and senior honors students and 
is designed to present the grammar of scientific German as rapidly as 
possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

MLG 402 Scientific German 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLG 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical German, supplemented by discus- 
sions on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other Imguistic 
techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 

ITALIAN 

MLI 101 Elementary Italian 3 (3-0) f s 

MLI 102 Italian Grammar and Prose Reading 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLI 101 or equivalent 

377 



RUSSIAN 

MLR 101 Elementary Russian 3 (3-0) f s 

MLR 102 Russian Grammar and Prose Reading 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLR 101 or equivalent 

MLR 201 Russian Prose: Selections From 

Russian Literature 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLR 102 or equivalent 

MLR 202 Russian Civilization 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLR 102 or equivalent 

Reading in Russian covering the history, politics, customs, and culture 
of Russia. Emphasis given to accurate translation from Russian to English. 
Parallel readings and reports. 

SPANISH 

MLS 101 Elementary Spanish 3 (3-0) f s 

MLS 102 Spanish Grammar and Prose Reading 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLS 101 or equivalent 

MLS 201 Spanish Civilization 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLS 102 or equivalent 

Comprehensive picture of the culture, geography, history, and economy 
of Spain. 

MLS 202 Hisfano-American Civilization 3(3-0)fs 

Prerequisite: MLS 102 or equivalent 

Comprehensive picture of the culture, geography, history and economy of 
the Spanish American countries. 

MLS 203 Review Grammar and Composition 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLS 102 or equivalent 

This course will bridge the gap between basic grammar courses and the 
more advanced literary courses preparing the student for the type of com- 
position and conversation expected of him in the latter. It will also offer an 
opportunity for students with previous knowledge of a language from 
secondary schools to review grammar and obtain experience in an area 
not normally covered in their high school work. 

MLS 301 Survey of Spanish Literature, 

Origins Through Golden Age 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: 6 hours intermediate Spanish 

MLS 302 Survey of Spanish Literature, 

18th Century to Present 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: 6 hours intermediate Spanish 

MLS 401 Spanish Grammar for Graduate Students 3 (3-0) f s 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific Spanish 

as rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

378 



MLS 402 Scientific Spanish 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MLS 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical Spanish, supplemented by discussion 
on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic 
techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 

GENERAL COURSES 

ML 321, 322 Romance Literature 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing 

A course cutting across language barriers to illustrate the most out- 
standing literary productions of France, Spain, Italy, and Portugal and 
showing the cultural and social pattern of these nationalities having a 
common language inheritance. Selected readings and reports. 

ML 323, 324 Germanic Literature 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing 

A study of the literary productions in each of the various tjrpes of Ger- 
manic literature, and lectures on their cultural background. Designed pri- 
marily to meet the needs of students who wish to supplement their know- 
ledge of their own literature with that of the literature of other civiliza- 
tions. Attention is given to the literary monuments of Germany, Holland, 
Denmark, Iceland, and the Scandinavian countries. No foreign language 
prerequisites. 

MUSIC 

MUS 100 Band 1 (5-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Approval of conductor 

Open to all students for the study and performance of the best band litera- 
ture through concert appearances. Assignments to the Symphonic Band, the 
Fanfare Band and the Marching Band are made accorcjing to the interests 
and abilities of the individual. 

MUS 200 Music in Our Contemporary Life 3 (3-0) s 

A course especially designed to assist students in developing their under- 
standing of music as a vital part in today's life. Special emphasis on 
evaluating musical form and content, style periods, design and interpreting 
music as it relates to various aspects of today's society. 

MUS 210 A Survey of Music in America 3 (3-0) ss 

A survey of the music in the United States from colonial times to the 
present, with particular emphasis on the major influences which have 
shaped the musical literature and culture of America. 

MUS 220 Musical Literature of the Romantic Period 3 (3-0) ss 

A course designed to provide an insight into the significant musical forms 
of the Romantic Period. Subject matter will include an analysis of the 
music literature of the prevailing forms, the styles of the composers and 
the relation of music to other romantic art forms. 

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 

COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 
NE 404 Nuclear Energy Conversion I 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CHE 421 or equivalent 

Basic principles of the transformation of nuclear energy into useful 

379 



forms. Considers the reactor as a heat source for a heat engine cycle. De- 
scription and analysis of various reactor concepts and associated power 
plants. Mr. Carnesale 

NE 405 Nuclear Energy Con-version II 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CHE 422 or equivalent 

Basic principles of the transformation of nuclear energy into useful 
forms. Considers isotope production and utilization, direct conversion tech- 
niques, nuclear propulsion concepts, research reactors, and breeder reactors. 

Mr. Saxe 

NE 419 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: PY 407 

A survey of nuclear energy applications, including nuclear reactor mater- 
ials, reactor theory, shielding, thermal and hydraulic analysis, and control. 
Uses of nuclear fission and its by-products in research, industry, and pro- 
pulsion are reviewed. The major engineering problems are defined and 
methods of approach are outlined. Mr. Carnesale 

NE 501 Nuclear Reactor Theory I 3 (3-0) f 

Corequisite: PY 410 

An introductory course in reactor theory including the fission process, 
neutron energy distribution, lethargy, neutron slowing and interactions, 
diffusion, Fermi age theory, the diffusion equation, criticality conditions, 
and reactor instrumentation. Mr. Verghese 

NE 502 Nuclear Reactor Theory II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: NE 501 

Continuation of reactor theory from NE 501. Topics include: treatment 
of reactor parameters for homogeneous and heterogeneous reactors, reflected 
reactors, multi-group theory, reactor kinetics, temperature effects, con- 
trol rod theory, perturbation theory, and transport theory. 

Mr. Verghese 

NE 503 Nuclear Engineering Systems 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: NE 501 

Considers reactor as a system including aspects of reactor control, radia- 
tion protection, shielding, and thermal design. Mr. Carnesale 

NE 511 Radiation Detection and Analysis 3 credits f s 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

Interaction of radiation with detectors. Characteristics of detectors and 
analysis equipment. Statistics of the counting process. Emphasis is on pre- 
paration for use of radiation counting equipment for research. 

Mr. Verghese 

NE 518 Radiological Safety 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PY 410, NE 501 

Brief treatment of types of radiation and their interaction with matter, 
shielding and bioloerical effects. More detailed study of safety considerations 
in a nuclear installation, including regulations, instrumentation used, over- 
all detection system, emergency situations, and radiation containment. An 
attempt will be made to gain an overall picture of the safety considerations 
in a nuclear installation. Mr. EUeman 

NE 520 Nuclear Radiation Shielding 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: NE 503 

This course will cover an introduction to radiation protection criteria, 
design of shields for attenuation of gamma rays and neutrons from reactor 

380 



primary systems and other sources and shield materials. Machine computa- 
tion techniques will be discussed whenever necessary. The latter part of the 
semester will be utilized to carry out special problems in the design of space- 
radiation shields, hot cells and fall-out shelters. Mr. Carnesale 

NE 530 Introduction to Nuclear Reactor Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The principles of neutron motion in matter, with emphasis on the analy- 
sis of the nuclear chain reactor. Slowing of neutrons, diffusion, space dis- 
tributions of flux, conditions for criticality, group theories, and the time- 
dependent behavior of fissionable assemblies. Mr. Elleman 

NE 531 Nuclear Reactor Laboratory 2 (0-6) s 

Prerequisite: NE 530 or NE 501 

Observation and measurements of static and dynamic nuclear reactor 
behavior, the effectiveness of control and temperature, and correlation with 
theory. Experiments on the motion and detection of neutrons and gamma 
rays, with emphasis on the research uses of nuclear reactor radiations. 

Mr. Leonard 

NE 532 Nuclear Engineering Laboratory 2 (0-6) f 

Prerequisite: NE 501 or equivalent 

This laboratory course will provide a series of experiments that are fun- 
damental to Nuclear Engineering. Special emphasis will be on experiments 
related to nuclear reactor theory, reactor kinetics, neutron physics, reactor 
heat transfer and radiochemistry applications. Several experiments in con- 
junction with an analog computer will be performed. Familarization with 
research equipment will be gained through active participation of the stu- 
dent in setting up the various measurements. 

Messrs. Leonard, Saxe 

NE 540 Nuclear Reactor Control 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: NE 502 or NE 530 

Considers non-steady-state reactor behavior including reactivity effects 
due to temperature, poisoning, and control rods. Uses elementary servo- 
mechanism theory in treating reactor as a control element. Treats automatic 
control including control mechanism and dynamic effects of power plant 
characteristics. 

Messrs. Leonard, Saxe 

NE 545 Nuclear Reactor Kinetics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: NE 502 or NE 530 

The kinetic behavior of nuclear reactors is carefully analyzed from both 
theoretical and experimental viewpoints. Solutions of the basic kinetic equa- 
tions are developed and applied to specific reactor behavior. Tempsrature, 
void and xenon poisoning effects are considered. Digital and analog com- 
puter techniques are discussed and utilized. Correlation of theory with 
observed reactor behavior is made and safety considerations in reactor de- 
sign are discussed. Messrs. Leonard, Saxe 

NE 550 Radiation Utilization 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: PY 410, NE 511 or equivalent 

Theory, industrial application and economics of nuclear radiation are 
discussed. Emphasis is on the ability to choose appropriate forms of radia- 
tion and to design practical equipment. Subjects covered include: origin 
and economics of radiation, tracer techniques, activation analysis, food ir- 
radiation, chemonuclear processing, low and high level sealed source de- 
vices, and unique engineering aspects. Messrs. Ely, Welt 

381 



NE 570 Radiation Effects on Materials 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MIM 201, PY 407 

A study of the interactions of different types of radiation with matter, 
with emphasis on the physical effects. Current theories will be evaluated 
and experimental techniques will be discussed. Annealing of defects and 
radiation induced changes in physical properties will be investigated in 
detail. Mr. Elleman 

NE 591, 592 Special Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 1 to 3 f s 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

These courses will be used to explore unusual and /or specialized areas of 
Nuclear Engineering. Graduate Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

NE 619 Reactor Theory and Analysis I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: NE 502 or NE 530 

The theory of neutron slowing, resonance capture, Doppler effect, and 
thermal flux distributions in heterogeneous nuclear reactors. Analysis of 
reactor control by temperature effects, localized and distributed absorbers, 
fission products, fuel consumption and production. One-velocity neutron 
transport theory. Mr. Murray 

NE 620 Nuclear Radiation Attenuation 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: NE 503 or NE 530 or PY 510, MA 512 

The physical theory and mathematical treatment of the penetration of 
neutrons, gamma-rays, and charged particles in matter. Gamma-ray trans- 
port theory. Analysis of experimental methods for obtaining penetration 
data. Graduate Staff 

NE 630 Reactor Theory and Analysis II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: NE 502 or NE 530 

The theory of neutron multiplication in uniform media with several di- 
mensions, regions, and neutron energy groups. Reactor control by absorbers, 
time dependent reactor behavior, matrix treatment of perturbation theory, 
neutron thermalization, energy dependent neutron transport theory, and 
multigroup machine methods. Mr. Murray 

NE 651 Advanced Reactor Theory 3 credits f 

Prerequisites: NE 619, NE 630 

A presentation of the latest advances in the mathematical analysis of 
nuclear reactor systems behavior, with special emphasis on neutron theory. 
Investigations of new reactor concepts, the development of experimental 
measurement techniques and methods of interpretation. Evaluation of com- 
puter methods for design calculations. Graduate Staff 

NE 653 Nuclear Reactor Design 3 credits s 

Corequisites : NE 619, NE 630 

A comprehensive analysis and design of a nuclear reactor system for a 
specified application will be performed. Considerations will include critica- 
lity, control, lifetime, thermal-hydraulic, shielding, economics, power con- 
version, and optimization procedures. Selected application will be varied 
each year. Graduate Staff 

NE 691, 692 Advanced Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 1 to 3 f s 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

A study of recent developments in Nuclear Engineering theory and prac- 
tice. Graduate Staff 



382 



NE 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) f s 

Discussion of selected topics in Nuclear Engineering. 

Graduate Staff 

NE 699 Research credits by arrangement 

Individual research in the field of Nuclear Engineering. 

Graduate Staff 



OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION 
AND GUIDANCE 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance 2 (2-0) f s 

This is a course designed to provide basic principles of guidance for 
teachers, teacher-counselors, administrators, and others in the school, as 
well as workers in other areas such as the community agency, business, in- 
dustry, group work, and the like. 

Among the topics covered are need for guidance; bases of guidance 
services; programs of studying the individual; counseling for educational, 
vocational, social, and personal problems; group procedures in guidance. 
Emphasis is on the practical application of guidance principles and pro- 
cedures. Mr. Morehead 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Six hours of Education or Psychology 

An introduction to the philosophies, theories, principles, and practices 
of personnel and guidance services; the relationship of personnel services 
with the purposes and objectives of the school and the curriculum. 

Mr. Morehead 

ED 524 Occupational Information 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: Six hours of Education or Psychology, ED 520 or equivalent 
This course is intended to give teachers, counselors, placement workers, 
and personnel workers in business and industry an understanding of how 
to collect, classify, evaluate, and use occupational and educational infor- 
mation. This will include a study of the world of work, sources of oc- 
cupational information, establishing an educational-occupational informa- 
tion library, using educational, occupational, and social information, and 
sociological and psychological factors influencing career planning. 

Mr. Morehead 

ED 530 Group Guidance 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Six hours of Education or Psychology, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is designed to help teachers, counselors, administrators, and 
others who work with groups, or who are responsible for group guidance 
activities, to understand the theory and principles of effective group work 
to develop skill in using specific guidance techniques, and to plan and 
organize group activities in secondary schools and other mstitutions. 

^ fe f- jyjj, Morehead 

ED 533 Organization and Administration of 

Guidance Services 3 (d-U) s 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is designed for school guidance counselors, prospective coun- 
selors, personnel and guidance directors, and school admmistrators. Ihe 

383 



philosophy and scope of guidance and personnel services; the functions 
and responsibilities of personnel involved; basic principles and current 
practices in planning, developing, operating and supervising guidance and 
personnel services will be studied. Administrative relationships, utilization 
of school staff, interrelationships of guidance services with instruction, and 
evaluation of guidance services will be considered. Mr. Morehead 

ED 590 Individual Problems in Guidance maximum 6 

Prerequisite : Six hours graduate work in department or equivalent 

Intended for individual or group studies of one or more of the major 
problems in guidance and personnel work. Problems will be selected to meet 
the interests of individuals. The workshop procedure will be used whereby 
special projects and reports will be developed by individuals and by groups. 

Messrs. Anderson, Morehead 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 631 Educational and Vocational Guidance 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Nine hours from following fields — Economics, Education, Psy- 
chology or Sociology 

This course aims to provide training for teachers who are part-time or 
full-time counselors, employment interviewers, social workers and personnel 
workers, who are aiding individuals with vocational adjustment problems. 
The course will cover the functions performed in vocational and educational 
guidance such as assembling and imparting occupational information, coun- 
seling regarding vocational and educational plans, the use of aptitude tests, 
placement in jobs and follow-up, and procedures in setting up services of 
vocational and educational guidance in schools, employment offices, and 
social services agencies. Mr. Anderson 

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite : Nine hours from following fields — Economics, Education, Psy- 
chology or Sociology 

This course is designed to aid the personnel worker in the secondary 
school, college, employment office, or social agency to develop an under- 
standing and to develop skill in counseling techniques ; philosop'iies, theories, 
principles and practices of counseling will be considered. Studsnts will be- 
come acquainted with counseling techniques through lectures, demonstra- 
tions, case histories and tape recordings. Attention will be piven to both 
diagnosis and treatment. Mr. Anderson 

ED 641 Laboratory and Practicum Experiences in 

Counseling 2-6 credits 

Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing 

A practicum course in which the student participates in actual counseling 
experience under supervision in a school, college, social service agency, em- 
ployment office, or business or industrial establishment. The student may 
observe and participate in some personnel and guidance services and may 
study the organization and administration of the program. 

Messrs. Anderson, Morehead 

ED 699 Research maximum 6 

Prerequisites: 15 credits and permission of advisor 

Individual research on a specific problem of concern to the student. 

Messrs. Anderson, Morehead 



384 



PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PHI 201 Logic 3 (3-0) f s 

Language as symbol system, the formal structure of reasoning, and char- 
acteristics of empirical knowledge; emphasis on the establishment of re- 
flective habits. 

PHI 205 Problems and Types of Philosophy 3 (3-0) f s 

The great philosophers of the western world, the socio-cultural heritage 
in which they worked, their major concerns and conclusions; the relation 
of philosophy to vital questions of human life. 

REL 301 Religion in American Life 3 (3-0) f s 

The major religious groups in America: their historical development, or- 
ganization, beliefs and practices, social and moral teachings; the confronta- 
tion of religion and contemporary American life: the relevance of religion 
to contemporary political, economic, social and cultural issues. 

REL 302 The Bible and Its Background 3 (3-0) f s 

Background of the Bible: origin, growth and development of central 
concepts, leading personalities, and the process by which it has come to us 
as viewed in the light of modern scholarship. 

REL 303 Christian Ethics 2 (2-0) f s 

An analysis of the major areas of modern life in the light of the ethical 
teachings of Christianity, with an examination of the religious faith upon 
which these teachings rest. 

PHI 304 (ED 304) Philosophy of Education 3 (3-0) f s 

Implications of various philosophical viewpoints, especially in valu(! 
theory, social-political philosophy, and theory of knowledge, for the aims 
and procedures of education; study of the relevant work of the principal 
contributors to the Western intellectual tradition from Plato to the present. 

PHI 305 Philosophy of Religion 3 (3-0) f s 

Psychological and historical roots of religious belief; science, philosophy, 

and religion; the rational foundations of theism; the concept of God in 
Western thought. 

PHI 306 Philosophy of Art 3 (3-0) f s 

Study of historical and contemporary theories of art; development of 
coherent set of concepts for analysis and discussion of esthetic experience, 
critical judgments, works of art and their relations to other aspects of 
culture. 

PHI 307 Ethics 3 (3-0) f s 

Studj' of major ethical theories; systematic analysis of the nature of 
value judgments, and the concepts of moral obligation, right and good; 
personal and social aspects of human conduct. 

PHI 309 Marriage and Family Living 3 (3-0) f s 

Secular and religious concepts of marriage; physical, socio-psychological, 
and ethical aspects of premarital and marital relationships; parenthood; 
critical analysis of value judgments relative to marriage and family living; 
formulation of philosophy of marriage. 

PHI 311 Parent-Child Relationships 2 (2-0) f s 

Principles of inter-personal relationships; democratic values and the at- 
tainment of growth by parent and child through freedom, responsibility, and 

385 



creative activity; analysis of current theories of husband-wife, and parent- 
child relationships. 

PHI 320 Early Western Philosophy 3 (3-0) f s 

Selective survey of major philosophers and philosophical movements in 
Western civilization from the pre-Socratics of ancient Greece to the scien- 
tific revolution in the 17th century. 

PHI 321 Modern Western Philosophy 3 (3-0) f s 

Selective survey of major philosophers and philosophical movements in 
Western civilization from the 17th century to the 20th century. 

PHI 395 Philosophical Analysis 3 (3-0) f s 

Semantical, logical, and experiential methods of investigation; intensive 
application of critical inquiry to a few fundamental problems including the 
nature of knowledge and its validation, and value judgment; major objec- 
tive to afford personal participation in and acquaintance with philosophical 
analysis as intellectual tool with wide applicability. 

PHI 401 Symbolic Logic 3 (3-0) f s 

Modern methods in logic involving formalized expression that avoids 
inherent difficulties and ambiguities of ordinary language and makes pos- 
sible greater effectiveness in handling complex material. 

REL 403 Religions of the World 3 (3-0) f s 

Background, general characteristics, and basic teachings of the major liv- 
ing religions of the world; consideration of contemporary secular move- 
ments that are in a sense religions. 

PHI 405 Foundations of Science 3 (3-0) f s 

Nature and validity of knowledge, basic concepts of modern science, scien- 
tific method, and the implications of the philosophy of modern science for 
ethics, social philosophy, and the nature of reality. 

PHI 407 Theory of Knowledge 3 (3-0) f s 

A critical analysis of the principal traditional and contemporary theories 
of knowledge, including discussion of the types of knowledge, the methods 
of obtaining knowledge, the nature and criteria of meaning, the nature and 
criteria of truth, the nature of the objects of knowledge, the relationship 
of language to knowledge. 

PHI 490 Seminar 3(0-3)fs 

Prerequisite: Six credits in Philosophy 

Advanced level study in one problem area in philosophy, selected by in- 
structor, with special attention to areas not represented elsewhere in the 
program, such as metaphysics, social and political philosophy, philosophy of 
history, philosophy of language. Emphasis on oral and written philosophical 
discussion by student. 

PHI 491 Seminar 3 (0-3) f s 

Prerequisites: Six credits in Philosophy 

Advanced level study in the work of an outstanding individual figure or 
movement in the history of philosophy, including the contemporary period, 
selected by instructor. Extensive selections from original sources. Emphasis 
on oral and written philosophical discussion by student. 

PHI 499 Senior Essay 3 (0-3) f s 

Prerequisites: Twelve credits in Philosophy or approval of department 

Individually directed research and critical written analysis on a topic 
chosen in consultation with staff advisor. Emphasis on intensive treatment 

386 



of a well-defined, limited topic in the thought of a major philosopher or in 
the literature on one of the main problems of philosophy. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

REL 502 Problems of Religion 3 (3-0 )f s 

Prerequisite: Six credits in Religion or related fields 

Major trends in contemporary theology; significance of the resurgent 
interest in religion and the growth of the church in recent times; problem of 
communication between theology and science; the ecumenical movement. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

PRESCRIBED COURSES 

PE 111 Hygiene 1 (2-0) f s 

A course designed to meet the health knowledge requirements and to 
guide the student to a more healthful way of life. 

PE 112 Beginning Swimming I l(0-2)fs 

A course for non-swimmers which is designed for meeting the University 
swimming requirements and for preparing the student to take Beginning 
Swimming II. 

PE 212 Beginning Swimming I 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 112; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have already received credit for two semesters of physical 
education. 

PE 113 Beginning Swimming II 1 (0-2) f s 

A course for very weak swimmers. It is designed for meeting the Uni- 
versity swimming requirement and for preparing the freshman to take 
the intermediate swimming course. 

PE 213 Beginning Swimming II 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 113; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have already received credit for two semesters of physical educa- 
cation. 

PE 313 Beginning Swimming II 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 113; except, this course is for students who desire to 
learn to swim and do not have a physical education requirement to meet. 

PE 114 Fundamental Sports I 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed for freshmen with low motor skill where a particular 
type of activity may be offered to meet individual needs. 

PE 115 Fundamental Sports II 1 (0-2) f s 

Prerequisite: PE 114 

This course is a follow-up of PE 114. 

PE 116 Soccer 1 (0-2) f 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental skill of 
the game and to offer the values of a vigorous outdoor team sport. 

387 



PE 216 Soccer 1 (0-2) f 

The same as PE 116; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have already received credit for two semester of physical educa- 
tion. 

PE 117 Gymnastics I 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed for teaching the fundamentals of gymnastics on the 
parallel bars, side horse, trampoline, and mats. 

PE 217 Gymnastics I 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 117; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 118 Restricted Activity I 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed specifically to meet the needs of those individuals who 
have temporary or permanent physical impairments. Students entering this 
program must obtain a restrictive form from the Student Health Service. 

PE 218 Restricted Activity I 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 118; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have already received credit for two semesters of physical educa- 
tion. 

PE 119 Restricted Activity II 1 (0-2) f s 

Prerequisite: PE 118 

This course is a follow-up of PE 118. 

PE 219 Restricted Activity II 1 (0-2) f s 

Prerequisite: PE 118 or PE 218 

T?ie same as PE 119; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

CONTROLLED ELECTIVE COURSES 
AQUATICS 

PE 121 Intermediate Swimming 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed to give the student competence in four basic strokes 
and two dives. 

PE 221 Intermediate Swimming 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 121; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 321 Intermediate Swimming 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 121; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 122 Water Sports 1 (0-2) s 

A course to teach the skills of water polo and water basketball, plus 
improvement in stamina and water skills. 

PE 222 Water Sports 1 (0-2) s 

The same as PE 122; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 322 Water Sports 1 (0-2) s 

The same as PE 122; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

388 



PE 123 Senior Life Saving 1 (0-2) f s 

Prerequisite: PE 121 or equivalent 

A course designed to qualify students for a Senior Red Cross Life Saving 
certificate. 

PE 223 Senior Life Saving 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 123; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 323 Senior Life Saving 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 123; except, this course is for students who are taking a 
physical education course beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 124 Water Safety Instructors 1 (0-2) f s 

Prerequisite : PE 123 or equivalent 

A course designed to qualify students for a Red Cross Water Safety 
Instructor's rating. 

PE 224 Water Safety Instructors 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 124; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 324 Water Safety Instructors 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 124; except, this course is for students who are taking a 
physical education course beyond the two year requirement. 

DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES 

PE 131 Body Mechanics I (Girls only) 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed to direct the student in a program of physical develop- 
ment and coordinated movement. 

PE 231 Body Mechanics I (Girls only) 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 131; except, this course is for sophomores or those 

students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 132 Body Mechanics II (Girls only) 1 (0-2) f s 

Prerequisite: PE 131 or equivalent. 

This course is a follow-up of PE 131 with a greater emphasis on rhythmic 
activity. 

PE 232 Body Mechanics II (Girls only) 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 132; except, this course is for sophomores or those 
students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 133 Boxing 1 (0-2) fs 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the fundamentals, skills, 
history, and rules, with special emphasis on defensive techniques. 

PE 233 Boxing 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 133; except, this course is for sophomores or those 

students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 333 Boxing 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 133 ; except, this course is for students who are taking a 
physical education course beyond the two year requirement. 

389 



PE 134 Gymnastics II 1 (0-2) f s 

Prerequisite: PE 117 or equivalent 

This course is a follow-up of PE 117 with a primary emphasis on leader- 
ship training. 

PE 234 Gymnastics II l(0-2)fs 

The same as PE 134 ; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 

students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 235 Gymnastics III 1 (0-2) f s 

Prerequisite: PE 117 or equivalent. 

An advanced gymnastics course with more advanced stunts on the equip- 
ment used in Gymnastics I, plus work with the rings and horizontal bar. 

PE 335 Gymnastics III 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 235; except, this course is for students who are taking a 
physical education course beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 136 Track and Field 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed to develop knowledge, skill, and interest in track and 
field events. 

PE 236 Track and Field 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 136; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 336 Track and Field 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 136; except, this course is for students who are taking 
a physical education course beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 137 Weight Training 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed for teaching the basic skills of body development 
through weight training. The student should gain knowledge of the princi- 
ples of strength development and improve himself physically. 

PE 237 Weight Training 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 137; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 337 Weight Training 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 137; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 138 Wrestling l(0-2)fs 

A course designed to teach the fundamental skills, history, and rules of 
wrestling and the values of regular exercise. 

PE 238 Wrestling 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 138; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 338 Wrestling 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 138; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

INDIVIDUAL SPORTS 

PE 141 Angling 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed to teach the fundamental skills of spin, fly, and bait 
casting and an understanding of game fishing. 

390 



PE 241 Angling 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 141; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 341 Angling 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 141; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 142 Badminton l(0-2)fs 

A course designed to give the beginner skill in the basic strokes and a 
general knowledge of the history, rules, and strategy of the game. 

PE 242 Badminton l(0-2)fs 

The same as PE 142; except, this course is for sophomores or those 
students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 342 Badminton 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 142; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 143 Bowling l(0-2)fs 

The fundamentals of ball selection, grips, stance, and delivery are taught 

along with rules, history, scoring, and the general theory of spare coverage. 

PE 243 Bowling l(0-2)fs 

The same as PE 143; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 343 Bowling l(0-2)fs 

The same as PE 143; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 144 Fencing l(0-2)fs 

A course designed to teach the basic fundamentals, skills, techniques, and 
rules of fencing. 

PE 244 Fencing l(0-2)fs 

The same as PE 144 ; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 344 Fencing 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 144; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 145 Golf 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed for teaching beginners the grip, stance, swing, and use 
of the various clubs, along with the history and etiquette of play. 

PE 245 Golf 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 145; except, this course is for sophomores or those 
students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 345 Golf 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 145; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 146 Handball 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, together with the 
history and rules of handball. 

391 



PE 246 Handball l(0-2)fs 

The same as PE 146; except, this course is for sophomores or those 
students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 346 Handball 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 146; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 147 Roller Skating 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed to teach the fundamental skills of roller skating, with 
the emphasis on balance and body control. 

PE 247 Roller Skating 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 147; except, this course is for sophomores or those 

students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 347 Roller Skating 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 147; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 148 Squash 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, together with the 
history and rules of squash. 

PE 248 Squash 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 148; except, this course is for sophomores or those 
students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 348 Squash 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 148; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 149 Tennis I 1 <0-2) f s 

A course designed to give beginners a thorough knowledge of the 
history, rules, and strategy, as well as the fundamental skills, of tennis. 

PE 249 Tennis I 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 149; except, this course is for sophomores or those 

students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 349 Tennis I 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 149; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 250 Tennis II 1 (0-2) f s 

Prerequisite: PE 149 or equivalent 

This course is a follow-up of PE 149 with emphasis on game strategy 
and doubles play. 

PE 350 Tennis II 1 (0-2) s 

The same as PE 250; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

TEAM SPORTS 

PE 161 Basketball l(0-2)fs 

A course designed to teach the history, rules, and strategy, as well 
as the fundamental skills, of basketball. 

392 



PE 261 Basketball 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 161 ; except, this course is for sophomores or those 

students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 361 Basketball 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 161; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 162 Basketball (Girls only) l(0-2)fs 

A course designed to teach girls history, rules, and strategy, as well as 
the fundamental skills, of basketball. 

PE 262 Basketball (Girls only) l(0-2)fs 

The same as PE 162 ; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dent's who have received credit for two semesters of physical education, 

PE 163 Field Hockey (Girls only) 1 (0-2) s 

A course designed to teach girls the history, rules, and strategy, as well 
as the fundamental skills, of field hockey. 

PE 263 Field Hockey (Girls only) 1 (0-2) s 

The same as PE 163; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 164 Soccer (Girls only) 1 (0-2) f 

A course designed to teach girls the history, rules, and strategy, as well 
as the fundamental skills, of soccer. 

PE 264 Soccer (Girls only) 1 (0-2) f 

The same as PE 164; except, this course is for sophomores or those 
students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 165 Softball 1 (0-2) s 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, history, and rules 
of the game. 

PE 265 Softball 1 (0-2) s 

The same as PE 165; except, this course is for sophomores or those 
students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 365 Softball 1 (0-2) s 

The same as PE 165; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 166 Speedball 1 (0-2) s 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, history, and rules 
of speedball. 

PE 266 Speedball 1 (0-2) s 

The same as PE 166; except, this course is for sophomores or those 
students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 366 Speedball 1 (0-2) s 

The same as PE 166; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 167 Touch Football 1 (0-2) f 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, history, rules, and 
strategy of touch football. 

393 



PE 267 Touch Football 1 (0-2) f 

The same as PE 167; except, this course is for sophomores or those 

students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 367 Touch Football 1 (0-2) f 

The same as PE 167; except, this course is for students who are taking 
physical education courses beyond the two year requirement. 

PE 168 Touch Football (Girls only) 1 (0-2) f 

A course designed to teach girls the fundamental skills, history, rules, 
and strategy of the game. 

PE 268 Touch Football (Girls only) 1 (0-2) f 

The same as PE 168; except, this course is for sophomores or those 
students who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 169 Volleyball 1 (0-2) f s 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, history, rules, and 
strategy of the game. 

PE 269 Volleyball 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 169; except, this course is for sophomores or those stu- 
dents who have received credit for two semesters of physical education. 

PE 369 Volleyball 1 (0-2) f s 

The same as PE 169; except, this course is for students who are taking 
a physical education course beyond the two year requirement. 

VARSITY SPORTS 

PE 171 Varsity Sports I 1 (0-2) f s 

This course is for freshman students who are transferring to a varsity 
sport for a term (8 weeks) for the first time. 

PE 172 Varsity Sports II 1 (0-2) f s 

This course is for freshmen students who are making their second trans- 
fer to a varsity sport. 

PE 273 Varsity Sports III 1 (0-2) f s 

This course is for sophomores or those students who have received credit 
for two semesters of physical education and are transferring to a varsity 
sport. 

PE 274 Varsity Sports IV l(0-2)fs 

This course is for sophomores or those students who have received credit 
for two semesters of physical education and are making their second trans- 
fer as a sophomore. 



PHYSICAL SCIENCES AND APPLIED 
MATHEMATICS 

PSM 100 Orientation (1-0) f 

Introduction to the fields of the physical sciences and mathematics. Re- 
quired of all new freshmen in the School. Staff 

394 



PHYSICS 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 205, 208 General Physics 4 (2-4) f s; 5 (3-4) f s 

Corequisite: MA 201 

This sequence is required in most engineering curricula. A study of classi- 
cal and modern physics in which the analytical approach is employed and 
calculus is applied as needed. Demonstration lectures, recitations, problem 
drill, and laboratory work are coordinated to give a working knowledge of 
basic principles. PY 205, mechanics, sound, and heat; PY 208, electricity, 
light, and modern physics. Staff 

PY 205, 206, 207 General Physics 4 (2-4) s; f; s 

Corequisite: MA 201 

This sequence is intended primarily for majors in departments of the 
School of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics and the Department 
of Nuclear Engineering. Calculus is used throughout as needed. These 
courses are intended to give a good foundation for further study in the 
physical sciences. 

PY 211, 212 General Physics 4 (3-3) f s; f s 

Prerequisite: MA 111 

A survey of general physics designed to provide a practical understand- 
ing of the fundamentals on which technology is based. Recitations, demon- 
strations, and laboratory work. PY 211, mechanics, sound, and heat; PY 
212, light and electricity. Staff 

PY 221 College Physics 5 (5-0) f s 

Prerequisite: MA 111 

Required in certain curricula of the School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences and the School of Design. An introduction to the origins of physical 
science, the fundamental principles of physics, and the many applications 
to modern technology. The important concepts in the classical areas of 
physics are presented, along with a brief survey of modern atomic physics. 
Lectures and demonstrations with class participation. Staff 

PY 223 Astronomy and Astrophysics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 212 or PY 208 

An introduction to descriptive and physical astronomy, with attention to 
the solar system, constellations, and star groups. The physical aspects of 
stars, such as brightness, temperature, energy and composition, are re- 
viewed, along with the development of theories of galaxies and the uni- 
verse. The nature of fusion sources of energies in stars is discussed. 

Staff 

PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: PY 208, MA 202 

A survey of the important developments in atomic and nuclear physics 
of this century. Among topics covered are: atomic and molecular structure, 
determination of properties of ions and fundamental particles, the origin of 
spectra, ion accelerators, and nuclear reactions. Staff 

PY 410 Nuclear Physics I 4 (3-2) f s 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 407 

An introduction to the properties of the nucleus, and the interaction of 
radiation with matter. A quantitative description is given of natural and 
artificial radioactivity, nuclear reactions, fission, fusion, and the structure 
of simple nuclei. Mr. Waltner 

395 



PY 411, 412 Mechanics 3 (2-3 )fs 

Prerequisites: PY 207 or PY 208, MA 301 

A sequence of courses in intermediate theoretical mechanics, including the 
dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, gravitation, moving reference sys- 
tems, and the physics of continuous media. An introduction is given to ad- 
vanced mechanics, including D'Alembert's Principle and Lagrange's equa- 
tions of motion, with applications. Mr. Moss 

PY 413 Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisites: PY 207 or PY 208, MA 301 

An intermediate course in the principles of classical thermodynamics 
and the kinetic theory of gases with an introduction to statistical mechanics. 
Topics covered include equations of state, entropy, Maxwellian distribu- 
tions, transport processes, and the statistics of Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose- 
Einstein, and Fermi-Dirac. Mr. Moss 

PY 414, 415 Electricity and Magnetism 3 (2-2) f s 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 511 

An intermediate course in the fundamentals of static and dynamic elec- 
tricity and electromagnetic theory, developed from basic experimental laws. 
Vector methods are introduced and employed throughout the course. 

Mr. Katzin 

PY 416 Optics 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisite: PY 415 

An intermediate course in physical and geometrical optics with the major 
emphasis on the wave properties of light. Mr. Manring 

PY 499 Special Problems in Physics 1-3 credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Permission of department 

Study and research in special topics of classical and modern physics. 
Experimental measurements with emphasis on the treatment and inter- 
pretation of data, literature surveys, or theoretical investigations. 

Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 501, 502 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 411 or PY 414 

An introduction to quantum mechanics which includes a study of ap- 
proximation methods, the matrix representation, transformation of repre- 
sentations, and spin angular momentum. Transition and scattering prob- 
abilities will be studied and an introduction given to quantum statistics. 

Mr. Cobb 

PY 503, 504 Introduction to Theoretical Physics I, II 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: PY 412, PY 414, MA 511, PY 503 

An introductory course in theoretical physics which offers preparation for 
graduate study. Emphasis is on theoretical mechanics, special relativity, the 
motion of charged particles, and selected topics in electricity and classical 
field theory. Mr. Moss 

PY 507 Advanced Atomic Physics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: PY 412, PY 415, MA 511 

A study of atomic structure and spectra, with emphasis on the analysis 
of spectra. Topics include: the alkali spectra, multiplet structure, electron 
spin, hyperfine structure, moments. Mr. Memory 

396 



PY 508 Physical Electronics 3 (3-0) f 

Corequisite: PY 414 

Statistical theory of matter, collision phenomena in ionized gases, pro- 
cesses at solid surfaces in vacuum and in ionized gases. Mr. Bennett 

PY 509 Plasma Physics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 508 

Individual and collective motion of charged particles in electric and mag- 
netic fields and through ionized gases. Pinch effect, relativistic streams, 
conductivities, and runaway electrons. Astrophysical concepts and approxi- 
mations. Properties of plasmas, including waves, confinement, instabilities 
and shocks, with applications. Mr. Bennett 

PY 510 Nuclear Physics II 4 credits f 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The description and analysis of nuclear energy levels, meson theory, nu- 
clear resonance, atomic and molecular magnetism, and cosmic radiation. 
Principles and experiments in neutron physics are discussed. In the labora- 
tory work, emphasis is placed on gaining experience in independent re- 
search. Mr. Waltner 

PY 514, 515 Advanced Electricity and Magnetism 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: PY 415 

An advanced treatment of electricity and magnetism and electromagnetic 
theory. Topics include: techniques for the solution of potential problems; 
development of Maxwell's equations; wave equations; energy, force, and 
momentum relations of an electromagnetic field; covariant formulation of 
electrodynamics; radiation from accelerated charges. Mr. Katzin 

PY 517 Molecular Spectra 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PY 412; PY 507 recommended 

The basic theory will be developed which is required to analyze mole- 
cular spectra. Transmission of infrared radiation through atmospheric 
gases will be discussed, and current molecular band models will be pre- 
sented. Mr. Patty 

PY 518 Radiation Hazard and Protection 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

Principles of radiation dosimetry and radiation dose units, radiation 
hazards to man, maximum permissible levels of exposure to external and 
to internal sources of radiation, methods of providing protection. 

Graduate Staff 

PY 520 Physical Measurements in Radioactivity 3 credits f s 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The principles of experimental measurements on radioactive materials 
are presented and demonstrated through laboratory work. Emphasis is 
placed on the analytical interpretation of experimental data. 

Mr. Lynn 

PY 552 Introduction to the Structure of Solids 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 407 
Corequisite: PY 501 

Basic considerations of crystalline solids, metals, conductors, and semi- 
conductors. Mr. Memory 

PY 555 (See MA 555 Principles of Astrodynamics) 3 (3-0) 

397 



PY 599 Senior Research 3-3 

Prerequisite : Senior Honors program standing, except with special permis- 
sion 

Investigations in physics under the guidance of staff members. Literature 
reviews, experimental measurements, or theoretical studies. A project report 
is required. Staff 

PY 600 Planetary Atmospheres 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 507 

Current models are developed of the atmospheres of the earth and other 
planets. The latest ground-based rocket and satellite measurements are de- 
scribed and evaluated. Mr. Manring 

PY 601, 602 Theoretical Physics 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: PY 503, PY 514 
Corequisite: MA 661 

Mathematical and theoretical approach to the relationships between 
various branches of physics. The restricted theory of relativity, electro- 
dynamics, the theory of electrons, classical field theory, and the general 
theory of relativity are treated. Mr. Davis 

PY 609 High Energy Physics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 510 

The experimental and theoretical aspects of nuclear processes at high 
energy including the classification of mesons and hyperons and their pro- 
perties, pion-nucleon and nucleon-nucleon interactions, production of mesons 
and hyperons, strange particles, spallation, fragmentation, and hyper- 
fragments. Mr. Waltner 

PY 610 Advanced Nuclear Physics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 510 
Corequisite: PY 611 

A theoretical study of nuclear structure and reactions. Topics include: the 
deuteron, low-energy nucleon-nucleon scattering, nuclear forces, nuclear mo- 
ments, nuclear shell theory, the collective model, the compound nucleus, 
optical model, and direct reactions. Mr. Park 

PY 611 Quantum Mechanics 3 (3-0) f 
Prerequisites: PY 502, MA 512 

Theory of quantum mechanics with applications to atomic and molecular 
structure, scattering phenomena, and a semi-classical treatment of the in- 
teraction of radiation with matter. Mr. Davis 

PY 612 Advanced Quantum Mechanics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PY 601, PY 611 

Dirac's relativistic electron theory, elementary scalar and vector meson 
field theory. Introduction to quantum electrodynamics and the general 
theory of quantized fields. Mr. Davis 

PY 621 Kinetic Theory of Gases 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: PY 501, PY 503, MA 512 

The theory of molecular motions, including velocity and density distribu- 
tion functions; the phenomena of viscosity, heat conduction, and diffusion; 
equations of state; fluctuations. Mr. Patty 



398 



PY 622 Statistical Mechanics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PY 413, PY 503 
Corequisite: PY 611 

A treatment of classical and quantum statistical mechanics with some ap- 
plications to thermodynamics. Topics include: statistics of Maxwell-Boltz- 
mann, Fermi-Dirac, and Bose-Einstein, canonical ensembles and grand 
canonical ensembles, ideal Fermi gas, ideal Bose gas, imperfect gas, and 
cooperative phenomena. Mr. Park 

PY 641 Non-Inertial Space Mechanics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PY 601, MA 661 
Corequisite: PY 602 

The theoretical desciiption of the phenomena of mechanics relating to 
non-inertial frames of reference with emphasis on applications to space 
travel and the instrumentation problems of rocketry. Applications to inertial 
guidance and electro-magnetic-inertial coupling effects are also considered. 

Mr. Davis 

PY 695 Seminar 1 credit f s 

Reports on topics of current interest in physics. Several sections are of- 
fered so that students with common research interests may be grouped to- 
gether. Graduate Staff 

PY 699 Research credits by arrangement 

Graduate students sufficiently prepared may undertake research in some 

selected field of physics. Staff 



PLANT PATHOLOGY 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

The nature and symptoms of disease in plants and the characteristics of 
important plant pathogenic nematodes, viruses, bacteria, and fungi are 
studied. An understanding of the important concepts and methods of di- 
sease conti'ol is developed, based on a knowledge of major types of plant 
diseases. Mr. Powell 

PP 318 Diseases of Forest Trees 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

The nature and symptoms of major types of tree diseases and the im- 
portant characteristics of their causal agents are studied. Emphasis is 
placed on the influence of environmental factors on disease development as 
well as the basic principles and methods of control. Mr. Kelman 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PP 500 Advanced Plant Pathology 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisite: PP 315 or equivalent 

An advanced study of the economic importance, symptoms, disease cycles, 
epiphytology, and control of major groups of plant diseases. Students who 
register for this course are also required to register for either PP 501 or 
PP 502 or they may register for both. Mr. Winstead 

399 



PP 501 Advanced Plant Pathology 

Laboratory — Field Crops Diseases 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisite: PP 315 or equivalent 

Laboratory course for students whose major interest is diseases of field 
crops to accompany lecture course in advanced plant pathology (PP 500). 
Diseases will be selected for study which are important on field crops. 
Either this course or PP 502 must be taken concurrently with PP 500. 

Mr. Kline 

PP 502 Advanced Plant Pathology 

Laboratory — Horticultural Crop Diseases 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisite: PP 315 or equivalent 

Laboratory course for students whose major interest is diseases of 
horticultural crops to accompany lecture course in advanced plant pathology 
(FP 500). Diseases will be selected for study which are important on fruit, 
ornamental and vegetable crops. Either this course or PP 501 must be 
taken concurrently with PP 500. Mr. Winstead 

PP 503 Diagnosis of Plant Diseases 3 (1-4) summer 

Prerequisites : One advanced course in Plant Pathology, permission of 
instructor 

A study of techniques used in plant disease diagnosis with emphasis on 
diagnostic value of signs and symptoms for certain types of diseases. Con- 
sideration will be given to major sources of descriptive information on plant 
pathogens and the use of keys for the identification of fungi. 
(Offered in 1964 and alternate years.) Mr. Hebert 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PP 601 Phytopathology I 4 (1-6) f 

Prerequisites: PP 315, permission of instructor 

A study of the principles of phytopathological research. The course is 
designed to apply the classical scientific method to disease investigation. 
Exercises will include appraising disease problems, reviewing literature, 
laboratory and greenhouse experiments, and the evaluation and presenta- 
tion of data. Mr. Apple 

PP 602 Phytopathology II 4 (2-6) s 

Prerequisites: PP 315, permission of instructor 

The basic concepts of the etiology, pathology, epiphytology, and control 
of plant diseases. Mr. Nusbaum 

PP 604 Plant Parasitic Nematodes 2 (1-3) f 

Prerequisite: PP 315 

A study of morphology, anatomy, physiology, and taxonomy of plant 
parasitic nematodes. Methods of isolating nematodes from soil and plant 
parts and other laboratory techniques used in the study and identification of 
nematodes will be considered. Mrs. Triantaphyllou 

PP 605 Plant Virology 3 (1-6) f 

Prerequisites: PP 315, GN 411, and a course in Organic Chemistry 

A study of plant viruses including effects of host plants, transmission, 
classification, methods of purification, determination of properties, chemical 
nature, structure, and multiplication. 
(Offered in 1965-66 and alternate years.) Mr. Hebert 



400 



PP 607 (GN 607) Genetics of Fungi 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: GN 512 or equivalent, permission of instructor 

Review of major contributions in fungus genetics with emphasis on 
principles and theories that have evolved in recent developments. 
(Offered in 1964-65 and alternate years.) Mr. Nelson 

PP 608 History of Phytopathology 1 (1-0) f 

Prerequisites: PP 315, permission of instructor 

Development of the science of phytopathology from its early beginning to 
the early part of the 20th century. 
(Offered in 1965-66 and alternate years.) Mr. Ellis 

PP 609 Current Phytopathological Research 

Under Field Conditions 2 (1-3) s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Study of concepts involved, pi'ocedures used, and evaluation made in cur- 
rent phytopathological research by Plant Pathology staff. Visits to various 
Research Stations will be made by the class. Mr. Clayton 

PP 611 Nematode Diseases of Plants 3 (1-4) s 

Prerequisite: PP 604 

A study of plant diseases caused by nematodes. Special consideration will 
be given to host-parasite relationships, host ranges, and life cycles of the 
more important economic species. Principles and methods of control will be 
considered. Mr. Sasser 

PP 612 Plant Pathogenesis 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: PP 500, permission of instructor 

A study of interactions of pathogens and suscept plants. The following 
major topics will be considered : hydrolytic enzyme systems involved in 
tissue disintegration; role of enzymes, polysaccharides, and toxins in wilt- 
ing phenomena; mode of action of toxins in altering plant metabolism; role 
of growth regulators in hypertrophic responses; alterations in respiration 
and other physiological processes during pathogenesis; and nature and bio- 
chemical basis for disease resistance. 
(Offered in 1964-65 and alternate years.) Mr. Kelman 

PP 690 Seminar in Plant Pathology 1 (1-0) f s 
Prerequisite : Consent of seminar chairman 

Discussion of phytopathological topics selected and assigned by seminar 

chairman. Graduate Staff 

PP 699 Research in Plant Pathology credits by arrangement 

Prerequisites : Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Original research in plant pathology. Graduate Staff 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PS 201 The American Governmental System 3 (3-0) f s 

PS 202 County and Municipal Government 3 (3-0) f s 

PS 301 Comparative Government: Democracies 3 (3-0) f 

PS 302 Comparative Government: Totalitarian States 3 (3-0) s 

401 



PS 322 Contemporary World Politics 3 (3-0) s 

PS 376 Latin American Governments and Politics 3 (3-0) s 

(Spring 1966 and alternate years.) 

PS 401 American Parties and Pressure Groups 3 (3-0) f 

PS 406 Problems in State Go\'ernment 3 (3-0) s 

(Spring 1965 and alternate years.) 

PS 431 International Organization 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or departmental approval 
(Fall 1966 and alternate years.) 

PS 442 Government and Planning 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite : PS 201 or departmental approval 
(Spring 1966 and alternate years.) 

PS 452 (EPD 452) The Legislative Process 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or departmental approval 
(Spring 1965 and alternate years.) 

PS 481 Political Thought: Plato to the Reformation 3 (3-0) f 

PS 485 (EPD 485) American Political Thought 3 (3-0) s 

(Spring 1966 and alternate years.) 

PS 491, 492 Seminar in Political Science 3 (3-0) f s 

Required of seniors majoring or concentrating in Political Science; open to 
other seniors and graduate students with departmental approval. 

PS 496 Governmental Internship and Seminar 6 by arrangement 
Prerequisite: Junior standing 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PS 501 Modern Political Theory 3 (3-0) s 

PS 502 (EPD 502) Public Administration 3 (3-0) f s 

PS 510 Public Finance (Same as EC 510) 3 (3-0) f 

(Spring 1964 and alternate years.) 

PS 512 American Constitutional Theory 3 (3-0) f 

(Fall 1965 and alternate years.) 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PS 691 Applied Principles of 

Public Administration 2-4 by arrangement 

Prerequisite: PS 502 or equivalent 

PS 696 Problems in Political Science 2-4 by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing 



POULTRY SCIENCE 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PO 201 Poultry Production 4 (3-3) f s 

Principles of broiler, market egg, hatching egg and turkey production. 

Classes, breeds and varieties identification of chickens and turkeys. Breed- 

402 



ing incubation raising, housing, feeding, disease and parasite control 
marketing of chickens, eggs and turkeys. Mr. Brown 

PO 301 Poultry Quality Evaluations 2 (1-3) f 
Prerequisite: PO 201 or consent of instructor 

Evaluation of poultry for production and standard qualities; determining 

market quality of poultry and eggs. Mr. Brown 

PO 351 Poultry Grading 1 (0-3) f 

Prerequisite: PO 301 

Laboratory experience in determining federal grades of poultry and eggs. 

Mr. Brown 
PO 401 Poultry Diseases 4 (3.3) g 

The major infectious, non-infectious and parasitic diseases of poultry 
are studied with respect to economic importance, etiology, susceptibility 
dissemination, symptoms and lesions. Emphasis is placed upon practices 
necessary for the prevention, control and treatment of each disease. 

Mr. Craig 
PO 402 Commercial Poultry Enterprises 4 (3.2) s 

Required of majors in Poultry Science; elective for others with consent of 
instructor. 

Principles of incubation of chicken and turkey eggs; hatchery manage- 
ment; organization and development of plants for the operation and main- 
tenance of a commercial poultry farm for meat and egg production ; study 
of the types of buildings, equipment and methods of management currently 
employed by successful poultrymen in North Carolina. Problem. 

Mr. Brown 

PO 404 (FS 404) Poultry Products 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: BS 100, CH 101 
Required of majors in Poultry Science. 

Selection, processing, grading, and packaging poultry meat and eggs. 
Factors involved in preservation of poultry meat and eggs. Mr. Fromm 

PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1 (i.q) f g 

Current topics and problems relating to Poultry Science and to the 

poultry industry are assigned for oral report and discussion. Two semesters. 

Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PO 520 Poultry Breeding 3 credits f 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

Application of genetic principle; to poultry breeding, considering physical 
traits and physiological characteristics— feather patterns, egg production 
hatchabihty, growth, body conformation and utility. Mr. Martin 

PO 521 Poultry Nutrition 3 (2.3) f 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

Required of majors in Poultry Science; elective for others with consent of 
instructor. 

A study of proteins, carbohydrates, fats, minerals and vitamins required 
tor growth, egg production and reproduction in the chicken and turkey 
Jymptoms and lesions induced by nutritional deficiencies. Compounding dif- 
ferent types of poultry mashes and methods of feeding these mashes. The 
production of certain vitamin and mineral deficiencies in chicks for obser- 
vation and examination. Mr. Kelly 

403 



PO 524 (ZO 524) Comparative Endocrinology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite : ZO 421 or equivalent 

Study of the endocrine system with respect to its physiological importance 
to metabolism, growth, and reproduction. Mr. Garren 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

Graduate courses may not be offered if registration for the course is too 
low or if faculty or facilities become unavailable. 

PO 602 Advanced Poultry Nutrition 3 (0-6) arranged 

Prerequisites: PO 521, CH 551 or equivalent 

Students taking this course will conduct a research problem in poultry 
nutrition. The problem will involve the designing and carrying out of 
chick experiments based on biochemical considerations. The students will 
obtain practice in designing nutritional experiments to obtain insight into 
biochemical problems. Mr. Hill 

PO 698 Special Problems in Poultry Science maximum 6 f s 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Specific problems of study are assigned in various phases of poultry 

science. Graduate Staff 

PO 699 Poultry Research credits by arrangement f s 

Prerequisite : Graduate standing 

Appraisal of present research; critical study of some particular problem 
involving original investigation. Problems in poultry breeding, nutrition, 
disease endocrinology, hematology or microbiology. Credits: A maximum of 
six is allowed toward a master's degree. Graduate Staff 



PRODUCT DESIGN 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PD 201, 202 Product Design and Orientation I, II 4 (3-6) f s 

Prerequisite: DN 102 

Elementary problems in form and function. Transitional implications of 
handcrafted and mass-produced objects, in various materials. Demonstra- 
tions by specialists in graphics, photography, rendering, modeling, typog- 
raphy, and technical illustration. Visits to design departments of local 
industries. Mr. Eichenberger 

PD 301, 302 Product Design 6 (3-12) f s 
Prerequisites: PD 202, PY 212 

Manufacturing and structural considerations in the design of a wide 

range of products. Mr. Baermann 

PD 322 Design Graphics and Packaging 3 (0-6) s 

Basic disciplines in graphic design, packaging, topography and layout. 
Mass production of packages, display techniques and market analysis. 

Mr. Eichenberger 

PD 401, 402 Advanced Product Design I, II 6 (3-6) f s 

Prerequisite: PD 302 

Continuation of Product Design into more complex systems. Emphasis 

404 



is placed on functional innovation and intep-rafinn nf -frt^rv, ^^a *. 
Thorough analysis of fabrication by moielf and sketche^s ^"^ '''"'*^^'- 
_,_ Mr. Eichenberger 

PD 422 Office and Industrial Practice o o (^^ 

Prerequisite: PD 302 ^ ' ^ 

def4"„''pra'cfee;1aSu7w'""''*"' ^"^ •"•"-""-^ »' professional product 
x>T\ AA^ ..c. ^ Mr. Baermann 

PD 441, 442 Design Analysis 9 ^9 nw 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 ^ ' 

PD 501 Advanced Product Design n (^ ^(\\ -f 

Prerequisites: PD 402, EM 212 K^-i-^) i 

.s-rr;.-riX~.-a°„raS^^^^^^^^^ 

T3r» cno r, ^ ^^- Baermann 

PD 502 Product Design Thesis q ^q 19^ 

Prerequisites: PD 501, PD 442 ^^5-12) s 

PSYCHOLOGY 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 (3 0) f 

molivS, fe.^LrT.ll:^lT'^'^i^^ fl' ^"^"" ^^^^^-^' -^l"ding 
tion, and measurement Thp^h?o'f' thinking, perception and sensa- 
communicaTe in oral and wH?tin f'''^' ^""^^ development of the ability to 
behavior; development oLnunders^^^^^ ^"^ scientifically about 

tific ideas and processes as thev annt ?n^ hi^"^ ^ '^P^'^^*? ^° "^^ ^^i^"" 
the behavior of organises ^ ^^^ behavior; an understanding of 

Staff 
PSY 210 Psychological Analysis Applied to 

Current Problems q /o n\ * 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 ^ ' 

cer^tat Xrenrpr^btm's^ thTotg'hti^ iTs^'^f^^^'^f , ^"^ understanding of 
techniques. The problems to be ftnH^^H n I Pathological knowledge and 
is offered, from such toScs as thplff.T'" ?^ ^f^""^^^ ^^"^ *™« the course 

PSY 300 Sensation and Perception q /9 o^ * 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 ^ ' °^ ^ 

te4" ^S' relSli^ to'^ceTrrrnrltf Tt^^^^. ^' ^'^ "!f ^'^^ — ^ ^^- 
facts of sensory psychophvsfcs An ^vf ^^''^^^^^^S' and the elementary 
miners of perceptio^n incffinr<;Htnl, ''''^•'"'■'^^y °f ^he chief deter- 

tal factors^ ard'^SnTsm^c vfrSwes sLr^'l''''^"^^'^^^^^^ environmen- 
boratory studies of^classS SemJ fn trTeptm ^"^ ^"' "^M^^'rrnL^. 



Bernard 
405 



PSY 302 Psychology of Personality and Adjustment 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

A study of the factors involved in the development of the normal person- 
ality, emphasizing the principal factors controlling human behavior and 
their relationship to adjustment mechanisms. Mr. Corter 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3(3-0)fs 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

A study of learning and evaluation in the context of educational practice. 

Mr. Johnson 

PSY 310 Learning and Motivation 3 (2-2) f ors 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

The objectives of this course are (1) to acquaint students with the struc- 
ture of the areas of learning and motivation and with the major theories 
and empirical findings in these areas; (2) to develop skill in deriving and 
testing implications of theories and in manipulating theoretical concepts. 

Messrs. Cook, Newman 

PSY 320 Cognitive Processes 3 (2-2) f ors 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 310 

This is a course in complex cognitive processes such as: thinking, reason- 
ing, problem solving, creativity and originality, intelligence, social inter- 
action, verbal behavior, and decision processes. It will emphasize theoretical 
approaches, research findings, and will aim at developing skills in deriving 
and testing hypotheses in these areas. Messrs. Corter, Leventhal 

PSY 337 Industrial Psychology I 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

The application of psychological principles to the problems of industry 
and business; work methods, fatigue, motivation and morale, job analysis, 
performance measurement. Mr. Baldwin 

COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PSY 411 Social Psychology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

The individual in relation to social factors. Socialization, personality 
development, communication, social conflict and social change. 

Messrs. Barkley, Leventhal, Miller 

PSY 438 Industrial Psychology II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 337 

The application of psychological principles to the problems of modern 
industry, with particular emphasis on human relations and supervision. 

Mr. Miller 

PSY 441 Human Factors in Equipment Design 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PSY 200; PSY 337 recommended 

Human factors in the design of machines and other equipment. Items of 
equipment are understood as extensions of man's capacity to sense, compre- 
hend, and control his environment. Includes problems in the psychology of 
information, communication, control, and invention. 

Mr. Baldwin 

PSY 464 Visual Perception for Designers 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

The nature of the seeing process and its relation to architecture, indus- 
trial arts, and to the industrial engineering and textile design fields. 

406 



Topics include the basis of sight, perception of color and form, vision and 
illumination, psychological factors in visual design, and a unit of training 
planned to improve the student's ability to perceive visual form. 

Mr. Bernard 

PSY 475 Child Psychology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 or PSY 304 

The development of the individual child of the elementary school age will 
be the inclusive object of study in this course. Emphasis will be placed upon 
the intellectual, social, emotional, and personality development of the child. 
Physical growth will be emphasized as necessary to an understanding of 
the psychological development of the pupil. 

Mr. Barkley 

PSY 476 Psychology of Adolescence 2 (2-0) f s 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

Nature and source of the problems of adolescents in western culture; emo- 
tional, social, intellectual and personality development of adolescents. 

Mr. Barkley 

PSY 491 Seminar in Psychology 3 (0-3) f s 

Prerequisite: Senior standing and departmental approval 

This course is designed to provide the undergraduate psychology major 
with: skill in designing and conducting independent research studies; 
knowledge of sources and skill in locating information pertaining to be- 
havior; knowledge of major trends in selected areas of study; knowledge 
of the research techniques available to the psychologist; knowledge of the 
organization of psychology as a profession; and an understanding of the 
code of ethics for psychologists. Staff 

PSY 492 Seminar in Psychology 3 (0-3) f s 

Prerequisite: Senior standing and departmental approval 

This course is designed to provide the undergraduate psychology major 
with: skill in designing and conducting independent research studies; knowl- 
edge of sources and skill in locating information pertaining to behavior; 
knowledge of major trends in selected areas of study; knowledge of the re- 
search techniques available to the psychologist; knowledge of the organiza- 
tion of psychology as a profession; and an understanding of the code of 
ethics for psychologists. Staff 

COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

PSY 501 Experimental Psychology 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite : Nine hours in Psychology 

Experimental study of problems in general and theoretical psychology 
with particular emphasis on sensation and perception. Particular attention 
is paid to problem formulation, experimental design and experimental 
method. Effective written and oral performance by the student is a basic 
objective. Messrs. Barkley, Cook, Newman 

PSY 502 Physiological Psychology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Psychology, including PSY 200 

A survey of the physiological bases of behavior including the study of co- 
ordination, sensory processes, brain functions, emotions, and motivation. 

Mr. Bernard 

PSY 504 Advanced Educational Psychology 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisites : Six hours in Psychology 

A critical appraisal of current psychological findings that are relevant 

to educational practice and theory. Mr. Johnson 

407 



PSY 511 Advanced Social Psychology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in Psychology 

A study of social relationships and their psychological bases; emphasis 
on those aspects of behavior determined by personal interactions; work 
will involve analysis of representative research studies, and individual 
projects. Mr. Miller 

PSY 514 Psychological Research Design 1 (1-0) f 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Psychology 

The objectives of this course are to acquaint students with current de- 
velopments in theory and research in several areas of psychological in- 
terest; to foster capability to derive experimentally testable hypotheses, and 
experimental tests of these hypotheses; to write and speak effectively about 
theory and experimentation in psychology. 

Graduate Staff 

PSY 530 Abnormal Psychology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 302 

A study of the causes, symptomatic behavior, and treatment of the major 
personality disturbances; emphasis also placed on preventive mental hy- 
giene methods. Mr. Corter 

PSY 535 Tests and Measurements 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Six hours in Psychology 

A study of standard tests with an emphasis on the efficient selection and 
use of such instruments. Mr. Johnson 

PSY 540 Human Factors 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite : Six hours in Psychology 

An introduction to how the methods and techniques of experimental 
psychology can be applied to the problems of designing equipment for 
human use. The areas of information processing, decision making, motor 
capacities, and research techniques will be emphasized. Mr. Baldwin 

PSY 550 Mental Hygiene in Teaching 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Six hours in Psychology 

A survey of mental hygiene principles applicable to teachers and pupils; 
practical problems in prevention and treatment of psychological problems 
in school; case studies and research. 

Messrs. Barkley, Corter 

PSY 565 Industrial Management Psychology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites : Nine hours in Psychology 

A study of the application of behavioral science; particularly psychology 
and social psychology to organizational and management problems. 

Mr. Miller 

PSY 570 Theories of Personality 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Nine hours in Psychology 

A survey of modern theories of personality with some emphasis on intel- 
ligence and cognitive factors. Mr. Corter 

PSY 576 Developmental Psychology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Nine hours in Psychology, including PSY 476 or PSY 475 

A survey of the role of growth and development in human behavior; par- 
ticularly of the child and adolescent periods. This course will pay particular 
attention to basic principles and theories in the area of developmental 
psychology. Mr. Johnson 

408 



PSY 578 Individual Differences 3 (3-0) f 
Prerequisite: Six hours in Psychology- 
Nature, extent, and practical implications of individual differences and 
individual variation. Mr. Barkley 

PSY 591 Individual Intelligence Measurement 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: PSY 570 

A practicum in individual intelligence testing with emphasis on the 
Wechsler-Bellevue, Stanford-Binet, report writing, and case studies. 

Mr. Corter 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PSY 604 Advanced Experimental Psychology: Learning 

AND Motivation 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: PSY 501 or equivalent 

The objectives of this course are to promote familiarity with the kinds of 
research currently being conducted within the areas of "learning and moti- 
vation"; to foster effective performance in writing, speaking and reading 
in this area, in the derivation of hypotheses capable of experimental test 
and in design of experiments to test them. 

Messrs. Cook, Newman 

PSY 606 Behavior Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PSY 200, a course in learning, Experimental Psychology and 

Statistics 

A study of the most fundamental considerations in behavior theory. Such 
topics as criteria of scientific meaningfulness, the nature of scientific ex- 
planation, the application of formal, logical techniques to theory analysis, 
the nature of probability, operationism, intervening variables, etc., will be 
covered. The aim of the course is to develop skill in handling theoretical 
concepts, the ability to analyze and evaluate theories, to deduce hypotheses 
from them, and to devise means of testing them. 

Mr. Cook 

PSY 607 Advanced Industrial Psychology I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Nine hours in Psychology and Statistics or concurrent with 

Statistics 

Application of scientific methods to the measurement and understanding 
of industrial behavior. Messrs. Baldwin, Drewes, Miller 

PSY 608 Advanced Industrial Psychology II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PSY 607 

Application of scientific methods to the measurement and understanding 
of industrial behavior. 

Messrs. Baldwin, Drewes, Miller 

PSY 610 Theories of Learning 3 (3-0) f ors 

Prerequisite: PSY 604 

The objectives of this course are to promote learning of the theories 
currently used to explain how learning and forgetting occur so that test- 
able consequences of these theories can be derived and so that the theories 
and their testable consequences are capably written and spoken about. 

Messrs. Cook, Newman 

PSY 635 Psychological Measurement 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ST 511 or equivalent, 12 hours in Psychology 

Theory of psychological measurement. Statistical problems and techniques 
in test construction. Mr. Drewes 

409 



PSY 640 Advanced Human Factors 3 credits s 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Psychology, including PSY 540, MA 421; 
Statistics, or may be taken concurrent with Statistics 

This course is designed to provide the student with (1) an understanding 
of the major areas of experimental and theoretical work being done in the 
field of human factors engineering and (2) experience in applying the 
large body of knowledge available in this field to the design of man-machine 
systems. Mr. Baldwin 

PSY 690 Seminar in Industrial Psychology 3 (3-0) f s 

Scientific articles, analysis of experimental designs in industrial psy- 
chology, and study of special problems of interest to graduate students in 
Industrial Psychology. Graduate Staff 

PSY 692 Personality Measurement 3 (2-3) 

Prerequisites: PSY 570, PSY 591 

Theory and practicum in individual personality testing of children and 
adults with emphasis on projective techniques, other personality measures, 
report writing and case studies. Mr. Corter 

PSY 693 Psychological Clinic Practicum maximum 12 f s 
Prerequisite: Eight hours in Psychology 

Clinical participation in interviewing, counseling, psychotherapy, and 

administration of psychological tests. Practicum to be concerned with 

adults and children. Mr. Corter 

PSY 699 Research in Psychology credits by arrangement 

Individual or group research problems; a maximum of six credits is al- 
lowed toward the Master's degree. Graduate Staff 



RECREATION AND PARK ADMINISTRATION 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

RPA 152 Introduction to Recreation 3 (3-0) f s 

This course is designed to provide instruction in the areas of history and 
foundations of recreation including objectives, economic and social aspects, 
definition and importance; status of organized recreation in our modern 
society; certain applied principles of recreation; recreation leadership; 
activities and prog.ram planning; and tournament planning and administra- 
tion. The course is of lecture-laboratory technique. 

Mr. Hines 

RPA 153 The Aquatic Program 2 (2-0) f s 

Prerequisite: PE (swimming) 

This is a laboratory course including the history of the techniques and 
methods of teaching swimming, modern methods of teaching diving, officiat- 
ing, games, pageants, the use of small craft, life-saving techniques, princi- 
ples of water safety, the organization and administration of water safety 
programs and the maintenance of the swimming pool and water front. 

Mr. Stott 

RPA 201 Playground Leadership 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisite: RPA 152 

Emphasis is placed on the principles, techniques, and activities necessary 
for effective playground leadership. Special emphasis is given through the 
following practical laboratory experiences: activities of low organization; 

410 



contests; relays; aquatic activities; table games; and elementary arts and 
c^^^^^s- Mr. Miller 

RPA 207 History and Principles of Park Administration 2 (2-0) f s 
Prerequisite: RPA 152 

This course includes the study of the history, present status and the basic 
prmciples of operation of parks and park systems in America. 

Mr. Miller 

RPA 253 Principles of Physical Education 3 (3-0) f s 

This course is designed to give the student a professional orientation in 
physical education and the place of physical education activities in allied 
and related fields. It introduces the student to the program of physical edu- 
cation—its interpretation in the light of present day needs, its sociological 
basis, aims and objectives and a sampling of program activities. 

Mr. Brantley 

RPA 255 Social Recreation 4 (2.4) f s 

Prerequisite: Sophomore status 

This course is designed to satisfy the needs of the recreator for conduct- 
ing social play. Stress is placed on the acquiring of technical knowledge of 
social activities including rhythmics and square dancing, and the conducting 
of specific types of activities. Mr. Crawford 

RPA 301 Organization and Administration of 

Physical Education 3 (3.0) f g 

Prerequisite: RPA 253 

This course is designed to prepare students to meet the problems of or- 
ganization and administration of physical education. It presents the solu- 
tion to many of the problems facing the administrator and teacher in or- 
ganizing and administering a physical education program with analogies of 
these problems to other areas in the field of recreation. 

Mr. Brantley 

RPA 315 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries 2 (2-0) f s 

Prerequisite: ZO 213 

This course is designed for students in residence and for individuals in 
service, directors of community centers, boys clubs, coaches of athletic 
tearns, athletic directors and others who are confronted constantly with pre- 
vention and the care of athletic injuries. The course is of lecture-laboratory 
techniques. Mr. Crawford 

RPA 333 First Aid and Safety 2 (1-2) f s 

This course stresses first aid and safety education in relation to the home, 
school and community. It strongly emphasizes safety principles as applied 
to activities of the gymnasium, playgrounds and athletic fields. Laboratory 
will provide practice in first aid skill. 

Mr. Crawford 

RPA 335 Camping AND Outdoor Education 3 (2-2) f s 

Prerequisite: Junior status 

This course covers the history of school camping and outdoor education. 
The scope of this course is to provide the student with a background of 
principles, organization and administrative techniques, and camping skills 
to be utilized in a school operated program. Mr. Stott 

RPA 353 Camp Organization and Leadership 3 (2-2) f s 

Prerequisites: RPA 152, RPA 201 

This course surveys the development of organized camping and the edu- 

411 



cational, health, and recreational objectives of camping. Program planning 
and leadership training in community, private, agency and school camping 
is emphasized. Laboratory vi^ill provide practice in campcraft skills. 

Mr. Stott 

RPA 354 Personal and Community Hygiene 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Junior status 

This course presents the essential present-day knowledge of personal and 
community health. Emphasis is placed upon health problems, disease pre- 
vention, communicable diseases and their control, public health administra- 
tion, school and industrial hygiene and various other health problems con- 
fronting the individual and community. The course presents valuable and 
interesting health information to college men and w^omen in order that they 
might live more intelligently in terms of newer health concepts and also 
be better prepared to assume their responsibilities as citizens of their re- 
spective communities. Mr. Miller 

RPA 355 Sports in Recreation 4 (2-4) f s 

Prerequisite: RPA 152 

This course provides for group instruction and laboratory experience in 
a variety of sports applicable to a recreation setting. Emphasis is given to 
problems involved in the organization and administration of a commmunity 
sports program. Officiating techniques applicable to recreation sports are 
utilized. Mr. Brantley 

RPA 360 Individual Corrective and Adapted Activities 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: ZO 212, ZO 213 

This course provides students with: methods to motivate the atypical 
individual to not only his physical condition but also to his outlook on life; 
to utilize modern educational principles and sport activities which will 
satisfy the handicapped individual's needs, interest, and capacity. 

Mr. Crawford 

RPA 365 Methods and Materials in Health 

AND Physical Education 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: RPA 301 

This course presents to the prospective physical activity instructor 
methods and materials of instruction; also the course provides study in the 
areas of healthful school living, health service, and health instruction. 

Mr. Brantley 

COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

RPA 405 Management of Revenue Sources for Public 

Recreation 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: RPA 415 

A study of existing practices of recreation — their operation, methods of 
finance, scope, and problems are emphasized. The inter-relationship and 
inter-dependence of all forms of organized recreation are stressed. 

Mr. Hines 

RPA 415 Park Maintenance and Operation 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: RPA 152 

This course deals with methods of operation of various park facilities for 
public use; interpretive and public use programs; information and educa- 
tion; park personnel administration; protection and law enforcement; 
preventive maintenance; job planning and scheduling; modern maintenance 
techniques and maintenance materials. Mr. Stott 

412 



RPA 451 Facility and Site Planning 3 (0-6) f s 

Prerequisite: RPA 415 

This course includes the history of park and recreation facility develop- 
ment and trends in recreation facility planning. Emphasis is placed upon 
the planning principles involved in the design and layout of recreation 
areas and recreation buildings. Field trips will enable the student to see 
the various types of recreation facilities. Mr. Stott 

RPA 452 Recreation Administration 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Senior status 

This course deals with the internal organization of a recreation depart- 
ment; financing; accounting and financial procedures; budget making and 
control; records, reports and filing; program planning and control; per- 
sonnel policies and organization; and public relations. 

Mr. Hines 

RPA 470 Supervised Practice 6 (9 weeks) summer 

Prerequisites: RPA 353, RPA 355 or equivalent 

This course is intended to provide the prospective recreation director with 
an opportunity to acquire experience in the skills and techniques involved 
in the organization and administration of recreation activities in an estab- 
lished program. Each student prior to his senior year will spend 9 weeks 
off-campus in a selected location. (A minimum of 225 contact hours are re- 
quired.) The student will have the opportunity to observe the activities and 
practices of the recreation executive, to organize and conduct activities 
under supervision, to observe activities and practices of experienced recrea- 
tion activity leaders and to observe the maintenance and operation of 
facilities. Mr. Miller 

RPA 471 Organizing the Recreation Program 2 (2-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Senior status 

This course includes the types of recreation opportunities to be made 
available to individuals, groups or communities to be served and the 
methods of providing these opportunities. Activities to be considered are 
classified as arts and crafts; dance; drama; games, sports and athletics; 
hobbies; music; outdoor recreation; reading, writing and speaking; social 
recreation; special events and voluntary service. The lecture-discussion 
technique is used. Outside studies and assigned readings with reports are 
required. Mr. Miller 

RPA 472 Observation and Field Experience 2 (0-6) f s 

Prerequisite: Senior status 

This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to 
observe, appraise and evaluate: the operation of program activities; teach- 
ing methods; administrative, supervisory and organizational techniques; 
procedures and conduct of advisory and commission meetings; professional 
conferences and society meetings. Students will be expected to complete 
this entire gamut. By use of field experience the student will be expected 
to prepare written reports of observations. Only those experiences approved 
by the recreation faculty shall be accepted. Mr. Miller 

RPA 480 Student Teaching in Physical Education 6 (2-15) s 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304, RPA 365 

This course is intended to provide the prospective teacher with the oppor- 
tunity to acquire experience in the skills and techniques involved in the 
teaching of physical activities. Each student during the senior year will 
spend 10 weeks off-campus in a secondary school. In addition, the student 
teacher will have an opportunity to become familiar with the total school 
program. Mr. Brantley 

413 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

RPA 591 Special Problems in Recreation 3 (2-2) f s 

Prerequisite: Senior status 

A survey of specific problems in recreation. Aims to develop critical 
analysis. Forms a basis for the organization of research projects, for the 
compilation and organization of material in a functional relationship and 
for the foundation of policies. Follows the seminar procedure. 

Mr. Hines 



RURAL SOCIOLOGY 

* COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

RS 204 North Carolina and the Changing South 2 (2-0) f s 

This course is designed to give students an understanding of the dynamic 
nature of North Carolina. The state is placed in perspective w^ith respect 
to the southern region and its place in the nation. Considerable emphasis 
is given to the changes which are taking place including the nature, 
diversity, and intensity of these changes. Similarly, the changes are placed 
in historical perspective in terms of cultural continuity. Students will in- 
vestigate the major social movements under way in the state and region 
with respect to the goals of and the tactics employed in these social move- 
ments. 

RS 301 Sociology of Rural Life 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Completion of the freshman year 

A systematic sociological analysis of the characteristics, institutions and 
problems of rural life. Part I is a brief description of the basic concepts, 
the theoretical framework and the method of analysis of institutions and 
problems. Part II consists of systematic analysis of the major social institu- 
tions and their respective problems. Part III portrays the role of the com- 
munity as an area of institutional functioning and societal integration. 

RS 321 Introduction to Social Research 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: RS 301 or equivalent 

Designed to give the student a basic understanding of the methods of 
sociological research. Reviews the scientific method and its application 
to the design of social research including the collection, analysis, and in- 
terpretation of social data. Appropriate ways of presenting the findings 
and of making the greatest use of the data are presented. Critical and 
objective thinking are stressed throughout the course. 

RS 322 Introduction to Rural Social Work 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: RS 301 or permission of instructor 

Constructed to acquaint the preprofessional student with the subject 
matter of social work as well as its related professional fields. Attention is 
given to three major areas: (1) case work in various settings, (2) group 
work, and (3) community organization. Public and private agencies which 
employ persons trained in social work are studied. 

RS 418 (SOC 418, ED 418) Educational Sociology 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of Sociology 

An investigation of the educational institution in a sociological frame- 

* Additional courses, suitable for rural sociology majors and graduate students, are listed 
in the offering of the Department of Sociology and Anthropology. Other sociology courses 
especially suited for advanced students and graduates are offered by the Department of 
Sociology and Anthropology at the University at Chapel Hill. 

414 



work. Analyzes the school as a social system, roles of the functionaries of 
education, relationships within the student body, effects of social factors 
upon the learning experience, reciprocal school-community relationships, 
adult education, and higher education in American society. 

RS 441 Rural Social Pathology 3 (3.0) f 

Prerequisites: RS 301 or permission of instructor 

A study of major social problems in modern society: physical and mental 
health, family instability, crime and penology, and minority group prob- 
lems. A framework for analysis and understanding is presented and 
stressed throughout, including a positive approach for prevention. 

RS 442 Rural Social Structure 3 (3.0) s 

Prerequisite: RS 301 or permission of instructor 

Social structure is viewed in its two major dimensions: (1) vertically 
through the concepts of social stratification; and (2) horizontally as a set 
of basic social institutions interacting by means of a system of concrete 
social organizations. Particular attention is given to the place of the rural 
segment in the total social system. The bases of social cohesion which 
permit diversity within a functioning whole are examined. 

♦COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

RS 511 Rural Population Problems 3 (3.0) f 

Prerequisite: RS 301 or equivalent 

A study of population growth, rates of change and distribution. Con- 
siderable attention is given to the functional roles of population, i.e., age 
sex, race, residence, occupation, marital status and education. The dynamic 
aspects of population are stressed : fertility, mortality and migration. 
Population policy is analyzed in relation to national and international 
goals. A world view is stressed throughout. 

RS 512 Rural Family Living 3 (3.0) s 

Prerequisite: RS 301 or equivalent 

Values, patterns and levels of rural family living. Differentials and 
factors related thereto in the world, the nation and North Carolina 
Analysis of selection problems, programs, policies and methods of study. 

RS 513 Community Organization 3 (3.0 ) f 

Prerequisite: RS 301 or equivalent 

Community organization is viewed as a process of bringing about desir- 
able changes m community life. Community needs and resources available 
to meet these needs are studied. Democratic processes in community action 
and principles of community organization are stressed along with tech- 
niques and procedures. The roles of leaders, both lay and professional, in 
community development are analyzed. 

RS 523 Sociological Analysis of Agricultural 

Land Tenure Systems 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of Sociology 

A systematic sociological analysis of the major agricultural land tenure 
systems of the world with major emphasis on the problems of family farm 
ownership and tenancy in the United States. 

RS 534 (HI 534) Agricultural Organizations and 

Movements 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of Sociology 

A h istory of agricultural organizations and movements in the United 

• See footnote on preceding page. 

415 



States and Canada, principally since 1865, emphasizing the Grange, the 
Farmers' Alliance, the Populist Revolt, the Farmers' Union, the Farm 
Bureau, the Equity socities, the Non-Partisan League, cooperative market- 
ing, government programs and present problems. 

RS 541 Social Systems and Planned Change 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of Sociology 

Study of social agencies and programs and their implementation through 
specific organizations in dynamic relation with the people whom they serve. 
Consideration is given to the relation of these agencies and programs to 
community structure and forces in rural society; coordination of the several 
types of agencies and programs; professional leadership in the local com- 
munity; and problems of stimulating local leadership and participation. 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

RS 611 Research Methods in Sociology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Six hours of Sociology 

Designed to give the student a mature insight into the nature of scientific 
research in sociology. Assesses the nature and purpose of research designs, 
the interrelationship of theory and research, the use of selected techniques 
and their relation to research designs, and the use of modern tabulation 
equipment in research. 

RS 621 Rural Social Psychology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Six hours of Sociology 

Treats the genetic development of the rural personality and the inter- 
relationship of the individual and the rural society. Studies the social 
psychological factors related to rural leadership, morale, social organiza- 
tion and social change, and examines the attitudes and opinions of rural 
people on current local and national issues. 

RS 631 Population Analysis 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Six hours of Sociology 

Methods of describing, analyzing and presenting data on human popula- 
tions: distribution, characteristics, natural increase, migration and trends 
in relation to resources. 

RS 632 Rural Family 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Six hours of Sociology 

Emphasis is placed on the development of an adequate sociological frame 
of reference for family analysis; on discovering both the uniquely-cultural 
and common-human aspects of the family by means of cross-cultural com- 
parisons; on historical explanations for variability in American families 
with special concern for the rural family; and on analyzing patterns of 
family stability and effectiveness. 

RS 633 The Rural Community 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite : Six hours of Sociology 

The rural community is viewed in sociological perspective as a functional 
entity. A method of analysis is presented and applied to eight "dimensions," 
with emphasis on the unique types of understanding to be derived from 
measuring each dimension. Finally, the effect of change on community in- 
tegration and development is analyzed. 

RS 641 Statistics in Sociology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ST 513 

The application of statistical methods in sociological research. Emphasis 
on selecting appropriate models, instruments and techniques for the more 
frequently encountered problems and forms of data. 

416 



RS 653 Theory and Development of Rural Sociology 3 (3.0) s 

Prerequisite: Six hours of Sociology 

Required of all master's and doctoral candidates in Rural Sociology and 
recommended for all graduate minors. Designed to meet two objectives- 

(1) to introduce the student to the study of current sociological theory and 

(2) to survey events and trends in historical development of rural sociology, 

RS 690 Seminar credits by arrangement 

Appraisal of current literature; presentation of research papers by stu- 
dents; progress reports on departmental research; review of developing 
research methods and plans; reports from scientific meetings and confer- 

i^^^^At"J"f"'"T^^ ""^"^"l- (^ ^^^in^um of two credits is allowed 
toward the master's degree, and four credits toward the doctorate.) 

RS 699 Research in Rural Sociology credits by arrangement 

r> • .L T^ (maximum 6) 

i'rerequisite : Permission of chairman of graduate study committee 

Planning and execution of research, and preparation of manuscript under 
supervision of graduate committee. 



SOCIAL STUDIES 

SS 301, 302 Science and Civilization 3 (3.0) f g 

Prerequisites: For engineering students, ENG 205, HI 205, EC 205- for 

others, permission of the department 

An examination of the major concepts, methods and values that char- 
acterize modern thought in the fields of physical science, the humanities 
and the social sciences The course utilizes the student's previous training, 
plus materials from the history and philosophy of science and the history 
of technology to demonstrate the essential interrelatedness of scientific 
social, and aesthetic activity. 

SS 491, 492 Contemporary Issues 3 (3.0) f s 

Prerequisites: For engineering students, SS 301, SS 302; for others per- 
mission of the department ^ 

This course deals with concrete problems as they arise from day to day 
in the world of public affairs. These problems are studied and discussed 
in the context of a search for a more realistic definition of the limits of 
freedom and authority. Text materials are books, magazines and news- 
papers. 



SOCIOLOGY 

(Also see Anthropology) 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 (3.0) f s 

Introduction to the scientific study of man's behavior in relation to other 
men, the general laws affecting the organization of such relationships and 
the effects of social life on human personality and behavior. 

417 



SOC 301 Human Behavior 3 (3-0) f s 

A study of the effects of social interaction upon individual behavior and 
personality; collective attitudes and behavior as products of group ex- 
perience; analysis of fashions and fads, crowds, mobs, publics, social move- 
ments. 

SOC 302 Public Relations and Modern Society 3 (3-0) f s 

The development and composition of social groups and the processes in- 
volved in group organization. These are analyzed in terms of the expanding 
functions of mass communication in contemporary society. 

SOC 303 Current Social Problems 3 (3-0) f s 

Study of the social and cultural aspects of specific problems such as 
crime, divorce, race conflict, illness, poverty, housing, recreation and per- 
sonality adjustment to demonstrate the basic integration of society and 
community life. 

SOC 304 Contemporary Family Life 3 (3-0) f s 

The social organization of the family with special attention to socializa- 
tion, marital choice, kinship relations, and the social changes affecting 
family structure and functions. 

SOC 305 Race Relations 3 (3-0) f s 

Analysis of race relationships both in the United States and throughout 
the world with particular emphasis on factors producing the changes taking 
place at the present time. 

SOC 306 Criminology 3 (3-0) f s 

The study of causation, treatment, prevention, and control of criminality 
and juvenile delinquency. Special emphasis is placed on sociocultural 
theories of causation and on the examination of court and correctional 
systems for adults and juveniles. Arranged field trips. 

SOC 315 Social Thought 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

The development of social thought from lore to science; historical changes 
in explanatory systems of human behavior; theories of the individual, 
group, culture, community, and society; the emergence of sociological sys- 
tems of analysis; the role of the sociologist in the study of social phenomena 
including planned change. 

SOC 401 Human Relations in Industrial Society 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of instructor 

Studies in the sociology of occupations, professions and work, with special 
attention to human relations in industrial plants and other work situations. 

SOC 402 Urban Sociology 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: SOC 202 and permission of instructor 

A study of the factors in the growth of cities; the relationship between 
the design of cities and their social organization; detailed analysis of new 
developments in the serving of human needs. City and regional planning. 

SOC 411 Community Relationships 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: SOC 202 and permission of instructor 

A survey of the institutions, organizations, and agencies found in modern 
communities; social problems and conditions with which they deal; their 
interrelationship and the trend toward over-all planning. 

418 



SOC 412 Introduction to Social Work 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: SOC 202 and permission of instructor 

A course designed to acquaint students with the various types of public 
and private social work and with remedial and preventive programs in 
applied sociology, social psychiatry, health, public welfare, and recreation. 

SOC 414 Social Structure 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: Six hours in Sociology and permission of instructor 

Studies of the major social institutions and systems of stratification; 
the organization of social studies of the major social institutions and sys- 
tems of stratification; the organization of social systems as, for example, 
religion, education, and government; the functions of such structural com- 
ponents as age and sex groups, vocational and professional groups, and 
social classes. 

SOC 416 Research Methods 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in Sociology and permission of instructor 

An analysis of the principle methods of social reesearch; the develop- 
ment of experiments; schedules and questionnaires; the measurement of 
behavior. 

SOC 418 Educational Sociology 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite : Three hours of Sociology 

An investigation of the educational institution in a sociological frame- 
work. Analyzes the school as a social system, roles of the functionaires of 
education, relationships within the student body, effects of social factors 
upon the learning experience, reciprocal school-community relationships, 
adult education, and higher education in American society. 

SOC 490, 491 Senior Seminar 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisite: Permission of department 

This course is of an integrative nature giving the student an opportunity 
to synthesize knowledge, theory and methods learned in earlier courses and 
to conduct original explorations in areas of special interest. 

COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

SOC 501 Leadership 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent 

A study of leadership in various fields of American life; analysis of the 
various factors associated with leadership, with particular attention given 
to recreational, scientific and executive leadership problems. 

SOC 502 Society, Culture, and Personality 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent 

Human personality from its origins in primary groups through its de- 
velopment in secondary contacts and its ultimate integration with social 
norms. Emphasis is placed upon the normal personality and the adjustment 
of the individual to our society and our culture. Dynamics of personality 
and character structure are analyzed in terms of the general culture pat- 
terns and social institutions of society. 

SOC 505 The Sociology OF Rehabilitation 3(3-0)fs 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent 

The course stresses the social and cultural implications of the rehabilita- 
tion approach. Emphasis is placed upon the social and personal problems of 
physically and mentally handicapped persons. The interrelationships of the 
major social environments are considered at length in this regard. Objec- 

419 



tives of the rehabilitation processes are analyzed in terms of the sociology 
of work. A major portion of the course is devoted to rehabilitation as a pro- 
fession, particular attention being given to the diverse roles of specialists 
in this field. 

SOC 510 Industrial Sociology 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent 

Industrial relations analyzed as group behavior with a complex and 
dynamic network of rights, obligations and rules; the social system as an 
interdependent part of total community life; background and functioning 
of industrialization studied as social and cultural phenomena; analysis of 
specific problems of industry. 

SOC 511 Sociological Theory 3(3-0)fs 

Prerequisites: Six semester hours in Sociology and graduate standing or 
permission of instructor 

Study of the interdependence of theory and method; the major theoretical 
and methodological system; and examination of selected cases of research 
in which theory and method are classically combined. 

SOC 590 Applied Research 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent 

Individual research problems in applied fields of sociology, such as prob- 
lems of the family, population and social work; rural-urban relations; 
student success; American leadership. 



SOIL SCIENCE 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

SSC 200 Soils 4 (3-3) f s 

Prerequisite: CH 103 or CH 107; MIG 120 recommended but not required 

Fundamentals of soil science: origin, composition and classification of 
soils; their physical, chemical, and biological properties; significance of 
these properties to soil-plant relationships and soil management. 

Mr. Cook 

SSC 302 Soils and Plant Growth 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, BS 100 

An examination of the fundamental chemical, physical and microbiologi- 
cal characteristics of soils, as related to crop production. The chemical and 
mineralogical composition of soils; ion exchange, soil reaction and the 
solubilities of plant nutrients; transformations between organic and in- 
organic forms of plant nutrients; water and air relations in soils; lecture- 
demonstrations will be used to illustrate fundamental soil properties and 
to acquaint students with methods used in the study of soils. 

Mr. Cummings 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, BS 100 

History of plant nutrition and soil fertility. Plant nutrition and growth 
as related to crop fertilization. Fertilizer materials, their manufacture, 
properties and usage. Fertilizer practices as related to a sound soil manage- 
ment program. Mr. Kamprath 

420 



SSC 452 Soil Classification 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: SSC 200 

Presentation of factors involved in the genesis, morphology and classifica- 
tion of soils, emphasis upon soil profile properties as operational criteria in 
the modern classification system; practical field problem in recognition 
and evaluation of soil profile properties. 

Mr. Cook 

SSC 461 Soil Conservation and Management 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: SSC 200 or equivalent 

The history and status of erosion and fertility conditions; the economic 
and social aspects of soil conservation; the effects of climatic factors, 
vegetation (forest, sod crops, cover crops and soil rotations), soil properties, 
and other management practices on soil conservation and fertility main- 
tenance. Mr. Lutz 

SSC 472 Forest Soils 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 341 or FOR 361 or equivalent 

Soil as a medium for tree growth ; the relation of soil physical, chemical, 
and biological factors to the practice of silviculture; extensive soil man- 
agernent in the forest and intensive soil management in forest nurseries 
and in seed-tree orchards; the relation of soil and site to current work in 
genetics, ecology, pathology and entomology. Mr. Davey 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar 1 (i-O) s 

Prerequisite : Senior standing in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
A student participation course in which the student will prepare and 
present thorough and documented discussions of important soil topics. 

Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

SSC 511 Soil Physics 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, PY 212 

Physical constitution and analyses; soil structure, soil water, soil air and 
soil temperature in relation to plant growth. 

Mr. Lutz 

SSC 522 Soil Chemistry 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 553, CH 433 or equivalents 

A consideration of the chemical and colloidal properties of clay and soil 
systems, including ion exchange and retention, soil solution reactions, solva- 
tion of clays, and electrokinetic properties of clay-water systems. 

Mr. Weed 

SSC 524 Mass Spectrometry 2 credits s 

Prerequisites: SSC 302, CH 433 or permission of instructor 

An examination of theoretical and analytical aspects of mass spectrom- 
etry and stable isotopic techniques; application of these methods to bio- 
chemical research. Mr. Volk 

SSC 532 Soil Microbiology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: SSC 302 or SSC 341, BO 412, CH 220 

The more important microbiological processes that occur in soils; de- 
composition of organic materials, ammonification, nitrification, and nitrogen 
fixation. Mr. Bartholomew 



421 



SSC 541 Soil Fertility 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: SSC 302, SSC 341 

Soil conditions affecting plant growth and the chemistry of soil and fer- 
tilizer interrelationships. Factors affecting the availability of nutrients. 
Methods for measuring nutrient availability. 

Mr. Kamprath 

SSC 551 Soil Morphology, Genesis and Classification 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 302 or SSC 341, MIG 120 

Morphology: study of concepts of soil horizons and soil profiles and chemi- 
cal, physical and mineralogical parameters useful in characterizing them. 
Genesis : critical study of soil forming factors and processes. Classification : 
critical evaluation of historical development and present concepts of soil 
taxonomy with particular reference to great soil groups as well as dis- 
cussion of logical basis of soil classification. 

Mr. McCracken 

SSC 553 Soil Mineralogy 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 341, MIG 331 or equivalents 

Composition, structure, classification, identification, origin, occurrence, 
and significance of soil minerals with emphasis on primary weatherable 
silicates, layer silicate clays, and sesquioxides. 

Messrs. Cook, Weed 

SSC 560 North Carolina Soils and Their Management 3 summer 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 302, or SSC 341 

Field studies of selected soil series in the Coastal Plain, Piedmont and 
Mountain areas of North Carolina. Discussion of management practices 
that should be associated with the various soils under different types of 
farming. Messrs. McCracken, Spain, and Staff 

SSC 590 Special Problems credits by arrangement 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 302 

Special problems in various phases of soils. Problems may be selected or 
will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent and current 
research. Staff 

COURSES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY 

SSC 622 Physical and Chemical Properties of Soils 4 (4-0) s 

Prerequisites: SSC 511, SSC 522, CH 433, MA 301 or equivalents 

An examination in depth of current ideas concerning the physics and 
chemistry of soil and clay systems. Topics will include ion exchange, 
molecular adsorption, electrokinetics, relations between mineral structures 
and their physical and chemical properties, and the properties of absorbed 
water. Emphasis will be determined by student interest and by current 
literature. 
(Offered in 1965 and alternate years thereafter.) 

Messrs. Miller, Weed 

SSC 651 Pedology 2-3 by arrangement f 

Prerequisites: SSC 522, SSC 511 

A critical study of current theories and concepts in soil genesis and 
morphology ; detailed study of soil taxonomy. Topics include weathering and 
clay mineral genesis as related to soil morphology and genesis, functional 
analyses of soil genesis, properties of and processes responsible for soil 
profiles formed under various sets of soil forming factors, classification 
theory and logic as applied to soil classification, structure of soil classifica- 

422 



tion schemes. Any of these topics may be emphasized at the expense of the 
others according to interests of students. 
(Offered in 1965 and alternate years thereafter.) 

Mr. McCracken 

SSC 672 Soil Properties and Plant Development 4 credits s 

Prerequisites: CH 551, SSC 522 or equivalents 

A detailed examination of the effects of soil factors in the development 
of crop plants. Segments of the course will treat (1) soil transformation 
processes of both organic and inorganic constituents, (2) concepts of 
nutrient availability and (3) the relation of plant development indices to 
specific soil properties. 
(Offered in 1964 and alternate years thereafter.) 

Messrs. Bartholomew, Davey, Jackson 

SSC 690 Seminar 1 (i.q) f s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Soil Science 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research and special problems of 
interest to agronomists reviewed and discussed. 

Graduate Staff 

SSC 699 Research credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Soil Science 

A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the master's degree, but 
any number toward the doctorate. 

Graduate Staff 



STATISTICS 

See Experimental Statistics. 

TEXTILES 

COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

TC 201 Textile Chemistry I 2 (2-0) f s 

Prerequisites: CH 103, TX 281 

Required of juniors in Textile Technology. 

A comprehensive course designed to familiarize the student with the 
chemical properties of all natural and man-made fibers; some emphasis is 
placed upon the relationship between molecular structure and physical 
properties; the principles and methods for producing man-made fibers are 
discussed; a brief survey of organic chemistry is included, particularly 
those parts that relate to polymer chemistry. Two one-hour lectures per 
week. Mr. Rutherford 

TC 303, 304 Textile Chemistry III 3 (2-3) f s 

Prerequisites: CH 221, CH 223 
Required of juniors in Textile Chemistry. 

A study of the action of chemicals on fibers; chemistry and methods of 
water softening; scouring, bleaching, mercerization and dyeing of textile 

423 



materials ; preparation of typical dyestuff s and their application to natural 
and synthetic fibers. Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory period 
per week. Mr. Hayes 

TC 307 Textile Chemistry II 4 (3-2) f 

Prerequisite: TC 201 

Required of seniors in Textile Technology. 

A comprehensive course covering the scouring, bleaching, and dyeing of 
fibers. Also, fabric finishing, effects of heat and chemicals on fibers, and 
the economic aspects of different dyes and chemical treatments on natural 
and synthetic fibers and fabrics. Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour 
laboratory period per week. Mr. Hayes 

TC 403, 404 Textile Chemical Technology 3 (3-0) f s 

Prerequisites: TC 304, CH 223 

Required of seniors in Textile Chemistry. 

Basic principles are applied to the study of three important areas of tex- 
tile processing: dyeing, printing, and finishing. These areas are concerned 
with the chemical nature of dyes and other chemical agents applied to 
fibrous systems; with the chemical and physical properties of the various 
fibers; and with the mechanical aspects of the application of chemical ma- 
terials to fibers and fabrics. The course includes an extensive review of the 
various classes of dyes and their application to all important textile fibers 
and blends of fibers; a comparative analysis of dyeing machinery and 
processes involving special machinery and equipment; a survey of modern 
preparatory and bleaching for all important fibers; a study of the roller 
printing machine, and the principles involved in print formulations for the 
major classes of dyes and their application to the various fibers; a study of 
important mechanical, additive and chemical modification type finishes for 
fabric. Three 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Campbell 

TC 405, 406 Textile Chemical Technology Laboratory 2 (0-6) f s 

Required of seniors in Textile Chemistry. 

To be taken concurrently with TC 403, 404. Two 3-hour laboratories per 
week. 

TC 412 Textile Chemical Analysis II 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: CH 215, TC 304, or permission of instructor 
Required of seniors in Textile Chemistry. 

Analysis of textile materials involving specialized instruments and tech- 
niques such as spectrophotometry, chromatography, viscometry, electro- 
metric titrations, etc. Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory period 
per week. Mr. Cates 

TC 421 Fabric Finishing I 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisite: TC 201 

Elective for students in Textile Technology only. 

A general course in fabric finishing designed for students not majoring 
in Textile Chemistry. Emphasis is placed on stabilization finishes, and on 
agents for water repellency, crease resistance, moth and mildew proofing, 
fire proofing, etc. Some mechanical finishing (such as crepeing, napping) 
is also included. Two 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Hayes 

COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

TC 501 Seminar in Textile Chemistry 2 credits s 

Prerequisite: TC 403 

Required of seniors in Textile Chemistry. 

The course is designed to familiarize the student with the principal 

424 



sources of textile chemical literature and to emphasize the importance of 
keeping abreast of developments in the field of textile chemistry. Particular 
attention is paid to the fundamentals of technical writing. Reports. Lectures 
arranged. Mr. Campbell, Staff 

TC 521 Textile Chemical Analysis III 3 credits f s 

Prerequisite: TC 421 or permission of instructor 

Elective for students in Textile Technology. 

No credit allowed for students majoring in Textile Chemistry. 

The work includes a survey of organic chemistry, with emphasis on 
organic surfactants, warp sizes, and fabric finishes of all types; the 
identification of fibers by chemical means; the qualitative and quantitative 
analysis of fiber blends by chemical means; the identification of finishes; 
the evaluation techniques for dyed and finished materials. Two one-hour 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week. 

Graduate Staff 

TC 561 (CH 561) Chemistry of Fibers 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 223 

Required of seniors in Textile Chemistry. 

A lecture course emphasizing the theory of fiber structure; the relation- 
ship between the chemical structure and physical properties of natural and 
man-made fibers; the nature of the chemical reactions which produce 
degradation of fibers; the production of man-made fibers. Three 1-hour 
lectures per week. Mr. Rutherford 

TC 562 (CH 562) Chemistry of High Polymers 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 431 

Elective for Textile Chemistry students. 

Mechanism and kinetics of polymerization; molecular weight description; 
structure of polymers. Three 1-hour lectures per week. 

Mr. Cates 



COURSES FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

TC 605 Physical Chemistry of Dyeing 3 arranged f s 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Development of principles of thermodynamics, emphasizing applications in 
dye and fiber chemistry. 

Mr. Cates 

TC 606 Chemistry of Fiber-Forming High Polymers 3 arranged f 

Prerequisite: CH 431 

Composition and structure of high polymers; properties of linear polymers 
with particular emphasis on mechanical behavior; interaction between 
polymers and organic substances; theory of polymer solutions. 

Mr. Cates 

TC 698 Seminar for Textile Chemistry 1 credit 

Discussion of current scientific publications; review and discussion of 

student papers and research problems. Graduate Staff 

TC 699 Textile Research for Textile credits by arrangement 

Chemistry 
Original research on a problem to furnish material for a thesis. 

Graduate Staff 

425 



COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY 

TX 221 Fundamentals of Textiles 4 (3-2) f s 

Corequisite: MA 111 

Required of students in all Textile curricula. 

Flow of various textile materials from fiber through woven fabric, 
nomenclature of textile machinery, basic calculations of machinery con- 
stants, basic production calculations, yarn numbering systems, yarn and 
fabric constructions, and loom identification. Three 1-hour lectures and one 
2-hour laboratory period per week. Staff 

TX 261 Fabric Structure 4 (3-2) f s 

Prerequisite: TX 221 

Required of students in all Textile curricula. 

A technical study of the fundamental principles of fabric construction 
and weave formation of selected staple fabrics. Basic studies on relative 
importance of physical and aesthetic factors involved in woven fabrics. 
Laboratory instruction is given in physical analysis and design techniques 
essential to the development of technical specifications for the production of 
woven fabrics. Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per 
week. Messrs. Berry, Klibbe 

TX 271 Upholstery Fabrics 2 (2-0) s 

Required of students in Furniture Manufacturing. 

Textile students may not take this course for degree credit. 

A study of the basic principles of textile manufacturing and structure 
of woven fabrics, identification of classic decorative fabrics used for 
upholstered furniture coverings, with emphasis on nomenclature and physi- 
cal properties and textile trade customs. Two 1-hour lecture periods per 
week. Mr. Berry 

TX 281 Fiber Quality 4 (3-2) f s 

Prerequisite: TX 221 

Required of students in all Textile curricula. 

A study of the physical, chemical and aesthetic properties of the major 
natural and man-made textile fibers. Included are methods of measuring 
fiber properties and interpretation of test results, complete analysis of 
typical fiber and yarn stress-strain curves, influence of fiber moisture re- 
gain on physical properties and processing characteristics, end use appli- 
cation in textile and industrial fabrics, properties of fabrics made from 
blends of different fibers, and fiber identification by laboratory analysis. 
Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. 

Messrs. Moser, Wiggins 

TX 303 Fiber and Yarn Technology 4 (3-2) f s 

Prerequisite: TX 281 

Required of all students in the Textile Technology curriculum. 

Technological and scientific concepts of fiber and yarn structures and 
modifications resulting from processing. For all systems, the opening, 
cleaning and carding actions; blending of fibers stressing intimacy, methods, 
effectiveness, and influence on product; yarn structure as a factor of blend, 
fiber distribution, twist in its many ramifications, spinning limits; composite 
yarn structures; bulk and yarn coverage; drafting methods, types, and 
limits. Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. 

Messrs. Lassiter, Pardue 

426 



TX 304 Fiber and Yarn Technology 4 (3-2) f s 

Prerequisite: TX 303 

Required of students in Fiber and Yarn Technology and General Textiles, 
elective for others. 

Technological and economic aspects of fiber and yarn processing includ- 
ing: packaging, production and efficiency levels; specialized yarn processes 
such as combing with economic justifications; design and use of specialty 
novelty yarns; economical and mechanical limitations of textile equipment. 
Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. 

Messrs. Pardue, Stuckey 

TX 327 Textile Testing 4 (3-2) f s 

Prerequisites: TX 303, TX 365, ST 361 
Required of students in all Textile curricula. 

Quality control methods for textile processing, with emphasis on the 
measurement by laboratory instruments and techniques, and including a 
study of the mechanical and natural influences involved. Three 1-hour lec- 
tures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. 

Messrs. Hamby, Stuckey 

TX 365 Fabric Technology 4 (3-2) f s 

Prerequisites: TX 261, TX 281 

Required of students in the Textile Technology curriculum. 

Geometry of fabrics